PROJECT MANUAL
IT EMERGENCY GENERATOR
PROJECT NUMBER 16-007
JANUARY 25, 2016
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Pages
Table of Contents
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
Section
Invitation for Bids
SBP 6.13
Bid
Bid Alternates
SBP 6.14
Bid Bond
SC 6.21
Contractor’s Design/Bid/Build (D/B/B) Agreement
SBP 6.13
Contractor’s Bid
SC 6.22
Performance Bond
SC 6.221
Labor and Material Bond
Contractor’s Insurance Certificate(s)
UI 1
Certification and Affidavit Regarding Unauthorized Immigrants
Building Code Compliance Policy
University Insurance Requirements A
SC 6.23
The General Conditions of the Contractor’s Design/Bid/Build (D/B/B) Agreement
DIVISION 01 – GENERAL CONDITIONS
Section
01 00 00
General Conditions
01 02 00
Administration and Supervision
01 04 00
Project Coordination
01 09 00
Reference Standards
01 15 00
Administration, Procedures, Codes
01 30 00
Submittals
01 45 00
Cutting and Patching
01 54 00
Safety and Health
01 60 00
Materials and Equipment
01 70 00
Project Closeout
01 71 00
Cleaning
01 74 00
Warranties and Bonds
01 78 00
Definitions and Explanations
DIVISION 26 - ELECTRICAL
Section
26 05 10
Basic Electrical Requirements
26 05 19
Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables
26 05 26
Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems
26 05 29
Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems
26 05 33
Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems
26 05 43
Underground Ducts and Raceways for Electrical Systems
26 05 44
Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Electrical Raceways and Cabling
26 05 53
Identification for Electrical Systems
26 24 16
Panelboards
26 28 13
Fuses
26 32 13
Engine Generators
26 33 53
Static Uninterruptible Power Supply
26 36 00
Transfer Switches
7
3
4
2
7
6
4
3
4
4
1
3
4
16
9
6
5
8
7
2
6
6
3
12
11
7
END OF TABLE OF CONTENTS
IT Emergency Generator
Project Number: 16007
January 25, 2016
TABLE OF CONTENTS
TOC - 1
100% CD
INVITATION FOR BIDS
State of Colorado
University of Colorado Colorado Springs
Project No.:
16-007
Project Title:
IT Emergency Generator
Estimated Construction Cost:
$ 373,000.00
Project Description
This project is intended to provide the necessary emergency electricity needed to keep
the essential functions of IT and the emergency operations center up and running
during an electrical outage.
The Project consists of installing a reinforced concrete generator foundation and screen
wall/fence, 100KVA UPS, 1020KW Generator and 400A ATS, GW1 panel, and boring of
generator conduit for the installation.
The right is reserved to waive informalities or irregularities and to reject any and all bids.
Bidder may procure bidding documents from the University website:
http://www.uccs.edu/facsrvs/planning-design-and-construction/projects-out-for-bid.html
A Deposit will not be required for each complete set of Contract Documents as
documents are only available on the above noted web site. Bidders are to download
PDF copies of the documents from the web site for their use, and reproduced as
needed at their own expense.
Each Bid shall be submitted on the required Bid Form and must be accompanied by a
Bid Bond on State Building Programs Bid Bond Form SC 6.14 in an amount not less
than 5% of the total Bid (included in the bid documents). The Bid Bond may also be (1)
a cashier’s check or (2) a certified check made payable to the Treasurer of the State of
Colorado in an amount not less than 5% of the total Bid. The Bid Bond is submitted as
a guaranty that the Bid will be maintained in full force and effect for a period of thirty
(30) days after the opening of the Bids for the project.
Contractor’s Registration is not required.
A Mandatory Pre-Bid Meeting will be held at the University of Colorado Colorado
Springs (UCCS) at 1420 Austin Bluffs Parkway, Colorado Springs, Colorado. The
meeting location will be held in Campus Services Building, Room 204, on Tuesday,
February 2, 2016 at 2:00 pm. UCCS campus map: http://map.uccs.edu/
Parking fees apply.
Sealed Bids will be received from qualified contractors until this date and time at this
location:
Address:
University of Colorado Colorado Springs
1420 Austin Bluffs Parkway
Campus Services Building, Room 204
Colorado Springs, Colorado 80918
Submission Deadline:
Tuesday, February 9th, 2016 @ 2:00 PM
Point of Contact:
Agency:
Phone:
Email:
Sherry Reed
University of Colorado Colorado Springs
719-255-3758
sreed@uccs.edu
Media of Publication:
http://www.uccs.edu/facsrvs/planning-design-and-construction/projects-out-for-bid.html
Publication Date:
January 25th, 2016
STATE OF COLORADO
OFFICE OF THE STATE ARCHITECT
STATE BUILDINGS PROGRAMS
BID
REGENTS OF THE UNIVERSITY OF COLORADO, a body corporate, acting by and through the
Institution/Agency: UNIVERSITY OF COLORADO COLORADO SPRINGS
Project No./Name: 16-007 / IT Emergency Generator
Bidder Acknowledges Receipt of Addenda Numbers:
Bidder Anticipates Services outside the United States or Colorado:
Bidder will comply with 80% Colorado Labor on project above $500,000:
Bidder is a Service-Disabled Veteran Owned Small Business:
Base Bid
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
If Yes see 3A below
If No see 3B below
If Yes see 3C below
$
(Refer to Bid Alternate Form SC-6.13.1 Attached, If Applicable)
Bidder’s Time of Completion
a. Time Period from Notice to Proceed to Substantial Completion:
b. Time Period from Substantial Completion to Final Acceptance:
c. Total Time of Completion of Entire Project (a + b):
1. BID: Pursuant to the advertisement by the State of Colorado dated January 25, 2016
the undersigned bidder
hereby proposes to furnish all the labor and materials and to perform all the work required for the complete and prompt
execution of everything described or shown in or reasonably implied from the Bidding Documents, including the
Drawings and Specifications, for the work and for the base bid indicated above. Bidders should include all taxes that
are applicable.
2. EXAMINATION OF DOCUMENTS AND SITE: The bidder has carefully examined the Bidding Documents, including
the Drawings and Specifications, and has examined the site of the Work, so as to make certain of the conditions at the
site and to gain a clear understanding of the work to be done.
3. PARTIES INTERESTED IN BID: The bidder hereby certifies that the only persons or parties interested in this Bid are
those named herein, and that no other bidder or prospective bidder has given any information concerning this Bid.
A. If the bidder anticipates services under the contract or any subcontracts will be performed outside the United States
or Colorado, the bidder shall provide in a written statement which must include, but need not be limited to the type
of services that will be performed at a location outside the United States or Colorado and the reason why it is
necessary or advantageous to go outside the United States or Colorado to perform such services. (Does not apply
to any project that receives federal moneys)
B. For State Public Works projects per C.R.S. 8-17-101, Colorado labor shall be employed to perform at least 80% of
the work. Colorado Labor means any person who is a resident of the state of Colorado at the time of the Public
Works project. Bidders indicating that their bid proposal will not comply with the 80% Colorado Labor requirement
are required to submit written justification along with the bid submission. (Does not apply to any project that
receives federal moneys–
C. A Service-Disabled Veteran Owned Small Business (SDVOSB) per C.R.S. 24-103-211, means a business that is
incorporated or organized in Colorado or maintains a place of business or has an office in Colorado and is officially
registered and verified by the Center for Veteran Enterprise within the U.S. Department of Veteran Affairs. Attach
proof of certification along with the bid submission.
4. BID GUARANTEE: This Bid is accompanied by the required Bid Guarantee. You are authorized to hold said Bid
Guarantee for a period of not more than thirty (30) days after the opening of the Bids for the work above indicated,
unless the undersigned bidder is awarded the Contract, within said period, in which event the Director, State Buildings
Programs, may retain said Bid Guarantee, until the undersigned bidder has executed the required Agreement and
furnished the required Performance Bond, Labor and Material Payment Bond, Insurance Policy and Certificates of
Insurance and Affidavit Regarding Unauthorized Immigrants.
5. TIME OF COMPLETION: The bidder agrees to achieve Substantial Completion of the Project from the date of
the Notice to Proceed within the number of calendar days entered above, and in addition, further agrees that
the period between Substantial Completion and Final Acceptance of the Project will not exceed the number of
State Form SBP-6.13
Rev.7/2015
6.
7.
8.
9.
calendar days noted above. If awarded the Work, the bidder agrees to begin performance within ten (10) days from
the date of the Notice to Proceed subject to Article 46, Time of Completion and Liquidated Damages of The General
Conditions of the Contract, and agrees to prosecute the Work with due diligence to completion. The bidder represents
that Article 7D of the Contractor’s Agreement (SC-6.21) has been reviewed to determine the type and amount of any
liquidated damages that may be specified for this contract.
EXECUTION OF DOCUMENTS: The bidder understands that if this Bid is accepted, bidder must execute the required
Agreement and furnish the required Performance Bond, Labor and Material Payment Bond, Insurance Policy and
Certificates of Insurance and Affidavit Regarding Unauthorized Immigrants within ten (10) days from the date of the
Notice of Award, and that the bidder will be required to sign to acknowledge and accept the Contract Documents,
including the Drawings and Specifications.
ALTERNATES: Refer to the Information for Bidders (SC-6.12) for Method of Award for Alternates and use State Form
SBP-6.13.1 Bid Alternates form to be submitted with this bid form if alternates are requested by the institution/agency
in the solicitation documents.
Submit wage rates (direct labor costs) for prime contractor and subcontractor as requested by the institution/agency
in the solicitation documents.
The right is reserved to waive informalities and to reject any and all Bids.
SIGNATURES:
If the Bid is being submitted by a Corporation, the Bid shall be signed by an officer, i.e., President or Vice-President. If a sole
proprietorship or a partnership is submitting the Bid, the Bid shall so indicate and be properly signed.
Dated this
Day of
,
20
THE BIDDER:
Company Name
Address (including city, state and zip)
Phone number:
Name (Print) and Title
State Form SBP-6.13
Rev.7/2015
Signature
STATE OF COLORADO
OFFICE OF THE STATE ARCHITECT
STATE BUILDINGS PROGRAMS
BID BOND
REGENTS OF THE UNIVERSITY OF COLORADO, a body corporate, acting by and
Institution/Agency: through the UNIVERSITY OF COLORADO COLORADO SPRINGS
Project No./Name: 16-007 / IT Emergency Generator
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS:
WHEREAS,
hereinafter called the “PRINCIPAL”, is submitting a
PROPOSAL for the above described project, to the STATE OF COLORADO, hereinafter called the “OBLIGEE”.
WHEREAS, the Advertisement for Bids has required as a condition of receiving the Proposals that the Principal submit with the
PROPOSAL GUARANTY in an amount not less than five per cent (5%) of the Proposal, which sum it is specifically agreed is to be
forfeited as Liquidated Damages in the event that the Principal defaults in his obligation as hereinafter specified, and, in pursuance
of which Requirement, this Bid is made, executed and delivered.
NOW THEREFORE, the Principal and
a corporation of the State of
, duly authorized to transact business in Colorado, as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the Obligee, in the
sum of five per cent (5%) of the Principal’s total bid price, lawful money of the United States for the payment of which sum, well and
truly to be made to the Obligee, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and
severally, firmly by these presents.
FURTHER THAT, a condition of the obligation that the Principal shall maintain his Proposal in full force and effect for thirty (30)
days after the opening of the proposals for the project, or, if the Principal’s Proposal is accepted, the Principal shall, within the
prescribed time, execute the required Agreement, furnish the required Performance Bond, Labor and Material Payment Bond,
Insurance Policy, Certificates of Insurance and Certification and Affidavit Regarding Illegal Aliens, then this obligation shall be null
and void, otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect, and subject to forfeiture upon demand as Liquidated Damages.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF said Principal and Surety have executed this Bond, this
(Corporate Seal)
day of
, A.D., 20
.
THE PRINCIPAL
Company Name
ATTEST
Secretary
Address (including city, state and zip)
Phone number:
Name (Print)
Signature
Name (Print) and Title
SIGNATURES
If the “Principal” is doing business as a Corporation, the Bid Bond shall be signed by an officer, i.e., President
or Vice President. The signature of the officer shall be attested to by the Secretary and properly sealed.
If the “Principal” is an individual or a partnership, the Bid Bond shall so indicate and be properly signed.
(Corporate Seal)
THE SURETY
_____________________________________________
Secretary
By __________________________________________
Attorney-in-Fact
THIS BOND MUST BE ACCOMPANIED BY POWER OF ATTORNEY, EFFECTIVELY DATED.
FAILURE TO PROVIDE A PROPERLY EXECUTED BID BOND WITH A PROPERLY EXECUTED POWER OF
ATTORNEY WILL RESULT IN THE BIDDER’S PROPOSAL BEING DEEMED NON-RESPONSIVE.
State Form SBP-6.14
Rev. 10/2006
STATE OF COLORADO
OFFICE OF THE STATE ARCHITECT
STATE BUILDINGS PROGRAM
CONTRACTOR'S DESIGN/BID/BUILD (D/B/B) AGREEMENT
(STATE FORM SC-6.21)
DEPARTMENT ID:
N/A
CONTRACT ID #:
N/A
PROJECT #:
16-007
PROJECT NAME:
Rev. 7/2015
SC-6.21
IT Emergency Generator
STATE OF COLORADO
OFFICE OF THE STATE ARCHITECT
STATE BUILDINGS PROGRAM
CONTRACTOR'S DESIGN/BID/BUILD AGREEMENT
(STATE FORM SC-6.21)
TABLE OF CONTENTS……………………………………………………………………………………Page
RECITALS……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 1
ARTICLE 1.
ARTICLE 2.
ARTICLE 3.
ARTICLE 4.
ARTICLE 5.
ARTICLE 6.
ARTICLE 7.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK…………………………………………………………..
PROVISIONS OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS……………………………………...
TIME OF COMPLETION……………………………………………………………………..
ESSENTIAL CONDITIONS………………………………………………………………….
CONTRACT SUM……………………………………………………………………………..
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS………………………………………………………………….
OPTIONAL PROVISIONS AND ELECTIONS……………………………………………..
MODIFICATION OF ARTICLE 45. GUARANTEE INSPECTIONS AFTER
COMPLETION…………………………………………………………………………………
MODIFICATION OF ARTICLE 27. LABOR AND WAGES…………………………….…
MODIFICATION OF ARTICLE 39. NON-BINDING DISPUTE RESOLUTION –
FACILITATED NEGOTIATIONS…………………………………………………………….
MODIFICATION OF ARTICLE 46. TIME OF COMPLETION AND LIQUIDATED
DAMAGES……………………………………………………………………………………..
NOTICE IDENTIFICATION…………………………………………………………………..
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
SIGNATURE APPROVALS………………………………………………………………………………….. 4
EXHIBITS:
A. Contractor's Bid (Form SC-6.13)
B. Performance Bond (Form SC-6.22)
C. Labor and Material Payment Bond (Form SC-6.221)
D. Insurance Certificates
E. Certification and Affidavit Regarding Unauthorized Immigrants (required at contract signing prior to
commencing work)
F. Building Code Compliance Policy: Coordination of Approved Building Codes, Plan Reviews and
Building Inspections.
G. University Insurance Requirements A
SC-6.21
Rev. 7/2015
i
STATE OF COLORADO
OFFICE OF THE STATE ARCHITECT
STATE BUILDINGS PROGRAM
CONTRACTOR'S DESIGN/BID/BUILD (D/B/B) AGREEMENT
(STATE FORM SC-6.21)
Department ID:
N/A
Contract ID #:
N/A
Project #:
16-007
1. PARTIES. THIS AGREEMENT is entered into by and between the STATE OF COLORADO,
acting by and through the REGENTS OF THE UNIVERSITY OF COLORADO, a body
corporate, acting by and through the UNIVERSITY OF COLORADO COLORADO SPRINGS,
hereinafter referred to as the Principal Representative, and ______ having its offices at ______
hereinafter referred to as the Contractor.
2. EFFECTIVE DATE AND NOTICE OF NONLIABILITY. This Agreement shall not be effective or
enforceable until it is approved and signed by the State Controller or its designee (hereinafter
called the “Effective Date”), but shall be effective and enforceable thereafter in accordance with its
provisions. The State shall not be liable to pay or reimburse Contractor for any performance
hereunder or be bound by any provision hereof prior to the Effective Date.
RECITALS:
WHEREAS, the Principal Representative intends to _install new generator, slab, and enclosure
(and all related appurtenances) in accordance with the contract documents, specifications and
construction plans_ hereinafter called the Project; and
WHEREAS, authority exists in the Law and Funds have been budgeted, appropriated, and
otherwise made available, and a sufficient unencumbered balance thereof remains available for
payment In Fund Number __N/A____, Account Number _47100088_; and
WHEREAS, this is a phase one waived contract, waiver number 156 Contractors Agreement for
Capital Construction Form SC6.21.
WITNESSETH, that the State of Colorado and the Contractor agree as follows:
ARTICLE 1. PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK
The Contractor shall perform all of the Work required for the complete and prompt execution of
everything described or shown in, or reasonably implied from the Contract Documents for the
above referenced Project.
ARTICLE 2. PROVISIONS OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
The Contractor agrees to perform the Work to the highest industry standards and to the
satisfaction of the State of Colorado and its Architect/Engineer in strict accordance with the
provisions of the Contract Documents.
ARTICLE 3. TIME OF COMPLETION
The Contractor agrees to Substantially Complete the Project within __ calendar days from the
date of the Notice to Proceed, in addition, the Contractor agrees to finally complete the Project
from Substantial Completion to Final Acceptance within __ calendar days for a total time of
SC-6.21
Rev. 7/2015
Page 1 of 4
completion of the entire Project of __ calendar days. The Contractor shall perform the Work with
due diligence to completion.
ARTICLE 4. ESSENTIAL CONDITION
Timely completion of the Project is an essential condition of this Agreement. The Contractor
shall be subject to any liquidated damages described in Article 7D for failure to satisfactorily
complete the Work within the time periods in Article 3 above.
ARTICLE 5. CONTRACT SUM
The Contractor shall be paid for the performance of this Agreement, subject to any additions
and deductions as provided for in Articles 32, 34 and 35 of The General Conditions of the
Construction Contract SC-6.23, the sum of ________ DOLLARS AND NO/100* ($________*).
ARTICLE 6. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
The Contract Documents, as enumerated in Article 1 of The General Conditions of the
Contractor’s Design/Bid/Build (D/B/B) Agreement SC-6.23, are all essential parts of this
Agreement and are fully incorporated herein.
ARTICLE 7. OPTIONAL PROVISIONS AND ELECTIONS
The provisions of this Article 7 alter the Articles (The General Conditions of the Contractor’s
Design/Bid/Build Agreement SC-6.23) or enlarge upon them as indicated:
The Principal Representative and or the State Buildings Program shall mark boxes and initial
where applicable.
1. MODIFICATION OF ARTICLE 45. GUARANTEE INSPECTIONS AFTER
COMPLETION
If the box below is marked the six month guarantee inspection is not required.
______ Principal Representative initial
2. MODIFICATION OF ARTICLE 27. LABOR AND WAGES
If the box is marked the Federal Davis-Bacon Act shall be applicable to the Project. The
minimum wage rates to be paid on the Project shall be furnished by the Principal
Representative and included in the Contract Documents.
______ Principal Representative initial
3. MODIFICATION OF ARTICLE 39. NON-BINDING DISPUTE RESOLUTION –
FACILITATED NEGOTIATIONS
If the box is marked, and initialed by the State as noted, the requirement to participate in
facilitated negotiations shall be deleted from this Contract. Article 39, Non-Binding Dispute
Resolution – Facilitated Negotiations, shall be deleted in its entirety and all references to the
right to the same where ever they appear in the contract shall be similarly deleted.
The box may be marked only for projects with an estimated value of less than $500,000.
______ Principal Representative initial
SC-6.21
Rev. 7/2015
Page 2 of 4
4. MODIFICATION OF ARTICLE 46. TIME OF COMPLETION AND LIQUIDATED
DAMAGES
If an amount is indicated immediately below, liquidated damages shall be applicable to this
Project as, and to, the extent shown below. Where an amount is indicated below, liquidated
damages shall be assessed in accordance with and pursuant to the terms of The General
Conditions of the Design/Bid/Build Agreement Article 46, Time of Completion And
Liquidated Damages, in the amounts and as here indicated. The election of liquidated
damages shall limit and control the parties right to damages only to the extent noted.
1.
For the inability to use the Project, for each day after the number of calendar
days specified in the Contractor’s bid for the Project and the Agreement for achievement
of Substantial Completion, until the day that the Project has achieved Substantial
Completion and the Notice of Substantial Completion is issued, the Contractor agrees
that an amount equal to _____________________________ ($
) shall be
assessed against Contractor from amounts due and payable to the Contractor under the
Contract, or the Contractor and the Contractor’s Surety shall pay to the Principal
Representative such sum for any deficiency, if amounts on account thereof are deducted
from remaining amounts due, but amounts remaining are insufficient to cover the entire
assessment.
2.
For damages related to or arising from additional administrative, technical,
supervisory and professional expenses related to and arising from the extended closeout
period, for each day in excess of the number of calendar days specified in the
Contractor’s bid for the Project and the Agreement to finally complete the Project as
defined by the issuance of the Notice of Final Acceptance) after the issuance of the final
Notice of Substantial Completion, the Contractor agrees that an amount equal to
____________________________________ ($
) shall be assessed against
Contractor from amounts due and payable to the Contractor under the Contract, or the
Contractor and the Contractor’s Surety shall pay to the Principal Representative such
sum for any deficiency, if amounts on account thereof are deducted from remaining
amounts due but amounts remaining are insufficient to cover the entire assessment.
5. NOTICE IDENTIFICATION
All Notices pertaining to General Conditions or otherwise required to be given shall be
transmitted in writing, to the individuals at the addresses listed below, and shall be deemed
duly given when received by the parties at their addresses below or any subsequent
persons or addresses provided to the other party in writing.
Notice to Principal Representative: Gary Reynolds, PE
With copies to (State Buildings Program (or Delegate) State of Colorado): Carolyn Fox, RA
Notice to Contractor:
With copies to: Sherry Reed, UCCS Project Manager
SC-6.21
Rev. 7/2015
Page 3 of 4
SIGNATURE APPROVALS:
THE PARTIES HERETO HAVE EXECUTED THIS CONTRACT
*Persons signing for Contractor hereby swear and affirm that they are authorized to act on
Contractor’s behalf and acknowledge that the State is relying on their representations to that
effect. Principal is not a recognized title and will not be accepted
THE CONTRACTOR
STATE OF COLORADO, acting by and
through:
(Insert Name & Title of Agency or IHE)
By:
Legal Name of Contracting Entity
Gary Reynolds, P.E., Principal
Representative
Date:
*Signature
By
Name (print)
Dat
e:
Title
APPROVED
DEPARTMENT OF PERSONNEL &
ADMINISTRATION
STATE BUILDINGS PROGRAM
State Architect (or authorized Delegate)
By:
Carolyn Fox, RA, Delegee
Date:
ALL CONTRACTS MUST BE APPROVED BY THE STATE CONTROLLER:
CRS §24-30-202 requires the State Controller to approve all State Contracts. This Contract is not valid
until signed and dated below by the State Controller or delegate. Contractor is not authorized to begin
performance until such time. If Contractor begins performing prior thereto, the State of Colorado is not
obligated to pay Contactor for such performance or for any goods and/or services provided hereunder.
APPROVED:
STATE OF COLORADO
STATE CONTROLLER'S OFFICE
State Controller (or authorized Delegate)
By:
Julie Brewster, CPA, Delegee
Date:
SC-6.21
Rev. 7/2015
Page 4 of 4
STATE OF COLORADO
OFFICE OF THE STATE ARCHITECT
STATE BUILDINGS PROGRAM
CONTRACTOR'S DESIGN/BID/BUILD AGREEMENT
(STATE FORM SC-6.21)
EXHIBIT A
CONTRACTOR’S BID (Form SBP-6.13)
STATE OF COLORADO
OFFICE OF THE STATE ARCHITECT
STATE BUILDINGS PROGRAM
CONTRACTOR'S DESIGN/BID/BUILD AGREEMENT
(STATE FORM SC-6.21)
EXHIBIT B
PERFORMANCE BOND (Form SC-6.22)
STATE OF COLORADO
OFFICE OF THE STATE ARCHITECT
STATE BUILDINGS PROGRAMS
PERFORMANCE BOND
REGENTS OF THE UNIVERSITY OF COLORADO, a body corporate, acting by and
Institution/Agency: through the UNIVERSITY OF COLORADO COLORADO SPRINGS
Project No./Name: 16-007 / IT Emergency Generator
BONDING COMPANY: DO NOT MAKE ANY CHANGES TO THE LANGUAGE IN THIS BOND.
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS:
That the Contractor
and
University of Colorado Colorado Springs
1420 Austin Bluffs Parkway
Colorado Springs, CO 80918
as Principal and hereinafter called “Principal,”
and
as Surety and hereinafter called “Surety,” a corporation organized and existing under the laws of
are held and firmly bound unto the STATE OF COLORADO
acting by and through the UNIVERSITY OF COLORADO COLORADO SPRINGS,
hereinafter called the “Principal Representative”, in the sum of
Dollars ($
)
for the payment whereof the Principal and Surety bind themselves, their heirs, executors,
administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly, by these presents.
WHEREAS, the Principal and the State of Colorado acting by and through the Principal Representative
have entered into a certain Contract, hereinafter called “Contract,” dated
, 20
, for the construction of a PROJECT described as
16-007 / IT Emergency Generator
which Contract is hereby by reference made a part hereof;
State Form SC-6.22
(Rev. 9/2006)
Page 1 of 2
NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION, is such that, if the Principal shall
promptly, fully and faithfully perform all the undertakings, covenants, terms, conditions and agreements
of said Contract during the original term of said Contract any extensions thereof that may be granted
by the Principal Representative with or without notice to the Surety, and during the life of any guaranty
required under the Contract, and shall also well and truly perform and fulfill all undertakings,
covenants, terms, conditions and agreements of any and all duly authorized modifications of said
Contract that may hereafter be made, notice of which modifications to the Surety being hereby waived,
then this obligation shall be null and void; otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect.
AND THE SAID SURETY, for value received hereby stipulates and agrees that whenever the Principal
shall be, and declared by the Principal Representative to be in default under said Contract, the State of
Colorado having performed its obligations thereunder, the Surety may promptly remedy the default or
shall promptly (1) Complete the Contract in accordance with its terms and conditions, or (2) Obtain a
bid or bids for submittal to the Principal Representative for completing the Contract in accordance with
its terms and conditions, and upon determination by the Principal Representative and Surety of the
lowest responsible bidder, arrange for a contract between such bidder and the State of Colorado acting
by and through the Principal Representative and make available as work progresses (even though
there should be a default or a succession of defaults under the contract or contracts of completion
arranged under this paragraph) sufficient funds to pay the cost of completion, less the balance of the
contract price but not exceeding, including other costs and damages for which the Surety may be liable
hereunder, the amount hereinbefore set forth. The term “balance of the contract price” as herein used
shall mean the total amount payable to the Principal under the Contract and any amendments thereto,
less the amount properly paid by the State of Colorado to the Contractor.
No right of action shall accrue on this bond to or for the use of any person or corporation other than the
State of Colorado.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF said Principal and Surety have executed this Bond, this
A.D.,
20
.
(Corporate Seal)
day of ,
THE PRINCIPAL
ATTEST:
By:
Title:
Secretary
(Corporate Seal)
SURETY
By:
Attorney-in-fact
THIS BOND MUST BE ACCOMPANIED BY POWER OF ATTORNEY, EFFECTIVELY DATED
Note:
State Form SC-6.22
(Rev. 9/2006)
This bond is issued simultaneously with another bond
conditioned for the full and faithful payment for all labor
and material of the contract.
Page 2 of 2
STATE OF COLORADO
OFFICE OF THE STATE ARCHITECT
STATE BUILDINGS PROGRAM
CONTRACTOR'S DESIGN/BID/BUILD AGREEMENT
(STATE FORM SC-6.21)
EXHIBIT C
LABOR AND MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND (Form SC-6.221)
STATE OF COLORADO
OFFICE OF THE STATE ARCHITECT
STATE BUILDINGS PROGRAMS
LABOR AND MATERIAL BOND
Regents of the University of Colorado, a body corporate, acting by and through the
Institution/Agency: University of Colorado Colorado Springs
Project No./Name: 16-007 / IT Emergency Generator
BONDING COMPANY: DO NOT MAKE ANY CHANGES TO THE LANGUAGE IN THIS BOND.
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS:
That the Contractor:
and
University of Colorado Colorado Springs
1420 Austin Bluffs Parkway
Colorado Springs, CO 80918
as Principal and hereinafter called "Principal,"
and
as Surety and hereinafter called "Surety," a corporation organized and existing under the laws of
are held and firmly bound unto the STATE OF COLORADO
acting by and through
(agency or institution)
hereinafter called "Principal Representative," and to all subcontractors and any others who have supplied
or furnished or shall supply or furnish materials, rental machinery, tools, or equipment actually used in the
performance of the hereinafter identified Contract, or who have performed or shall perform labor in the
performance of or in connection with said Contract, hereinafter called "Obligees" in the sum of
.
Dollars and No/100 Dollars ($
)
together with interest at the rate of eight per cent (8%) per annum on all payments becoming due in
accordance with said Contract, from the time such payments shall become due until such payment shall
be made, for the payment of which, well and truly made to the Obligees, the Principal and the Surety bind
themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly, by
these presents.
WHEREAS, the Principal and the State of Colorado acting by and through the Principal Representative
have entered into a certain Contract, hereinafter called "Contract," dated _______________, 20
for the
construction of a PROJECT described as
16-007 / IT Emergency Generator
which Contract is hereby by reference made a part hereof;
State Form SC-6.221
(Rev. 9/2008)
Page 1 of 2
NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION is such that if the Principal and the
Surety shall fully indemnify and save harmless the State of Colorado and the Principal Representative
from and against any and all costs and damages, including patent infringements, which either may suffer
by reason of any failure or failures of the Principal promptly and faithfully to perform all terms and
conditions of said Contract and shall fully reimburse and repay the State of Colorado and the Principal
Representative all outlay and expense which the State of Colorado and the Principal Representative may
incur in making good any such failure or failures, and further, if the Principal and his subcontractors shall
duly and promptly pay for any and all labor, materials, team hire, sustenance, provisions, provender, rental
machinery, tools, or equipment and other supplies which have been or shall be used or consumed by said
Principal or his subcontractors in the performance of the work of said Contract , and it said Principal shall
duly and promptly pay all his subcontractors the sums due them for any and all materials, rental
machinery, tools, or equipment and labor that have been or shall be furnished, supplied, performed or
used in connection with performance of said Contract, and shall also fully indemnify and save harmless
the State of Colorado and the Principal Representative to the extent of any and all expenditures which
either or both of them may be required to make by reason of any failures or defaults by the Principal or
any subcontractor in connection with such payments; then this obligation shall be null and void, otherwise
it shall remain in full force and effect.
It is expressly understood and agreed that any alterations which may be made in the terms of said
Contract or in the work to be done under said Contract, or any extension(s) of time for the performance of
the Contract, or any forebearance on the part of either the State of Colorado or the Principal to any of the
others, shall not in any way release the Principal and the Surety, or either of them, their heirs, executors,
administrators, successors or assigns from their liability hereunder, notice to the Surety of any such
alteration, extension or forbearance being hereby waived.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and the Surety have executed this Bond, this
, A.D., 2015.
(Corporate Seal)
day of
THE PRINCIPAL
ATTEST:
By:
Title:
Secretary
(Corporate Seal)
SURETY
By:
Attorney-in-fact
THIS BOND MUST BE ACCOMPANIED BY POWER OF ATTORNEY, EFFECTIVELY DATED
Note:
State Form SC-6.221
(Rev. 9/2008)
This bond is issued simultaneously with another bond
conditioned for the full and faithful performance of the
contract.
Page 2 of 2
STATE OF COLORADO
OFFICE OF THE STATE ARCHITECT
STATE BUILDINGS PROGRAM
CONTRACTOR'S DESIGN/BID/BUILD AGREEMENT
(STATE FORM SC-6.21)
EXHIBIT D
INSURANCE CERTIFICATE(S) (attached)
STATE OF COLORADO
OFFICE OF THE STATE ARCHITECT
STATE BUILDINGS PROGRAM
CONTRACTOR'S DESIGN/BID/BUILD AGREEMENT
(STATE FORM SC-6.21)
EXHIBIT E
Certification and Affidavit Regarding Unauthorized Immigrants (required at contract signing prior to
commencing work) (UI-1, attached)
STATE OF COLORADO
OFFICE OF THE STATE ARCHITECT
STATE BUILDINGS PROGRAMS
CERTIFICATION AND AFFIDAVIT REGARDING UNAUTHORIZED IMMIGRANTS
Institution/Agency:
Project No./Name:
Regents of the University of Colorado, a body corporate, acting by and through the
University of Colorado Colorado Springs
16-007 / IT Emergency Generator
A. CERTIFICATION STATEMENT
CRS 8-17.5-101 & 102 (HB 06-1343, SB 08-193)
The Vendor, whose name and signature appear below, certifies and agrees as follows:
1. The Vendor shall comply with the provisions of CRS 8-17.5-101 et seq. The Vendor shall not knowingly
employ or contract with an unauthorized immigrant to perform work for the State or enter into a contract with a
subcontractor that knowingly employs or contracts with an unauthorized immigrant.
2. The Vendor certifies that it does not now knowing employ or contract with and unauthorized immigrant
who will perform work under this contract, and that it will participate in either (i) the “E-Verify Program”, jointly
administered by the United States Department of Homeland Security and the Social Security Administration,
or (ii) the “Department Program” administered by the Colorado Department of Labor and Employment in order
to confirm the employment eligibility of all employees who are newly hired to perform work under this contract.
3. The Vendor shall comply with all reasonable requests made in the course of an investigation under CRS
8-17.5-102 by the Colorado Department of Labor and Employment. If the Vendor fails to comply with any
requirement of this provision or CRS 8-17.5-101 et seq., the State may terminate work for breach and the
Vendor shall be liable for damages to the State.
B. AFFIDAVIT CRS 24-76.5-101 (HB 06S-1023)
1. If the Vendor is a sole proprietor, the undersigned hereby swears or affirms under penalty of perjury
under the laws of the State of Colorado that (check one):
I am a United States citizen, or
I am a Permanent Resident of the United States, or
I am lawfully present in the United States pursuant to Federal law.
I understand that this sworn statement is required by law because I am a sole proprietor entering into a
contract to perform work for the State of Colorado. I understand that state law requires me to provide proof
that I am lawfully present in the United States prior to starting work for the State. I further acknowledge that I
will comply with the requirements of CRS 24-76.5-101 et seq. and will produce the required form of
identification prior to starting work. I acknowledge that making a false, fictitious, or fraudulent statement or
representation in this sworn affidavit is punishable under the criminal laws of Colorado as perjury in the
second degree under CRS 18-8-503 and it shall constitute a separate criminal offense each time a public
benefit is fraudulently received.
CERTIFIED and AGREED to this _
____ day of ___
___, _20
VENDOR:
Vendor Full Legal Name
BY:
Signature of Authorized Representative
State Form UI-1
Issued 7/2008
Page 1 of 1
Title
__.
STATE OF COLORADO
OFFICE OF THE STATE ARCHITECT
STATE BUILDINGS PROGRAM
CONTRACTOR'S DESIGN/BID/BUILD AGREEMENT
(STATE FORM SC-6.21)
EXHIBIT F
Building Code Compliance Policy: Coordination of Approved Building Codes, Plan Reviews and
Building Inspections
OFFICE OF THE STATE ARCHITECT
STATE BUILDINGS PROGRAMS
POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
BUILDING CODE COMPLIANCE POLICY:
COORDINATION OF APPROVED BUILDING CODES,
PLAN REVIEWS AND BUILDING INSPECTIONS
Updates from 2010
Updates from 2011
Updates from 2012
Updates from 2013
Rev. 7/2013
OFFICE OF THE STATE ARCHITECT/STATE BUILDINGS PROGRAMS
POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
BUILDING CODE COMPLIANCE
COORDINATION OF APPROVED BUILDING CODES,
PLAN REVIEWS AND BUILDING INSPECTIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
INTRODUCTION
A. Intent
B. Statutory Responsibilities/Executive Order
SECTION I. BUILDING CODES
A. Approved Building Codes
See Exhibit A – Approved Building Codes
B. Requests To Change The Application Of Certain Provisions Of The Code
1. Alternative Methods
2. Modifications
3. Appeals
4. Amendments
5. Code Deficiencies in Existing Buildings
SECTION II. CODE COMPLIANCE PLAN REVIEWS
A. Code Compliance Plan Reviews
See Exhibit B – Plan Review Procedures
B. Notice to Proceed (Construction Permit)
SECTION III. BUILDING INSPECTIONS
A.
B.
C.
D.
Building Inspection Record
Building Inspection Authorization
Inspection Report
Building Occupancy/Documentation
SECTION IV. COORDINATION WITH OTHER STATE AGENCIES
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
Department of Regulatory Agencies/State Plumbing and Electrical Boards
Department of Labor and Employment/State Boiler Inspector
Department of Labor and Employment/Conveyance Administrator
Local Fire Jurisdictions and Department of Public Safety/Division of Fire Safety
Department of Public Health and Environment/Division of Consumer Protection
Department of Local Affairs/Division of Housing
Department of Public Health and Environment/Division of Air Pollution Control
SECTION V. COMPLIANCE
A. Agency Action Plan for Building Code Compliance
B. Building Code Compliance Documentation Submittal
Rev. 7/2013
1
OFFICE OF THE STATE ARCHITECT/STATE BUILDINGS PROGRAMS
POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
BUILDING CODE COMPLIANCE
COORDINATION OF APPROVED BUILDING CODES,
PLAN REVIEWS AND BUILDING INSPECTIONS
Exhibits
A – Approved Building Codes
B – Plan Review Procedures
C – Plan Review Authorization (SBP-017)
D – Building Inspection Record (SBP-BIR)
E– Building Inspection Authorization (SBP-018)
F – Inspection Report (SBP-019)
G – Notice to Proceed (SBP-6.26) or (SBP-7.26)
H – Notice of Substantial Completion (SBP-07)
I – Notice of Approval of Occupancy/Use (SBP-01)
J – Notice of Final Acceptance (SC-6.27)
K – Agency Action Plan for Code Compliance
L – Code Compliance Documentation Submittal
M – Request for Modification
References
1. Colorado Revised State Statutes:
9-4-101-118, Article 4
9-5-101-106, Article 5
12-23-100.2-120, Article 23
25-4-1601, Part 16
Boiler Inspection, Department of Labor and Employment
Department of Personnel
Electricians, Department of Regulatory Agencies
Food Service Establishments, Department of Public Health
and Environment
12-58-101-117, Article 58
Plumbers, Department of Regulatory Agencies
24-30-1301-1307, Part 13
State Buildings, Department of Personnel
24-30-1401-1408, Part 14
Negotiations of Consultant’s Contracts, Department of
Personnel
24-32-3301-3327, Part 33
Division of Housing, Department of Local Affairs
24-33.5-1201-1210, Part 12 Division of Fire Safety, Department of Public Safety
9-1-101-106, Article 1
Construction Requirements
9-1.3-101-105, Article 1.5
Low Flow Plumbing Fixtures
9-5.5-101-120, Article 5.5
Elevator and Escalator Certification, Department of Labor
and Employment
24-82-901-902, Part 9
Outdoor Lighting Fixtures
25-7-501-512, Part 5
Division of Air Pollution Control, Department of Public
Health and Environment
2. Executive Order #D0011 95
This policy supersedes Coordination of Approved Building Codes, Drawing Reviews and
Building Inspections (Issued 5/1998) and Code Compliance Reviews (Issued 5/1998).
Rev. 7/2013
2
OFFICE OF THE STATE ARCHITECT/STATE BUILDINGS PROGRAMS
POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
BUILDING CODE COMPLIANCE
COORDINATION OF APPROVED BUILDING CODES,
PLAN REVIEWS AND BUILDING INSPECTIONS
INTRODUCTION
A. Intent
It is the intent of this policy to coordinate the efforts of state personnel responsible for
managing construction projects, in order to ensure compliance with approved building codes
and standards, by establishing standardized methods to review construction documents and
inspect buildings under construction. This policy covers renovation as well as new
construction. Routine maintenance is not covered under this policy.
In addition, this policy intends to coordinate and track through documentation, e.g. the
Compliance Notice, the Notice to Proceed, the Building Inspection Record (SBP-BIR), and
the Notice of Approval of Occupancy/Use, the efforts of the various state entities responsible
for specific portions of code compliance. Because code compliance is a multi-disciplined
effort involving many individuals and departments, each state agency has a shared
responsibility for ensuring that its construction projects comply with applicable codes. To a
large extent, code compliance is quality control involving: structural stability, life safety,
minimum standards and environmental health.
Building code compliance plan review is required for all projects (capital construction,
controlled maintenance, emergency, cash or in-house funded projects) unless an exception is
provided per the building code. Building code compliance reporting is required only on
appropriated projects - capital construction and controlled maintenance.
This building code compliance policy and procedures are intended to assist the various state
entities involved in the construction of state buildings in understanding the processes and
requirements developed to assure that state buildings are constructed in accordance with the
adopted codes. While the state has determined that it is in its interest to employ third part
code review agents in an attempt to verify compliance with the code, this in no way relieves
the architect/engineer or the contractor from their obligations to design and construct the
project in conformance with the adopted codes nor is it intended to transfer any duties,
obligations, or liabilities of the design and construction teams to the code review agents. The
code review agents are agents of the Department of Personnel and Administration/Office of
the State Architect (DPA/OSA) and conduct their work at the direction of the Office of the
State Architect that is considered as the Building Official for state projects. The code review
agents have powers only as delegated by OSA. While the code review agents are expected
to conduct their work with due diligence, it is recognized that their work is limited to general
review and inspection of the work and is not considered to constitute an in-depth or
comprehensive analysis of the design or construction nor are they in any way authorized to
direct the design or construction. Failure of the code review agent to identify a non-compliant
condition, either in design or construction, does not waive the obligation of the design and
construction teams to comply with the code. Plan reviews or inspections presuming to give
authority to violate or cancel the provisions of the code or other ordinances shall not be valid.
The policy is divided into five sections: Section I – Approved Building Codes; Section II –
Code Compliance Plan Reviews; Section III – Building Inspections; Section IV – Coordination
with Other State Agencies; and Section V - Compliance. Since all sections are
interdependent, this policy attempts to define and establish an integrated process from the
initial design drawing review phase through owner occupancy.
The initial effective date of this policy was July 1, 1998.
Rev. 7/2013
3
OFFICE OF THE STATE ARCHITECT/STATE BUILDINGS PROGRAMS
POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
BUILDING CODE COMPLIANCE
COORDINATION OF APPROVED BUILDING CODES,
PLAN REVIEWS AND BUILDING INSPECTIONS
B. Statutory Responsibilities / Executive Order
1. STATUTORY RESPONSIBILITIES BY DEPARTMENT
(Emphases in the following excerpts have been added).
DRAWING REVIEW, BUILDING AND HVAC INSPECTION
DEPARTMENT OF PERSONNEL & ADMINISTRATION/STATE BUILDINGS AND REAL
ESTATE PROGRAMS (CRS 24-30-13)
24-30-1303(1)(j) Develop, or cause to be developed, standards of inspection, with
the approval of the governor, which shall be the basis of all inspections and be
responsible for assuring the uniform inspection of construction projects by the state
agencies, utilizing such resources as may be locally available, in conjunction with the
architect, engineer, or consultant;
24-30-1303(1)(n)(II) Develop, or cause to be developed, methods of control on a
standardized basis for all state agencies to ensure conformity of physical
planning with approved building codes and of construction with approved physical
planning.
24-30-1303(z) Establish minimum building codes, with the approval of the
governor and the general assembly after the recommendations and review of the
capital development committee, for all construction by state agencies on state-owned
or state lease-purchase properties or facilities. At the discretion of the department,
said codes may apply to state leased facilities where local building codes may not
exist.
24-30-1303(3)(a) All buildings and facilities, except public roads and highways and
projects under the supervision of the division of wildlife and the division of parks and
outdoor recreation erected for state purposes shall be constructed in conformity with
a construction procedures manual for state facilities and state-assisted facilities
prepared by the department and approved by the governor. Such construction shall
be made only upon plans, design and construction documents which comply with
approved state standards and rules and regulations promulgated pursuant to this
section.
ELECTRICAL INSPECTION
DEPARTMENT OF REGULATORY AGENCIES / STATE ELECTRICAL BOARD (CRS
12-23)
12-23-116 (2) Any electrical installation in any new construction or remodeling or
repair, other than manufactured units certified by the division of housing pursuant to
section 24-32-3311, C.R.S., except in any incorporated town, or city, any county, or
any city and county having its own electrical code and inspection equal to the
minimum standards as are provided in this article, shall be inspected by a state
electrical inspector. A state electrical inspector shall inspect any new
construction, remodeling, or repair subject to the provisions of this subsection (2)
within three working days after the receipt of the application for inspection. If the
inspection is not performed within five working days, work may resume on any such
Rev. 7/2013
4
OFFICE OF THE STATE ARCHITECT/STATE BUILDINGS PROGRAMS
POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
BUILDING CODE COMPLIANCE
COORDINATION OF APPROVED BUILDING CODES,
PLAN REVIEWS AND BUILDING INSPECTIONS
construction, repair, or remodeling. Prior to the commencement of any such
electrical installation, the person making such installation shall make application for
inspection and pay the required fee therefor.
PLUMBING INSPECTION
DEPARTMENT OF REGULATORY AGENCIES / STATE EXAMINING BOARD OF
PLUMBERS (CRS 12-58)
12-58-114.5 (1) Any plumbing or gas piping installation in any new construction or
remodeling or repair, other than manufactured units inspected in accordance with the
provisions of part 7 of article 32 of title 24, C.R.S., except in any incorporated town or
city, any county, or any city and county having its own plumbing code equal to the
minimum standards provided in this article, shall be inspected by a state plumbing
inspector in those areas where a local jurisdiction has requested such inspections. A
state plumbing inspector shall inspect any new construction, remodeling, or repair
subject to the provisions of this subsection (1) within three working days after the
receipt of the application for inspection. If the inspection is not performed within five
working days, work may resume on any such construction, repair, or remodeling.
Prior to the commencement of any such plumbing or gas piping installation, the
person making such installation shall make application for inspection and pay the
required fee therefor.
BOILER INSPECTION
DEPARTMENT OF LABOR AND EMPLOYMENT / BOILER INSPECTION SECTION
(CRS 9-4)
9-4-106 Owner report boilers, wrongful use of boilers, inspection of new installations.
(1) It is the duty of the owner or user of boilers, except those boilers exempt from the
provisions of this Article under section 9-4-104, used or which are to be used in this
state, to report to the section the location of newly installed or relocated boilers.
(2) Before the installers of any boiler have boilers placed in service, they shall notify
the section, which, within ten days or as soon thereafter as possible from the date of
receiving such notification, shall send an inspector to examine said boilers to
determine that the construction, material, bracing, fuel and fluid supply systems,
control apparatus, combustion air and ventilating air, electric wiring, piping, and all
other parts of such boilers are such as to assure the safety of the boilers.
(3) Upon completion of installation, all boilers shall be inspected by a state boiler
inspector. At the time of inspection, each boiler shall be assigned a serial number
by the inspector, which serial number shall be stamped on or affixed to the boiler.
ELEVATOR INSPECTION
DEPARTMENT OF LABOR AND EMPLOYMENT / CONVEYANCE SECTION
(CRS 9-5.5)
9-5.5-104 Applies to the design, construction, operation, inspection, testing,
maintenance, alteration and repair of the following equipment: (a) Hoisting and
lowering mechanisms equipped with a car or platform that moves between two or
more landings. Such equipment includes, but is not limited to, elevators and platform
lifts, personnel hoists, stairway chair lifts, and dumbwaiters. (b) Power-driven
stairways and walkways for carrying persons between landings. Such equipment
Rev. 7/2013
5
OFFICE OF THE STATE ARCHITECT/STATE BUILDINGS PROGRAMS
POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
BUILDING CODE COMPLIANCE
COORDINATION OF APPROVED BUILDING CODES,
PLAN REVIEWS AND BUILDING INSPECTIONS
includes, but is not limited to, escalators and moving walks. (c) Automated people
movers as defined in ASCE 21.
Furthermore, the statute requires all conveyances in Colorado to be registered with
the Conveyance Section / Division of Oil and Public Safety (OPS); requires all
conveyance contractors, mechanics, and inspectors to be licensed by OPS; requires
all conveyances to be installed, altered, repaired, serviced and maintained according
to adopted standards, and allows local authorities having jurisdiction to regulate
conveyances if approved by OPS.
FIRE SUPPRESSION INSTALLATION AND INSPECTION
DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC SAFETY / DIVISION OF FIRE SAFETY (CRS 24-33.5-12)
24-33.5-1206.4 System approval, inspection, and inspectors. (1) No installation,
modification, alteration, or repair of a fire suppression system shall be completed and
cleared for use, and no structure or partial structure in which such fire suppression
system is installed, modified, altered, or repaired shall be cleared for occupancy, until
such fire suppression system has been approved by a certified fire suppression
systems inspector. Approval shall include review of approved working plans and
hydraulic calculations, installation inspections, and final tests.
FOOD SERVICE LICENSE/PLAN REVIEW/INSPECTION
DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC HEALTH AND ENVIRONMENT/DIVISION OF CONSUMER
PROTECTION (CRS 25-4-16)
25-4-1605 Submission of plans for approval – required. (1) An owner or operator
shall submit plans and specifications to the department or local board of health in the
jurisdiction in which a retail food establishment is to be constructed or extensively
remodeled before such construction or extensive remodeling is begun or any existing
structure is converted for use as a retail food establishment. Such plans and
specifications shall be submitted for review and approval, in such form as the
department requires, to ensure that the retail food establishment layout, equipment,
and food handling procedures are conducive to providing to providing a safe food
product…. Such plans and specifications shall indicate the proposed layout,
arrangement, mechanical plants, construction materials of work areas, and the
location, type, and model of proposed fixed equipment and facilities.
(2) The construction, extensive remodeling, or conversion of any retail food
establishment shall be in accordance with the plans and specifications submitted to
and approved by the department or local board of health. The department or local
board of health shall conduct preopening inspections of retail food establishments
to assure compliance with the approved plans, as circumstances require.
FACTORY-BUILT NONRESIDENTIAL STRUCTURES
DEPARTMENT OF LOCAL AFFAIRS/DIVISION OF HOUSING (CRS 24-32-33)
24-32-3311 Certification of factory-built residential and nonresidential structures. (1)
Factory-built structures manufactured, substantially altered or repaired, sold, or
offered for sale within this state after the effective date of the rules promulgated
pursuant to this part 33 shall bear the insignia of approval issued by the division
and affixed by the division or an authorized quality assurance representative.
Rev. 7/2013
6
OFFICE OF THE STATE ARCHITECT/STATE BUILDINGS PROGRAMS
POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
BUILDING CODE COMPLIANCE
COORDINATION OF APPROVED BUILDING CODES,
PLAN REVIEWS AND BUILDING INSPECTIONS
(4) All factory-built structures bearing an insignia of approval issued by the division
and affixed by the division or an authorized quality assurance representative
pursuant to this part 33 shall be deemed to comply with the requirements of all
ordinances or rules, including those for electrical and plumbing, enacted by the state
government and any local government that are applicable to the manufacture of
structures….
(5) No factory-built structures bearing an insignia of approval issued by the division
and affixed by the division or an authorized quality assurance representative
pursuant to this part 33 shall be in any way modified contrary to the rules
promulgated pursuant to section 24-32-3305 prior to or during installation unless
approval is first obtained from the division.
ASBESTOS ABATEMENT/RENOVATION/DEMOLITION
DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC HEALTH AND ENVIRONMENT/AIR POLLUTION
CONTROL DIVISION (CRS 25-7-503)
25-7-503 Notification is required for all demolitions of all facilities and for all asbestos
abatement projects that exceed the trigger levels. The notification requirements
apply to both friable and non-friable asbestos materials.
Permits are required for the abatement of friable asbestos projects where the quantity
of asbestos-containing material to be abated exceeds the trigger levels and the work
is in an area of public access.
2. GOVERNOR’S EXECUTIVE ORDER # D0011 95
Improving the Alignment of State Plans with Regional Visions
“Whereas, the Interregional Council of the Smart Growth and Development Initiative
recommends that cooperation among all levels of government is integral in
establishing responsible growth practices in the state of Colorado.”
SECTION I. BUILDING CODES
A. Approved Building Codes
See Exhibit A – Approved Building Codes
B. Requests To Change Application Of Certain Provisions Of The Code
(Note: This section only applies to the International Building Code (IBC), the International
Mechanical Code (IMC) and the International Energy Conservation Code (IECC). Contact
the other state agencies listed in Section IV for other codes.) All approved changes must be
filed with State Buildings Programs by the code review agent or approved agency building
official as they are determined. In addition, agencies are required to submit documentation of
the approved changes with the project code compliance final submittal.
1. Alternative Methods. The IBC has provided provisions to allow alternative methods and
materials to the prescriptive requirements of the code. Alternative methods maintain the
level of life safety created by the code’s prescriptive requirements but uses other
methods than may be required by the prescriptive section of the code. Procedure for
requesting approval of an alternative method is as follows:
Rev. 7/2013
7
OFFICE OF THE STATE ARCHITECT/STATE BUILDINGS PROGRAMS
POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
BUILDING CODE COMPLIANCE
COORDINATION OF APPROVED BUILDING CODES,
PLAN REVIEWS AND BUILDING INSPECTIONS
a) The Architect/Engineer shall submit a request for consideration of alternative method
to the state code review agent or the approved agency building code official. This
request shall identify the prescriptive requirements of the code that are to be
addressed by the alternative method and provide documentation as to how
equivalency with the prescriptive requirements will be achieved.
b) The state code review agent or the approved agency building code official will review
the request and may accept or reject the request. In consideration of the request, the
code review agent may request additional documentation as required.
c) The details of any action approving the use of any alternative method shall be
recorded and entered in the files at State Buildings Programs.
d) Consulting fees associated with alternatives will be paid by the Agency.
2. Modifications. When there are practical difficulties involved in carrying out the
provisions of the code, State Buildings Programs or the approved agency building code
official may grant modifications for individual cases. State Buildings Programs shall first
find that a special individual reason makes the strict letter of the code impractical and that
the modification is in conformance with the intent and purpose of the code and that such
modification does not lessen any health, accessibility, life and fire safety or structural
requirements. Procedures for requesting approval of a modification are as follows:
a) The Agency is to provide in writing a request for modification to State Buildings
Programs or approved agency building code official. Be as specific as possible,
indicating the code section to be modified. Provide reasons for the modification and
other substantiating documentation as required.
b) State Buildings Programs or approved agency building code official will review the
request. At its option State Buildings Programs may solicit the comments from its
code review agents and other qualified entities. Submit information as specified on
Exhibit M Request for Modification.
c) State Buildings Programs or approved agency building code official shall first find that
a special individual reason makes the strict letter of the code impractical and that the
modification is in conformance with the intent and purpose of the code and that such
modification does not lessen any health, accessibility, life and fire safety or structural
requirements.
d) The details of any action granting modifications shall be recorded and entered in the
files of State Buildings Programs.
e) Modifications may only be provided by State Buildings Programs or the approved
agency building code official.
f) Consulting fees associated with modifications will be paid by the Agency.
3. Appeals When the Agency has a disagreement as to the interpretation of code
requirements, it may appeal the decision of the state code review agent or the approved
agency building code official. It is noted that an appeal is not permitted to reduce or
waive the requirements of the code. The procedure for appeals is as follows:
a) Provide a request in writing for appeals to State Buildings Programs or the approved
agency building code official. Be as specific as possible, indicating the code section
in contention. Provide reasons for the appeal and other substantiating
documentation as required.
b) State Buildings Programs will review the request. At its option State Buildings
Programs may solicit the comments from its code review agents. Fees associated
with such solicited comments will be paid by State Buildings Programs.
c) Accepted Appeals will be distributed to the agency and the state’s code review
agents.
Rev. 7/2013
8
OFFICE OF THE STATE ARCHITECT/STATE BUILDINGS PROGRAMS
POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
BUILDING CODE COMPLIANCE
COORDINATION OF APPROVED BUILDING CODES,
PLAN REVIEWS AND BUILDING INSPECTIONS
d) Rejected Appeals will be distributed to the agency and the state’s code review
agents.
e) Establishment of Board of Appeals. State Buildings Programs will endeavor to
establish a Board of Appeals. Once this board is established it will be responsible to
review and act upon the request on behalf of State Buildings Programs.
f) Appeals may only be provided by State Buildings and Programs or approved agency
building code officials.
4. Amendments. Amendments are intended to modify, delete, or supplement specific
provisions of the codes. Amendments are to be applicable to all projects and must be
approved by State Buildings Programs. The procedure for requesting approval of an
amendment is as follows:
a) The agency is to provide in writing a request for amendment to State Buildings
Programs. Be as specific as possible, indicating the code section to be modified,
deleted, or supplemented. Provide reasons for the amendment and other
substantiating documentation as required.
b) State Buildings Programs will review the request. At its option State Buildings
Programs may solicit the comments from its code review agents. Fees associated
with such solicited comments will be paid by State Buildings Programs.
c) Rejected amendments will be returned to the Agency.
d) Amendments may only be established by State Buildings Programs.
5. Code Deficiencies in Existing Buildings
a) Each project where repairs, alterations, renovations, upgrades or additions are
proposed in an existing state owned building should include a code compliance plan
commensurate with the scope of the project. The code review agent’s review will be
as is needed to assess compliance within the project scope.
All work is to comply with IBC 3401 and 3403 as a minimum requirement.
Additionally, it is the policy of State Buildings Programs to bring existing structures
into conformance with current codes as much as practical within the intended scope
of the project. To this end the code review agent is directed to comment on
conditions as discovered that are noted not in compliance with current code
requirements. Such deficiencies that are noted should either be corrected in the
drawings or acknowledged by the agency in a letter to the code review agent
indicating why the items cannot be incorporated into the work. This is limited to work
that is not required by the code under provisions of IBC 3403.
b) Existing Non-Conforming Buildings
A building that cannot be shown to comply with the building code edition adopted and
current at the time of first construction (Uniform Building Code or International
Building Code) or had a subsequent change in occupancy or use is considered to be
an existing non-conforming building. It is incumbent upon the agency and/or
Architect/Engineer to include code compliance in its due diligence study for the
project scope definition and funding request and design in order to address existing
non-conforming conditions as early in the process as possible to avoid future
problems. Existing non-conforming conditions should be addressed in the code
compliance plan.
Rev. 7/2013
9
OFFICE OF THE STATE ARCHITECT/STATE BUILDINGS PROGRAMS
POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
BUILDING CODE COMPLIANCE
COORDINATION OF APPROVED BUILDING CODES,
PLAN REVIEWS AND BUILDING INSPECTIONS
The code review agent is directed to comment on the existing non-conforming
conditions as discovered whether or not the conditions are within the scope of the
project. Discovery may occur either during plan review or inspections. At its option
the code review agent may choose not to comment on conditions that it considers not
to substantially affect the overall life safety of the facility.
Conditions that are existing and non-conforming are to be corrected as part of any
project involving the subject building. Conditions that cannot be corrected must be
individually acknowledged in a letter to State Buildings Programs and the Office of
Risk Management and signed by the agency Principal Representative indicating why
the condition cannot be corrected or otherwise mitigated. State Buildings Programs
will request an opinion from the code review agent regarding the nature of the nonconforming condition and will then consult with the Office of Risk Management
concerning appropriate action.
c) Renovations
Where substantial work or renovation is proposed within a building or portion of a
building, that building or portion is to be brought into full compliance with the current
code to the maximum degree possible. All due diligence studies and project funding
requests should take this into account. The code review agent is directed to
comment on conditions that are noted not to comply with current code requirements
as discovered, whether or not the conditions are within the scope of the project.
Such deficiencies that are noted should be corrected in the work. If the deficiency
cannot be corrected or otherwise mitigated, it must be acknowledged by the agency
in a letter to the code review agent indicating why the items cannot be incorporated
into the work. If the code review agent does not agree with the agency findings, it
may request the matter be addressed to State Buildings Programs prior to issuance
of a Compliance Notice. This is limited to work that is not required by the code under
provisions of IBC 3403 or 3406.
The code review agent may issue a Compliance Notice with a contingent reference to
the agency Principal Representative with letters as discussed herein.
d) Change of Use or Occupancy
Existing buildings that are to undergo a Change of Use are required to comply with
current code requirements per IBC 3406. Existing conditions that cannot be modified
to meet current code requirements may be addressed to State Buildings Programs
with a request for modification per SBP policy.
Note: The term code review agent refers to either the approved SBP code
consultants or the approved agency building code official.
SECTION II. CODE COMPLIANCE PLAN REVIEWS
A. Agency project managers for all construction projects requiring code review for state
agencies on state-owned or state leased-purchased properties or facilities are to submit
design documents for code compliance reviews to the state’s code review agents or State
Buildings Programs approved agency building code official. The purpose of these reviews is
to ensure conformity of physical planning with approved state building codes.
Rev. 7/2013
10
OFFICE OF THE STATE ARCHITECT/STATE BUILDINGS PROGRAMS
POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
BUILDING CODE COMPLIANCE
COORDINATION OF APPROVED BUILDING CODES,
PLAN REVIEWS AND BUILDING INSPECTIONS
All documents submitted for code compliance drawing reviews are to be prepared by licensed
professional architects pursuant to Title 12, Article 4, C.R.S., or, if applicable, licensed
professional engineers pursuant to Title 25, Article 4, C.R.S.
1. State Buildings Programs has selected and contracted with several consultants to
provide code compliance reviews statewide. Each agency, however, directly procures
the services of the code review agent through a Plan Review Authorization (SBP-017)
form for each project. An estimated cost for the code review is to be initially included on
the Construction Project Application (SC-4.1) by the agency. Note: The Department of
Public Health and the Environment, Division of Consumer Protection will review drawings
for food service related projects. Agencies are responsible for contacting local fire
districts to seek their input at the beginning of the design process.
2. Instructions for working with the state’s approved code review agents are included in
SBP’s document Plan Review Procedures (Exhibit B).
3. The Plan Review Procedures document is referenced in the Architect/Engineer
Agreement (SC-5.1) and the Architect/Engineer Agreement Terms and Conditions (SC5.1T) and is thereby incorporated into the contracts for professional services as a
guideline for minimum required information for code review submittals per drawing phase.
B. All reviewed projects are to be provided with a Compliance Notice with a listing of required
inspections by the state’s code review agent or the approved agency building code official
prior to State Buildings Programs/Delegee issuance of the Notice to Proceed (SBP-6.26) or
(SBP-7.26).
If the Compliance Notice is contingent on the inclusion of the Construction Document code
review submittal comments, the agency project manager must certify to State Buildings
Programs on the Compliance Notice that is sent to SBP with the Notice to Proceed (SBP6.26 or SBP-7.26) that the code review agent’s comments were incorporated into the
drawings and specifications. If there were exceptions to the code review agent’s comments
that were resolved through an appeals process, that resolution must also be certified by the
agency project manager.
SECTION III. BUILDING INSPECTIONS
All reviewed construction projects shall be inspected for building code compliance. This section
describes the responsibilities for building inspections of State Buildings Programs. Section IV
describes inspection responsibilities of other state departments.
A. Building Inspection Record (SBP-BIR). At the completion of the code compliance plan review
phase, the state’s code review agent or the approved agency building code official will issue
along with the Compliance Notice a list of the required inspections.
Prior to the start of construction, the agency project manager will conduct a coordination meeting
with the code review agent who will serve as inspector of record for the project and others who
may have building inspection responsibilities (if applicable) to identify the responsible parties for
each required inspection and assign the responsibility for the final inspection sign off. The
Architect/Engineer and the Contractor will also attend this meeting. If applicable, a representative
from the local fire district will be invited to attend.
Rev. 7/2013
11
OFFICE OF THE STATE ARCHITECT/STATE BUILDINGS PROGRAMS
POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
BUILDING CODE COMPLIANCE
COORDINATION OF APPROVED BUILDING CODES,
PLAN REVIEWS AND BUILDING INSPECTIONS
1. The agency’s project manager will transfer the required inspections onto the Building
Inspection Record (SBP-BIR) yellow card that is to be provided to the Contractor at
contract signing.
2. The Building Inspection Record (SBP-BIR) will indicate by checked box, the minimum
required inspections and the appropriate inspectors for each project submitted for review.
3. The Building Inspection Record (SBP-BIR) is to be posted in an obvious, protected
location, along with all related inspection reports and documents.
4. It is intended that all inspectors sign the Building Inspection Record (SBP-BIR) and enter
their ICC Certification number (if applicable) after conducting each inspection. See
Section III.B below for the required inspector qualifications.
5. At the completion of the project when the agency project manager and the code review
agent as inspector of record for the project have determined that all required inspections
have taken place, they both will sign the Building Inspection Record (SBP-BIR). The fully
signed Building Inspection Record (SBP-BIR) along with all supporting documents will
become part of the project close-out documentation and a copy of the Building Inspection
Record (SBP-BIR) will be sent to State Buildings Programs.
B. Building Inspection Authorization (SBP-018). State Buildings Programs has selected and
contracted with several consultants to provide building inspections statewide. However, each
agency must directly procure the services of the consultant through a Building Inspection
Authorization (SBP-018) form for each project. An estimated cost for the building inspection is
to be initially included on the Construction Project Application (SC-4.1). Note that agency
staff may perform inspections only if they have appropriate ICC certifications. Qualifications
include ICC Certified Commercial Building, Electrical, Mechanical, or Plumbing Inspector. A
licensed architect or engineer in the state of Colorado with appropriate ICC certification and
who is not the architect or engineer of record for the project may also perform the
inspections.
C. Inspection Report (SBP-019).
1. The Inspection Report (SBP-019) is to be used by the inspection consultant or ICC
certified agency staff providing inspection services to thoroughly document what has
been rejected and what has been approved in addition to the consultant or staff member
inspector signing the Building Inspection Record (SBP-BIR) card. The inspections may
include as per the Building Inspection Record (SBP-BIR):









Building Inspections
Special Inspections
Elevator Inspections*
Electrical Inspections*
Plumbing Inspections*
Fire Department Inspections
Boiler Inspections*
Health Department Inspections*
Other Inspections
* Note: The Plumbing and Electrical Boards, the Health Department, the Boiler Inspector,
and Conveyance Administrator provide other means for the contractor to request their
inspections. Refer to section IV.
Rev. 7/2013
12
OFFICE OF THE STATE ARCHITECT/STATE BUILDINGS PROGRAMS
POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
BUILDING CODE COMPLIANCE
COORDINATION OF APPROVED BUILDING CODES,
PLAN REVIEWS AND BUILDING INSPECTIONS
2. It is the responsibility of the agency’s project manager to receive all Inspection Reports
after the inspector has completed each required inspection and direct the Contractor to
comply with all corrections noted.
Additionally, the agency’s project manager is also required to coordinate efforts with the
other state authorities conducting required inspections (refer to section IV) and sign the
Building Inspection Record (SBP-BIR) to indicate that the inspection was conducted and
completed, if the inspecting entity has not already done so.
3. Building Inspections are in addition to the observations performed by the
Architect/Engineer as required by the A/E Agreement. These building inspections shall
include:
a) Inspections of footings / foundations, concrete slab and under-floor, lowest floor
elevation, framing, lath and gypsum board, fire-resistant penetrations, mechanical
and energy efficiency, roofing, and final inspections.
b) Special inspections as required by applicable provisions of the code including steel,
concrete, masonry, wood, soils/foundations, spray-applied fireproofing and smoke
control systems. The Architect/Engineer shall identify the special inspections
required.
c) Plumbing and electrical inspections per the State Plumbing and Electrical Boards
(refer to section IV).
d) Fire protection system per the Division of Fire Safety and fire alarm by the local fire
district (refer to section IV).
e) Boiler inspections for new and modified installations (refer to section IV).
f) Elevator/escalator inspections for new or altered installations (refer to section IV).
g) Health Department inspections for all food service installations by the local health
authority (refer to section IV).
D. Building Occupancy / Documentation. Once the contractor has determined that the
project is complete, the agency’s project manager verifies that all items on the close-out
documents have been completed, and that the forms are fully signed-off prior to issuing the
Notice of Final Acceptance (SC-6.27). The steps in the close-out process include:
1. Notice of Substantial Completion (SBP-07). Following the Contractor’s submittal of the
Notice of Completion accompanied by the Contactor’s punch list, the Architect/Engineer,
the Principal Representative and the Contractor will conduct a final inspection and the
Architect/Engineer will issue a final punch list. The Notice of Substantial Completion will
establish the date of substantial completion of the project (and the beginning of the
warranty period) and will be issued when: all required building code inspections have
been completed and all deficiencies noted on the Building Inspection Record (SBP-BIR)
have been corrected; the building has been fully cleaned and can be used by the
Principal Representative and the public; and the Contractor has provided a schedule for
the completion of all items on the punch list.
2. Notice of Approval of Occupancy/Use (SBP-01). If the Principal Representative wishes to
occupy the entire project or a portion of the project before completion following the
issuance of the Notice of Substantial Completion, then a review of the conditions and
progress are noted. This review is conducted by the Architect/Engineer, State Buildings
Programs, and the Contractor and evaluates security, safety systems, exiting, power,
lighting and HVAC systems.
Rev. 7/2013
13
OFFICE OF THE STATE ARCHITECT/STATE BUILDINGS PROGRAMS
POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
BUILDING CODE COMPLIANCE
COORDINATION OF APPROVED BUILDING CODES,
PLAN REVIEWS AND BUILDING INSPECTIONS
3. Notice of Final Acceptance (SC-6.27). The Notice of Final Acceptance (SC-6.27)
establishes the completion date of the project. It shall not be authorized until the
Contractor performs the work to allow completion and approval of the Pre-Acceptance
Checklist (SBP-05).
Where Notices of Partial Substantial Completion (SBP-071) have been issued, Notices of
Partial Final Acceptance (SBP-6.271) may be similarly issued when appropriate.
SECTION IV. COORDINATION WITH OTHER STATE DEPARTMENTS
G. Coordination with State Plumbing and Electrical Boards
The Colorado General Assembly has created the Colorado State Electrical Board and the
Colorado Examining Board of Plumbers of the Department of Regulatory Agencies with the
power to adopt and enforce plumbing and electrical codes. State Buildings Programs
supports the boards’ efforts in ensuring compliance with the adopted codes.
1. Codes. The State Boards regularly adopt plumbing and electrical codes as per Appendix
A, Approved Building Codes. Compliance with these codes is mandatory on all
construction projects.
2. Amendments. The State Boards have issued amendments as part if their adoption of
these codes. Compliance with these amendments is required on all construction
projects.
3. Variances. State Buildings Programs will not consider alternative methods,
modifications, appeals, or amendments to the codes approved by the state boards.
Requests for such should be addressed to the State Boards at (303) 894-2300 and
copied in writing to State Buildings Programs.
4. Code Compliance Plan Reviews. The state boards do not conduct plan reviews.
However, the state’s code review agents will conduct plan reviews for electrical and
plumbing work for conformance with the state boards’ adopted codes. Please note that
the boards enforce the editions of their codes that are in effect at the time of permitting
not at the time of design or plan review.
5. Inspections. Plumbing and electrical inspections on state projects are to be provided by
the state boards. Such inspections should be noted on the Building Inspection Record
(SBP-BIR) card. It is the responsibility of the contractor to call for these inspections at
(303) 894-2300.
6. The State Electrical Board and the Colorado Examining Board of Plumbers both issue
inspection permits and charge a fee. At the completion of the final inspections, a
certificate of approval will be issued.
G. Coordination with Local Fire Jurisdictions and the Division of Fire Safety
Most state facilities are included within the boundaries of an established fire district. It is the
responsibility of those fire authorities to provide service to the state facilities. This policy is in
compliance with Executive Order D0011 95 which requires that state facilities be planned and
built in a manner consistent with local regulations.
1. Codes. Agencies are responsible that project design and construction is in compliance
with the codes approved by the fire district where the project is to be built. In the event
that there is no local district, or the district has not approved a recognized code, the
current edition of the International Fire Code shall be utilized.
Rev. 7/2013
14
OFFICE OF THE STATE ARCHITECT/STATE BUILDINGS PROGRAMS
POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
BUILDING CODE COMPLIANCE
COORDINATION OF APPROVED BUILDING CODES,
PLAN REVIEWS AND BUILDING INSPECTIONS
2. Review. It is mandatory that agencies consult local fire districts prior to the start of
design. Plans and specifications for all construction projects with fire code related issues
shall be submitted to the fire district for review. Fire protection systems must be reviewed
by Department of Public Safety/Division of Fire Safety certified personnel. A fee is
charged for plan registration, plan review, and inspection. Fire alarm systems shall be
reviewed by the fire district or by the state’s code review agent. Unless otherwise
approved by State Buildings Programs, the fire district review will be incorporated into the
documents. In the event of a conflict, State Buildings Programs should be contacted.
3. Inspections. All construction projects must be made available to the fire district for
inspections. Fire protection systems shall be inspected by Division of Fire Safety certified
personnel. Fire alarm systems shall be inspected by the fire district or an approved
inspector. Unless otherwise approved by State Buildings Programs any requirements
resulting from these inspections shall be incorporated into the project. It is the
responsibility of the agency’s project manager to coordinate this inspection with the local
fire district.
4. Sovereignty. This policy is an effort to facilitate cooperation between the state and local
authorities. This policy does not limit the sovereign authority of the state.
C. Coordination with State Boiler Inspector
The Colorado General Assembly has created the Boiler Inspection Section of the Division of
Oil and Public Safety of the Department of Labor and Employment with the power to adopt
and enforce the Colorado Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. State Buildings Programs
supports the Boiler Inspector’s efforts in ensuring compliance with the adopted codes.
1. Codes. The Boiler Inspection Section regularly adopts Boiler and Pressure Vessel
Codes. Compliance with these codes is mandatory on all construction projects.
2. Amendments. The Boiler Inspection Section may issue amendments as part of its
adoption of the code. Compliance with these amendments is mandatory on construction
projects.
3. Variances. State Buildings Programs will not consider alternate methods, modifications,
appeals, or amendments to the codes approved by the Boiler Inspection Section.
Requests for such should be addressed to the Boiler Inspection Section at (303) 3188481 and copied in writing to State Buildings Programs.
4. Code Compliance Plan Reviews. The Boiler Inspection Section does not conduct plan
reviews. However, the state’s code review agents will conduct plan reviews for boiler and
pressure vessel work (both new and repair) in conformance with the Boiler Inspection
Section’s adopted codes.
5. Inspections. Boiler and pressure vessel installation and/or repair inspections are to be
provided by the Boiler Inspection Section. Such inspections should be noted on the
Building Inspection Record (SBP-BIR) card. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to
call for these inspections at (303) 318-8481.
6. The Boiler Inspection Section issues an inspection certificate when a boiler installation or
repair has been found to comply with the Colorado Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code and
a fee will be charged.
D. Coordination with Administrator for Conveyances
The Colorado General Assembly has created the Conveyance Section of the Division of Oil
and Public Safety of the Department of Labor and Employment with the power to adopt and
enforce a safety code for elevators, escalators, and automated people movers. State
Buildings Programs supports the Division’s efforts in ensuring compliance with the adopted
standards.
Rev. 7/2013
15
OFFICE OF THE STATE ARCHITECT/STATE BUILDINGS PROGRAMS
POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
BUILDING CODE COMPLIANCE
COORDINATION OF APPROVED BUILDING CODES,
PLAN REVIEWS AND BUILDING INSPECTIONS
1. Codes. The Conveyance Section adopts standards for conveyances. Compliance with
these standards is mandatory on all construction projects.
2. Amendments. The Conveyance Section may issue amendments to the adopted
standards. Compliance with these amendments is mandatory on all construction
projects.
3. Variances. State Buildings Programs will not consider alternative methods,
modifications, appeals, or amendments to the standards approved by the Conveyance
Section. Request for such should be addressed to the Conveyance Section at (303) 3188536 and copied in writing to State Buildings Programs.
4. Code Compliance Plan Reviews. The Conveyance Section does not conduct plan
reviews. However, the state’s code review agents will conduct plan reviews for elevators
and escalators (both new and altered) in conformance with the Conveyance Section’s
adopted standards. All conveyances in Colorado shall be registered with the
Conveyance Section/Division of Oil and Public Safety.
5. Inspections. Inspections are to be provided by inspectors licensed by the Conveyance
Section/Division of Oil and Public Safety. Qualified local authorities having jurisdiction
may enter into a memorandum of agreement with the Conveyance Section/Division of Oil
and Public Safety to regulate conveyances that are located within their jurisdiction.
6. The Conveyance Section or authority having jurisdiction will issue a Certificate of
Operation indicating that the conveyance has been inspected by a third party licensed
conveyance inspector and complies with the rules of the Conveyance Section or
approved authority having jurisdiction.
E. Coordination with the Division of Consumer Protection of the Colorado Department of
Public Health and Environment
The Colorado General Assembly has created the Division of Consumer Protection within the
Department of Public Health and Environment to adopt and enforce a uniform code of
sanitary rules and regulations for food service establishment construction or renovation.
State Buildings Programs supports the Division’s efforts in ensuring compliance with the
adopted code.
1. Codes. The Division regularly adopts sanitary rules and regulations. Compliance with
these rules and regulations is mandatory on all construction projects.
2. Amendments. The Division may issue amendments as part of the uniform code of
sanitary rules and regulations. Compliance with these amendments is mandatory on all
construction projects.
3. Variances. State Buildings Programs will not consider alternate methods, modifications,
appeals or amendments to the code approved by the Division. Requests for such should
be addressed to the Division of Consumer Protection at (303) 692-3620.
4. Code Compliance Plan Reviews. The Division does provide for mandatory drawing
reviews. At the time a plan is submitted for review, an application fee of $75 dollars shall
be paid to the department or local board of health.
5. Inspections. The Division conducts a pre-opening inspection of a new or extensively
remodeled food service establishment. The fee for plan review and peopening inspection
shall be the actual cost of such review, which shall not exceed $280. It is the
responsibility of the agency’s project manager to coordinate this inspection with the local
health department.
6. A license to operate will be granted by the Division following compliance.
F. Coordination with the Division of Housing of the Colorado Department of Local Affairs
Rev. 7/2013
16
OFFICE OF THE STATE ARCHITECT/STATE BUILDINGS PROGRAMS
POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
BUILDING CODE COMPLIANCE
COORDINATION OF APPROVED BUILDING CODES,
PLAN REVIEWS AND BUILDING INSPECTIONS
The Colorado General Assembly has created the Division of Housing within the Department
of Local Affairs to establish rules and regulations concerning factory-built nonresidential
structures. State Buildings Programs supports the Division’s efforts in ensuring compliance
with the adopted code.
1. Codes. The Division of Housing has adopted the 2012 edition of the International Building
Code. Contact the Division for applicable appendices and other required codes and
standards. Refer to Resolution #35.
2. Amendments. The Division of Housing may issue amendments as part of its adoption of
the code. Compliance with the adopted code and amendments is required.
3. Variances. State Buildings Programs will not consider alternate methods, modifications,
appeals, or amendments on factory-built nonresidential structures. Requests for such
should be addressed to the Division of Housing at (303) 866-2033 and copied in writing
to State Buildings Programs.
4. Code Compliance Plan Reviews. The Division of Housing provides for plan reviews of
factory-built nonresidential structures for special occupancies, e.g. structures to be used
as day care centers rather than structures to be used as portable offices. The state’s
code review agents will provide plan reviews for code compliance for site adaptation and
installation issues.
5. Inspections. Inspections at the factory for factory-built nonresidential structures will be
conducted by the Division of Housing certified personnel. Factory-built nonresidential
structures approved by the Division of Housing will bear an official insignia. The state’s
code review agent will indicate the site related inspections that are required.
G. Coordination with the Air Pollution Control Division of the Colorado Department of
Public Health and Environment
The Colorado General Assembly has created the Air Pollution Control Division within the
Department of Public Health and Environment to adopt and enforce regulations for asbestos
abatement. State Buildings Programs supports the Division’s efforts in ensuring compliance
with the adopted regulations.
1. Codes. The Air Pollution Control Division enforces Regulation No. 8 Part B Asbestos
adopted by the Air Quality Control Commission. Contact the Air Pollution Control
Division for all state and federal regulations requiring inspections for asbestos.
2. Amendments. The Division may issue amendments to Regulation No 8. Compliance with
current regulations is mandatory.
3. Variances. State Buildings Programs is not involved in approving variances. Requests
for approval of alternative procedures should be addressed to the Permit Coordinator at
the Air Pollution Control Division at (303) 692-3100.
4. All Renovation Projects. The structures/components to be disturbed must be inspected
for asbestos by a state certified asbestos inspector. If the amount of asbestos-containing
material to be disturbed exceeds the following trigger levels then an abatement contractor
must remove the material.
In single family residences, the trigger levels are 50 linear feet on pipes, 32 square
feet on other surfaces, or the volume equivalent of a 55 gallon drum.
In other than single family residences, the trigger levels are 260 linear feet on pipes,
160 square feet on other surfaces, or the volume equivalent of a 55 gallon drum.
A certified removal contractor must remove asbestos containing materials that are
regulated or may become regulated before they are disturbed by renovation or demolition
Rev. 7/2013
17
OFFICE OF THE STATE ARCHITECT/STATE BUILDINGS PROGRAMS
POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
BUILDING CODE COMPLIANCE
COORDINATION OF APPROVED BUILDING CODES,
PLAN REVIEWS AND BUILDING INSPECTIONS
activities. A written notification to DPHE, payment of a notification fee and a ten (10)
working day waiting period is required before the removal of regulated asbestos
containing materials.
5. Demolitions, Destructive Salvage, House Moving. The building must be inspected for
asbestos by a state certified asbestos inspector. Asbestos removal (if necessary) must
be performed by a certified removal contractor. A Notification of Demolition form must be
submitted to DPHE even if no asbestos was found during inspection; payment of a
notification fee and a ten (10) working day waiting period are required before the
demolition can proceed.
SECTION V. COMPLIANCE
A. Agency Action Plan for Building Code Compliance
Each agency and institution of the state is required to complete the enclosed form annually to
describe their action plan for code compliance in accordance with this policy. The completed
Agency Action Plan for Building Code Compliance (see Appendix K) is to be returned to SBP
by January 1 of each year for review and approval. A memorandum of understanding with
the local fire district is to be provided every five years.
B. Building Code Compliance Documentation Submittal
Agencies are required to submit the following documents to State Buildings Programs when a
project is complete and closed out.
Non-delegated and delegated agencies should send (1) the Notice to Proceed (SBP-6.26) or
(SBP-7.26) and (2) copies of the Compliance Notice (including building inspection
recommendations) issued by the code review agent with certification, if required, and
documentation concerning alternative methods, modifications, and appeals, if applicable, or a
memo from the agency with email from code review agent stating why code review was not
required;(3) Building Inspection Record (SBP-BIR); (4) Notice of Approval of Occupancy/Use
(SBP-01). The documents should be submitted along with the Code Compliance
Documentation Submittal memo (Exhibit L).
Rev. 7/2013
18
Exhibit A
APPROVED STATE BUILDING CODES
The following approved building codes and standards have been adopted by State Buildings Programs
(SBP) and other state agencies as identified below as the minimum requirements to be applied to all
state-owned buildings and physical facilities including capital construction and controlled maintenance
construction projects.
The 2012 edition of the International Building Code (IBC)
(as adopted by the Colorado State Buildings Program as follows: Chapter 1 as amended, Chapters 2-35
and Appendices C and I)
The 2012 edition of the International Mechanical Code (IMC)
(as adopted by the Colorado State Buildings Program as follows: Chapters 2-15 and Appendix A)
The 2012 edition of the International Energy Conservation Code (IECC)
(as adopted by the Colorado State Buildings Program)
The 2011 edition of the National Electrical Code (NEC)
(National Fire Protection Association Standard 70) (as adopted by the Colorado State Electrical Board)
The 2009 edition of the International Plumbing Code (IPC)
(as adopted by the Colorado Examining Board of Plumbers as follows: Chapter 1 Section 101.2,102, 105,
107, Chapters 2-13 and Appendices B, D, E, F and G)
The 2009 edition of the International Fuel Gas Code (IFGC)
(as adopted by the Colorado Examining Board of Plumbers as follows: Chapter 1 Section 101,102, 105,
107, Chapters 2-8 and Appendices A, B, and C)
The National Fire Protection Association Standards (NFPA)
(as adopted by the Department of Public Safety/Division of Fire Safety as follows with editions shown in
parentheses: NFPA-1 (2006), 11 (2005), 12 (2005), 12A (2004), 13 (2002), 13D (2002), 13R (2002), 14
(2003), 15 (2001), 16 (2003), 17 (2002), 17A (2002), 20 (2003), 22 (2003), 24 (2002), 25 (2002), 72
(2002), 409 (2004), 423 (2004), 750 (2003) and 2001 (2004))
The 2010 edition of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code
(as adopted by the Department of Labor and Employment/Boiler Inspection Section as follows: sections I,
IV, V, VIII-Divisions 1 and 2 and 3, 1X, X including the 2011 addenda and B31.1, 2010 edition.)
The 2011 edition of the National Boiler Inspection Code (NBIC)
(as adopted by the Department of Labor and Employment/Boiler Inspection Section)
The 2012 edition of the Controls and Safety Devices for Automatically Fired Boilers CSD-1
(as adopted by the Department of Labor and Employment/Boiler Inspection Section)
The 2011 edition of the Boiler and Combustion Systems Hazards Code, NFPA 85
(as adopted by the Department of Labor and Employment/Boiler Inspection Section)
The 2007 edition of ASME A17.1 Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators
(as adopted by the Department of Labor and Employment/Conveyance Section and as amended by
ASME International)
The 2005 edition of ASME A17.3 Safety Code for Existing Elevators and Escalators
(as adopted by the Department of Labor and Employment/Conveyance Section and as amended by
ASME International)
Rev. 7/2013
1
Exhibit A
The 2005 edition of ASME A18.1 Safety Standard for Platform Lifts and Stairway Chairlifts
(as adopted by the Department of Labor and Employment/Conveyance Section and as amended by
ASME International)
The current edition of the Rules and Regulations Governing the Sanitation of Food Service
Establishments
(as adopted by the Department of Public Health and Environment/Colorado State Board of Health)
The 2003 edition of ICC/ANSI A117.1, Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities
(as adopted by the Colorado General Assembly as follows: CRS 9-5-101, as amended, for accessible
housing)
Note: Additional codes, standards and appendices may be adopted by the state agencies and institutions
in addition to the minimum codes and standards herein adopted by State Buildings Programs.
1. The 2012 edition of the IBC became effective on July 1 of 2013. Consult the state electrical and
plumbing boards and the state boiler inspector and conveyance administrator and the Division of
Fire Safety for adoption of current editions and amendments to their codes.
2. Projects should be designed and plans and specifications should be reviewed based upon the
approved codes at the time of A/E contract execution. If an agency prefers to design to a different
code such as a newer edition of a code that State Buildings Programs has not yet adopted, the
agency must contact SBP for approval and then amend the A/E contract with a revised Exhibit C,
Approved State Building Codes. Please note that the state plumbing and electrical boards
enforce the editions of their codes that are in effect at the time of permitting not design.
3. The state’s code review agents, or the State Buildings Programs approved agency building
official, shall review all documents for compliance with the codes stipulated herein. Note: The
Department of Public Health and Environment, Division of Consumer Protection will review
drawings for food service related projects.
4. This policy does not prohibit the application of various life safety codes as established by each
agency for specific building types and funding requirements. NFPA 101 and other standards
notwithstanding, approved codes will supersede where their minimum requirements are the most
restrictive in specific situations. If a conflict arises, contact State Buildings Programs for
resolution.
5. It is anticipated that compliance with the federal Americans with Disabilities Act Accessibility
Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities (ADAAG) and Colorado Revised Statutes Section 9-5-101
will be met by compliance with the 2012 International Building Code and ICC/ANSI A117.1.
However, each project may have unique aspects that may require individual attention to these
legislated mandates.
6. The 2012 edition of the International Building Code (IBC) is to be applied to factory-built
nonresidential structures as established by the Division of Housing within the Department of Local
Affairs.
A. Appendices
Appendices are provided to supplement the basic provisions of the codes. Approved IBC Appendices are as
follows:
1. Mandatory
IBC Appendix Chapter C - Agricultural Buildings
IBC Appendix Chapter I - Patio Covers
Rev. 7/2013
2
Exhibit A
2.
Optional
Any non-mandatory appendix published in the International Building Code may be utilized at
the discretion of the agency. Use of an appendix shall be indicated in the project code
approach.
B. Amendments
1.
International Building Code, Chapter 1 as amended
CHAPTER 1
SCOPE AND ADMINISTRATION
PART 1—SCOPE AND APPLICATION
SECTION 101
GENERAL
101.1 Title. These regulations shall be known as the
Building Code of the Department of Personnel &
Administration/Office of the State Architect (DPA/OSA),
hereinafter referred to as “this code”.
101.2 Scope. The provisions of this code shall apply to
the construction, alteration, movement, enlargement,
replacement, repair, equipment, use and occupancy,
location, maintenance, removal and demolition of every
building or structure or any appurtenances connected or
attached to such buildings or structures.
Exception: Detached one- and two-family dwellings
and multiple single-family dwellings (townhouses)
not more than three stories above grade plane in
height with a separate means of egress and their
accessory structures shall comply with the
International Residential Code.
101.2.1 Appendices. Provisions in the appendices
shall not apply unless specifically adopted.
101.3 Intent. The purpose of this code is to establish the
minimum requirements to safeguard the public health,
safety and general welfare through structural strength,
means of egress facilities, stability, sanitation, adequate
light and ventilation, energy conservation, and safety to
life and property from fire and other hazards attributed to
the built environment and to provide safety to fire
fighters and emergency responders during emergency
operations.
101.4 Referenced codes. The other codes listed in
Sections 101.4.1 through 101.4.6 and referenced
elsewhere in this code shall be considered part of the
requirements of this code to the prescribed extent of
each such reference.
Rev. 7/2013
3
101.4.1 Gas. The provisions of the International Fuel
Gas Code shall apply to the installation of gas piping
from the point of delivery, gas appliances and
related accessories as covered in this code. These
requirements apply to gas piping systems extending
from the point of delivery to the inlet connections of
appliances and the installation and operation of
residential and commercial gas appliances and
related accessories.
101.4.2 Mechanical. The provisions of the
International Mechanical Code shall apply to the
installation, alterations, repairs and replacement of
mechanical
systems,
including
equipment,
appliances, fixtures, fittings and/or appurtenances,
including
ventilating,
heating,
cooling,
airconditioning and refrigeration systems, incinerators
and other energy-related systems.
101.4.3 Plumbing. The provisions of the
International Plumbing Code shall apply to the
installation, alteration, repair and replacement of
plumbing systems, including equipment, appliances,
fixtures, fittings and appurtenances, and where
connected to a water or sewage system and all
aspects of a medical gas system.
101.4.6 Energy. The provisions of the International
Energy Conservation Code shall apply to all matters
governing the design and construction of buildings
for energy efficiency.
SECTION 102
APPLICABILITY
102.1 General. Where there is a conflict between a
general requirement and a specific requirement, the
specific requirement shall be applicable. Where, in any
specific case, different sections of this code specify
different materials, methods of construction or other
requirements, the most restrictive shall govern.
102.2 Other laws. The provisions of this code shall not
be deemed to nullify any provisions of local, state or
federal law.
102.3 Application of references. References to
chapter or section numbers, or to provisions not
specifically identified by number, shall be construed to
refer to such chapter, section or provision of this code.
102.4 Referenced codes and standards. The codes
and standards referenced in this code shall be
considered part of the requirements of this code to the
prescribed extent of each such reference and as further
regulated in Sections 102.4.1 and 102.4.2.
102.4.1 Conflicts. Where conflicts occur between
provisions of this code and referenced codes and
standards, the provisions of this code shall apply.
102.4.2. Provisions in referenced codes and
standards. Where the extent of the reference to the
referenced code or standard includes subject matter
that is within the scope of this code or the
International Codes listed in Section 101.4, the
provisions of this code or the International Codes
listed in Section 101.4, as applicable, shall take
precedence over the provisions in the referenced
code or standard.
102.5 Partial invalidity. In the event that any part or
provision of this code is held to be illegal or void, this
shall not have the effect of making void or illegal any of
the other parts or provisions.
102.6 Existing structures. The legal occupancy of any
structure existing on the date of adoption of this code
shall be permitted to continue without change, except as
is specifically covered in this code or as is deemed
necessary by DPA/OSA through its code review agent
for the general safety and welfare of the occupants and
the public.
PART 2—ADMINISTRATION AND ENFORCEMENT
SECTION 104
DUTIES AND POWERS OF BUILDING OFFICIAL
104.1 General. DPA/OSA as the building official is
hereby authorized and directed to enforce the provisions
of this code. DPA/OSA shall have the authority to render
interpretations of this code and to adopt policies and
procedures in order to clarify the application of its
provisions. Such interpretations, policies and procedures
shall be in compliance with the intent and purpose of this
code. Such policies and procedures shall not have the
Rev. 7/2013
4
effect of waiving requirements specifically provided for in
this code.
104.2 Plan reviews. DPA/OSA through its code review
agent shall review construction documents and issue
compliance notices for the erection, and alteration,
demolition and moving of buildings and structures and
inspect the premises for which such compliance notices
have been issued.
104.4 Inspections. DPA/OSA through its code review
agent shall make all of the required inspections, or
DPA/OSA shall have the authority to accept reports of
inspection by approved agencies or individuals. Reports
of such inspections shall be in writing and be certified by
a responsible officer of such approved agency or by the
responsible individual. DPA/OSA is authorized to
engage such expert opinion as deemed necessary to
report upon unusual technical issues that arise.
104.9 Approved materials and equipment. Materials,
equipment and devices approved by DPA/OSA through
its code review agent shall be constructed and installed
in accordance with such approval.
104.9.1 Used materials and equipment. The use
of used materials which meet the requirements of
this code for new materials is permitted. Used
equipment and devices shall not be reused unless
approved by DPA/OSA through its code review
agent.
104.10 Modifications. Wherever there are practical
difficulties involved in carrying out the provisions of this
code, DPA/OSA shall have the authority to grant
modifications for individual cases, upon application of
the owner or owner’s representative, provided DPA/OSA
shall first find that special individual reason makes the
strict letter of this code impractical and the modification
is in compliance with the intent and purpose of this code
and that such modification does not lessen health,
accessibility, life and fire safety, or structural
requirements. The details of action granting
modifications shall be recorded and entered in the files
of DPA/OSA.
104.10.1 Flood hazard areas. DPA/OSA shall not
grant modifications to any provision required in flood
hazard areas as established by Section 1612.3
unless a determination has been made that:
1. A showing of good and sufficient cause that the
unique characteristics of the size, configuration or
topography of the site render the elevation
standards of Section 1612 inappropriate.
2. A determination that failure to grant the variance
would result in exceptional hardship by rendering the
lot undevelopable.
3. A determination that the granting of a variance will
not result in increased flood heights, additional
threats to public safety, extraordinary public
expense, cause fraud on or victimization of the
public, or conflict with existing laws or ordinances.
4. A determination that the variance is the minimum
necessary to afford relief, considering the flood
hazard.
5. Submission to the applicant of written notice
specifying the difference between the design flood
elevation and the elevation to which the building is to
be built, stating that the cost of flood insurance will
be commensurate with the increased risk resulting
from the reduced floor elevation, and stating that
construction below the design flood elevation
increases risks to life and property.
104.11 Alternative materials, design and methods of
construction and equipment. The provisions of this
code are not intended to prevent the installation of any
material or to prohibit any design or method of
construction not specifically prescribed by this code,
provided that any such alternative has been approved.
An alternative material, design or method of construction
shall be approved where DPA/OSA through its code
review agent finds that the proposed design is
satisfactory and complies with the intent of the
provisions of this code, and that the material, method or
work offered is, for the purpose intended, at least the
equivalent of that prescribed in this code in quality,
strength, effectiveness, fire resistance, durability and
safety.
104.11.1 Research reports. Supporting data, where
necessary to assist in the approval of materials or
assemblies not specifically provided for in this code,
shall consist of valid research reports from approved
sources.
104.11.2 Tests. Whenever there is insufficient
evidence of compliance with the provisions of this
code, or evidence that a material or method does
not conform to the requirements of this code, or in
order to substantiate claims for alternative materials
or methods, DPA/OSA through its code review agent
shall have the authority to require tests as evidence
of compliance to be made at no expense to the
jurisdiction. Test methods shall be as specified in
this code or by other recognized test standards. In
the absence of recognized and accepted test
methods, DPA/OSA through its code review agent
shall approve the testing procedures. Tests shall be
performed by an approved agency.
Rev. 7/2013
5
SECTION 105
PLAN REVIEWS
105.1 Required. Any owner or authorized agent who
intends to construct, enlarge, alter, repair, move,
demolish, or change the occupancy of a building or
structure, or to erect, install, enlarge, alter, repair,
remove, convert or replace any electrical, gas,
mechanical or plumbing system, the installation of which
is regulated by this code, or to cause any such work to
be done, shall first contact a DPA/OSA code review
agent.
105.2 Work exempt from plan review. Exemptions
from plan review requirements of this code shall not be
deemed to grant authorization for any work to be done in
any manner in violation of the provisions of this code or
any other laws or ordinances of this jurisdiction. Plan
review shall not be required for the following:
Building:
1. One-story detached accessory structures
used as tool and storage sheds, playhouses
and similar uses, provided the floor area
does not exceed 120 square feet (11 m2).
2. Fences not over 6 feet (1829 mm) high.
3. Oil derricks.
4. Retaining walls that are not over 4 feet
(1219 mm) in height measured from the
bottom of the footing to the top of the wall,
unless
supporting
a
surcharge
or
impounding Class I, II or IIIA liquids.
5. Water tanks supported directly on grade if
the capacity does not exceed 5,000 gallons
(18 925 L) and the ratio of height to
diameter or width does not exceed 2:1.
6. Sidewalks and driveways not more than 30
inches (762 mm) above adjacent grade, and
not over any basement or story below and
are not part of an accessible route.
7. Painting,
papering,
tiling,
carpeting,
cabinets, counter tops and similar finish
work.
8. Temporary motion picture, television and
theater stage sets and scenery.
9. Prefabricated swimming pools accessory to
a Group R-3 occupancy that are less than
24 inches (610 mm) deep, do not exceed
5,000 gallons (18 925 L) and are installed
entirely above ground.
10. Shade cloth structures constructed for
nursery or agricultural purposes, not
including service systems.
11. Swings and other playground equipment
accessory to detached one- and two-family
dwellings.
12. Window awnings supported by an exterior
wall that do not project more than 54 inches
(1372 mm) from the exterior wall and do not
require additional support of Groups R-3
and U occupancies.
13. Nonfixed and movable fixtures, cases,
racks, counters and partitions not over 5 feet
9 inches (1753 mm) in height.
Electrical:
Repairs and maintenance: Minor repair work,
including the replacement of lamps or the
connection of approved portable electrical
equipment to approved permanently installed
receptacles.
Radio and television transmitting stations:
The provisions of this code shall not apply to
electrical equipment used for radio and
television transmissions, but do apply to
equipment and wiring for a power supply and
the installations of towers and antennas.
Temporary testing systems: A plan review
shall not be required for the installation of any
temporary system required for the testing or
servicing of electrical equipment or apparatus.
Gas:
1. Portable heating appliance.
2. Replacement of any minor part that does not
alter approval of equipment or make such
equipment unsafe.
Mechanical:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Portable heating appliance.
Portable ventilation equipment.
Portable cooling unit.
Steam, hot or chilled water piping within any
heating or cooling equipment regulated by
this code.
5. Replacement of any part that does not alter
its approval or make it unsafe.
6. Portable evaporative cooler.
7. Self-contained
refrigeration
system
containing 10 pounds (5 kg) or less of
refrigerant and actuated by motors of 1
horsepower (746 W) or less.
Plumbing:
Rev. 7/2013
6
1. The stopping of leaks in drains, water, soil,
waste or vent pipe, provided, however, that
if any concealed trap, drain pipe, water, soil,
waste or vent pipe becomes defective and it
becomes necessary to remove and replace
the same with new material, such work shall
be considered as new work and a plan
review shall be obtained and inspection
made as provided in this code.
2. The clearing of stoppages or the repairing of
leaks in pipes, valves or fixtures and the
removal and reinstallation of water closets,
provided such repairs do not involve or
require the replacement or rearrangement of
valves, pipes or fixtures.
105.2.1 Emergency repairs. Where equipment
replacements and repairs must be performed in an
emergency situation, plan review information shall
be submitted promptly to DPA/OSA through its code
review agent.
105.2.2 Repairs. Application or notice to DPA/OSA
through its code review agent is not required for
ordinary repairs to structures, replacement of lamps
or the connection of approved portable electrical
equipment to approved permanently installed
receptacles. Such repairs shall not include the
cutting away of any wall, partition or portion thereof,
the removal or cutting of any structural beam or
load-bearing support, or the removal or change of
any required means of egress, or rearrangement of
parts of a structure affecting the egress
requirements; nor shall ordinary repairs include
addition to, alteration of, replacement or relocation of
any standpipe, water supply, sewer, drainage, drain
leader, gas, soil, waste, vent or similar piping,
electric wiring or mechanical or other work affecting
public health or general safety.
105.2.3 Public service agencies. A plan review
shall not be required for the installation, alteration or
repair of generation, transmission, distribution or
metering or other related equipment that is under the
ownership and control of public service agencies by
established right.
105.4 Validity of compliance notice. The issuance or
granting of a compliance notice shall not be construed to
be an approval of any violation of any of the provisions
of this code or of any other ordinance of the jurisdiction.
The issuance of a compliance notice based on
construction documents and other data shall not prevent
DPA/OSA through its code review agent from requiring
the correction of errors in the construction documents
and other data.
105.7 Placement of building inspection record. The
building inspection record based on the compliance
notice inspection recommendations shall be kept on the
site of the work until the completion of the project.
SECTION 106
FLOOR AND ROOF DESIGN LOADS
106.1 Live loads posted. Where the live loads for which
each floor or portion thereof of a commercial or industrial
building is or has been designed to exceed 50 psf (2.40
kN/m2), such design live loads shall be conspicuously
posted by the owner in that part of each story in which
they apply, using durable signs. It shall be unlawful to
remove or deface such notices
106.2 Issuance of notice of approval of
occupancy/use. A notice of approval of occupancy/use
required by Section 111 shall not be issued until the floor
load signs, required by Section 106.1, have been
installed.
106.3 Restrictions on loading. It shall be unlawful to
place, or cause or permit to be placed, on any floor or
roof of a building, structure or portion thereof, a load
greater than is permitted by this code.
SECTION 107
SUBMITTAL DOCUMENTS
107.1 General. Submittal documents consisting of
construction
documents,
statement
of
special
inspections, geotechnical report and other data shall be
submitted. The construction documents shall be
prepared by a registered design professional where
required by the statutes of the state of Colorado. Where
special conditions exist, DPA/OSA through its code
review agent is authorized to require additional
construction documents to be prepared by a registered
design professional.
Exception: DPA/OSA is authorized to waive the
submission of construction documents and other
data not required to be prepared by a registered
design professional if it is found that the nature of
the work applied for is such that review of
construction documents is not necessary to obtain
compliance with this code.
107.2
Construction
documents.
Construction
documents shall be in accordance with Sections 107.2.1
through 107.2.5.
Rev. 7/2013
7
107.2.1 Information on construction documents.
Construction documents shall be dimensioned and
drawn upon suitable material.
Construction
documents shall be of sufficient clarity to indicate the
location, nature and extent of the work proposed and
show in detail that it will conform to the provisions of
this code and relevant laws, ordinances, rules and
regulations.
107.2.2 Fire protection system shop drawings.
Shop drawings for the fire protection system(s) shall
be submitted to indicate conformance to this code
and the construction documents and shall be
approved prior to the start of system installation.
Shop drawings shall contain all information as
required by the referenced installation standards in
Chapter 9.
107.2.3 Means of egress. The construction
documents shall show in sufficient detail the
location, construction, size and character of all
portions of the means of egress including the path of
the exit discharge to the public way in compliance
with the provisions of this code. In other than
occupancies in Groups R-2, R-3, and I-1, the
construction documents shall designate the number
of occupants to be accommodated on every floor,
and in all rooms and spaces.
107.2.4 Exterior wall envelope. Construction
documents for all buildings shall describe the
exterior wall envelope in sufficient detail to
determine compliance with this code. The
construction documents shall provide details of the
exterior wall envelope as required, including
flashing, intersections with dissimilar materials,
corners, end details, control joints, intersections at
roof, eaves or parapets, means of drainage, waterresistive membrane and details around openings.
The
construction
documents
shall
include
manufacturer’s installation instructions that provide
supporting documentation that the proposed
penetration and opening details described in the
construction documents maintain the weather
resistance of the exterior wall envelope. The
supporting documentation shall fully describe the
exterior wall system which was tested, where
applicable, as well as the test procedure used.
107.2.5 Site plan. The construction documents
submitted with the application for permit shall be
accompanied by a site plan showing to scale the
size and location of new construction and existing
structures on the site, distances from lot lines, the
established street grades and the proposed finished
grades and, as applicable, flood hazard areas,
floodways, and design flood elevations; and it shall
be drawn in accordance with an accurate boundary
line survey. In the case of demolition, the site plan
shall show construction to be demolished and the
location and size of existing structures and
construction that are to remain on the site or plot.
DPA/OSA through its code review agent is
authorized to waive or modify the requirement for a
site plan when the application for plan review is for
alteration or repair or when other wise warranted.
107.2.5.1 Design flood elevations. Where
design flood elevations are not specified, they
shall be established in accordance with Section
1612.3.1.
107.3 Examination of documents. DPA/OSA through
its code review agent shall examine or cause to be
examined the accompanying submittal documents and
shall ascertain by such examinations whether the
construction indicated and described is in accordance
with the requirements of this code and other pertinent
laws or ordinances.
107.3.3 Phased approval. DPA/OSA through its
code review agent is authorized to issue a
compliance notice for the construction of foundations
or any other part of a building or structure before the
construction documents for the whole building or
structure have been submitted, provided that
adequate information and detailed statements have
been filed complying with pertinent requirements of
this code. The holder of such compliance notice for
the foundation or other parts of a building or
structure shall proceed at the holder’s own risk with
the building operation and without assurance that a
compliance notice for the entire structure will be
granted.
107.3.4 Design
charge.
professional
in
responsible
107.3.4.1 General.
The
registered
design
professional
in
responsible charge shall be responsible for
reviewing and coordinating submittal documents
prepared by others, including phased and
deferred submittal items, for compatibility with
the design of the building.
107.3.4.2 Deferred submittals. For the
purposes of this section, deferred submittals are
defined as those portions of the design that are
not submitted at the time of the plan review and
Rev. 7/2013
8
that are to be submitted to DPA/OSA through its
code review agent within a specified period.
Deferral of any submittal items shall have the
prior approval of DPA/OSA through its code
review
agent.
The
registered
design
professional in responsible charge shall list the
deferred submittals on the construction
documents for review by DPA/OSA through its
code review agent.
Documents for deferred submittal items shall be
submitted to the registered design professional
in responsible charge who shall review them
and forward them to DPA/OSA through its code
review agent with a notation indicating that the
deferred submittal documents have been
reviewed and found to be in general
conformance to the design of the building. The
deferred submittal items shall not be installed
until the deferred submittal documents have
been approved by DPA/OSA through its code
review agent.
107.4 Amended construction documents. Work shall
be installed in accordance with the approved
construction documents, and any changes made during
construction that are not in compliance with the
approved construction documents shall be resubmitted
for approval as an amended set of construction
documents.
SECTION 108
TEMPORARY STRUCTURES AND USES
108.1 General. DPA/OSA through its code review agent
is authorized to issue a compliance notice for temporary
structures and temporary uses. Such compliance notice
shall be limited as to time of service, but shall not be
permitted for more than 180 days. DPA/OSA through its
code review agent is authorized to grant extensions for
demonstrated cause.
108.2 Conformance. Temporary structures and uses
shall conform to the structural strength, fire safety,
means of egress, accessibility, light, ventilation and
sanitary requirements of this code as necessary to
ensure public health, safety and general welfare.
108.3 Temporary power. DPA/OSA through its code
review agent is authorized to give permission to
temporarily supply and use power in part of an electric
installation before such installation has been fully
completed and the final certificate of completion has
been issued. The part covered by the temporary
certificate shall comply with the requirements specified
for temporary lighting, heat or power in NFPA 70.
SECTION 109
FEES
109.1 Payment of fees. Refer to DPA/OSA Building
Code Compliance Policy.
SECTION 110
INSPECTIONS
110.1 General. Construction or work for which a plan
review is required shall be subject to inspection by
DPA/OSA through its code review agent and such
construction or work shall remain accessible and
exposed for inspection purposes until approved.
Approval as a result of an inspection shall not be
construed to be an approval of a violation of the
provisions of this code or of other ordinances of the
jurisdiction. Inspections presuming to give authority to
violate or cancel the provisions of this code or of other
ordinances of the jurisdiction shall not be valid. It shall
be the duty of the holder of the notice to proceed to
cause the work to remain accessible and exposed for
inspection purposes. Neither DPA/OSA, its code review
agent nor state agency shall be liable for expense
entailed in the removal or replacement of any material
required to allow inspection.
110.2 Preliminary inspection. Before issuing a
compliance notice, DPA/OSA through its code review
agent is authorized to examine or cause to be examined
buildings, structures and sites for which an application
has been filed.
110.3 Required inspections. DPA/OSA through its
code review agent, upon notification, shall make the
inspections set forth in Sections 110.3.1 through
110.3.10.
110.3.1 Footing and foundation inspection.
Footing and foundation inspections shall be made
after excavations for footings are complete and any
required reinforcing steel is in place. For concrete
foundations, any required forms shall be in place
prior to inspection. Materials for the foundation shall
be on the job, except where concrete is ready mixed
in accordance with ASTM C 94, the concrete need
not be on the job.
110.3.2
Concrete
slab
and
under-floor
inspection. Concrete slab and under-floor
inspections shall be made after in-slab or under-floor
reinforcing steel and building service equipment,
conduit, piping accessories and other ancillary
Rev. 7/2013
9
equipment items are in place, but before any
concrete is placed or floor sheathing installed,
including the subfloor.
110.3.3 Lowest floor elevation. In flood hazard
areas, upon placement of the lowest floor, including
the basement, and prior to further vertical
construction, the elevation certification required in
Section 1612.5 shall be submitted to DPA/OSA
through its code review agent.
110.3.4 Frame inspection. Framing inspections
shall be made after the roof deck or sheathing, all
framing, fireblocking and bracing are in place and
pipes, chimneys and vents to be concealed are
complete and the rough electrical, plumbing, heating
wires, pipes and ducts are approved.
110.3.5 Lath and gypsum board inspection. Lath
and gypsum board inspections shall be made after
lathing and gypsum board, interior and exterior, is in
place, but before any plastering is applied or
gypsum board joints and fasteners are taped and
finished.
Exception: Gypsum board that is not part of a
fire-resistance-rated assembly or a shear
assembly.
110.3.6 Fire- and smoke-resistant penetrations.
Protection of joints and penetrations in fireresistance-rated assemblies, smoke barriers and
smoke partitions shall not be concealed from view
until inspected and approved.
110.3.7 Energy efficiency inspections. Inspections
shall be made to determine compliance with Chapter
13 and shall include, but not be limited to,
inspections for: envelope insulation R- and U-values,
fenestration U-value, duct system R-value, and
HVAC and water-heating equipment efficiency.
110.3.8 Other inspections. In addition to the
inspections specified above, DPA/OSA through its
code review agent is authorized to make or require
other inspections of any construction work to
ascertain compliance with the provisions of this code
and other laws that are enforced by DPA/OSA.
110.3.9
Special
inspections.
inspections, see Section 1704.
For
special
110.3.10 Final inspection. The final inspection shall
be made after all work required is completed.
110.3.10.1 Flood hazard documentation. If
located in a flood hazard area, documentation of
the elevation of the lowest floor as required in
Section 1612.5 shall be submitted to DPA/OSA
prior to the final inspection.
110.4 Inspection agencies. DPA/OSA through its code
review agent is authorized to accept reports of approved
inspection agencies, provided such agencies satisfy the
requirements as to qualifications and reliability.
110.5 Inspection requests. It shall be the duty of the
holder of the notice to proceed or their duly authorized
agent to notify DPA/OSA through its code review agent
when work is ready for inspection. It shall be the duty of
the notice to proceed holder to provide access to and
means for inspections of such work that are required by
this code.
110.6 Approval required. Work shall not be done
beyond the point indicated in each successive inspection
without first obtaining the approval of DPA/OSA through
its code review agent. The code review agent, upon
notification, shall make the requested inspections and
shall either indicate the portion of the construction that is
satisfactory as completed, or notify the holder of the
notice to proceed or his or her agent wherein the same
fails to comply with this code. Any portions that do not
comply shall be corrected and such portion shall not be
covered or concealed until authorized by the code
review agent.
SECTION 111
CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY
111.1 Use and occupancy. No building or structure
shall be used or occupied, and no change in the existing
occupancy classification of a building or structure or
portion thereof shall be made, until DPA/OSA has issued
a notice of approval of occupancy/use therefor as
provided herein. Issuance shall not be construed as an
approval of a violation of the provisions of this code or of
other ordinances of the jurisdiction.
Exception: Notices of approval of occupancy/use
are not required for work exempt from plan review
under Section 105.2.
111.3 Temporary occupancy. DPA/OSA is authorized
to issue a temporary notice of approval of
occupancy/use for discrete portions of work before the
completion of the entire work provided that such portion
or portions shall be occupied safely.
C. Referenced Codes
1.
While not adopted in entirety, portions of the following codes are referenced in the
International Building Code (IBC), the International Mechanical Code (IMC), the International
Energy Conservation Code (IECC) the International Plumbing Code (IPC), and the
International Fuel Gas Code (IFGC). These following codes would be applied as reference
standards.
2012 International Fire Code (IFC)
2012 International Existing Building Code (IEBC)
D. Referenced Standards
The IBC, IMC, IECC, IPC and IFGC standards shall be utilized to provide specific, or prescriptive,
requirements on how to achieve the requirements established in the code. These standards may be
unique to the code or may be derived from other established industry standards. Recognized standards
may also be used to show compliance with the standard of duty established by the code.
Rev. 7/2013
10
EXHIBIT B
CODE COMPLIANCE PLAN REVIEW PROCEDURES
1.
All construction for state agencies on state-owned or state leased-purchased properties or facilities
are to submit design documents for code compliance plan reviews to the state’s code review agents
or State Buildings Programs (SBP) approved agency building official. If a code review agent
determines that code review is not required, provide an email documenting that fact to be submitted
with Exhibit L. If a state agency leases space in an area where local building codes may not apply,
the agency may also follow this process. For a listing of projects that do not require code review,
refer to International Building Code section 105.2 and 105.2.2.
2.
Upon selection of an Architect/Engineer, a Plan Review Authorization (SBP-017) should be prepared
and delivered to the selected code review agent. This authorization indicates the project valuation
and the review fee authorized. With this authorization, please provide an intended submittal
schedule. Reviews for projects submitted to the code review agent without a Plan Review
Authorization (SBP-017) will not commence until the agent receives the prepared authorization form.
3.
Prepare the project Schematic Design (SD), Design Development (DD), and Construction Document
(CD) submittals in accordance with the attached checklists and submit to the code review agent for
review. On projects of limited scope where a combined SD/DD or SD/DD/CD submittal is considered
appropriate, please consult with the code review agent prior to submittal.
4.
The code review agent will provide a written list of comments addressing issues noted in the review.
A response shall be prepared and submitted to the code review agent addressing the deficiencies
and questions noted in the review. Specifically, state the agent’s comment followed by the
Architect/Engineer’s response chronologically. At the Construction Document review, a response
shall be prepared and submitted to the code review agent within 30 days or a mutually agreed upon
timeframe addressing the deficiences and questions noted in the review.
5.
Once all code issues have been satisfactorily addressed, the code review agent will issue a
Compliance Notice to the submitting agency along with a listing of required inspections and will send
a copy to State Buildings Programs indicating that the documents appear to be in compliance with
code requirements and are appropriate for bidding for lump sum bid projects. On CM/GC projects, a
similar process is to be followed through schematic design; however, design development code
compliance reviews must be completed on DD documents prior to establishing and accepting a
GMP and the Compliance Notice must be issued on CD documents prior to bidding each bid
package. If the Compliance Notice is contingent on required modifications to the documents for
either lump sum or CM/GC projects, the agency must certify to SBP that the modifications have
been incorporated into the documents at the issuance of the Notice to Proceed (SBP-6.26 or SBP7.26).
6.
Review of responses and subsequent preparation of a Compliance Notice received more than 30
days or more than the mutually agreed upon date may result in additional services as determined by
State Buildings Programs. (Note: Withholding all payment for plan review services until a Compliance
Notice is issued is not permitted unless the code review agent is negligent in providing a timely
review of responses submitted within the 30 day or mutually agreed upon timeframe. All disputes
concerning delays and payments should be brought to SBP’s attention.)
7.
Meetings between the agency and/or Architect/Engineer and the code review agent may be
requested at any time. Such meetings may be considered additional services beyond the authorized
fee per the discretion of the code review agent, at the contracted rates, with a pre-approved top set
number encumbered through an approved amendment to the authorization.
8.
Communication Policy
Rev. 7/2013
1
Exhibit B
9.
a.
All communication to the code review agent, verbal and written, shall be directed through the
assigned reviewer for the code review agent. The reviewer will be assigned at the time of initial
submittal and all participants will be notified who this individual is.
b.
All communications from the Architect/Engineer shall be directed through an assigned individual
in the Architect/Engineer’s office. The Architect/Engineer should indicate who the assigned
individual will be with the initial submittal.
c.
The code review agent may discuss code issues in meetings and/or on the phone. However, it
should be understood that these are discussions only and should not be construed to establish
the final opinion of the code review agent. The codes are complex documents and matters of
interpretation and application often require extensive study to establish the code review agent’s
opinions. Only written comments provided by the code review agent shall be considered to be
official opinions.
d.
Written review comments will be provided based upon the code review agent’s reviews of
submittals. The code review agent will provide detailed reviews of the documents based upon
the code review agent’s understanding of the material presented. It should be noted that an item
of code compliance that is not noted with a review and is later discovered would be incorporated
with future submittal reviews. Progress submittal reviews should not be considered approved
sign-offs of the reviewed documents. The code review agent’s reviews will not alleviate the
Architect/Engineer’s responsibility to provide Construction Documents in full compliance with all
applicable codes.
The code review agent will provide reviews in a timely manner. Projects of unusual character or
complexity may require more extensive study of various issues and, therefore, more time. The code
review agent will not compromise the accuracy of reviews to meet a schedule. If schedules dictate,
the code review agent will provide partial reviews in order to facilitate the design process and
supplemental reviews may be provided as appropriate. Submittals from the Architect/Engineer
should include detailed delineation in regards to the intended code approach in order to expedite the
review process. All submittals shall include the information outlined in the State Buildings Programs
attached checklists for the appropriate phase of submittal and scope of the project.
10. Request to Change Application of Certain Provisions of the Code (See Section 1.B of SBP Building
Code Compliance policy for detailed information on requests for alternative methods, modifications,
appeals, and amendments.)
a.
Any variations from basic code compliance shall be clearly documented. Alternative or
equivalent methods or materials shall be submitted to the code review agent or approved agency
building code official for review. The code review agent will issue a written opinion of compliance
and has the authority to accept, reject or forward the equivalency to State Buildings Programs for
action. Written opinions for equivalency may be considered additional services and may be
billed on an hourly basis at the contracted rates with a pre-approved top set number encumbered
through an approved amendment to the authorization.
b.
Modifications from code requirements may be requested from State Buildings Programs or
approved agency building code official. SBP may request the Agency to get an opinion on the
modification request from the code review agent who will issue a written opinion. Written
opinions for modification requests may be considered additional services and may be billed on
an hourly basis at the contracted rates with a pre-approved top set number encumbered through
an approved amendment to the authorization.
Rev. 7/2013
2
Exhibit B
Code Review Checklist For
Schematic Design Submittal
The following information shall be included in Schematic Design submittal documents for code review
purposes. Plans shall include minimum overall dimensions and shall be of sufficient clarity to indicate
schematically the location, nature and extent of the proposed work. A title sheet and additional sheets as
necessary shall be included and contain the following information:
1.
2.
Rev. 7/2013
GENERAL:

An outline of submittal requirements as required by the state contract for A/E design
services on the project.

A schematic table of contents listing drawings anticipated to be included in the
construction document submittal package.

Provide an outline of anticipated hazardous materials to be used, stored and probable
locations for use and storage.

Schematic code compliance plan. (See attached example)

A key plan for additions and renovations indicating the relationship of the project area to
the existing building(s).
BUILDING CLASSIFICATION:

A. Occupancy Classification: Compute the floor area and occupant load of the building
or portion(s) thereof. See section 1002 and Table 1004.1.2. Indicate the occupancy
group(s) which the use of the building or portion(s) thereof most nearly resembles. See
sections 301, 303.1, 304.1, 305.1, 306.1, 307.1, 308.1, 309.1, 310.1, 311.1, and 312.1.
See section 302 for buildings with mixed occupants and establish if it is to be a separated
use or non-separated use. Demonstrate by drawing and/or narrative how the building will
conform to the occupancy requirements in Section 303 through 312.

B. Type of Construction: Indicate the type of construction proposed for the building.
Indicate the building materials proposed and the fire resistance of the parts of the building.
See Chapter 6. Demonstrate by drawing and/or narrative how the building will conform to
the type of construction requirements in Chapter 6. Indicate if the building is to be fully,
partially or non fire sprinklered.

C. Location on Property: Indicate the location of the building on the site and clearances
to property lines and/or building on a plot plan. See Tables 601, 602, and 704.8 for fire
resistance of exterior walls and opening protection. See Section 503.

D. Allowable Floor Area: Indicate the proposed floor area and calculate the allowable
floor area for each occupancy in the building. See Table 503 for basic allowable floor area
for each occupancy group and type of construction. See Section 506 and 507 for
allowable increases based in location on property and installation of an approved
automatic fire sprinkler system. See Section 504.2 for allowable floor area of multi-story
buildings. Demonstrate by drawing and/or narrative the total allowable and actual
proposed floor area.

E. Height and Number of Stories: Indicate the height of the building and the number of
stories, Section 502.1. See Table 503 for the maximum height and number of stories
permitted based on occupancy group and type of construction. See Section 504.2 for
3
Exhibit B
allowable story increased based on the installation of an approved automatic fire-sprinkler
system. Include the allowable and proposed height and number of stories in the narrative.
1. Provide a schematic exiting design indicating how exiting from all portions of the
building will conform to the requirements of IBC Chapter 10. Indicate proposed
occupant load and calculate required exit widths. Indicate proposed rated corridors,
stair enclosures, exit passageways, horizontal exits, etc.
2. Demonstrate how the building will conform with other applicable detailed code
regulations in Chapters 4, 7 through 11, 14, 15, 24 through 26, and 30 through 33 by
drawing and/or narrative.
3. In most cases, renovation/addition projects require all the previously requested
information, in addition to the following:

a. Square footage and locations of areas to be renovated.

b. Square footage and occupancy classifications and uses of existing spaces
not to be renovated.

c.
Details of investigations necessary to determine the Type of Construction of
the existing building and types and locations of fire resistive construction
such as:





Area Separation Walls
Vertical and Horizontal Occupancy Separations
Horizontal Exits
Tenant Separations
Rated Corridor Construction

d. Overall floor plants indicating how exiting from renovated areas interface with
all other adjacent areas.
*
Rev. 7/2013
Note: Verification of required opening protection in fire resistive construction
should also be noted.

F. Structural Analysis:
systems.
Provide sketches and descriptions of proposed structural

G. Building Systems: Provide sketches and descriptions of plumbing, mechanical and
electrical systems.

H. Building Materials: Provide an outline of proposed construction materials.
4
Exhibit B
Code Review Checklist For
Design Development Submittal
The following information should be included in Design Development submittal documents for code
review purposes. Plans should include overall dimensions, drawn to scale, and should be of sufficient
clarity to indicate fully the development of the project’s location, nature and extent of the work proposed.
1.
Provide the code review SD submittal building classification information and code compliance
plan with changes highlighted.
2.
Provide Design Development drawings indicating, at a minimum, the following:
Rev. 7/2013

A.
Site Plan
Show property lines, streets, roads, sidewalks, curbs, curb cuts, building location,
future additions, existing buildings, driveways, parking lot layout, walks, steps,
ramps, fences, gates and walls. Show north arrow. Provide dimensions where yard
area increases are proposed and where exterior wall/opening protection may be
required.

B.
Floor Plans
Dimensions: Overall and additional dimensions, as applicable. Show north arrow.
Rooms: Room names and numbers, and cross references to enlarged plans (as
applicable)
Floors: Floor elevations, ramps, stairs.
Walls:
Indicate existing and new walls. Show fire rated corridors, occupancy
separations, area separation, shaft enclosures, etc.
Doors: Door swings.
Windows: Indicate fire and human impact labeled assemblies.
Toilet Rooms: Plumbing fixtures, stalls, and cross references to enlarged plans (as
applicable)
Stairs: Dimension of stairwell, number of risers and treads.
Miscellaneous Items: Drinking fountains, folding partitions, and elevators.

C.
Roof Plan
Show roof slopes, crickets and skylights. Show drainage to roof drains, overflow
drains, scuppers, etc.

D.
Exterior Elevations
Show floor elevations, finish grades and vertical dimensions. Show roof slope, door
and window locations, indicate all materials.

E.
Building Sections
Show vertical dimensions relating to floor, ceiling, and roof height. Note and
indicate all materials and proposed listed assemblies for fire rated construction.

F.
Reflected Ceiling Plan
Indicate ceiling materials. Show proposed ceiling layout.

G.
Enlarged Floor Plan(s) (as appropriate)
Toilet Room Plans: Show plumbing fixtures, stall layout and handicap accessibility.
Verify plumbing fixture count with code requirements.
Kitchens: Show kitchen equipment layout.

H.
Schedules
Develop outlines for doors, windows and associated frames.
5
Exhibit B

I.
Structural Notes
Outline to include:
Live Loads: Floor, stairs, corridors, roof, snow, earthquake and wind.
Dead Loads: Material weight, mechanical and electrical weight, wet-pipe or drypipe fire sprinkler system, and soil bearing pressure.
Material Strength: Concrete, masonry, steel and wood. Foundation design based
on Soils Report.

J.
Structural Schematics
Provide foundation plan and structural plan that include floor, roof, and wall
construction.

K.
Mechanical Schematics
Show HVAC system layout.
Show fuel-fired boiler equipment location.
Show gas service location.
Show kitchen exhaust hood location.
Show smoke control system operation narrative/schematic, as applicable.

L.
Plumbing Schematics
Show water and gas service connections.
Plumbing Fixtures: Show water closets, urinals, lavatories and drinking fountains.
Roof Drainage: Show roof drain leader sizes, and overflow drains, etc., as
appropriate.

M.
Electrical Schematics
Show electrical service and electrical panel location(s).
Show light fixtures layout.

N.
Specification Outline
Describe structural, mechanical and electrical systems including fire protection.
Establish specification sections for principle materials and finishes.
3. Remodel/addition projects should additionally indicate interface with existing conditions, and
limits of work within the existing building.
Rev. 7/2013
6
Exhibit B
Code Review Checklist For
Construction Document Submittal
The following information should be included in Construction Document submittal for code review
purposes. Plans should be fully dimensioned and drawn to scale and should be of sufficient clarity to
indicate the precise location, nature and extent of the work proposed.
1.
Provide the code review DD submittal building classification information and code compliance
plan with changes highlighted.
2.
Provide four (4) sets of Construction Documents indicating, at a minimum, the following:
Rev. 7/2013

A.
Title Sheet
 Table of Contents
 Names of Architect, Engineers and Consultants
 Building Code Analysis (see Schematic Design submittal requirements)
 Note Type of Work:
1) New Building
2) Building Addition
3) Alteration/Renovation/Tenant Finish
 Code Compliance Plan (example: Attachment A)
 Data Point Connection Chart, if applicable (example: Attachment B)
 Vicinity Map
 Identify types and provide amounts and locations of all hazardous materials
intended to be stored or used and the type of use as indicated by Table 307.7(1)
and 307.7(2). Quantities of all hazardous materials are required to be identified
at all locations. List actual quantities and compare to exempt amounts as
provided for in Tables 307.7(1) and 307.7(2). Note: Projects with extensive
quantities of hazardous materials will be required to submit a Hazardous
Materials Management Plan.

B.
Site Plan
Property lines, street names, scale, north arrow
Building location, set backs, finish floor elevation, dimensions
Contours: Existing and new grades
Existing and new paving, parking lot plan
Sidewalks, steps, curbs, curb cuts and drives
Fences, gates, walls and retaining walls
Existing structures, trees and shrubs to remain or to be removed
New Landscaping: Trees, shrubs, ground cover
Utilities: New and existing
Site Details: Handicap curb ramps, signage, etc.
Handicap Accessible Routes

C.
Floor Plan(s)
Dimensions: Overall, building break, grid lines, room and opening dimensions,
north arrow
Rooms: Room names and numbers, and cross reference to enlarged plans
Floors: Floor elevations, change in materials, ramps, stairs
Walls:
Indicate existing and new walls, wall types, material and fire rated
assemblies
Doors: Door swing and number
Windows: Indicate mullions
Toilet Rooms: Plumbing fixtures, stalls, floor drains, and cross reference to
enlarged plans
7
Exhibit B
Stairs: Dimension of stairwell, show traffic pattern, number of risers and treads,
cross reference to stair details
Miscellaneous Items: Fire extinguisher cabinets, access doors, drinking fountains,
folding partitions, ladders, lockers, shelving, railings, guardrails, and elevators
Alterations: Existing opening to be infilled and new openings to be cut
Rev. 7/2013

D.
Roof Plan
Materials: Type of roofing
Drainage: Roof drains, overflow drains, scuppers, gutters, leaders
Roof pitch to drains showing high point and low point
Crickets, skylights, vents, fans, mechanical equipment, roof access
Miscellaneous: Roof pavers, ladders, splash blocks, ventilation of roof spaces, and
expansion joints

E.
Exterior Elevations
Materials: Type of exterior finish
Windows and Doors: Provide window and door openings, dimension height of
opening, indicate window and door type
Dimensions: Grid lines, vertical dimensions, floor levels, grade elevations
Miscellaneous: Ladders, louvers, railings, gutters and downspouts

F.
Building Sections
Dimensions: Vertical dimensions relating to floor, ceiling, roof, top of steel
Provide grid lines and cross reference to floor plans
Materials: Note and indicate material as well as listed fire rated assemblies

G.
Reflected Ceiling Plan
Provide ceiling construction. Show ceiling breaks, or change in height
Show ceiling pattern, diffusers, light fixtures, exit signage and access panels

H.
Enlarged Floor Plan(s)
Toilet Room Plans: Plumbing fixtures, stall layout, and handicap accessibility
Verify plumbing fixture count with code requirements.
Kitchens: Kitchen equipment layout

I.
Interior Elevations
Toilet Room Elevations: Plumbing fixture heights and handicap accessibility
Indicate wall finish materials

J.
Schedules
Room Finish Schedule: Show interior finishes
Door Schedule: Door types, sizes and fire rating, door hardware
Window Schedule: Window types, frames, labels, glazing and sizes

K.
Architectural Details
Stairs: Riser and tread dimensions, headroom clearance, and handrail details and
attachment details
Guardrails: Height and distance between intermediate rails and attachment details
Ramps: Slope and length and handrails
Wall Types: Fire rated construction, corridor walls, shaft walls, area separation
walls, occupancy separation walls. Indicate listed assemblies for fire rated
construction. Specify fire penetration sealants at rated walls.

L.
Structural Notes
Live Loads: Floors, stairs, corridors, roof, snow, earthquake and wind
Dead Loads: Material weight, mechanical and electrical weight, wet-pipe or dry-pipe
fire sprinkler system, and soil bearing pressure
8
Exhibit B
Material Strength: Concrete, masonry, steel and wood
Foundation design based on Soils Report. Provide one (1) copy of the
Soils/Geotechnical Report.
3.
Rev. 7/2013

M.
Structural Plans
Provide Foundation Plan and Structural Framing Plans that include floor, roof, and
wall construction

N.
Structural Details (as required)

O. Structural Calculations (one set)

P.
Mechanical Plans
Show HVAC system layout
Show fire damper and fire/smoke damper locations, location of fuel-fired equipment,
including type and size of flues, BTUH input, gas pipe sizes
Provide kitchen exhaust hood size/fire protection, smoke control systems, as
applicable

Q.
Plumbing Plans
Storm sewer, sanitary sewer, water, gas, fire hydrant, catch basin locations
Water and gas connections
Plumbing Fixtures: Water closets, urinals, lavatories, and drinking fountains
Roof Drainage: Roof drain, overflow drain, scuppers, and leader sizes and locations
Fire sprinkler system and standpipe location and main connections
List kitchen equipment
Sand traps, grease traps, etc.
Plumbing isometrics

R.
Electrical Plans
Service and distribution equipment location:
Electrical service, transformer,
electrical meter and panel location
Exit sign locations, light fixtures layout and emergency lighting
Electrical outlets and circuits
Fire alarm/detection system
Light fixture schedule
Panelboard circuit schedule/calculations
One-line diagram

S.
Specifications
Describe structural, mechanical and electrical systems
Complete specification sections for principal materials and finishes
Provide statement of special inspections required
Remodel/addition projects should additionally indicate interface with existing conditions and
limits of work within the existing building.
9
Exhibit B
(ATTACHMENT A)
Rev. 7/2013
10
Exhibit C
STATE OF COLORADO
OFFICE OF THE STATE ARCHITECT
STATE BUILDINGS PROGRAMS
PLAN REVIEW AUTHORIZATION
State’s Code Review Consultant
Institution or Agency:
Project No./Name:
Date
(Institution/Agency)
as Principal Representative intends to supplement the Base Consultant Agreement for
Plan Review/On-Site Inspection dated
and routing number
and form a contract for code
compliance reviews in accordance with the conditions stipulated in the Base Consultant Agreement.
Plan Review Fee: Fees will be determined using the Plan Review Fee Table, Section I.3.A. of Exhibit A of the
Base Consultant Agreement and is based upon a project valuation of $
.
+
(Base Amount)
=
(Incremental Fee)
(Total Fee)
Phases of development to be reviewed are as follows (check applicable boxes):
Schematic Design Phase (SD)
Design Development Phase (DD)
Construction Document Phase (CD)
Schematic Design/Design Development Phases Combined (SD/DD)
Additional services may be requested or assigned in writing by the Principal Representative. Projects will not be
approved for bidding until the state’s code review agent has approved the construction documents for code
compliance by issuing a Compliance Notice.
Code Review Agent
Date
State Buildings Programs
(or Authorized Delegate)
Date
State Form SBP-017
Rev. 7/2012
Principal Representative
(Institution or Agency)
Date
Exhibit D
STATE OF COLORADO
OFFICE OF THE STATE ARCHITECT
STATE BUILDINGS PROGRAMS
BUILDING INSPECTION RECORD
Institution or Agency:
Project No./Name:
Building Official/Code Review Agent:
Architect/Engineer:
Contractors:
General:
Electrical:
Mechanical:
Plumbing:
Notice to Proceed Date:
Provide If
Checked
Type of Construction:
Occupancy Classifications:
Project Manager:
Project Manager Signature
At Completion:
Inspector of Record Signature
at Completion:
BIR Completion Date:
* No work shall be concealed or covered until the appropriate inspector has inspected and approved.
Building (Consultant)

Footings/Foundations

Concrete Slab / Under-Floor

Framing (after rough elec/mech/plumb)

Lath and Gypsum Board

Fire-Resistant Penetrations

Mechanical/Energy Efficiency

Roofing

Other

Final

Steel

Concrete

Masonry

Wood

Soils/Foundations

Spray-Applied Fireproofing

Smoke Control Systems

Other

Final




Underground
Rough Walls
Rough Ceilings
Final




Underground
Gas
Inside Water
Final

Fire Sprinkler System

Fire Alarm System

Other

Final

Final
Special (Consultant)
Elevator Inspection (State)
Electrical (Co. St. Electrical Bd.)
Plumbing (Co. Ex. Bd. of Plumbers)
Fire Department Inspection (Local)
Health Dept. Inspection (Local)
Boiler Inspection (State)
Date
Inspector/ICC#
Comments or Corrections
Date
Inspector
Comments or Corrections
Date
Inspector
Comments or Corrections
Date
Inspector
Comments or Corrections
Date
Inspector
Comments or Corrections
Date
Inspector
Comments or Corrections
Date
Inspector
Comments or Corrections
Date
Inspector
Comments or Corrections
New Installation

Repair or Alteration

Final

Place this card in an obvious, protected location, along with all related inspection reports and documents.
SBP-BIR
Rev. 5/2012
Exhibit D
615-92-53-7997
SBP-BIR
Rev. 5/2012
Exhibit E
STATE OF COLORADO
OFFICE OF THE STATE ARCHITECT
STATE BUILDINGS PROGRAMS
BUILDING INSPECTION AUTHORIZATION
State’s Code Review Consultant
Institution or Agency:
Project No./Name:
Date
(Department/Agency)
as Principal Representative intends to supplement the Base Consultant Agreement for
Plan Review/On-Site Inspection dated
and routing number
and form a
contract for code compliance building inspections in accordance with the conditions stipulated in the Base
Consultant Agreement.
Building Inspection Fee: Fees will be determined based on the code consultant’s hourly rates and mileage
reimbursement as per Exhibit D of the Base Consultant Agreement. Determination of the hours required are to be
based on the scope and complexity of the project and the requested inspections as per the Building Inspection
Record (SBP-BIR). The consultant proposal dated
is incorporated herein by reference.
Building inspection fee calculation. (Attach code consultant’s proposal justification to this form):
(
(Hourly Rate)
X
)+ (
(Anticipated Hrs.)
(Mileage)
X
)=
(Mileage Reimb.) (Total Fee)
The following building inspections are requested: (Check applicable boxes):
Footings/Foundations
Concrete Slab / Under-Floor
Framing (after rough
elec/mech/plg)
Lath and Gypsum Board
Fire-Resistant Penetration
Mechanical / Energy Efficiency
Roofing
Other
Final
Additional services may be requested or assigned in writing by the Principal Representative. Projects will not be
approved for occupancy until state’s code review agent completes and approves the requested inspections by
signing-off on the final inspection on the Building Inspection Record (SBP-BIR).
Code Review Agent
Date
State Buildings Programs
(or Authorized Delegate)
Date
SBP-018
Rev. 7/2008
Principal Representative
(Institution or Agency)
Date
Exhibit F
STATE OF COLORADO
OFFICE OF THE STATE ARCHITECT
STATE BUILDINGS PROGRAMS
INSPECTION REPORT
Inspection Entity/Code Review Agent:
Inspection Date and Time:
Contractor:
Institution or Agency:
Project No./Name:
(Check One)
Building

Footings/Foundation_________

_________________________

Concrete Slab / Under-Floor__

_________________________

Framing
___________

_________________________

Lath and Gypsum Board_____

_________________________

Fire-Resistant Penetrations__

________________________

Mechanical / Energy Efficiency

_________________________

Roofing___________________

_________________________

Other
_________________

_________________________

Final
_________________
Special

Steel_____________________

_________________________

Concrete _________________

_________________________

Masonry __________________

_________________________

Wood ____________________

_________________________

Soils / Foundations__________

_________________________

Spray-Applied Fireproofing___

_________________________

Smoke Control Systems______

_________________________

Other ___________________

_________________________
Project Location
COMMENTS
Time/Date made: _________________________
Inspector: _______________________________
Partial
Elevator

Final ____________________
Other


_________________________
_________________________
State Form SBP-019
Rev. 7/2008
Reject
Approved
Exhibit G
STATE OF COLORADO
OFFICE OF THE STATE ARCHITECT
STATE BUILDINGS PROGRAMS
NOTICE TO PROCEED (DESIGN/BID/BUILD CONTRACT)
Date of Notice:
Date to be inserted by the Principal Representative
Date/Description of Contract Documents:
Institution/Agency:
Project No./Name:
Attach Notice of Code Compliance from Code Review Agent/Building Official for Documents Listed Above
To:
This is to advise you that your Performance Bond, Labor and Material Payment Bond, the requisite Builder’s Risk
Insurance Policy or Certificate for same, and Certificates of Insurance have been received. Our issuance of this Notice
does not relieve you of responsibility to assure that the bond and insurance requirements of the Contract Documents are
covering the above described work has been fully
met for the duration of the Agreement. The Agreement dated
executed.
You are hereby authorized and directed to proceed within ten (10) days from date of this Notice as required in the
Agreement. Any liquidated damages for failure to achieve substantial completion by the date agreed that may be
applicable to this contract will be calculated using the date of this Notice for the date of the commencement of the Work.
By ________________________________________
State Buildings Programs
Date
(or Authorized Delegate)
By ________________________________________
Principal Representative
Date
(Institution or Agency)
When completely executed, this form is to be sent by certified mail to the Contractor by the Principal Representative.
State Form SBP-6.26
Rev. 7/2010
Page 1 of 1
Exhibit H
STATE OF COLORADO
OFFICE OF THE STATE ARCHITECT
STATE BUILDINGS PROGRAMS
NOTICE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION
Date of Substantial Completion:
Date to be inserted by the Principal Representative
Institution/Agency:
Project No./Name:
TO:
Principal Representative
and
Contractor
This is to advise you that the Work has been reviewed, inspected and determined, to the best knowledge, information and belief of
the Architect/Engineer, to be substantially complete as of the date noted above in accordance with the criteria outlined in Article 41 of
The General Conditions of the Contract and the Specifications, including without limitation a) suitable for occupancy, b) inspected
for code compliance with Building Inspection Records signed by code officials for the State, c) determined to be fully and
comfortably usable, and d) fully cleaned and appropriate for presentation to the public.
A punch list of work to be completed, work not in compliance with the Drawings or Specifications, and unsatisfactory work is
attached hereto, along with the Contractor’s schedule for the completion of each and every item identified on the punch list
specifying the Subcontractor or trade responsible for the work, and the dates the completion or correction will be commenced
and finished within any period indicated in the Agreement for punch list completion prior to Final Acceptance.
Except as stated on the reverse side of this Notice of Substantial Completion, all manufacturers’ warranties, other special
warranties and the Contractor’s one-year obligation to perform remedial work, shall commence on the Date of Substantial
Completion noted above.
This Notice of Substantial Completion shall be effective and establish the Date of Substantial Completion only when fully
executed by the Contractor and the Principal Representative. The Principal Representative accepts the Work as substantially
complete as of the Date of Substantial Completion herein noted. The Contractor agrees to complete or correct the Work
identified on the attached punch list and to do so in accordance with attached punch list completion schedule
Architect/Engineer
Date
Principal Representative
(Institution or Agency)
Date
State Buildings Programs
(or Authorized Delegate)
Date
Contractor
(If Applicable)
Date
State Form SBP-07
Rev. 7/2012
Page 1 of 2
Exhibit H
The responsibilities of the Principal Representative and the Contractor for security, maintenance, heat, utilities, and insurance
shall be as specified in the Contract Documents or as otherwise hereafter noted:
Exceptions, if any, to the commencement of warranties shall be:
pages, and the attached Contractor’s schedule showing the dates of
The attached final punch list consists of
commencement and completion of each punch list item consists of
pages.
When completely executed, this form shall be sent to the Contractor and the Principal Representative with a copy to State Buildings Programs.
State Form SBP-07
Rev. 7/2012
Page 2 of 2
Exhibit I
STATE OF COLORADO
OFFICE OF THE STATE ARCHITECT
STATE BUILDINGS PROGRAMS
NOTICE OF APPROVAL OF OCCUPANCY/USE
Date of Occupancy:
Date to be inserted by the Architect/Engineer after consulation with Principal Representative
Institution/Agency:
Project No./Name:
Portion(s) of project for which Beneficial Occupancy is approved:
Type of Beneficial Occupancy:
Total or
Partial
The items identified below if applicable must be complied with before Occupancy is approved.
Date
Completed
A/E
Signoff
1. The Notice of Substantial Completion has been issued and the Building Inspection
Record is completely signed-off and attached.
2a. Notification has been made to the local Fire Department concerning which portion(s)
of the building will be occupied and the date(s).
2b. Fire alarms, smoke detection systems and building fire sprinkler systems have been
fully checked and are operable.
2c. The building’s siamese fire connection must be installed and operable, if applicable.
3. Coordination for final utility and service connections and meters (water, gas, sewer,
electricity and telecommunication) has been made and systems are in full operating
order.
4. Sterilization of plumbing systems has been performed.
5. Operational test of systems and equipment has been performed as required.
6. Systems adjustments such as balancing, equipment operations, etc., have been
performed. Reports have been submitted to the Architect/Engineer for approval.
7. Principal Representative furnished equipment and furnishings are coordinated and
placed.
8. All elements left unfinished must be in such condition that there would be no hazard
to the health or safety of the occupants.
9. All restroom facilities must be fully functional and operable.
10. All light fixtures must be installed and operable.
11. All exit lights and emergency lighting systems have been checked and are operable.
State Form SBP-01
Rev. 7/2008
Page 1 of 2
Exhibit I
12. All windows have been glazed and hardware is available for ventilation purposes.
13. All routes of egress must be clear of construction materials and debris at all times.
14. There must be a means of pedestrian access to each building. Contractor must
have sidewalks installed before occupancy and pedestrian barricades and other
means of public protection as required.
Occupancy does not constitute acceptance of the project as being complete. It simply provides the Principal
Representative the opportunity to occupy/use the project or the applicable portion thereof prior to final completion
and acceptance. Occupants can expect to be impacted by the Contractor’s efforts to complete the project. The
Contractor under the contract would not repair any damage by normal use or willfulness caused by the occupants.
Architect/Engineer
Date
Principal Representative
(Institution or Agency)
Date
State Buildings Programs
(or Authorized Delegate)
Date
Contractor
Date
State Form SBP-01
Rev. 7/2008
Page 2 of 2
Exhibit J
STATE OF COLORADO
OFFICE OF THE STATE ARCHITECT
STATE BUILDINGS PROGRAMS
NOTICE OF FINAL ACCEPTANCE
Date of Notice of Acceptance:
Date to be inserted by Architect/Engineer after consultation with the Principal Representative
Institution/Agency:
Project No./Name:
TO:
Notice is hereby given that the State of Colorado, acting by and through the
accepts as complete* the above numbered project.
State Buildings Programs
(or Authorized Delegate)
Date
Principal Representative
(Institution or Agency)
,
Date
*When completely executed, this form is to be sent by certified mail to the Contractor by the Principal
Representative.
State Form SBP-6.27
Rev. 9/2006
Exhibit K
STATE OF COLORADO
OFFICE OF THE STATE ARCHITECT
STATE BUILDINGS PROGRAMS
AGENCY ACTION PLAN FOR CODE COMPLIANCE
DATE:
AGENCY/INSTITUTION:
PREPARED BY:
TITLE:
The Department of Personnel & Administration (DPA)/State Buildings Programs (SBP) is responsible per CRS 24-301303 for establishing minimum building codes, developing methods to ensure conformity of physical planning with
approved building codes, and developing standards of inspection. In order to implement this statutory responsibility,
SBP developed the policy Building Code Compliance: Coordination of Approved Building Codes, Plan Reviews and
Building Inspections.
A major tenet of the SBP Building Code Compliance policy is the annual reporting that is required of all state
agencies/institutions. Each agency/institution must detail how it complies with SBP requirements for plan review,
building inspection, and compliance reporting. This report, Agency Action Plan for Code Compliance, is required to be
prepared and submitted to SBP for review and approval in January of each year. There are three agencies/institutions
that currently have a grandfathered-in agency building official code process. In addition to submitting the Agency
Action Plan for Code Compliance, those agencies/institutions must also submit to SBP annually a written report which
describes the code compliance process at the agency, identifies all individuals that are involved, and includes their
International Code Council (ICC) certifications.
Plan Reviews
1. How does your agency/institution comply with the Building Code Compliance policy requirements concerning plan
review? Include the following issues:
A. Does your agency/institution utilize the services of one or more of the state’s code review agents (all with
ICC certification) to provide code compliance plan reviews on your capital construction, controlled
maintenance, emergency and cash or in-house funded projects? Note that code compliance reporting as
discussed below is required only on appropriated projects – capital construction and controlled
maintenance. However, building code compliance plan review is required on all projects – unless an
exception is provided per IBC Section 105.2. If there is a question as to whether code review is required or
not, the agency project manager should consult with one of the state’s code review agents.
B. If your agency has been pre-approved by SBP to conduct your own plan reviews, identify the individual(s)
responsible by name, job title, and experience and attach their resumes and ICC certifications.
Building Inspections
1. How does your agency/institution comply with the Building Code Compliance policy requirements concerning
building inspection? Include the following issues:
A. It is the responsibility of the agency project manager to coordinate the building inspections that have been
called for at the conclusion of the plan review process. What is your agency/institution’s standard process
for conducting building, special, and elevator inspections? For building inspections, do you utilize the
services of one or more of the state’s code review agents, or a third party architect/engineer with ICC
certification, or an inspection consultant, or your agency technical staff (ICC certification required)? If
agency technical staff is used, identify the individual(s) by name, job title, and experience, indicate the
type(s) of inspections, and attach a resume detailing his/her qualifications including ICC certification
number. Do you utilize the services of an inspection consultant for special inspections?
Rev. 7/2013
Exhibit K
B. The Colorado State Electrical Board (Department of Regulatory Agencies) is required by statute to perform
electrical inspections on all projects on state owned land. How does your agency comply? The Colorado
Examining Board of Plumbers (Department of Regulatory Agencies) is required by statute to perform
plumbing inspections on all projects on state owned land. How does your agency comply? For those small
in-house projects where the State Boards elect not to inspect, does your agency utilize the services of the
design architect/engineer, and inspection consultant, or agency technical staff? If agency technical staff is
used, identify the individual by name, job title, and experience, indicate type(s) of inspections, and attach a
resume detailing his/her qualifications. Individuals performing electrical and plumbing inspections must
have qualifications and experience to equal the minimum standards as per statutes CRS 12-23-106 and
CRS 12-58-101-107, respectively.
Other Plan Review and Building Inspection Responsibilities
1. What is your agency/institution’s standard process for working with the local fire department during design and/or
plan review? How do you work with the local fire department and/or the Division of Fire Safety (Department of
Public Safety) conducting fire sprinkler and other fire code compliance inspections?
2. What is your agency/institution’s standard process for working with the local health department (delegated by the
Department of Public Health and Environment) for plan review and inspection of food service facilities?
3. What is your agency/institution’s standard process for working with the state boiler inspector (Department of Labor
and Employment) or approved insurance company inspectors conducting inspections of new, repaired, or
relocated boilers?
4. What is your agency/institution’s standard process for working with the conveyance administrator (Department of
Labor and Employment) re certified inspectors for new elevator and escalators?
Code Compliance Documentation
1. Describe you agency/institution’s methodology for maintaining files. Do you maintain a centralized code
compliance file or is the documentation maintained within specific project files? Are interim reviews,
correspondence, and reports kept permanently or just final documents?
2. Identify the individual/job title responsible for coordinating the code compliance documentation submittal and
project closeout final SC4.1 reconciliation submittal. As per the requirement in the SBP Building Code Compliance
policy, the following documents must be submitted with the appropriate transmittal that is included in the policy:





Notice of Code Compliance including inspection recommendations or memo from agency with email from
code review agent stating code review was not required. If the Compliance Notice was contingent on the
inclusion of the Construction Documents code review comments (as most are), the agency project
manager must certify that the comments were incorporated into the drawings and specifications or provide
an explanation for why they weren’t.
If alternative methods, modifications, or appeals were approved for this project, detailed documentation
must be submitted.
Notice to Proceed (SBP-6.26) or (SBP-7.26)
Building Inspection Record
Notice of Approval of Occupancy/Use (SBP-01)
Codes and Standards
1. Provide a list of life safety codes and other codes and standards that have been adopted by your
agency/institution, if any, due to specific building types, accreditation requirements, or funding requirements. These
codes are in addition to the minimum approved codes and standards adopted by SBP.
Rev. 7/2013
EXHIBIT L-1
PROJECT CLOSE OUT
CODE COMPLIANCE DOCUMENTATION SUBMITTAL
(ALL AGENCIES)
To:
State Buildings Programs
From:
(Name)
(Agency)
Date:
Project Name and #:
The following four code compliance documents are required for all agencies and are attached
and indicated on this memo of transmittal (copies, no originals).

Notice of Code Compliance including building inspection recommendations issued by
code review agent or memo from agency stating why code review was not required for
the project. If the Compliance Notice was contingent on the inclusion of the Construction
Document code review comments, the agency project manager must certify that the code
review agent’s comments were incorporated into the drawings and specifications. If
alternative methods, modifications, or appeals were approved, submit detailed
documentation.

Notice to Proceed (SBP-6.26) or (SBP-7.26)

Building Inspection Record (SBP-BIR)

Notice of Approval of Occupancy/Use (SBP-01)
Rev. 7/2013
EXHIBIT M
REQUEST FOR MODIFICATION
Project Name and Number:
Date:
The Office of the State Architect/State Buildings Programs (OSA/SBP) building code plan review
consultants may approve alternative means and methods as per International Building Code
(IBC) Section 104.11.
Requests for modification for the IBC (IBC Section 104.10) must be directed to the building code
administrator at OSA/SBP. Amended for OSA/SBP use, IBC Section 104.10 states: “Whenever
there are practical difficulties involved in carrying out the provisions of this code, OSA/SBP shall
have the authority to grant modifications for individual cases, upon application of the owner …,
provided OSA/SBP shall first find that special individual reason makes the strict letter of this code
impractical and the modification is in compliance with the intent and purpose of this code and that
such modification does not lessen health, accessibility, life and fire safety, or structural
requirements. The details of action granting modifications shall be recorded and entered into the
files of OSA/SBP.”
OSA/SBP must have adequate documentation concerning the request to fully explain and
demonstrate due diligence in making the determination. Sufficient drawings that document the
project and the issue requested must be provided. Note that while the building code plan review
consultants are familiar because of their review of the documents, no graphic information has
been submitted to OSA/SBP.
The request for modification must be initiated by the OSA/SBP delegate or agency contact
person not the architect/engineer or other consultant.
Please provide the following information:

State Agency/Institution of Higher Education

Individual Making Request (with email and phone contact information)

Building Code Plan Review Consultant for the project

IBC Section(s) for which Modification is Requested

Drawings Attached
o Yes
o No

Code Analysis if not included on Drawings

Description of Issue and Identify any Supporting Documentation
Rev. 7/2013
STATE OF COLORADO
OFFICE OF THE STATE ARCHITECT
STATE BUILDINGS PROGRAM
CONTRACTOR'S DESIGN/BID/BUILD AGREEMENT
(STATE FORM SC-6.21)
EXHIBIT G
University Insurance Requirements A
INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS (A)
This insert applies to the following State Contracts:
General Conditions of the Construction Contract Design/Bid/Build (SC-6.23), or
Contractors Agreement Design/Bid/Build (SC-6.21), or
Standing Order Contractor, or
Construction Manager/General Contractor CM/GC (SC-6.4), or
Design/Build Entity (SC-8.0).
Design/Build Guaranteed Max SC 9.0
For purposes of this supplement “Contractor” as used herein shall mean, as appropriate to the
State Contract form being used, Contractor, Standing Order Contractor, Construction
Manager/General Contractor, or Design/Build Entity.
The Contractor shall obtain and maintain, at its own expense and for the duration of the contract
including any warranty periods under the Contract are satisfied, the insurance coverages set forth
below.
By requiring such insurance, the Principal Representative shall not be deemed or construed to
have assessed the risk that may be applicable to the Contractor its agents, representatives,
employees or subcontractors under this contract. The insurance requirements herein for this
Contract in no way limit the indemnity covenants contained in the Contract. The Principal
Representative in no way warrants that the limits contained herein are sufficient to protect the
Contractor from liabilities that might arise out of the performance of the work under this
Contract by the Contractor, its agents, representatives, employees, or subcontractors. The
Contractor shall assess its own risks and if it deems appropriate and/or prudent, maintain higher
limits and/or broader coverages. The Contractor is not relieved of any liability or other
obligations assumed or pursuant to the Contract by reason of its failure to obtain or maintain
insurance in sufficient amounts, duration, or types.
COVERAGES AND LIMITS OF INSURANCE - - Contractor shall provide coverage with
limits of liability not less than those stated below.
1.
Commercial General Liability – ISO CG 0001 or equivalent. Coverage to include:
•
Premises and Operations
•
Explosions, Collapse and Underground Hazards
•
Personal / Advertising Injury
•
Products / Completed Operations
•
Liability assumed under an Insured Contract (including defense costs assumed under
contract)
•
Independent Contractors
•
Designated Construction Projects(s) General Aggregate Limit, ISO CG 2503 (1997
Edition)
•
Additional Insured—Owners, Lessees or Contractors Endorsement, ISO Form 2010
(2004 Edition or equivalent)
Page 1 of 7
•
•
•
•
Liability
Limits
Primary
General
Liability
Umbrella or
Excess
Liability*
Additional Insured—Owners, Lessees or Contractors Endorsement (Completed
Operations), ISO CG 2037 (7/2004 Edition or equivalent)
The policy shall be endorsed to include the following additional insured language
on the Additional Insured Endorsements specified above: “The Regents of the
University of Colorado, a Body Corporate, named as an additional insured with
respect to liability and defense of suits arising out of the activities performed by,
or on behalf of the Contractor, including completed operations”.
Commercial General Liability Completed Operations policies must be kept in effect
for up to three (3) years after completion of the project. For buildings with a
construction cost greater than $99 million, the Commercial General Liability
Completed Operations policies must be kept in effect for up to eight (8) years after
the completion of the project.
An umbrella and/or excess liability policy may be used to meet the minimum
liability requirements provided that the coverage is written on a “following
form” basis.
General Aggregate
Each Occurrence
$2,000,000
Products/Completed
Operation Aggregate
$2,000,000
$1,000,0000
Personal/Advertising
Injury
$1,000,000
$5,000,000
$5,000,000
$5,000,000
$5,000,000
*Umbrella or Excess Liability does not apply to projects totaling $500, 000 or under.
The following exclusionary endorsements are prohibited in the CGL policy:
1. Damage to work performed by subcontract/vendor (CG 22-94 or similar);
2. Contractual liability coverage exclusion modifying or deleting the definition of an
“insured contract”;
3. If applicable to the work to be performed: Residential or multi-family;
4. If applicable to the work to be performed: Exterior insulation finish systems;
5. If applicable to the work to be performed: Subsidence or earth movement.
2.
Automobile Liability
Bodily Injury and Property Damage for any owned, hired, and non-owned vehicles used in
the performance of this contract
Minimum Limits:
Bodily Injury/Property Damage (Each Accident)
3.
$
1,000,000
Workers Compensation
•
Statutory Benefits (Coverage A)
Page 2 of 7
•
Employers Liability (Coverage B)
a.
b.
Policy shall contain a waiver of subrogation in favor of the Principal
Representative.
This requirement shall not apply when a contractor or subcontractor is exempt
under Colorado Workers’ Compensation Act., AND when such contractor or
subcontractor executes the appropriate sole proprietor waiver form.
Minimum Limits:
Coverage A (Workers’ Compensation)
Coverage B (Employers Liability)
Each accident
Disease each employee
Disease policy limit
4.
$
$
$
100,000
100,000
500,000
Contractors Pollution Liability
•
If Contractor is providing directly or indirectly working with pollution/environmental
hazards, Contractor must provide or cause those conducting the work to provide
Pollution Liability Insurance coverage. Pollution Liability policy must include
contractual liability coverage.
•
Coverage shall apply to sudden and gradual pollution conditions resulting from the
escape of release of smoke, vapors, fumes, acids, alkalis, toxic chemicals, liquids, or
gases, natural gas, waste materials, or other irritants, contaminants, or pollutants
(including asbestos). Policy shall cover the Contractor’s completed operations.
•
If the coverage is written on a claims-made basis, the Contractor warrants that any
retroactive date applicable to coverage under the policy precedes the effective date of
this Contract; and that continuous coverage will be maintained or an extended
discovery period will be exercised for a period of three (3) years beginning from the
time that work under this contract is completed.
•
The policy shall be endorsed to include the following as Additional Insureds:
The Regents of the University of Colorado, a Body Corporate, named as an
additional insured with respect to liability and defense of suits arising out of the
activities performed by, or on behalf of the Construction Manager, including
completed operations.
•
Endorsements CA9948 and MCS-90 are required on the Automobile Liability
Coverage if the Contractor is transporting any type of hazardous materials.
•
Contractors Pollution Liability policies must be kept in effect for up to three (3)
years after completion of the project.
Minimum Limits:
Per Loss
Aggregate
5.
Statutory
$
$
1,000,000
1,000,000
Professional Liability (Errors and Omissions)
(This Professional Liability requirement applies only to Design/Build Entity, SC-8.0.)
Page 3 of 7
 The Contractor shall maintain Errors and Omissions Liability covering negligent
acts, errors and/or omissions, including design errors of the Contractor for damage
sustained by reason of or in the course of operations under this Contract. The
policy/coverages shall be amended to include the following:
Amendment of any Contractual Liability Exclusion to state: “This
exclusion does not apply to any liability of others which you assume
under a written contract provided such liability is caused by your
negligent acts.”
 In the event that any professional liability insurance required by this Contract is
written on a claims-made basis, Contractor warrants that any retroactive date under
the policy shall precede the effective date of this Contract; and that either continuous
coverage will be maintained or an extended discovery period will be exercised for a
period of three (3) years beginning at the time work under this Contract is
completed.
 Policy shall contain a waiver of subrogation against The Regents of the University
of Colorado, a Body Corporate.
Wrongful Act
General Aggregate
6.
$2,000,000
$2,000,000
Builder’s Risk/ Installation Floater
Unless otherwise provided or instructed by the Principal Representative, the Contractor shall
purchase and maintain, in a company or companies lawfully authorized to do business in the
jurisdiction in which the project is located, Builder’s Risk Insurance in the amount of the initial
contract amount as well as subsequent modifications for the entire project at the site on a
replacement cost basis without optional deductibles. This coverage is required for new buildings
or additions to existing buildings and for materials and equipment to be installed in existing
structures.
•
Covered Cause of Loss: Special Form
•
Include Theft and Vandalism
•
Labor costs to repair damaged work
•
Shall be written for 100% of the completed value (replacement cost basis)
•
Deductible maximum is $50,000.00
•
Waiver of Subrogation is to apply
•
The Regents of the University of Colorado, a body corporate, shall be added as
Additional Named Insured on Builders Risk.
1.
2.
Policy must provide coverage from the time any covered property becomes the
responsibility of the Contractor, and continue without interruption during construction,
renovation, or installation, including any time during which the covered property is being
transported to the construction installation site, or awaiting installation, whether on or off
site.
The Policy shall be maintained, unless otherwise provided in the contract documents or
Page 4 of 7
3.
4.
5.
6.
otherwise agreed in writing by all persons and entities who are beneficiaries of such
insurance, until final payment has been made or until no person or entity other than the
Principal Representative has insurable interest in the property to be covered, whichever is
later.
The Builder’s Risk insurance shall include interests of the Principal Representative, and if
applicable, affiliated or associated entities, the General Contractor, subcontractors and subtier contractors in the project.
Builders’ Risk Coverage shall be on a Special Covered Cause of Loss Form and shall
include theft, vandalism, malicious mischief, collapse, false-work, temporary buildings and
debris removal including demolition, increased cost of construction, architect’s fees and
expenses, flood (including water damage), earthquake, and if applicable, all below and
above ground structures, piping, foundations including underground water and sewer mains,
piling including the ground on which the structure rests and excavation, backfilling, filling,
and grading. Equipment Breakdown Coverage (a.k.a. Boiler & Machinery) shall be
included as required by the Contract Documents or by law, which shall specifically cover
insured equipment during installation and testing (including hot testing, where applicable).
Other coverages may be required if provided in contract documents.
The Builders’ Risk shall be written for 100% of the completed value (replacement cost
basis) of the work being performed. The Builders’ Risk shall include the following
provisions:
a. Replacement Cost Basis - including modification of the valuation clause to cover all
costs needed to repair the structure or work (including overhead and profits) and will
pay based on the values figured at the time of rebuilding or repairing, not at the time of
loss
b. Modify or delete exclusion pertaining to damage to interior of building caused by an
perils insured against are covered; also provide coverage for water damage
Note, if the addition, or renovation is to an existing building, The Principal
Representative requires that the Contractor provide as an option to include the existing
building into the Builders’ Risk Policy. The Principal Representative shall provide the
replacement cost value of the existing building
At the option of the Principal Representative, the Principal Representative may include Soft
Costs (including Loss of Use)/Delay in Opening Endorsement under the builder’s risk
policy. The Principal Representative agrees to provide the necessary exposure base
information for quotation by the Builder’s Risk carrier. The Principal Representative
agrees to pay the premium associated with the Soft Costs coverage, the Principal
Representative decides to purchase this coverage.
7.
The Builders’ Risk Policy shall specifically permit occupancy of the building during
construction. Partial occupancy or use of the work shall not commence until the insurance
company or companies providing insurance have consented to such partial occupancy or
use. The Principal Representative and Contractor shall take reasonable steps to obtain
consent of the insurance company or companies and delete any provisions with regard to
restrictions within any Occupancy Clauses within the Builders’ Risk Policy. The Builders’
Risk Policy shall remain in force until acceptance of the project by the Principal
Representative.
8.
The deductible shall not exceed $50,000 and shall be the responsibility of the Contractor
except for losses such as flood (not water damage), earthquake, windstorm, tsunami,
volcano, etc. Losses in excess of $50,000 insured shall be adjusted in conjunction with the
Page 5 of 7
Principal Representative. Any insurance payments/proceeds shall be made payable to the
Principal Representative subject to requirements of any applicable mortgagee clause. The
Contractor shall pay subcontractors their just shares of insurance proceeds received by the
Contractor, and by appropriate agreements, written where legally required for validity, shall
require subcontractors to make payments to their sub-subcontractors in similar manner.
The Principal Representative shall have the authority to adjust and settle any losses in
excess of $50,000 with insurers unless one of the parties in interest shall object in writing
within five days after occurrence of loss to the Principal Representative exercise of this
power. It is expressly agreed that nothing in this section shall be subject to arbitration and
any references to arbitration are expressly deleted.
9.
The Contractor is responsible for providing 45 days’ notice of cancellation to the Principal
Representative. . The policy shall contain all generally applicable conditions, definitions,
exclusions and endorsements related to the Project.
If the Contractor does not intend to purchase such Builder’s Risk Insurance required by the
Contract and with all of the coverages in the amount described above, the Contractor shall
so inform the Principal Representative as stated in writing prior to commencement of the
work. The Principal Representative may then affect insurance that will protect the interests
of the Principal Representative, the General Contractor, Subcontractors and sub-tier
contractors in the project. Coverages applying shall be the same as stated above including
other coverages that may be required by the Principal Representative. The cost shall be
charged to the Contractor. Coverage shall be written for 100% of the completed value of the
work being performed, with a deductible not to exceed $50,000 per occurrence for most
projects.
All deductibles will be assumed by the Contractor. Waiver of Subrogation is to apply
against all parties named as insureds, but only to the extent the loss is covered, and
Beneficial Occupancy Endorsements are to apply.
If the Principal Representative is damaged by the failure or neglect of the Contractor to
purchase or maintain insurance as described above, without so notifying the Principal
Representative , then the Contractor shall bear all reasonable costs properly attributable
thereto.
ADDITIONAL INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS
1. All insurers must be licensed or approved to do business within the State of Colorado, and
unless otherwise specified, all policies must be written on a per occurrence basis.
2. Contractor’s insurance carrier should possess a minimum A.M. Best’s Insurance Guide rating
of A- VI.
3. On insurance policies where the Principal Representative are named as additional insureds,
the Principal Representative shall be additional insureds to the full limits of liability
purchased by the Contractor even if those limits of liability are in excess of those required by
this Contract.
4. Contractor shall furnish the Principal Representative with certificates of insurance (ACORD
form or equivalent approved by the Principal Representative) as required by this Contract.
The certificates for each insurance policy are to be signed by a person authorized by that
insurer to bind coverage on its behalf.
Page 6 of 7
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
All certificates and any required endorsements are to be received and approved by the
Principal Representative before work commences. Each insurance policy required by this
Contract must be in effect at or prior to commencement of work under this Contract and
remain in effect for the duration of the project. Failure to maintain the insurance policies as
required by this Contract or to provide evidence of renewal is a material breach of contract.
Upon request by the Principal Representative, Contractor must provide a copy of the actual
insurance policy effecting coverage(s) required by the contract.
The Contractor’s insurance coverage shall be primary insurance and non-contributory with
respect to all other available resources.
The Contractor shall advise the Principal Representative in the event any general aggregate
or other aggregate limits are reduced below the required per occurrence limit. At their own
expense, the Contractor will reinstate the aggregate limits to comply with the minimum
requirements and shall furnish to the Principal Representative a new certificate of insurance
showing such coverage is in force.
Provide a minimum of thirty (30) days advance written notice to the Principal Representative
for cancellation, non-renewal, or material changes to policies required under the Contract (45
days for builders’ risk coverage..
Certificate Holder: The Regents of the University of Colorado, University Risk
Management, 1800 Grant Street, Suite 700, Denver, CO 80203.
Failure of the Contractor to fully comply with these requirements during the term of the Contract
may be considered a material breach of contract and may be cause for immediate termination of
the Contract at the option of the Principal Representative. The Principal Representative reserves
the right to negotiate additional specific insurance requirements at the time of the contract award.
Subcontractors
Contractor’s certificate(s) shall include all subcontractors as additional insureds under its policies
or subcontractors shall maintain separate insurance as determined by the Contractor, however,
subcontractor's limits of liability shall not be less than $1,000,000 per occurrence / $2,000,000
aggregate.
Non-Waiver
The parties hereto understand and agree that The Principal Representative is relying on, and does
not waive or intend to waive by any provision of this Contract, the monetary limitations or any
other rights, immunities, and protections provided by the Colorado Governmental Immunity Act,
et seq., as from time to time amended, or otherwise available to the Principal Representative or
its officers, employees, agents, and volunteers.
Mutual Cooperation
The Principal Representative and Contractor shall cooperate with each other in the collection of
any insurance proceeds which may be payable in the event of any loss, including the execution
and delivery of any proof of loss or other actions required to effect recovery.
Revised 8-30-11
Page 7 of 7
STATE OF COLORADO
OFFICE OF THE STATE ARCHITECT
STATE BUILDINGS PROGRAM
THE GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACTOR’S DESIGN/BID/BUILD (D/B/B)
AGREEMENT
(STATE FORM SC-6.23)
SC-6.23
Rev. 7/2015
STATE OF COLORADO
OFFICE OF THE STATE ARCHITECT
STATE BUILDINGS PROGRAM
THE GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACTOR’S DESIGN/BID/BUILD AGREEMENT
(STATE FORM SC-6.23)
TABLE OF CONTENTS……………………………………………………………………………………………………..Page
THE CONTRACT
ARTICLE 1. DEFINITIONS……………………………….……………………..…………..……………...…….…………. 1
A. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS……….…………….……………………………………………….….……...... 1
B. DEFINITIONS OF WORDS AND TERMS USED…………………….………………………….…….……1
ARTICLE 2. EXECUTION, CORRELATIONS, INTENT OF DOCUMENTS, COMMUNICATIONS AND
COOPERATION….…………………………………………………………….……..……………..……...... 4
A. EXECUTION………………………………………………………………….….………………..………...…. 4
B. CORRELATION……………………………………………………………………………….……..……...….4
C. INTENT OF DOCUMENTS…………….……………………………………………….……………….….… 4
D. PARTNERING, COMMUNICATIONS AND COOPERATION…………………………………….….…… 5
ARTICLE 3. COPIES FURNISHED……………………………………………………….……..…………………….….... 6
ARTICLE 4. OWNERSHIP OF DRAWINGS…………………………………………….…..……………………............. 6
THE ARCHITECT
ARTICLE 5. ARCHITECT/ENGINEER’S STATUS……………….……………………..……………….…….………….6
ARTICLE 6. ARCHITECT/ENGINEER DECISIONS AND JUDGMENTS……….………..………………………….... 6
A. DECISIONS………………………….…………………………………………………………….……..…….. 6
B. JUDGMENTS…………………………………..………………………………………………….…………....6
C. ACCESS TO WORK…………………….………………………………………………………….…………. 7
D. INSPECTION………………………………………..………………………………………………….….…... 7
THE CONTRACTOR
ARTICLE 7. CONTRACTOR’S SUPERINTENDENCE AND SUPERVISION….……….…..………………..…......... 7
ARTICLE 8. MATERIALS AND EMPLOYEES….………………………………………….…………………….….…….8
ARTICLE 9. SURVEYS, PERMITS, LAWS, TAXES AND REGULATIONS……………...…………………..….……. 8
A. SURVEYS………………………………………………………..………………………………………….…..8
B. PERMITS AND LICENSES……………..………………………………………………………………....…. 8
C. TAXES……………………………………………….…………………………………………………….….… 9
D. LAWS AND REGULATIONS………….…………………….…………………………………………….….. 9
ARTICLE 10. PROTECTION OF WORK AND PROPERTY……………..……………………………………………….. 9
A. GENERAL PROVISIONS………………………….……………………………………………………..…… 9
B. SAFETY PRECAUTIONS…………………….…………….………………………………………………… 10
C. EMERGENCIES…………………..…………………………………………………………………………… 10
ARTICLE 11. DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ON THE WORK……………..….….……………………..............10
ARTICLE 12. REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION AND SCHEDULES…………..………….…………………………… 11
A. REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION……………..…………………………….…………………………….... 11
B. SCHEDULES…………………………………………….…………………..…………………………..….…. 11
ARTICLE 13. SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES……..………………..….…….……...………... 13
A. SUBMITTAL PROCESS………………………………………………..……….………………………..…... 13
B. FABRICATION AND ORDERING……………..………………………………….……………………..…... 13
C. DEVIATIONS FROM DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS……………..……….……………………...... 14
D. CONTRACTOR REPRESENTATIONS……………………………….…………..…….…………………... 14
ARTICLE 14. SAMPLES AND TESTING…………………………………………………..…….…………………............ 14
A. SAMPLES………………………………………………………………………………………..…………..…. 14
B. TESTING – GENERAL…….…………..…………………………………………………………………....... 14
C. TESTING – CONCRETE AND SOILS………….…………………………………………………………… 14
i
SC-6.23
Rev. 7/2015
D.
ARTICLE 15.
A.
B.
C.
D.
ARTICLE 16.
ARTICLE 17.
ARTICLE 18.
ARTICLE 19.
ARTICLE 20.
ARTICLE 21.
A.
B.
C.
ARTICLE 22.
ARTICLE 23.
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
ARTICLE 24.
ARTICLE 25.
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
ARTICLE 26.
ARTICLE 27.
ARTICLE 28.
ARTICLE 29.
ARTICLE 30.
TESTING – OTHER………….………………………………..………………………………………….…… 15
SUBCONTRACTS………….…………………………………………………..…..………….…….………... 15
CONTRACT PERFORMANCE OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES OR COLORADO…….….………… 15
SUBCONTRACTOR LIST…………..………………………………………………………………..…..…... 15
SUBCONTRACTOR SUBSTITUTIONS…..…………………….……………………………………….…. 15
CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES………………………………………………………………………. 15
RELATIONS OF CONTRACTOR AND SUBCONTRACTOR………………..…………………….......... 16
MUTUAL RESPONSIBILITY OF CONTRACTORS….………………………..……………………..........16
SEPARATE CONTRACTS………………..……………………………………..……………………...........16
USE OF PREMISES……………………………………..……………………………………………............ 16
CUTTING, FITTING OR PATCHING…………………..………………………………………..…….......... 17
UTILITIES………………………………….…………..…………………………….………………..……...... 17
TEMPORARY UTILITIES…………………………………………..……………………………….………… 17
PROTECTION OF EXISTING UTILITIES…………..…………………………………………………..…... 17
CROSSING OF UTILITIES……………………………………….……………………………………….….. 17
UNSUITABLE CONDITIONS……………………..………………………………………………………….. 17
TEMPORARY FACILITIES………………………..……………………………………………………......... 17
OFFICE FACILITIES………………………………………………………..……………………………..….. 17
TEMPORARY HEAT………………………………..…………………………………….………………..…. 17
WEATHER PROTECTION………………………………………………………………………………….… 18
DUST PARTITIONS……………………………………..……………………………….……………………. 18
BENCH MARKS…………………………………………………..……………………….…………………... 18
SIGN…………………………………………………………………………..………….……………………... 18
SANITARY PROVISION…….…………………..…………………………………….……………………… 18
CLEANING UP………..……………………………….…………………………..…………………….......... 18
INSURANCE…………..……………..………………………………………………….……………….......... 18
GENERAL………….………….………………......................................................................................... 18
COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE (CGL)…….………………………….…………….. 19
AUTOMOBILE INSURANCE……………………………………………………………………………….. 19
WORKERS COMPENSATIONS INSURANCE………………..……………………..…….…………..…... 19
UMBRELLA LIABILITY INSURANCE………………………………………………………………….…..... 20
BUILDER’S RISK INSURANCE……………………………………………………………………………… 20
POLLUTION LIABILITY INSURANCE………………………………………………………………………. 21
ADDITIONAL MISCELLANEOUS INSURANCE PROVISIONS………………………………….……..... 21
CONTRACTOR’S PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BONDS………..………….……….………........ 21
LABOR AND WAGES………………………………………………..…………….………..……………….. 22
ROYALTIES AND PATENTS…………………………………………..…………………..………….…….. 22
ASSIGNMENT…………………………………………………………..……………………………….…….. 22
CORRECTION OF WORK BEFORE ACCEPTANCE………………..……………………...…….……… 22
PAYMENT AND COMPENSATION
ARTICLE 31. APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENTS……………….…………..……………………………...……………...23
A. CONTRACTOR’S SUBMITTALS…………………………..……………..……………………..…………... 23
B. ARCHITECT/ENGINEER CERTIFICATION………………………….……………..………..…………….. 24
C. RETAINAGE WITHHELD………………………………………………..……..……………….……………. 24
D. RELEASE OF RETAINAGE……………………………………………..……………….……….………….. 24
ARTICLE 32. CERTIFICATES FOR PAYMENTS………………..…………………..……….……..…….….………..….. 25
ARTICLE 33. PAYMENTS WITHHELD…………………………………………………………………...……………….... 25
ARTICLE 34. DEDUCTIONS FOR UNCORRECTED WORK……………..…………………….…….……….………….26
ARTICLE 35. CHANGES IN THE WORK……………………………………………………….……………….………….. 26
A. THE VALUE OF CHANGED WORK…………………………….………………………………………..…. 26
B. DETAILED BREAKDOWN…………………………………………...…..…………………………………... 27
C HAZARDOUS MATERIALS…………………………………………..…………………………….………… 28
D EMERGENCY FIELD CHANGE ORDERED WORK……………………………….………….…………...29
E. APPROPRIATION LIMITATIONS – § 24-91-103.6, C.R.S., as amended………………………..……... 29
ARTICLE 36. CLAIMS………………………..…………..…………………………………………………….…….……..… 30
ii
SC-6.23
Rev. 7/2015
ARTICLE 37.
A.
B.
ARTICLE 38.
ARTICLE 39.
DIFFERING SITE CONDITIONS…………..…………………………….………………………….…….…. 32
NOTICE IN WRITING…………………..……………………………………………………………………... 32
LIMITATIONS……………………………………….….…………………………………………………….… 32
DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME………………………….……….……………….………..…….... 32
NON-BINDING DISPUTE RESOLUTION – FACILITATED NEGOTIATIONS…….…..….………..….. 33
COMPLETION
ARTICLE 40. RIGHT OF OCCUPANCY….………………..……………..……………………………….………………… 35
ARTICLE 41. COMPLETION, FINAL INSPECTION, ACCEPTANCE AND SETTLEMENT………..…...……………. 35
A. NOTICE OF COMPLETION…………………………………………………………………………….…..…35
B. FINAL INSPECTION…………………………………………………………….………………………..…… 35
C. NOTICE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION…………………………………………..………………….... 36
D. NOTICE OF ACCEPTANCE…………………….……………………………………………………………. 37
E. SETTLEMENT………………………………………………..…………………………………………….….. 37
ARTICLE 42. GENERAL WARRANTY AND CORRECTION OF WORK AFTER ACCEPTANCE….….………….... 38
ARTICLE 43. LIENS……………………………………………………………………………………………...……………. 38
ARTICLE 44. ONE-YEAR GUARANTEE AND SPECIAL GUARANTEES AND WARRANTIES………..…………... 39
A. ONE-YEAR GUARANTEE OF THE WORK…………………………..…………………………………..… 39
B. SPECIAL GUARANTEES AND WARRANTIES…………………………………..…………………..……. 39
ARTICLE 45. GUARANTEE INSPECTIONS AFTER COMPLETION……..……………………………….………….… 39
ARTICLE 46. TIME OF COMPLETION AND LIQUIDATED DAMAGES………..………………………….…………… 40
ARTICLE 47. DAMAGES…………………………………………………………..…………………………….…………… 41
ARTICLE 48. STATE’S RIGHT TO DO THE WORK; TEMPORARY SUSPENSION OF WORK; DELAY
DAMAGES..………………………………………………………...…………………………………..……… 42
A. STATE’S RIGHT TO DO THE WORK…………………………..…………………………………………... 42
B. TEMPORARY SUSPENSION OF WORK…………………………………………………………………... 42
C. DELAY DAMAGES………………………………………………………………………..…………………... 43
ARTICLE 49. STATE’S RIGHT TO TERMINATE CONTRACT……….….………………………………………….…... 43
A. GENERAL………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 43
B. CONDITIONS AND PROCEDURES………………………………..……………………………………..… 43
C. ADDITIONAL CONDITIONS……………………………………………………..…………………………… 44
ARTICLE 50. TERMINATION FOR CONVENIENCE OF STATE………………………………………………………... 44
A. NOTICE OF TERMINATION…………………………………..……………………………………………... 44
B. PROCEDURES……………………………………………………………..………………………………..… 44
ARTICLE 51. CONTRACTOR’S RIGHT TO STOP WORK AND/OR TERMINATE CONTRACT…….….…….......... 45
ARTICLE 52. SPECIAL PROVISIONS…………………………………………………………………….…….………….. 46
A. CONTROLLER’S APPROVAL……………………..……………………………………………………..….. 46
B. FUND AVAILABILITY…………………………………………..……………………………………………… 46
C. GOVERNMENTAL IMMUNITY………………………………………………………………………………..46
D. INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR……………………………………………………..……………………… 46
E. COMPLIANCE WITH LAW……………………….………………………………………………….……….. 46
F. CHOICE OF LAW………………………………………….………………………………………………...… 46
G. BINDING ARBITRATION PROHIBITED…………………………………………………………………….. 47
H. SOFTWARE PIRACY PROHIBITION………………………..…………………………….…………….….. 47
I. EMPLOYEE FINANCIAL INTEREST/CONFLICT OF INTEREST……………………………………….. 47
J. VENDOR OFFSET………………….…………………………………………………………………………. 47
K. PUBLIC CONTRACTS FOR SERVICES..……………………………………………………………….…. 47
L. PUBLIC CONTRACTS WITH NATURAL PERSONS……………………………………………………... 48
ARTICLE 53. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS………………….………………….…………………………...……….. 48
A. CONSTRUCTION OF LANGUAGE………………………………………..………………………………… 48
B. SEVERABILITY…………………………………..………………………………………………….....……… 48
C. SECTION HEADINGS………………………………………….…………………………………….……….. 48
D. AUTHORITY……………………………………………………………….…………………………………... 48
E. INTEGRATION OF UNDERSTANDING………………….…………………………………………………. 48
F. VENUE………………………………………………………………….………………………………………. 48
G. NO THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARIES…………………………………………..…………………………… 48
iii
SC-6.23
Rev. 7/2015
H.
I.
J.
K.
WAIVER……………………………………………………………..………………………………………..… 48
INDEMNIFICATION……………………………………………………………………………………….……49
STATEWIDE CONTRACT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM………………………………………………….…. 49
CORA DISCLOSURE……………………………………………………………………………...……….…. 49
iv
SC-6.23
Rev. 7/2015
STATE OF COLORADO
OFFICE OF THE STATE ARCHITECT
STATE BUILDINGS PROGRAM
THE GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACTOR’S DESIGN/BID/BUILD AGREEMENT
(STATE FORM SC-6.23)
ARTICLE 1.
DEFINITIONS
A.
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
The Contract Documents consist of the following some of which are procedural documents used in the
administration and performance of the Agreement:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
B.
Contractor’s Design/Bid/Build Agreement; (SC-6.21);
Performance Bond (SC-6.22) and Labor and Material Payment Bond (SC-6.221);
General Conditions of the Contractor’s Design/Bid/Build Agreement (SC- 6.23) and if
applicable, Supplementary General Conditions;
Detailed Specification Requirements, including all addenda issued prior to the opening of the
bids; and,
Drawings, including all addenda issued prior to the opening of the bids.
Change Orders (SC-6.31) and Amendments (SC-6.0), if any, when properly executed.
Authorization to Bid (SBP-6.10)
Information for Bidders (SBP-6.12);
Bid (SBP-6.13);
Bid Bond (SBP-6.14);
Notice of Award (SBP-6.15);
Builder’s risk insurance certificates of insurance (ACORD 25-S);
Liability and Workers’ compensation certificates of insurance;
Notice to Proceed (Design/Bid/Build) (SBP-6.26);
Notice of Approval of Occupancy/Use (SBP-01);
Notice of Partial Substantial Completion (SBP-071);
Notice of Substantial Completion (SBP-07);
Notice of Partial Final Acceptance (SC-6.27);
Notice of Final Acceptance (SBP-6.271);
Notice of Partial Contractor's Settlement (SC-7.3);
Notice of Contractor’s Settlement (SBP-7.31);
Application and Certificate for Contractor’s Payment (SBP-7.2);
Other procedural and reporting documents or forms referred to in the General Conditions, the
Supplementary General Conditions, the Specifications or required by the State Buildings
Program or the Principal Representative, including but not necessarily limited to PreAcceptance Check List (SBP-05) and the Building Inspection Record (SBP-BIR). A list of the
current standard State Buildings Program forms applicable to this Contract may be obtained
from the Principal Representative on request.
DEFINITIONS OF WORDS AND TERMS USED
1.
AGREEMENT. The term “Agreement” shall mean the written agreement entered into by the
State of Colorado acting by and through the Principal Representative and the Contractor for the
performance of the Work and payment therefore, on State Form SC-6.21. The term Agreement
when used without reference to State Form SC-6.21 may also refer to the entirety of the parties’
agreement to perform the Work described in the Contract Documents or reasonably inferable
there from. The term “Contract” shall be interchangeable with this latter meaning of the term
Agreement
2.
ARCHITECT/ENGINEER. The term “Architect/Engineer” shall mean either the architect of
record or the engineer of record under contract to the State of Colorado for the Project identified
in the Contract Documents.
Page 1 of 49
SC-6.23
Rev. 7/2015
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
CHANGE ORDER. The term “Change Order” means a written order directing the Contractor to
make changes in the Work, in accordance with Article 35A, The Value of Changed Work.
COLORADO LABOR. The term “Colorado labor”, as provided in C.R.S. § 8-17-101(2)(a), as
amended, means any person who is a resident of the state of Colorado, at the time of the public
Works project, without discrimination as to race, color, creed, sex, sexual orientation, marital
status, national origin, ancestry, age, or religion except when sex or age is a bona fide
occupational qualification. A resident of the state of Colorado is a person who can provide a
valid Colorado driver’s license, a valid Colorado state-issued photo identification, or
documentation that he or she has resided in Colorado for the last thirty days.
CONTRACTOR. The word “Contractor” shall mean the person, company, firm, corporation or
other legal entity entering into a contract with the State of Colorado acting by and through the
Principal Representative
DAYS. The term “days” whether singular or plural shall mean calendar days unless expressly
stated otherwise. Where the term “business days” is used it shall mean business days of the
State of Colorado.
DRAWINGS. The term “Drawings” shall mean all drawings approved by appropriate State
officials which have been prepared by the Architect/Engineer showing the Work to be done,
except that where a list of drawings is specifically enumerated in the Supplementary General
Conditions or division 1 of the Specifications, the term shall mean the drawings so enumerated,
including all addenda drawings.
EMERGENCY FIELD CHANGE ORDER. The term “Emergency Field Change Order” shall
mean a written change order for extra Work or a change in the Work necessitated by an
emergency as defined in Article 35C executed on State form SC 6.31 and identified as an
Emergency Field Change Order. The use of such orders is limited to emergencies and to the
amounts shown in Article 35C.
FINAL ACCEPTANCE. The terms “final acceptance” or “finally complete” mean the stage in the
progress of the Work, after substantial completion, when all remaining items of Work have been
completed, all requirements of the Contract Documents are satisfied and the Notice of
Acceptance can be issued. Discrete physical portions of the Project may be separately and
partially deemed finally complete at the discretion of the Principal Representative when that
portion of the Project reaches such stage of completion and a partial Notice of Acceptance can
be issued.
FIXED LIMIT OF CONSTRUCTION COST. The term “Fixed Limit of Construction Cost” shall set
forth a dollar amount available for the total Construction Cost of all elements of the Work as
specified by the Principal Representative.
NOTICE. The term “Notice” shall mean any communication in writing from either contracting
party to the other by such means of delivery that receipt cannot properly be denied. Notice shall
be provided to the person identified to receive it in Article 7.5 (Contractor’s Design/Bid/Build
Agreement SC-6.21), Notice Identification, or to such other person as either party identifies in
writing to receive Notice. Notice by facsimile transmission where proper transmission is
evidence shall be adequate where facsimile numbers are included in Article 7.5 (Contractor’s
Design/Bid/Build Agreement SC-6.21). Notwithstanding an email delivery or return receipt,
email Notice shall not be adequate. Acknowledgment of receipt of a voice message shall not be
deemed to waive the requirement that Notice, where required, shall be in writing.
OCCUPANCY. The term “Occupancy” means occupancy taken by the State as Owner after the
Date of Substantial Completion at a time when a building or other discrete physical portion of the
Project is used for the purpose intended. The Date of Occupancy shall be the date of such first
use, but shall not be prior to the date of execution of the Notice of Approval of Occupancy/Use.
Prior to the date of execution of a Notice of Approval of Occupancy/Use, the state shall have no
right to occupy and the project may not be considered safe for occupancy for the intended use.
Page 2 of 49
SC-6.23
Rev. 7/2015
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
OWNER. The term “Owner” shall mean the Principal Representative.
PRINCIPAL REPRESENTATIVE. The term “Principal Representative ” shall be defined, as
provided in § 24-30-1301(11), C.R.S., as the governing board of a state department, institution,
or agency; or if there is no governing board, then the executive head of a state department,
institution, or agency, as designated by the governor or the general assembly and as specifically
identified in the Contract Documents, or shall have such other meaning as the term may
otherwise be given in § 24-30-1301(11), C.R.S., as amended. The Principal Representative
may delegate authority. The Contractor shall have the right to inquire regarding the delegated
authority of any of the Principal Representative’s representatives on the project and shall be
provided with a response in writing when requested.
PRODUCT DATA. The term “Product Data ” shall mean all submittals in the form of printed
manufacturer’s literature, manufacturer’s specifications, and catalog cuts.
PROJECT. The "Project" is the total construction of which the Work performed under the
Contract Documents is a part, and may include construction by the Principal Representative or
by separate contractors.
REASONABLY INFERABLE. The phrase “reasonably inferable” means that if an item or system
is either shown or specified, all material and equipment normally furnished with such items or
systems and needed to make a complete installation shall be provided whether mentioned or
not, omitting only such parts as are specifically excepted, and shall include only components
which the Contractor could reasonably anticipate based on his or her skill and knowledge using
an objective, industry standard, not a subjective standard. This term takes into consideration
the normal understanding that not every detail is to be given on the Drawings and Specifications
If there is a difference of opinion, the Principal Representative shall make the determination as
to the standards of what reasonably inferable.
SAMPLES. The term “Samples” shall mean examples of materials or Work provided to
establish the standard by which the Work will be judged.
SBP. The term "SBP" means "State Buildings", which is used in connection with labeling
applicable State form documents (e.g., "SBP-01" is the form number for Notice of Approval of
Occupancy/Use).
SC. The term "SC" means "State Contract" which is used in connection with labeling applicable
State form documents (e.g. "SC 6.23" is the State form number for these General Conditions of
the Contractor’s Design/Bid/Build Agreement).
SCHEDULE OF VALUES. The term “Schedule of Values” is defined as the itemized listing of
description of the Work by Division and Section of the Specifications. The format shall be the
same as Form SC-7.2. Included shall be the material costs, and the labor and other costs plus
the sum of both.
SHOP DRAWINGS. The term “Shop Drawings” shall mean any and all detailed drawings
prepared and submitted by Contractor, Subcontractor at any tier, vendors or manufacturers
providing the products and equipment specified on the Drawings or called for in the
Specifications.
SPECIFICATIONS. The term “Specifications” shall mean the requirements of the CSI divisions
of the project manual prepared by the Architect/Engineer describing the Work to be
accomplished.
STATE BUILDINGS PROGRAM. Shall refer to the Office of the State Architect within the
Department of Personnel & Administration of Colorado State government responsible for project
administration, review, approval and coordination of plans, construction procurement policy,
contractual procedures, and code compliance and inspection of all buildings, public Works and
improvements erected for state purposes; except public roads and highways and projects under
the supervision of the division of wildlife and the division of parks and outdoor recreation as
provided in § 24-30-1301, et seq, C.R.S. The term State Buildings Program shall also mean
that individual within a State Department agency or institution, including institutions of higher
education, who has signed an agreement accepting delegation to perform all or part of the
responsibilities and functions of State Buildings Program.
SUBCONTRACTOR. The term “Subcontractor” shall mean a person, firm or corporation
supplying labor, materials, equipment and/or Services for Work at the site of the Project for, and
under separate contract or agreement with the Contractor.
Page 3 of 49
SC-6.23
Rev. 7/2015
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
SUBMITTALS. The term “submittals” means drawings, lists, tables, documents and samples
prepared by the Contractor to facilitate the progress of the Work as required by these General
Conditions or the Drawings and Specifications. They consist of Shop Drawings, Product Data,
Samples, and various administrative support documents including but not limited to lists of
subcontractors, construction progress schedules, schedules of values, applications for payment,
inspection and test results, requests for information, various document logs, and as-built
drawings. Submittals are required by the Contract Documents, but except to the extent
expressly specified otherwise are not themselves a part of the Contract Documents.
SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. The terms “substantial completion” or “substantially complete”
mean the stage in the progress of the Work when the construction is sufficiently complete, in
accordance with the Contract Documents as modified by any Change Orders, so that the Work,
or at the discretion of the Principal Representative, any designated portion thereof, is available
for its intended use by the Principal Representative and a Notice of Substantial Completion can
be issued. Portions of the Project may, at the discretion of the Principal Representative, be
designated as substantially complete.
SUPPLIER. The term "Supplier" shall mean any manufacturer, fabricator, distributor, material
man or vendor.
SURETY. The term “Surety” shall mean the company providing the labor and material payment
and performance bonds for the Contractor as obligor.
VALUE ENGINEERING. “Value Engineering” or “VE” is defined as an analysis and comparison
of cost versus value of building materials, equipment, and systems. VE considers the initial cost
of construction, coupled with the estimated cost of maintenance, energy use, life expectancy
and replacement cost. VE related to this Project shall include the analysis and comparison of
building elements in an effort to reduce overall Project costs, while maintaining or enhancing the
quality of the design intent, whenever possible.
WORK. The term “Work” shall mean all or part of the labor, materials, equipment, and other
services required by the Contract Documents or otherwise required to be provided by the
Contractor to meet the Contractor’s obligations under the Contract.
ARTICLE 2.
A.
EXECUTION, CORRELATION, INTENT OF DOCUMENTS, COMMUNICATION AND
COOPERATION
EXECUTION
The Contractor, within ten (10) days from the date of Notice of Award, will be required to:
1.
Execute the Agreement, State Form SC-6.21;
2.
Furnish fully executed Performance and Labor and Material Payment Bonds on State Form s
SC-6.22 and SC-6.221; and
3.
Furnish certificates of insurance evidencing all required insurance on standard Acord forms
designed for such purpose.
4.
Furnish certified copies of any insurance policies requested by the Principal Representative.
B.
CORRELATION
By execution of the Agreement the Contractor represents that the Contractor has visited the site, has
become familiar with local conditions and local requirements under which the Work is to be performed,
including the building code programs of the State Buildings Program as implemented by the Principal
Representative, and has correlated personal observations with the requirements of the Contract
Documents.
C.
INTENT OF DOCUMENTS
The Contract Documents are complementary, and what is called for by any one document shall be as
binding as if called for by all. The intention of the documents is to include all labor, materials,
equipment and transportation necessary for the proper execution of the Work. Words describing
materials or Work which have a well-known technical or trade meaning shall be held to refer to such
recognized standards.
In any event, if any error exists, or appears to exist, in the requirements of the Drawings or
Specifications, or if any disagreement exists as to such requirements, the Contractor shall have the
Page 4 of 49
SC-6.23
Rev. 7/2015
same explained or adjusted by the Architect/Engineer before proceeding with the Work in question. In
the event of the Contractor’s failure to give prior written Notice of any such errors or disagreements of
which the Contractor or the Subcontractors at any tier are aware, the Contractor shall, at no additional
cost to the Principal Representative, make good any damage to, or defect in, Work which is caused by
such omission.
Where a conflict occurs between or within standards, Specifications or Drawings, which is not resolved
by reference to the precedence between the Contract Documents, the more stringent or higher quality
requirements shall apply so long as such more stringent or higher quality requirements are reasonably
inferable. The Architect/Engineer shall decide which requirements will provide the best installation.
With the exception noted in the following paragraph, the precedence of the Contract Documents is in
the following sequence:
1.
2.
3.
4.
The Agreement (SC-6.21);
The Supplementary General Conditions, if any;
The General Conditions (SC-6.23); and
Drawings and Specifications, all as modified by any addenda.
Change Orders and Amendments, if any, to the Contract Documents take precedence over the
original Contract Documents.
Notwithstanding the foregoing order of precedence, the Special Provisions of Article 52 of the General
Conditions, Special Provisions, shall take precedence, rule and control over all other provisions of the
Contract Documents.
Unless the context otherwise requires, form numbers in this document are for convenience only. In
the event of any conflict between the form required by name or context and the form required by
number, the form required by name or context shall control. The Contractor may obtain State forms
from the Principal Representative upon request.
D.
PARTNERING, COMMUNICATIONS AND COOPERATION
In recognition of the fact that conflicts, disagreements and disputes often arise during the performance
of construction contracts, the Contractor and the Principal Representative aspire to encourage a
relationship of open communication and cooperation between the employees and personnel of both, in
which the objectives of the Contract may be better achieved and issues resolved in a more fully
informed atmosphere.
The Contractor and the Principal Representative each agree to assign an individual who shall be fully
authorized to negotiate and implement a voluntary partnering plan for the purpose of facilitating open
communications between them. Within thirty days (30) of the Notice to Proceed, the assigned
individuals shall meet to discuss development of an informal agreement to accomplish these goals.
The assigned individuals shall endeavor to reach an informal agreement, but shall have no such
obligation. Any plans these parties voluntarily agree to implement shall result in no change to the
contract amount, and no costs associated with such plan or its development shall be recoverable
under any contract clause. In addition, no plan developed to facilitate open communication and
cooperation shall alter, amend or waive any of the rights or duties of either party under the Contract
unless and except by written Amendment to the Contract, nor shall anything in this clause or any
subsequently developed partnering plan be deemed to create fiduciary duties between the parties
unless expressly agreed in a written Amendment to the Contract. It is also recognized that projects
with relatively low contract values may not justify the expense or special efforts required. In the case
of small projects with an initial Contract value under $500,000, the requirements of the preceding
paragraph shall not apply.
Page 5 of 49
SC-6.23
Rev. 7/2015
ARTICLE 3.
COPIES FURNISHED
The Contractor will be furnished, free of charge, the number of copies of Drawings and Specifications as
specified in the Contract Documents, or if no number is specified, all copies reasonably necessary for the
execution of the Work.
ARTICLE 4.
OWNERSHIP OF DRAWINGS
Drawings or Specifications, or copies of either, furnished by the Architect/Engineer, are not to be used on
any other Work. At the completion of the Work, at the written request of the Architect/Engineer, the
Contractor shall endeavor to return all Drawings and Specifications.
The Contractor may retain the Contractor’s Contract Document set, copies of Drawings and Specifications
used to contract with others for any portion of the Work and a marked up set of as-built drawings.
ARTICLE 5.
ARCHITECT/ENGINEER’S STATUS
The Architect/Engineer is the representative of the Principal Representative for purposes of administration of
the Contract, as provided in the Contract Documents and the Agreement. In case of termination of
employment or the death of the Architect/Engineer, the Principal Representative will appoint a capable
Architect/Engineer against whom the Contractor makes no reasonable objection, whose status under the
Contract shall be the same as that of the former Architect/Engineer.
ARTICLE 6.
ARCHITECT/ENGINEER DECISIONS AND JUDGMENTS, ACCESS TO WORK AND
INSPECTION
A.
DECISIONS
The Architect/Engineer shall, within a reasonable time, make decisions on all matters relating to the
execution and progress of the Work or the interpretation of the Contract Documents, and in the
exercise of due diligence shall be reasonably available to the Contractor to timely interpret and make
decisions with respect to questions relating to the design or concerning the Contract Documents.
B.
JUDGMENTS
The Architect/Engineer is, in the first instance, the judge of the performance required by the Contract
Documents as it relates to compliance with the Drawings and Specifications and quality of
Workmanship and materials.
The Architect/Engineer shall make judgments regarding whether directed Work is extra or outside the
scope of Work required by the Contract Documents at the time such direction is first given. If, in the
Contractor’s judgment, any performance directed by the Architect/Engineer is not required by the
Contract Documents or if the Architect/Engineer does not make the judgment required, it shall be a
condition precedent to the filing of any claim for additional cost related to such directed Work that the
Contractor, before performing such Work, shall first obtain in writing, the Architect/Engineer’s written
decision that such directed Work is included in the performance required by the Contract Documents.
If the Architect/Engineer’s direction to perform the Work does not state that the Work is within the
performance required by the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall, in writing, request the
Architect/Engineer to advise in writing whether the directed Work will be considered extra Work or
Work included in the performance required by the Contract Documents.
The Architect/Engineer shall respond to any such written request for such a decision within three (3)
business days and if no response is provided, or if the Architect/Engineer’s written decision is to the
effect that the Work is included in the performance required by the Contract Documents, the
Contractor may file with the Principal Representative and the Architect/Engineer a Notice of claim in
accordance with Article 36, Claims. Whether or not a Notice of claim is filed, the Contractor shall
proceed with the ordered Work. Disagreement with the decision of the Architect/Engineer shall not be
grounds for the Contractor to refuse to perform the Work directed or to suspend or terminate
performance.
Page 6 of 49
SC-6.23
Rev. 7/2015
C.
ACCESS TO WORK
The Architect/Engineer, the Principal Representative and representatives of State Buildings Program
shall at all times have access to the Work. The Contractor shall provide proper facilities for such
access and for their observations or inspection of the Work.
D.
INSPECTION
The Architect/Engineer has agreed to make, or that structural, mechanical, electrical engineers or
other consultants will make, periodic visits to the site to generally observe the progress and quality of
the Work to determine in general if the Work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract
Documents. Observation may extend to all or any part of the Work and to the preparation, fabrication
or manufacture of materials.
Without in any way meaning to be exclusive or to limit the responsibilities of the Architect/Engineer or
the Contractor, the Architect/Engineer has agreed to observe, among other aspects of the Work, the
following for compliance with the Contract Documents:
1.
2.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Compaction testing reports based upon the findings and recommendations of the Principal
Representative’s testing consultant;
Bearing surfaces of excavations before concrete is placed based upon the findings and
recommendations of the Principal Representative’s soils engineering consultant;
Reinforcing steel after installation and before concrete is poured;
Structural concrete;
Laboratory reports on all concrete testing based upon the findings and recommendations of the
Principal Representative’s testing consultant;
Structural steel during and after erection and prior to its being covered or enclosed;
Steel welding; Principal Representative will furnish steel welding inspection consultant/agency
if required or necessary for the project;
Mechanical and plumbing Work following its installation and prior to its being covered or
enclosed;
Electrical Work following its installation and prior to its being covered or enclosed; and
Any special or quality control testing required in the Contract Documents provided by the
Principal Representative’s testing consultant.
If the Specifications, the Architect/Engineer’s instructions, laws, ordinances of any public authority
require any Work to be specifically tested or approved, the Contractor shall give the Principal
Representative, Architect/Engineer and appropriate testing agency (if necessary) timely notice of its
readiness for observation by the Architect/Engineer or inspection by another authority, and if the
inspection is by another authority, of the date fixed for such inspection, required certificates of
inspection being secured by the Contractor. The Contractor shall give all required Notices to the
Principal Representative or his or her designee for inspections required for the building inspection
program. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to determine the Notice required by the State
pursuant to Building Inspection Record for the Project, according to State form SBP-B.I.R., or the
equivalent form required by the Principal Representative as approved by the State Buildings Program.
If any such Work is covered up without approval or consent of the Architect/Engineer or prior to any
building code inspection, it must, if required by the Architect/Engineer, the Principal Representative or
the State Buildings Program, be uncovered for examination, at the Contractor’s expense. If such Work
is found to be not in accordance with the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall pay such costs,
unless he or she shall show that the defect in the Work was caused by another contractor engaged by
the Principal Representative. In addition, examination of questioned Work may be ordered, and if so
ordered, the Work must be uncovered by the Contractor. If such Work be found in accordance with
the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall be reimbursed the cost of examination and replacement.
ARTICLE 7.
CONTRACTOR’S SUPERINTENDENCE AND SUPERVISION
The Contractor shall employ, and keep present (as applicable) on the Project during its progress, a
competent project manager as satisfactory to the Principal Representative. The project manager shall not
be changed except with the consent of the Principal Representative, unless the project manager proves to
Page 7 of 49
SC-6.23
Rev. 7/2015
be unsatisfactory to the Contractor and ceases to be in his or her employ. The project manager shall
represent the Contractor for the Project, and in the absence of the Contractor, all directions given to the
project manager shall be as binding as if given to the Contractor. Directions received by the project
manager shall be documented by the project manager and communicated in writing with the Contractor.
The Contractor shall employ, and keep present on the Project during its progress, a competent
superintendent and any necessary assistants, all satisfactory to the Architect/Engineer and the Principal
Representative. The superintendent shall not be changed except with the consent of the Architect/Engineer
and the Principal Representative, unless the superintendent proves to be unsatisfactory to the Project
Manager/Contractor and ceases to be in his or her employ. The superintendent shall represent the Project
Manager/Contractor in his or her absence and all directions given to the superintendent shall be as binding
as if given to the Project Manager/Contractor. Directions received by the superintendent shall be
documented by the superintendent and confirmed in writing with the Project Manager/Contractor.
The Contractor shall give efficient supervision to the Work, using his or her best skill and attention. He or she
shall carefully study and compare all Drawings, Specifications and other written instructions and shall
without delay report any error, inconsistency or omission which he or she may discover in writing to the
Architect/Engineer. The Contractor shall not be liable to the Principal Representative for damage to the
extent it results from errors or deficiencies in the Contract Documents or other instructions by the
Architect/Engineer, unless the Contractor knew or had reason to know, that damage would result by
proceeding and the Contractor fails to so advise the Architect/Engineer.
The superintendent shall see that the Work is carried out in accordance with the Contract Documents and in
a uniform, thorough and first-class manner in every respect. The Contractor’s superintendent shall establish
all lines, levels, and marks necessary to facilitate the operations of all concerned in the Contractor’s Work.
The Contractor shall lay out all Work in a manner satisfactory to the Architect/Engineer, making permanent
records of all lines and levels required for excavation, grading, foundations, and for all other parts of the
Work.
ARTICLE 8.
MATERIALS AND EMPLOYEES
Unless otherwise stipulated, the Contractor shall provide and pay for all materials, labor, water, tools,
equipment, light, power, transportation and other facilities necessary for the execution and completion of the
Work.
Unless otherwise specified, all materials shall be new and both workmanship and materials shall be first
class and of uniform quality. The Contractor shall, if required, furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind
and quality of materials.
The Contractor is fully responsible for all acts and omissions of the Contractor’s employees and shall at all
times enforce strict discipline and good order among employees on the site. The Contractor shall not
employ on the Work any person reasonably deemed unfit by the Principal Representative or anyone not
skilled in the Work assigned to him.
ARTICLE 9.
SURVEYS, PERMITS, LAWS, TAXES AND REGULATIONS
A.
SURVEYS
The Principal Representative shall furnish all surveys, property lines and bench marks deemed
necessary by the Architect/Engineer, unless otherwise specified.
B.
PERMITS AND LICENSES
Permits and licenses necessary for the prosecution of the Work shall be secured and paid for by the
Contractor. Unless otherwise specified in the Specifications, no local municipal or county building
permit shall be required. However, State Buildings Program requires each Principal Representative to
administer a building code inspection program, the implementation of which may vary at each agency
or institution of the State. The Contractors’ employees shall become personally familiar with these
local conditions and requirements and shall fully comply with such requirements. State electrical and
Page 8 of 49
SC-6.23
Rev. 7/2015
plumbing permits are required, unless the requirement to obtain such permits is altered by State
Building’s Programs. The Contractor shall obtain and pay for such permits.
Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing facilities shall be secured and
paid for by the Principal Representative, unless otherwise specified.
C.
TAXES
1.
Refund of Sales and Use Taxes
The Contractor shall pay all local taxes required to be paid, including but not necessarily limited
to all sales and use taxes. If requested by the Principal Representative prior to issuance of the
Notice to Proceed or directed in the Supplementary General Conditions or the Specifications,
the Contractor shall maintain records of such payments in respect to the Work, which shall be
separate and distinct from all other records maintained by the Contractor, and the Contractor
shall furnish such data as may be necessary to enable the State of Colorado, acting by and
through the Principal Representative, to obtain any refunds of such taxes which may be
available under the laws, ordinances, rules or regulations applicable to such taxes. When so
requested or directed, the Contractor shall require Subcontractors at all tiers to pay all local
sales and use taxes required to be paid and to maintain records and furnish the Contractor with
such data as may be necessary to obtain refunds of the taxes paid by such Subcontractors. No
State sales and use taxes are to be paid on material to be used in this Project. On application
by the purchaser or seller, the Department of Revenue shall issue to a Contractor or to a
Subcontractor at any tier, a certificate or certificates of exemption per § 39-26-114(1)(d),
C.R.S., and § 39-26-203, C.R.S.
2.
D.
Federal Taxes
The Contractor shall exclude the amount of any applicable federal excise or manufacturers’
taxes from the proposal. The Principal Representative will furnish the Contractor, on request
exemption certificates.
LAWS AND REGULATIONS
The Contractor shall give all notices and comply with all laws, ordinances, rules and regulations
bearing on the conduct of the Work as drawn or specified. If the Contractor observes that the
Drawings or Specifications require Work which is at variance therewith, the Contractor shall without
delay notify the Architect/Engineer in writing and any necessary changes shall be adjusted as
provided in Article 35, Changes In The Work.
The Contractor shall bear all costs arising from the performance of Work required by the Drawings or
Specifications that the Contractor knows to be contrary to such laws, ordinances, rules or regulations,
if such Work is performed without giving Notice to the Architect/Engineer.
ARTICLE 10.
PROTECTION OF WORK AND PROPERTY
A.
GENERAL PROVISIONS
The Contractor shall continuously maintain adequate protection of all Work and materials, protect the
property from injury or loss arising in connection with this Contract and adequately protect adjacent
property as provided by law and the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall make good any
damage, injury or loss, except to the extent:
1.
2.
3.
B.
Directly due to errors in the Contract Documents;
Caused by agents or employees of the Principal Representative; and,
Due to causes beyond the Contractor’s control and not to fault or negligence; provided such
damage, injury or loss would not be covered by the insurance required to be carried by the
Contractor;
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
The Contractor shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of employees on the Project, and
shall comply with all applicable provisions of federal, State and municipal safety laws and building
Page 9 of 49
SC-6.23
Rev. 7/2015
codes to prevent accidents or injury to persons on, about or adjacent to the premises where the Work
is being performed. He or she shall erect and properly maintain at all times, as required by the
conditions and progress of the Work, all necessary safeguards for the protection of Workers and the
public and shall post danger signs warning against the hazards created by such features of
construction as protruding nails, hoists, well holes, elevator hatchways, scaffolding, window openings,
stairways and falling materials; and he or she shall designate a responsible member of his or her
organization on the Project, whose duty shall be the prevention of accidents. The name and position
of any person so designated shall be reported to the Architect/Engineer by the Contractor.
The Contractor shall provide all necessary bracing, shoring and tying of all structures, decks and
framing to prevent any structural failure of any material which could result in damage to property or the
injury or death of persons; take all precautions to insure that no part of any structure of any description
is loaded beyond its carrying capacity with anything that will endanger its safety at any time during the
execution of this Contract; and provide for the adequacy and safety of all scaffolding and hoisting
equipment. The Contractor shall not permit open fires within the building enclosure. The Contractor
shall construct and maintain all necessary temporary drainage and do all pumping necessary to keep
excavations and floors, pits and trenches free of water. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for
all construction means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures, and for coordinating all
portions of the Work, except as otherwise noted.
The Contractor shall take due precautions when obstructing sidewalks, streets or other public ways in
any manner, and shall provide, erect and maintain barricades, temporary walkways, roadways, trench
covers, colored lights or danger signals and any other devices necessary or required to assure the
safe passage of pedestrians and automobiles.
C.
EMERGENCIES
In an emergency affecting the safety of life or of the Work or of adjoining property, the Contractor
without special instruction or authorization from the Architect/Engineer or Principal Representative, is
hereby permitted to act, at his or her discretion, to prevent such threatened loss or injury; and he or
she shall so act, without appeal, if so authorized or instructed. Provided the Contractor has no
responsibilities for the emergency, if the Contractor incurs additional cost not otherwise recoverable
from insurance or others on account of any such emergency Work, the Contract sum shall be
equitably adjusted in accordance with Article 35, Changes In The Work.
ARTICLE 11.
DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ON THE WORK
The Contractor shall keep on the job site one copy of the Contract Documents in good order, including
current copies of all Drawings and Specifications for the Work, and any approved Shop Drawings, Product
Data or Samples, and as-built drawings. As-built drawings shall be updated weekly by the Contractor and
Subcontractors to reflect actual constructed conditions including dimensioned locations of underground
Work and the Contractor's failure to maintain such updates may be grounds to withhold portions of
payments otherwise due in accordance with Article 33, Payments Withheld. All such documents shall be
available to the Architect/Engineer and representatives of the State. In addition, the Contractor shall keep
on the job site one copy of all approved addenda, Change Orders and requests for information issued for the
Work.
The Contractor shall develop procedures to insure the currency and accuracy of as-built drawings and shall
maintain on a current basis a log of requests for information and responses thereto, a Shop Drawing and
Product Data submittal log, and a Sample submittal log to record the status of all necessary and required
submittals.
ARTICLE 12.
REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION AND SCHEDULES
A.
REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION
The Architect/Engineer shall furnish additional instructions with reasonable promptness, by means of
drawings or otherwise, necessary for the proper execution of the Work. All such drawings and
instructions shall be consistent with the Contract Documents and reasonably inferable there from. The
Page 10 of 49
SC-6.23
Rev. 7/2015
Architect/Engineer shall determine what additional instructions or drawings are necessary for the
proper execution of the Work.
The Work shall be executed in conformity with such instructions and the Contractor shall do no Work
without proper drawings, specifications or instructions.
If the Contractor believes additional
instructions, specifications or drawings are needed for the performance of any portion of the Work, the
Contractor shall give Notice of such need in writing through a request for information furnished to the
Architect/Engineer sufficiently in advance of the need for such additional instructions, specifications or
drawings to avoid delay and to allow the Architect/Engineer a reasonable time to respond. The
Contractor shall maintain a log of the requests for information and the responses provided.
B.
SCHEDULES
1.
Submittal Schedules
Prior to filing the Contractor ’s first application for payment, a schedule shall be prepared which
may be preliminary to the extent required, fixing the dates for the submission and initial review
of required Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples for the beginning of manufacture and
installation of materials, and for the completion of the various parts of the Work. It shall be
prepared so as to cause no delay in the Work or in the Work of any other contractor. The
schedule shall be subject to change from time to time in accordance with the progress of the
Work, and it shall be subject to the review and approval by the Architect/Engineer. It shall fix
the dates at which the various Shop Drawings Product Data and Samples will be required from
the Architect/Engineer. The Architect/Engineer, after review and agreement as to the time
provided for initial review, shall review and comment on the Shop Drawings, Product Data and
Samples in accordance with that schedule. The schedule shall be finalized, prepared and
submitted with respect to each of the elements of the Work in time to avoid delay, considering
reasonable periods for review, manufacture or installation.
At the time the schedule is prepared, the Contractor, the Architect/Engineer and Principal
Representative shall jointly identify the Shop Drawing, Product Data and Samples, if any, which
the Principal Representative shall receive simultaneously with the Architect/Engineer for the
purposes of owner coordination with existing facility standards and systems. The Contractor
shall furnish a copy for the Principal Representative when so requested. Transmittal of Shop
Drawings and Product Data copies to the Principal Representative shall be solely for the
convenience of the Principal Representative and shall neither create nor imply responsibility or
duty of review by the Principal Representative.
The Contractor may also, or at the direction of the Principal Representative at any time shall,
prepare and maintain a schedule, which may also be preliminary and subject to change to the
extent required, fixing the dates for the initial responses to requests for information or for detail
drawings which will be required from the Architect/Engineer to allow the beginning of
manufacture, installation of materials and for the completion of the various parts of the Work.
The schedule shall be subject to review and approval by the Architect/Engineer. The
Architect/Engineer shall, after review and agreement, furnish responses and detail drawings in
accordance with that schedule. Any such schedule shall be prepared and approved in time to
avoid delay, considering reasonable periods for review, manufacture or installation, but so long
as the request for information schedule is being maintained, it shall not be deemed to transfer
responsibility to the Contractor for errors or omissions in the Contract Documents where
circumstances make timely review and performance impossible.
The Architect/Engineer shall not unreasonably withhold approval of the Contractor’s schedules
and shall inform the Contractor and the Principal Representative of the basis of any refusal to
agree to the Contractor’s schedules. The Principal Representative shall attempt to resolve any
disagreements.
Page 11 of 49
SC-6.23
Rev. 7/2015
2.
Schedule of Values
Within twenty-one (21) calendar days after the date of the Notice to Proceed, the Contractor
shall submit to the Architect/Engineer and Principal Representative, for approval, and to the
State Buildings Program when specifically requested, a complete itemized schedule of the
values of the various parts of the Work, as estimated by the Contractor, aggregating the total
price. The schedule of values shall be in such detail as the Architect/Engineer or the Principal
Representative shall require, prepared on forms acceptable to the Principal Representative. It
shall, at a minimum, identify on a separate line each division of the Specifications including the
general conditions costs to be charged to the Project. The Contractor shall revise and resubmit
the schedule of values for approval when, in the opinion of the Architect/Engineer or the
Principal Representative, such resubmittal is required due to changes or modifications to the
Contract Documents or the Contract sum.
The total cost of each line item so separately identified shall, when requested by the
Architect/Engineer or the Principal Representative, be broken down into reasonable estimates
of the value of:
a.
Material, which shall include the cost of material actually built into the Project plus any
local sales or use tax paid thereon; and,
b.
Labor and other costs.
The cost of subcontracts shall be incorporated in the Contractor’s schedule of values, and
when requested by the Architect/Engineer or the Principal Representative, shall be separately
shown as line items.
The Architect/Engineer shall review the proposed schedules and approve it after consultation
with the Principal Representative, or advise the Contractor of any required revisions within ten
(10) days of its receipt. In the event no action is taken on the submittal within ten days, the
Contractor may utilize the schedule of values as its submittal for payment until it is approved or
until revisions are requested.
When the Architect/Engineer deems it appropriate to facilitate certification of the amounts due
to the Contractor, further breakdown of subcontracts, including breakdown by labor and
materials, may be directed.
This schedule of values, when approved, will be used in preparing Contractor’s applications for
payment on State Form SC-7.2, Application for Payment.
3.
Construction Schedules
Within twenty-one (21) calendar days after the date of the Notice to Proceed, the Contractor
shall submit to the Architect/Engineer and the Principal Representative, and to the State
Buildings Program when specifically requested, on a form acceptable to them, an overall
timetable of the construction schedule for the Project. Unless the Supplementary General
Conditions or the Specifications allow scheduling with bar charts or other less sophisticated
scheduling tools, the Contractor’s schedule shall be a critical-path method (CPM) construction
schedule. The CPM schedule shall start with the date of the Notice to Proceed and include
submittals activities, the various construction activities, change order Work (when applicable),
close-out, testing, demonstration of equipment operation when called for in the Specifications,
and acceptance. The CPM schedule shall at a minimum correlate to the schedule of values
line items and shall be cost loaded if requested by the Architect/Engineer or Principal
Representative. The completion time shall be the time specified in the Agreement and all
Project scheduling shall allocate float utilizing the full period available for construction as
specified in the Agreement on State Form SC 6.13, without indication of early completion,
unless such earlier completion is approved in writing by the Principal Representative and State
Building Programs.
Page 12 of 49
SC-6.23
Rev. 7/2015
The time shown between the starting and completion dates of the various elements within the
construction schedule shall represent one hundred per cent (100%) completion of each
element.
All other elements of the CPM schedule shall be as required by the Specifications. In addition,
the Contractor shall submit monthly updates or more frequently, if required by the Principal
Representative, updates of the construction schedule. These updates shall reflect the
Contractor’s “Work in place” progress.
When requested by the Architect/Engineer, the Principal Representative or the State Buildings
Program, the Contractor shall revise the construction schedule to reflect changes in the
schedule of values.
When the testing of materials is required by the Specifications, the Contractor shall also
prepare and submit to the Architect/Engineer and the Principal Representative a schedule for
testing in accordance with Article 14, Samples and Testing.
ARTICLE 13.
SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES
A.
SUBMITTAL PROCESS
The Contractor shall check and field verify all dimensions. The Contractor shall check, approve and
submit to the Architect/Engineer in accordance with the schedule described in Article 12, Requests for
Information and Schedules, all Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples required by the
specifications or required by the Contractor for the Work of the various trades. All Drawings and
Product Data shall contain identifying nomenclature and each submittal shall be accompanied by a
letter of transmittal identifying in detail all enclosures. The number of copies of Shop Drawings and
Product Data to be submitted shall be as specified in the Specifications and if no number is specified
then three copies shall be submitted.
The Architect/Engineer shall review and comment on the Shop Drawings and Product Data within the
time provided in the agreed upon schedule for conformance with information given and the design
concept expressed in, or reasonably inferred from, the Contract Documents. The nature of all
corrections to be made to the Shop Drawings and Product Data, if any, shall be clearly noted, and the
submittals shall be returned to the Contractor for such corrections. If a change in the scope of the
Work is intended by revisions requested to any Shop Drawings and Product Data, the Contractor shall
be requested to prepare a change proposal in accordance with Article 35, Changes In The Work. On
resubmitted Shop Drawings, Product Data or Samples, the Contractor shall direct specific attention in
writing on the transmittal cover to revisions other than those corrections requested by the
Architect/Engineer on any previously checked submittal. The Architect/Engineer shall promptly review
and comment on, and return, the resubmitted items.
The Contractor shall thereafter furnish such other copies in the form approved by the
Architect/Engineer as may be needed for the prosecution of the Work.
B.
FABRICATION AND ORDERING
Fabrication shall be started by the Contractor only after receiving approved Shop Drawings from the
Architect/Engineer. Materials shall be ordered in accordance with approved Product Data. Work
which is improperly fabricated, whether through incorrect Shop Drawings, faulty workmanship or
materials, will not be acceptable.
Page 13 of 49
SC-6.23
Rev. 7/2015
C.
DEVIATIONS FROM DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS
The review and comments of the Architect/Engineer of Shop Drawings, Product Data or Samples shall
not relieve the Contractor from responsibility for deviations from the Drawings or Specifications, unless
he or she has in writing called the attention of the Architect/Engineer to such deviations at the time of
submission, nor shall it relieve the Contractor from responsibility for errors of any sort in Shop
Drawings or Product Data. Review and comments on Shop Drawings or Product Data containing
identified deviations from the Contract Documents shall not be the basis for a Change Order or a claim
based on a change in the scope of the Work unless Notice is given to the Architect/Engineer and
Principal Representative of all additional costs, time and other impacts of the identified deviation by
bring it to their attention in writing at the time the submittals are made, and any subsequent change in
the Contract sum or the Contract time shall be limited to cost, time and impacts so identified.
D.
CONTRACTOR REPRESENTATIONS
By preparing, approving, and/or submitting Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples, the Contractor
represents that the Contractor has determined and verified all materials, field measurements, and field
construction criteria related thereto, and has checked and co-ordinated the information contained
within each submittal with the requirements of the Work, the Project and the Contract Documents and
prior reviews and approvals.
ARTICLE 14.
SAMPLES AND TESTING
A.
SAMPLES
The Contractor shall furnish for approval, with such promptness as to cause no delay in his or her
Work or in that of any other Contractor, all Samples as directed by the Architect/Engineer. The
Architect/Engineer shall check and approve such Samples, with reasonable promptness, but only for
conformance with the design intent of the Contract Documents and the Project, and for compliance
with any submission requirements given in the Contract Documents.
B.
TESTING - GENERAL
The Contractor shall provide such equipment and facilities as the Architect/Engineer may require for
conducting field tests and for collecting and forwarding samples to be tested. Samples themselves
shall not be incorporated into the Work after approval without the permission of the Architect/Engineer.
All materials or equipment proposed to be used may be tested at any time during their preparation or
use. The Contractor shall furnish the required samples without charge and shall give sufficient Notice
of the placing of orders to permit the testing thereof. Products may be sampled either prior to
shipment or after being received at the site of the Work.
Tests shall be made by an accredited testing laboratory. Except as otherwise provided in the
Specifications, sampling and testing of all materials, and the laboratory methods and testing
equipment, shall be in accordance with the latest standards and tentative methods of the American
Society of Testing Materials (ASTM). The cost of testing which is in addition to the requirements of
the Specifications shall be paid by the Contractor if so directed by the Architect/Engineer, and the
Contract sum shall be adjusted accordingly by Change Order ; provided however, that whenever
testing shows portions of the Work to be deficient, all costs of testing including that required to verify
the adequacy of repair or replacement Work shall be the responsibility of the Contractor.
C.
TESTING - CONCRETE AND SOILS
Unless otherwise specified or provided elsewhere in the Contract Documents, the Principal
Representative will contract for and pay for the testing of concrete and for soils compaction testing
through an independent laboratory or laboratories selected and approved by the Principal
Representative. The Contractor shall assume the responsibility of arranging, scheduling and
coordinating the concrete sample collection efforts and soils compaction efforts in an efficient and cost
effective manner.
Testing shall be performed in accordance with the requirements of the
Specifications, and if no requirements are specified, the Contractor shall request instructions and
testing shall be as directed by the Architect/Engineer or the soils engineer, as applicable, and in
accordance with standard industry practices.
Page 14 of 49
SC-6.23
Rev. 7/2015
The Principal Representative and the Architect/Engineer shall be given reasonable advance notice of
each concrete pour and reserve the right to either increase or decrease the number of cylinders or the
frequency of tests.
Soil compaction testing shall be at random locations selected by the soils engineer. In general, soils
compaction testing shall be as directed by the soils engineer and shall include all substrate prior to
backfill or construction.
D.
TESTING - OTHER
Additional testing required by the Specifications will be accomplished and paid for by the Principal
Representative in a manner similar to that for concrete and soils unless noted otherwise in the
Specifications. In any case, the Contractor will be responsible for arranging, scheduling and
coordinating additional tests. Where the additional testing will be contracted and paid for by the
Principal Representative the Contractor shall give the Principal Representative not less than one
month advance written Notice of the date the first such test will be required.
ARTICLE 15.
SUBCONTRACTS
A.
CONTRACT PERFORMANCE OUTSIDE OF THE UNITED STATES OR COLORADO
After the contract is awarded, Contractor is required to provide written notice to the Principal
Representative no later than twenty (20) days after deciding to perform services under this contract
outside the United States or Colorado or to subcontract services under this contract to a subcontractor
that will perform such services outside the United States or Colorado. The written notification must
include, but need not be limited to, a statement of the type of services that will be performed at a
location outside the United States or Colorado and the reason why it is necessary or advantageous to
go outside the United States or Colorado to perform the services. All notices received by the State
pursuant to outsourced services shall be posted on the Colorado Department of Personnel &
Administration’s website. If Contractor knowingly fails to notify the Principal Representative of any
outsourced services as specified herein, the Principal Representative, at its discretion, may terminate
this contract as provided in C.R.S. § 24-102-206 (4). (Does not apply to any project that receives
federal moneys)
B.
SUBCONTRACTOR LIST
Prior to the Notice to Proceed to commence construction, the Contractor shall submit to the
Architect/Engineer, the Principal Representative and State Buildings Program a preliminary list of
Subcontractors. It shall be as complete as possible at the time, showing all known Subcontractors
planned for the Work. The list shall be supplemented as other Subcontractors are determined by the
Contractor and any such supplemental list shall be submitted to the Architect/Engineer, the Principal
Representative and State Buildings Program not less than ten (10) days before the Subcontractor
commences Work.
C.
SUBCONTRACTOR SUBSTITUTIONS
The Contractor’s list shall include those Subcontractors, if any, which the Contractor indicated in its
bid, would be employed for specific portions of the Work if such indication was requested in the bid
documents issued by the State. The substitution of any Subcontractor listed in the Contractor’s bid
shall be justified in writing not less than ten (10) days after the date of the Notice to Proceed to
commence construction, and shall be subject to the approval of the Principal Representative. For
reasons such as the Subcontractor’s refusal to perform as agreed, subsequent unavailability or later
discovered bid errors, or other similar reasons, but not including the availability of a lower Subcontract
price, such substitution may be approved. The Contractor shall bear any additional cost incurred by
such substitutions.
D.
CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE FOR SUBCONTRACTORS
The Contractor shall not employ any Subcontractor that the Architect/Engineer, within ten (10) days
after the date of receipt of the Contractor’s list of Subcontractors or any supplemental list, objects to in
writing as being unacceptable to either the Architect/Engineer, the Principal Representative or State
Buildings Program. If a Subcontractor is deemed unacceptable, the Contractor shall propose a
Page 15 of 49
SC-6.23
Rev. 7/2015
substitute Subcontractor and the Contract sum shall be adjusted by any demonstrated difference
between the Subcontractor’s bids, except where the Subcontractor has been debarred by the State or
fails to meet qualifications of the Contract Documents to perform the Work proposed.
The Contractor shall be fully responsible to the Principal Representative for the acts and omissions of
Subcontractors and of persons either directly or indirectly employed by them. All instructions or orders
in respect to Work to be done by Subcontractors shall be given to the Contractor.
ARTICLE 16.
RELATIONS OF CONTRACTOR AND SUBCONTRACTOR
The Contractor agrees to bind each Subcontractor to the terms of these General Conditions and to the
requirements of the Drawings and Specifications, and any Addenda thereto, and also all the other Contract
Documents, so far as applicable to the Work of such Subcontractor. The Contractor further agrees to bind
each Subcontractor to those terms of the General Conditions which expressly require that Subcontractors
also be bound, including without limitation, requirements that Subcontractors waive all rights of subrogation,
provide adequate general commercial liability and property insurance, automobile insurance and workers’
compensation insurance as provided in Article 25, Insurance.
Nothing contained in the Contract Documents shall be deemed to create any contractual relationship
whatsoever between any Subcontractor and the State of Colorado acting by and through its Principal
Representative.
ARTICLE 17.
MUTUAL RESPONSIBILITY OF CONTRACTORS
Should the Contractor cause damage to any separate contractor on the Work, the Contractor agrees, upon
due Notice, to settle with such contractor by agreement, if he or she will so settle. If such separate
contractor sues the Principal Representative on account of any damage alleged to have been so sustained,
the Principal Representative shall notify the Contractor, who shall defend such proceedings if requested to
do so by Principal Representative. If any judgment against the Principal Representative arises there from,
the Contractor shall pay or satisfy it and pay all costs and reasonable attorney fees incurred by the Principal
Representative, in accordance with Article 52C, Indemnification, provided the Contractor was given due
Notice of an opportunity to settle.
ARTICLE 18.
SEPARATE CONTRACTS
The Principal Representative reserves the right to enter into other contracts in connection with the Project or
the Contract. The Contractor shall afford other contractors reasonable opportunity for the introduction and
storage of their materials and the execution of their Work, and shall properly connect and coordinate his or
her Work with theirs. If any part of the Contractor’s Work depends, for proper execution or results, upon the
Work of any other contractor, the Contractor shall inspect and promptly report to the Architect/Engineer any
defects in such Work that render it unsuitable for such proper execution and results. Failure of the
Contractor to so inspect and report shall constitute an acceptance of the other contractor's Work as fit and
proper for the reception of Work, except as to defects which may develop in the other Contractor’s Work
after the execution of the Contractor's Work.
To insure the proper execution of subsequent Work, the Contractor shall measure Work already in place and
shall at once report to the Architect/Engineer any discrepancy between the executed Work and the
Drawings.
ARTICLE 19.
USE OF PREMISES
The Contractor shall confine apparatus, the storage of materials and the operations of workmen to limits
indicated by law, ordinances, permits and any limits lines shown on the Drawings. The Contractor shall not
unreasonably encumber the premises with materials.
The Contractor shall enforce all of the Architect/Engineer’s instructions and prohibitions regarding, without
limitation, such matters as signs, advertisements, fires and smoking.
Page 16 of 49
SC-6.23
Rev. 7/2015
ARTICLE 20.
CUTTING, FITTING OR PATCHING
The Contractor shall do all cutting, fitting or patching of Work that may be required to make its several parts
come together properly and fit it to receive or be received by Work of other Contractors shown upon, or
reasonably inferred from, the Drawings and Specifications for the complete structure, and shall provide for
such finishes to patched or fitted Work as the Architect/Engineer may direct. The Contractor shall not
endanger any Work by cutting, excavating or otherwise altering the Work and shall not cut or alter the Work
of any other Contractor save with the consent of the Architect/Engineer.
ARTICLE 21.
UTILITIES
A.
TEMPORARY UTILITIES
Unless otherwise specifically stated in the Specifications or on the Drawings, the Principal
Representative shall be responsible for the locations of all utilities as shown on the Drawings or
indicated elsewhere in the Specifications, subject to the Contractor's compliance with all statutory or
regulatory requirements to call for utility locates. When actual conditions deviate from those shown
the Contractor shall comply with the requirements of Article 37, Differing Site Conditions. The
Contractor shall provide and pay for the installation of all temporary utilities required to supply all the
power, light and water needed by him and other Contractors for their Work and shall install and
maintain all such utilities in such manner as to protect the public and Workmen and conform with any
applicable laws and regulations. Upon completion of the Work, he or she shall remove all such
temporary utilities from the site. The Contractor shall pay for all consumption of power, light and water
used by him or her and the other Contractors, without regard to whether such items are metered by
temporary or permanent meters. The Superintendent shall have full authority over all trades and
Subcontractors at any tier to prevent waste. The cut-off date on permanent meters shall be either the
agreed date of the date of the Notice of Substantial Completion or the Notice of Approval of
Occupancy/Use of the Project.
B.
PROTECTION OF EXISTING UTILITIES
Where existing utilities, such as water mains, sanitary sewers, storm sewers and electrical conduits,
are shown on the Drawings, the Contractor shall be responsible for the protection thereof, without
regard to whether any such utilities are to be relocated or removed as a part of the Work. If any
utilities are to be moved, the moving must be conducted in such manner as not to cause undue
interruption or delay in the operation of the same.
C.
CROSSING OF UTILITIES
When new construction crosses highways, railroads, streets, or utilities under the jurisdiction of State,
city or other public agency, public utility or private entity, the Contractor shall secure proper written
permission before executing such new construction. The Contractor will be required to furnish a
proper release before final acceptance of the Work.
ARTICLE 22.
UNSUITABLE CONDITIONS
The Contractor shall not Work at any time, or permit any Work to be done, under any conditions contrary to
those recommended by manufacturers or industry standards which are otherwise proper, unsuited for proper
execution, safety and performance. Any cost caused by ill-timed Work shall be borne by the Contractor
unless the timing of such Work shall have been directed by the Architect/Engineer or the Principal
Representative, after the award of the Contract, and the Contractor provided Notice of any additional cost.
ARTICLE 23.
TEMPORARY FACILITIES
A.
OFFICE FACILITIES
The Contractor shall provide and maintain without additional expense for the duration of the Project
temporary office facilities, as required and as specified, for its own use and the use of the
Architect/Engineer, representatives of the Principal Representative and State Buildings Program.
B.
TEMPORARY HEAT
The Contractor shall furnish and pay for all the labor, facilities, equipment, fuel and power necessary
to supply temporary heating, ventilating and air conditioning, except to the extent otherwise specified,
Page 17 of 49
SC-6.23
Rev. 7/2015
and shall be responsible for the installation, operation, maintenance and removal of such facilities and
equipment. Unless otherwise specified, the permanent HVAC system shall not be used for temporary
heat in whole or in part. If the Contractor desires to put the permanent system into use, in whole or in
part, the Contractor shall set it into operation and furnish the necessary fuel and manpower to safely
operate, protect and maintain that HVAC system. Any operation of all or any part of the permanent
HVAC system including operation for testing purposes shall not constitute acceptance of the system,
nor shall it relieve the Contractor of his or her one-year guarantee of the system from the date of the
Notice of Substantial Completion of the entire Project, and if necessary due to prior operation, the
Contractor shall provide manufacturers’ extended warranties from the date of the Contractor’s use
prior to the date of the Notice of Substantial Completion.
C.
WEATHER PROTECTION
The Contractor shall, at all times, provide protection against weather, so as to maintain all Work,
materials, apparatus and fixtures free from injury or damages.
D.
DUST PARTITIONS
If the Work involves Work in an occupied existing building, the Contractor shall erect and maintain
during the progress of the Work, suitable dust-proof temporary partitions, or more permanent partitions
as specified, to protect such building and the occupants thereof.
E.
BENCH MARKS
The Contractor shall maintain any site bench marks provided by the Principal Representative and shall
establish any additional benchmarks specified by the Architect/Engineer as necessary for the
Contractor to layout the Work and ascertain all grades and levels as needed.
F.
SIGN
The Contractor shall erect and permit one 4’ x 8’ sign only at the site to identify the Project as
specified or directed by the Architect/Engineer which shall be maintained in good condition during the
life of the Project.
G.
SANITARY PROVISION
The Contractor shall provide and maintain suitable, clean, temporary sanitary toilet facilities for any
and all workmen engaged on the Work, for the entire construction period, in strict compliance with the
requirement of all applicable codes, regulations, laws and ordinances, and no other facilities, new or
existing, may be used by any person on the Project. When the Project is complete the Contractor
shall promptly remove them from the site, disinfect, and clean or treat the areas as required. If any
new construction surfaces in the Project other than the toilet facilities provided for herein are soiled at
any time, the entire areas so soiled shall be completely removed from the Project and rebuilt. In no
event may present toilet facilities of any existing building at the site of the Work be used by employees
of any contractor.
ARTICLE 24.
CLEANING UP
The Contractor shall keep the building and premises free from all surplus material, waste material, dirt and
rubbish caused by employees or Work, and at the completion of the Work shall remove all such surplus
material, waste material, dirt, and rubbish, as well as all tools, equipment and scaffolding, and shall wash
and clean all window glass and plumbing fixtures, perform cleanup and cleaning required by the
Specifications and leave all of the Work clean unless more exact requirements are specified.
ARTICLE 25.
INSURANCE
A.
GENERAL
The Contractor shall procure and maintain all insurance requirements and limits as set forth below, at
his or her own expense, for the length of time set forth in Contract requirements. The Contractor shall
continue to provide evidence of such coverage to State of Colorado on an annual basis during the
aforementioned period including all of the terms of the insurance and indemnification requirements of
this agreement. All below insurance policies shall include a provision preventing cancellation without
thirty (30) days’ prior notice by certified mail. A completed Certificate of Insurance shall be filed with
Page 18 of 49
SC-6.23
Rev. 7/2015
the Principal Representative and State Buildings Program within ten (10) days after the date of the
Notice of Award, said Certificate to specifically state the inclusion of the coverages and provisions set
forth herein and shall state whether the coverage is “claims made” or “per occurrence”.
B.
COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE (CGL)
This insurance must protect the Contractor from all claims for bodily injury, including death and all
claims for destruction of or damage to property (other than the Work itself), arising out of or in
connection with any operations under this Contract, whether such operations be by the Contractor or
by any Subcontractor under him or anyone directly or indirectly employed by the Contractor or by a
Subcontractor. All such insurance shall be written with limits and coverages as specified below and
shall be written on an occurrence form.
General Aggregate
Products – Completed Operations Aggregate
Each Occurrence
Personal Injury
$2,000,000
$2,000,000
$1,000,000
$1,000,000
The following coverages shall be included in the CGL:
1. Per project general aggregate (CG 25 03 or similar)
2. Additional Insured status in favor of the State of Colorado and any other parties as outlined in
The Contract and must include both ONGOING Operations AND COMPLETED Operations
per CG2010 10/01 and CG 2037 10/01 or equivalent as permitted by law.
3. The policy shall be endorsed to be primary and non-contributory with any insurance
maintained by Additional Insureds.
4. A waiver of Subrogation in favor of all Additional Insured parties.
5. Personal Injury Liability
6. Contractual Liability coverage to support indemnification obligation per Article 53.I
7. Explosion, collapse and underground (xcu)
The following exclusionary endorsements are prohibited in the CGL policy:
1. Damage to Work performed by Subcontract/Vendor (CG 22-94 or similar)
2. Contractual Liability Coverage Exclusion modifying or deleting the definition of an “insured
contract” from the unaltered SO CG 0001 1001 policy from (CG 24 26 or similar)
3. If applicable to the Work to be performed: Residential or multi-family
4. If applicable to the Work to be performed :Exterior insulation finish systems
5. If applicable to the Work to be performed: Subsidence or Earth Movement
The Contractor shall maintain general liability coverage including Products and Completed
Operations insurance, and the Additional Insured with primary and non-contributory coverage as
specified in this Contract for three (3) years after completion of the project.
C.
AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY INSURANCE and business auto liability covering liability arising out of any
auto (including owned, hired and non-owned autos).
Combined Bodily Injury and Property Damage Liability
(Combined Single Limit):
Coverages:
Specific waiver of subrogation
Page 19 of 49
SC-6.23
Rev. 7/2015
$1,000,000 each accident
D.
WORKERS' COMPENSATION INSURANCE
The Contractor shall procure and maintain Workers' Compensation Insurance at his or her own
expense during the life of this Contract, including occupational disease provisions for all employees
per statutory requirements. Policy shall contain a waiver of subrogation in favor of the State of
Colorado.
The Contractor shall also require each Subcontractor to furnish Workers' Compensation Insurance,
including occupational disease provisions for all of the latter’s employees, and to the extent not
furnished, the Contractor accepts full liability and responsibility for Subcontractor’s employees.
In cases where any class of employees engaged in hazardous Work under this Contract at the site of
the Project is not protected under the Workers’ Compensation statute, the Contractor shall provide,
and shall cause each Subcontractor to provide, adequate and suitable insurance for the protection of
employees not otherwise protected.
E.
UMBRELLA LIABILITY INSURANCE (for construction projects exceeding $10,000,000, provide the
following coverage):
The Contractor shall maintain umbrella/excess liability insurance on an occurrence basis in excess of
the underlying insurance described in Section B-D above. Coverage shall follow the terms of the
underlying insurance, included the additional insured and waiver of subrogation provisions. The
amounts of insurance required in Sections above may be satisfied by the Contractor purchasing
coverage for the limits specified or by any combination of underlying and umbrella limits, so long as
the total amount of insurance is not less than the limits specified in each section previously mentioned.
Each occurrence
Aggregate
F.
$5,000,000
$5,000,000
BUILDER’S RISK INSURANCE
Unless otherwise expressly stated in the Supplementary General Conditions (e.g. where the State
elects to provide for projects with a completed value of less than $1,000,000), the Contractor shall
purchase and maintain, in a company or companies lawfully authorized to do business in the
jurisdiction in which the Project is located, property insurance written on a builder’s risk “all-risk” or
equivalent policy form in the amount of the initial Contract Sum, plus value of subsequent Contract
Modifications and cost of materials supplied or installed by others, comprising total value for the entire
Project at the site on a replacement cost basis without optional deductibles. Such property insurance
shall be maintained, unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents or otherwise agreed in
writing by all persons and entities who are beneficiaries of such insurance, until final payment has
been made or until no person or entity other than the Owner has an insurable interest in the property,
or the Date of Notice specified on the Notice of Acceptance, State Form SBP-6.27 or whichever is
later.
This insurance shall include interests of the Owner, the Contractor, Subcontractors and Subsubcontractors in the Project as named insureds.
All associated deductibles shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. Such policy may have a
deductible clause but not to exceed ten thousand dollars ($10,000.00).
Property insurance shall be on an “all risk” or equivalent policy form and shall include, without
limitation, insurance against the perils of fire (with extended coverage) and physical loss or damage
including, without duplication of coverage, theft, vandalism, malicious mischief, collapse, earthquake,
flood, windstorm, false Work, testing and startup, temporary buildings and debris removal including
demolition occasioned by enforcement of any applicable legal requirements, and shall cover
reasonable compensation for Architect’s and Contractor’s services and expenses required as a result
of such insured loss.
Contractor shall maintain Builders Risk coverage including partial use by Owner.
Page 20 of 49
SC-6.23
Rev. 7/2015
The Contractor shall waive all rights of subrogation as regards the State of Colorado and the Principal
Representative, its officials, its officers, its agents and its employees, all while acting within the scope
and course of their employment For damages caused by fire or thoer causes of loss to the extent
covered by property insurance obtained pursuant to this Section or other property insurance
applicable to the Work. The Contractor shall require all Subcontractors at any tier to similarly waive all
such rights of subrogation and shall expressly include such a waiver in all subcontracts.
Upon request, the amount of such insurance shall be increased to include the cost of any additional
Work to be done on the Project, or materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Project, under
other independent contracts let or to be let. In such event, the Contractor shall be reimbursed for this
cost as his or her share of the insurance in the same ratio as the ratio of the insurance represented by
such independent contracts let or to be let to the total insurance carried.
The Principal Representative, with approval of the State Controller, shall have the power to adjust and
settle any loss. Unless it is agreed otherwise, all monies received shall be applied first on rebuilding or
repairing the destroyed or injured Work.
G.
POLLUTION LIABILITY INSURANCE
If Contractor is providing directly or indirectly Work with pollution/environmental hazards, the
Contractor must provide or cause those conducting the Work to provide Pollution Liability Insurance
coverage. Pollution Liability policy must include contractual liability coverage. State of Colorado must
be included as additional insureds on the policy. The policy limits shall be in the amount of
$1,000,000 with maximum deductible of $25,000 to be paid by the Subcontractor/Vendor.
H.
ADDITIONAL MISCELLANEOUS INSURANCE PROVISIONS
Certificates of Insurance and/or insurance policies required under this Contract shall be subject to the
following stipulations and additional requirements:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Any and all deductibles or self-insured retentions contained in any Insurance policy shall be
assumed by and at the sole risk of the Contractor;
If any of the said policies shall fail at any time to meet the requirements of the Contract
Documents as to form or substance, or if a company issuing any such policy shall be or at any
time cease to be approved by the Division of Insurance of the State of Colorado, or be or cease
to be in compliance with any stricter requirements of the Contract Documents, the Contractor
shall promptly obtain a new policy, submit the same to the Principal Representative and State
Building Programs for approval if requested, and submit a Certificate of Insurance as
hereinbefore provided. Upon failure of the Contractor to furnish, deliver and maintain such
insurance as provided herein, this Contract, in the sole discretion of the State of Colorado, may
be immediately declared suspended, discontinued, or terminated. Failure of the Contractor in
obtaining and/or maintaining any required insurance shall not relieve the Contractor from any
liability under the Contract, nor shall the insurance requirements be construed to conflict with
the obligations of the Contractor concerning indemnification;
All requisite insurance shall be obtained from financially responsible insurance companies,
authorized to do business in the State of Colorado and acceptable to the Principal
Representative;
Receipt, review or acceptance by the Principal Representative of any insurance policies or
certificates of insurance required by this Contract shall not be construed as a waiver or relieve
the Contractor from its obligation to meet the insurance requirements contained in these
General Conditions.
ARTICLE 26.
CONTRACTOR’S PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BONDS
The Contractor shall furnish a Performance Bond and a Labor and Material Payment Bond on State Forms
SC-6.22, Performance Bond, and SC-6.221, Labor and Material Payment Bond, or such other forms as
State Buildings Program may approve for the Project, executed by a corporate Surety authorized to do
business in the State of Colorado and in the full amount of the Contract sum. The expense of these bonds
shall be borne by the Contractor and the bonds shall be filed with State Buildings Program.
Page 21 of 49
SC-6.23
Rev. 7/2015
If, at any time, a Surety on such a bond is found to be, or ceases to be in strict compliance with any
qualification requirements of the Contract Documents or the bid documents, or loses its right to do business
in the State of Colorado, another Surety will be required, which the Contractor shall furnish to State
Buildings Program within ten (10) days after receipt of Notice from the State or after the Contractor
otherwise becomes aware of such conditions.
ARTICLE 27.
LABOR AND WAGES
In accordance with laws of Colorado, C.R.S. § 8-17-101(1), as amended, Colorado labor shall be employed
to perform at least eighty percent of the Work. If the Federal Davis-Bacon Act shall be applicable to the
Project, as indicated in Article 6B (Design/Bid/Build Agreement SC-6.21), Modification of Article 27, the
minimum wage rates to be paid on the Project will be specified in the Contract Documents.
ARTICLE 28.
ROYALTIES AND PATENTS
The Contractor shall be responsible for assuring that all rights to use of products and systems have been
properly arranged and shall take such action as may be necessary to avoid delay, at no additional charge to
the Principal Representative, where such right is challenged during the course of the Work. The Contractor
shall pay all royalties and license fees required to be paid and shall defend all suits or claims for
infringement of any patent rights and shall save the State of Colorado harmless from loss on account
thereof, in accordance with Article 52C, Indemnification; provided, however, the Contractor shall not be
responsible for such loss or defense for any copyright violations contained in the Contract Documents
prepared by the Architect/Engineer or the Principal Representative of which the Contractor is unaware, or for
any patent violations based on specified processes that the Contractor is unaware are patented or that the
Contractor should not have had reason to believe were patented.
ARTICLE 29.
ASSIGNMENT
Except as otherwise provided hereafter the Contractor shall not assign the whole or any part of this Contract
without the written consent of the Principal Representative. This provision shall not be construed to prohibit
assignments of the right to payment to the extent permitted by C.R.S. § 4-9-406, et. seq., as amended,
provided that written Notice of assignment adequate to identify the rights assigned is received by the
Principal Representative and the controller for the agency, department, or institution executing this Contract
(as distinguished from the State Controller). Such assignment of the right to payment shall not be deemed
valid until receipt by the Principal Representative and such controller and the Contractor assumes the risk
that such written Notice of assignment is received by the Principal Representative and the controller for the
agency, department, or institution involved. In case the Contractor assigns all or part of any moneys due or
to become due under this Contract, the instrument of assignment shall contain a clause substantially to the
effect that it is agreed that the right of the assignee in and to any moneys due or to become due to the
Contractor shall be subject to all claims of all persons, firms, and corporations for services rendered or
materials supplied for the performance of the Work called for in this Contract, whether said service or
materials were supplied prior to or after the assignment. Nothing in this Article shall be deemed a waiver of
any other defenses available to the State against the Contractor or the assignee.
ARTICLE 30.
CORRECTION OF WORK BEFORE ACCEPTANCE
The Contractor shall promptly remove from the premises all Work or materials condemned or declared
irreparably defective as failing to conform to the Contract Documents on receipt of written Notice from the
Architect/Engineer or the Principal Representative, whether incorporated in the Work or not. If such
materials shall have been incorporated in the Work, or if any unsatisfactory Work is discovered, the
Contractor shall promptly replace and re-execute his or her Work in accordance with the requirements of the
Contract Documents without expense to the Principal Representative, and shall also bear the expense of
making good all Work of other contractors destroyed or damaged by the removal or replacement of such
defective material or Work.
Should any defective Work or material be discovered during the process of construction, or should
reasonable doubt arise as to whether certain material or Work is in accordance with the Contract
Documents, the value of such defective or questionable material or Work shall not be included in any
Page 22 of 49
SC-6.23
Rev. 7/2015
application for payment, or if previously included, shall be deducted by the Architect/Engineer from the next
application submitted by the Contractor.
If the Contractor does not perform repair, correction and replacement of defective Work, in lieu of proceeding
by issuance of a Notice of intent to remove condemned Work as outlined above, the Principal
Representative may, not less than seven (7) days after giving the original written Notice of the need to
repair, correct, or replace defective Work, deduct all costs and expenses of replacement or correction as
instructed by the Architect/Engineer from the Contractor’s next application for payment in addition to the
value of the defective Work or material. The Principal Representative may also make an equitable
deduction from the Contract sum by unilateral Change Order, in accordance with Article 33, Payments
Withheld and Article 35, Changes In The Work.
If the Contractor does not remove such condemned or irreparably defective Work or material within a
reasonable time, the Principal Representative may, after giving a second seven (7) day advance Notice to
the Contractor and the Surety, remove them and may store the material at the Contractor’s expense. The
Principal Representative may accomplish the removal and replacement with its own forces or with another
Contractor. If the Contractor does not pay the expense of such removal and pay all storage charges within
ten (10) days thereafter, the Principal Representative may, upon ten (10) days’ written Notice, sell such
material at auction or at private sale and account for the net proceeds thereof, after deducting all costs and
expenses which should have been borne by the Contractor. If the Contractor shall commence and diligently
pursue such removal and replacement before the expiration of the seven day period, or if the Contractor
shall show good cause in conjunction with submittal of a revised CPM schedule showing when the Work will
be performed and why such removal of condemned Work should be scheduled for a later date, the Principal
Representative shall not proceed to remove or replace the condemned Work.
If the Contractor disagrees with the Notice to remove Work or materials condemned or declared irreparably
defective, the Contractor may request facilitated negotiation of the issue and the Principal Representative’s
right to proceed with removal and to deduct costs and expenses of repair shall be suspended and tolled until
such time as the parties meet and negotiate the issue
During construction, whenever the Architect/Engineer has advised the Contractor in writing, in the
Specifications, by reference to Article 6, Architect/Engineer Decisions And Judgments, of these General
Conditions or elsewhere in the Contract Documents of a need to observe materials in place prior to their
being permanently covered up, it shall be the Contractor’s responsibility to notify the Architect/Engineer at
least forty-eight (48) hours in advance of such covering operation. If the Contractor fails to provide such
notification, Contractor shall, at his or her expense, uncover such portions of the Work as required by the
Architect/Engineer for observation, and reinstall such covering after observation. When a covering operation
is continued from day to day, notification of the commencement of a single continuing covering operation
shall suffice for the activity specified so long as it proceeds regularly and without interruption from day to
day, in which event the Contractor shall coordinate with the Architect/Engineer regarding the continuing
covering operation.
ARTICLE 31.
APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENTS
A.
CONTRACTOR’S SUBMITTALS
On or before the first day of each month and no more than five days prior thereto, the Contractor may
submit applications for payment for the Work performed during such month covering the portion of the
Work completed as of the date indicated, and payments on account of this Contract shall be due per §
24-30-202(24) (correct notice of amount due), within forty-five (45) days of receipt by the Principal
Representative of application for payments that have been certified by the Architect/Engineer. The
Contractor shall submit the application for payment to the Architect/Engineer on State forms SBP-7.2,
Certificate for Contractor's Payment, or such other format as the State Buildings Program shall
approve, in an itemized format in accordance with the schedule of values or a cost loaded CPM
schedule when required, supported to the extent reasonably required by the Architect/Engineer or the
Principal Representative by receipts or other vouchers, showing payments for materials and labor,
prior payments and payments to be made to Subcontractors and such other evidence of the
Contractor’s right to payments as the Architect/Engineer or Principal Representative may direct.
Page 23 of 49
SC-6.23
Rev. 7/2015
If payments are made on account of materials not incorporated in the Work but delivered and suitably
stored at the site, or at some other location agreed upon in writing, such payments shall be
conditioned upon submission by the Contractor of bills of sale or such other procedure as will establish
the Principal Representative’s title to such material or otherwise adequately protect the Principal
Representative’s interests, and shall provide proof of insurance whenever requested by the Principal
Representative or the Architect/Engineer, and shall be subject to the right to inspect the materials at
the request of either the Architect/Engineer or the Principal Representative.
All applications for payment, except the final application, and the payments there under, shall be
subject to correction in the next application rendered following the discovery of any error.
B.
ARCHITECT/ENGINEER CERTIFICATION
In accordance with the Architect/Engineer’s agreement with the Principal Representative, the
Architect/Engineer after appropriate observation of the progress of the Work shall certify to the
Principal Representative the amount that the Contractor is entitled to, and forward the application to
the Principal Representative. If the Architect/Engineer certifies an amount different from the amount
requested or otherwise alters the Contractor’s application for payment, a copy shall be forwarded to
the Contractor.
If the Architect/Engineer is unable to certify all or portions of the amount requested due to the absence
or lack of required supporting evidence, the Architect/Engineer shall advise the Contractor of the
deficiency. If the deficiency is not corrected at the end of ten (10) days, the Architect/Engineer may
either certify the remaining amounts properly supported to which the Contractor is entitled, or return
the application for payment to the Contractor for revision with a written explanation as to why it could
not be certified.
C.
RETAINAGE WITHHELD
Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary General Conditions, an amount equivalent to five
percent (5%) of the amount shown to be due the Contractor on each application for payment shall be
withheld until the Work required by the Contract has been performed. The withheld percentage of the
contract price of any such Work, improvement, or construction shall be administered according to §
24-91-101, et seq., C.R.S., as amended, and except as provided in § 24-91-103, C.R.S., as amended,
and Article 31D, shall be retained until the Work or discrete portions of the Work, have been
completed satisfactorily, finally or partially accepted, and advertised for final settlement as further
provided in Article 41.
D.
RELEASE OF RETAINAGE
The Contractor may, for satisfactory and substantial reasons shown to the Principal Representative’s
satisfaction, make a written request to the Principal Representative and the Architect/Engineer for
release of part or all of the withheld percentage applicable to the Work of a Subcontractor which has
completed the subcontracted Work in a manner finally acceptable to the Architect/Engineer, the
Contractor, and the Principal Representative. Any such request shall be supported by a written
approval from the Surety furnishing the Contractor’s bonds and any surety that has provided a bond
for the Subcontractor. The release of any such withheld percentage shall be further supported by
such other evidence as the Architect/Engineer or the Principal Representative may require, including
but not limited to, evidence of prior payments made to the Subcontractor, copies of the
Subcontractor’s contract with the Contractor, any applicable warranties, as-built information,
maintenance manuals and other customary close-out documentation.
Neither the Principal
Representative nor the Architect Engineer shall be obligated to review such documentation nor shall
they be deemed to assume any obligations to third parties by any review undertaken.
The Contractor’s obligation under these General Conditions to guarantee Work for one year from the
date of the Notice of Substantial Completion or the date of any Notice of Partial Substantial
Completion of the applicable portion or phase of the Project, shall be unaffected by such partial
Page 24 of 49
SC-6.23
Rev. 7/2015
release; unless a Notice of Partial Substantial Completion is issued for the Work subject to the release
of retainage.
Any rights of the Principal Representative which might be terminated by or from the date of any final
acceptance of the Work, whether at common law or by the terms of this Contract, shall not be affected
by such partial release of retainage prior to any final acceptance of the entire Project.
The Contractor remains fully responsible for the Subcontractor’s Work and assumes any risk that
might arise by virtue of the partial release to the Subcontractor of the withheld percentage, including
the risk that the Subcontractor may not have fully paid for all materials, labor and equipment furnished
to the Project.
If the Principal Representative considers the Contractor’s request for such release satisfactory and
supported by substantial reasons, the Architect/Engineer shall make a “final inspection” of the
applicable portion of the Project to determine whether the Subcontractor ’s Work has been completed
in accordance with the Contract Documents. A final punch list shall be made for the Subcontractor’s
Work and the procedures of Article 41, Completion, Final Inspection, Acceptance and Settlement,
shall be followed for that portion of the Work, except that advertisement of the intent to make final
payment to the Subcontractor shall be required only if the Principal Representative has reason to
believe that a supplier or Subcontractor to the Subcontractor for which the request is made, may not
have been fully paid for all labor and materials furnished to the Project.
ARTICLE 32.
CERTIFICATES FOR PAYMENTS
State Form SBP-7.2, Certificate For Contractor's Payment, and its continuation detail sheets, when
submitted, shall constitute the Certificate of Contractor ’s Application for Payment, and shall be a
representation by the Contractor to the Principal Representative that the Work has progressed to the point
indicated, the quality of the Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents, and materials for which
payment is requested have been incorporated into the Project except as noted in the application. If
requested by the Principal Representative the Certificate of Contractor’s Application for Payment shall be
sworn under oath and notarized.
ARTICLE 33.
PAYMENTS WITHHELD
The Architect/Engineer, the Principal Representative or State Buildings Program may withhold, or on
account of subsequently discovered evidence nullify, the whole or any part of any application on account of,
but not limited to any of the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
Defective Work not remedied;
Claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating probable filing of claims;
Failure of the Contractor to make payments to Subcontractors for material or labor;
A reasonable doubt that the Contract can be completed for the balance of the contract price
then unpaid;
Damage or injury to another contractor or any other person, persons or property except to the
extent of coverage by a policy of insurance;
Failure to obtain necessary permits or licenses or to comply with applicable laws, ordinances,
codes, rules or regulations or the directions of the Architect/Engineer;
Failure to submit a monthly construction schedule;
Failure of the Contractor to keep Work progressing in accordance with the time schedule;
Failure to keep a superintendent on the Work;
Failure to maintain as built drawings of the Work in progress;
Unauthorized deviations by the Contractor from the Contract Documents; or
On account of liquidated damages.
In addition, the Architect Engineer, Principal Representative or State Buildings Program may withhold or
nullify the whole or any part of any application for any reason noted elsewhere in these General Conditions
of the Contractor’s Design/Bid/Build Agreement. Nullification shall mean reduction of amounts shown as
previously paid on the application. The amount withheld or nullified may be in such amount as the
Page 25 of 49
SC-6.23
Rev. 7/2015
Architect/Engineer or the Principal Representative estimates to be required to allow the State to accomplish
the Work, cure the failure and cover any damages or injuries, including an allowance for attorneys fees and
costs where appropriate. When the grounds for such withholding or nullifying are removed, payment shall
be made for the amounts thus withheld or nullified on such grounds.
ARTICLE 34.
DEDUCTIONS FOR UNCORRECTED WORK
If the Architect/Engineer and the Principal Representative deem it inexpedient to correct Work damaged or
not performed in accordance with the Contract Documents, the Principal Representative may, after
consultation with the Architect/Engineer and ten (10) days’ Notice to the Contractor of intent to do so, make
reasonable reductions from the amounts otherwise due the Contractor on the next application for payment.
Notice shall specify the amount or terms of any contemplated reduction. The Contractor may during this
period correct or perform the Work. If the Contractor does not correct or perform the Work, an equitable
deduction from the Contract sum shall be made by Change Order, in accordance with Article 35, Changes In
The Work, unilaterally if necessary. If either party elects facilitation of this issue after Notice is given, the
ten-day (10) notice period shall be extended and tolled until facilitation has occurred.
ARTICLE 35.
CHANGES IN THE WORK
The Principal Representative may designate, without invalidating the Agreement, and with the approval of
State Buildings Program and the State Controller, may order extra Work or make changes with or without
the consent of the Contractor as hereafter provided, by altering, adding to or deducting from the Work, the
Contract sum being adjusted accordingly. All such changes in the Work shall be within the general scope of
and be executed under the conditions of the Contract, except that any claim for extension of time made
necessary due to the change or any claim of other delay or other impacts caused by or resulting from the
change in the Work shall be presented by the Contractor and adjusted by Change Order to the extent known
at the time such change is ordered and before proceeding with the extra or changed Work. Any claims for
extension of time or of delay or other impacts, and any costs associated with extension of time, delay or
other impacts, which are not presented before proceeding with the change in the Work, and which are not
adjusted by Change Order to the extent known, shall be waived.
The Architect/Engineer shall have authority to make minor changes in the Work, not involving extra cost, and
not inconsistent with the intent of the Contract Documents, but otherwise, except in an emergency
endangering life or property, no extra Work or change in the Contract Documents shall be made unless by
1) a written Change Order, approved by the Principal Representative, State Buildings Program, and the
State Controller prior to proceeding with the changed Work; or 2) by an Emergency Field Change Order
approved by the Principal Representative and State Buildings Program as hereafter provided in Article 35C,
Emergency Field Ordered Changed Work; or 3) by an allocation in writing of any allowance already provided
in the encumbered contract amount, the Contract sum being later adjusted to decrease the Contract sum by
any unallocated or unexpended amounts remaining in such allowance. No change to the Contract sum shall
be valid unless so ordered.
A.
THE VALUE OF CHANGED WORK
1.
The value of any extra Work or changes in the Work shall be determined by agreement in one
or more of the following ways:
a.
By estimate and acceptance of a lump-sum amount;
2.
b.
By unit prices specified in the Agreement, or subsequently agreed upon, that are extended
by specific quantities;
c.
By actual cost plus a fixed fee in a lump sum amount for profit, overhead and all indirect
and off-site home office costs, the latter amount agreed upon in writing prior to starting the
extra or changed Work.
Where the Contractor and the Principal Representative cannot agree on the value of extra
Work, the Principal Representative may order the Contractor to perform the changes in the
Work and a Change Order may be unilaterally issued based on an estimate of the change in
the Work prepared by the Architect/Engineer. The value of the change in the Work shall be the
Principal Representative’s determination of the amount of equitable adjustment attributable to
Page 26 of 49
SC-6.23
Rev. 7/2015
the extra Work or change. The Principal Representative’s determination shall be subject to
appeal by the Contractor pursuant to the claims process in Article 36, Claims.
3. Except as otherwise provided in Article 35B, Detailed Breakdown, below, the Cost Principles of the
Colorado Procurement Rules in effect on the date of this Contract, pursuant to § 24-107-101,
C.R.S., as amended, shall govern all Contract changes.
B.
DETAILED BREAKDOWN
In all cases where the value of the extra or changed Work is not known based on unit prices in the
Contractor’s bid or the Agreement, a detailed change proposal shall be submitted by the Contractor on
a Change Order Proposal (SC-6.312), or in such other format as the State Buildings Program
approves, with which the Principal Representative may require an itemized list of materials, equipment
and labor, indicating quantities, time and cost for completion of the changed Work.
Such detailed change proposals shall be stated in lump sum amounts and shall be supported by a
separate breakdown, which shall include estimates of all or part of the following when requested by
the Architect/Engineer or the Principal Representative:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Materials, indicating quantities and unit prices including taxes and delivery costs if any
(separated where appropriate into general, mechanical and electrical and/or other
Subcontractors’ Work; and the Principal Representative may require in its discretion any
significant subcontract costs to be similarly and separately broken down).
Labor costs, indicating hourly rates and time and labor burden to include Social Security and
other payroll taxes such as unemployment, benefits and other customary burdens.
Costs of project management time and superintendence time of personnel stationed at the site,
and other field supervision time, but only where a time extension, other than a weather delay, is
approved as part of the Change Order, and only where such project management time and
superintendence time is directly attributable to and required by the change; provided however
that additional cost of on-site superintendence shall be allowable whenever in the opinion of
the Architect/Engineer the impact of multiple change requests to be concurrently performed will
result in inadequate levels of supervision to assure a proper result unless additional
superintendence is provided.
Construction equipment (including small tools). Expenses for equipment and fuel shall be
based on customary commercially reasonable rental rates and schedules. Equipment and
hand tool costs shall not include the cost of items customarily owned by workers.
Workers’ compensation costs, if not included in labor burden.
The cost of commercial general liability and property damage insurance premiums but only to
the extent charged the Contractor as a result of the changed Work.
Overhead and profit, as hereafter specified.
Builder’s risk insurance premium costs.
Bond premium costs.
Testing costs not otherwise excluded by these General Conditions.
Subcontract costs.
Unless modified in the Supplementary General Conditions, overhead and profit shall not exceed the
percentages set forth in the table below.
OVERHEAD
PROFIT
COMMISSION
10%
5%
0%
5%
0%
5%
To the Contractor or to Subcontractors
for the portion of Work performed
with their own forces:
To the Contractor or to Subcontractors
for Work performed by others at a tier
immediately below either of them:
Page 27 of 49
SC-6.23
Rev. 7/2015
Overhead shall include: a) insurance premium for policies not purchased for the Project and itemized
above, b) home office costs for office management, administrative and supervisory personnel and
assistants, c) estimating and change order preparation costs, d) incidental job burdens, e) legal costs,
f) data processing costs, g) interest costs on capital, h) general office expenses except those
attributable to increased rental expenses for temporary facilities, and all other indirect costs, but shall
not include the Social Security tax and other direct labor burdens. The term “Work” as used in the
proceeding table shall include labor, materials and equipment and the "Commission" shall include all
costs and profit for carrying the subcontracted Work at the tiers below except direct costs as listed in
items 1 through 11 above if any.
On proposals for Work involving both additions and credits in the amount of the Contract sum, the
overhead and profit will be allowed on the net increase only. On proposals resulting in a net deduct to
the amount of the Contract sum, profit on the deducted amount shall be returned to the Principal
Representative at fifty percent (50%) of the rate specified. The inadequacy of the profit specified shall
not be a basis for refusal to submit a proposal.
Except in the case of Change Orders or Emergency Field Change Orders agreed to on the basis of a
lump sum amount or unit prices as described in paragraphs 35A1 and 35A2 above, The Value of
Changed Work, the Contractor shall keep and present a correct and fully auditable account of the
several items of cost, together with vouchers, receipts, time cards and other proof of costs incurred,
summarized on a Change Order form (SC-6.31) using such format for supporting documentation as
the Principal Representative and State Buildings Program approve. This requirement applies equally
to Work done by Subcontractors. Only auditable costs shall be reimbursable on Change Orders
where the value is determined on the basis of actual cost plus a fixed fee pursuant to paragraph 35A3
above, or where unilaterally determined by the Principal Representative on the basis of an equitable
adjustment in accordance with the Procurement Rules, as described above in Article 35A, The Value
Of Changed Work.
Except for proposals for Work involving both additions and credits, changed Work shall be adjusted
and considered separately for Work either added or omitted. The amount of adjustment for Work
omitted shall be estimated at the time it is directed to be omitted, and when reasonable to do so, the
agreed adjustment shall be reflected on the schedule of values used for the next Contractor’s
application for payment.
The Principal Representative reserves the right to contract with any person or firm other than the
Contractor for any or all extra Work; however, unless specifically required in the Contract Documents,
the Contractor shall have no responsibility without additional compensation to supervise or coordinate
the Work of persons or firms separately contracted by the Principal Representative.
C.
HAZARDOUS MATERIALS
1.
The Principal Representative represents that it has undertaken an examination of the site of the
Work and has determined that there are no hazardous substances, as defined below, which the
Contractor could reasonably encounter in its performance of the Work. In the event the Principal
Representative so discovers hazardous substances, the Principal Representative shall render
harmless such hazards before the Contractor commences the Work.
2.
In the event the Contractor encounters any materials reasonably believed to be hazardous
substances which have not been rendered harmless, the Contractor shall immediately stop
Work in the area affected and report the condition to the Principal Representative, in writing.
For purposes of this Agreement, "hazardous substances" shall include asbestos, lead,
polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB) and any or all of those substances defined as "hazardous
substance", "hazardous waste", or "dangerous or extremely hazardous wastes" as those terms
are used in the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act
(CERCLA) and the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA), and shall also include
materials regulated by the Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA), the Clean Air Act, the Air
Page 28 of 49
SC-6.23
Rev. 7/2015
Quality Act, the Clean Water Act, and the Occupational Safety and Health Act. The Work in the
affected area shall not therefore be resumed except by written agreement of the Principal
Representative and the Contractor, if in fact materials that are hazardous substances have not
been rendered harmless. The Work in the affected area shall be resumed only in the absence
of the hazardous substances or when it has been rendered harmless or by written agreement
of the Principal Representative and the Contractor.
3.
D.
The contractor shall not be required to perform Work without consent in any areas
where it reasonably believes hazardous substances that have not been rendered
harmless are present.
EMERGENCY FIELD CHANGE ORDERED WORK
The Principal Representative, without invalidating the Agreement, and with the approval of State
Buildings Program and without the approval of the State Controller, may order extra Work or make
changes in the case of an emergency that is a threat to life or property or where the likelihood of
delays in processing a normal Change Order will result in substantial delays and or significant cost
increases for the Project. Emergency Field Orders are not to be used solely to expedite normal
Change Order processing absent a clear showing of a high potential for significant and substantial
cost or delay. Such changes in the Work may be directed through issuance of an Emergency Field
Change Order signed by the Contractor, the Principal Representative (or by a designee specifically
appointed to do so in writing), and approved by the Director of State Buildings Program or his or her
delegate. The change shall be directed using an Emergency Field Change Order form (SC-6.31E).
If the amount of the adjustment of the Contract price and time for completion can be determined at the
time of issuance of the Emergency Field Change Order, those adjustments shall be reflected on the
face of the Emergency Field Change Order. Otherwise, the Emergency Field Change Order shall
reflect a not to exceed (NTE) amount for any schedule adjustment (increasing or decreasing the time
for completion) and an NTE amount for any adjustment to Contract sum, which NTE amount shall
represent the maximum amount of adjustment to which the Contractor will be entitled, including direct
and indirect costs of changed Work, as well as any direct or indirect costs attributable to delays,
inefficiencies or other impacts arising out of the change. Emergency Field Change Orders directed in
accordance with this provision need not bear the approval signatures of the State Controller.
On Emergency Field Change Orders where the price and schedule have not been finally determined,
the Contractor shall submit final costs for adjustment as soon as practicable. No later than seven (7)
days after issuance, except as otherwise permitted, and every seven days thereafter, the Contractor
shall report all costs to the Principal Representative and the Architect/Engineer. The final adjustment
of the Emergency Field Change Order amount and the adjustment to the Project time for completion
shall be prepared on a normal Change Order from (SC-6.31) in accordance with the procedures
described in Article 35A, The Value of Changed Work, and B, Detailed Breakdown, above. Unless
otherwise provided in writing signed by the Director of State Buildings Program to the Principal
Representative and the Contractor, describing the extent and limits of any greater authority, individual
Emergency Field Change Orders shall not be issued for more than $25,000, nor shall the cumulative
value of Emergency Field Change Orders exceed an amount of $100,000.
E.
APPROPRIATION LIMITATIONS - § 24-91-103.6, C.R.S., as amended
The amount of money appropriated, as shown on the Contractor’s Design/Bid/Build Agreement (SC
6.21), is equal to or in excess of the Contract amount. No Change Order, Emergency Field Change
Order, or other type of order or directive shall be issued by the Principal Representative, or any agent
acting on his or her behalf, which directs additional compensable Work to be performed, which Work
causes the aggregate amount payable under the Contract to exceed the amount appropriated for the
original Contract, as shown on the Agreement (SC-6.21), unless one of the following occurs: (1) the
Contractor is provided written assurance from the Principal Representative that sufficient additional
lawful appropriations exist to cover the cost of the additional Work; or (2) the Work is covered by a
contractor remedy provision under the Contract, such as a claim for extra cost. By way of example
only, no assurance is required for any order, directive or instruction by the Architect/Engineer or the
Page 29 of 49
SC-6.23
Rev. 7/2015
Principal Representative to perform Work which is determined to be within the performance required
by the Contract Documents; the Contractor’s remedy shall be as described elsewhere in these
General Conditions.
Written assurance shall be in the form of an Amendment to the Contract reciting the source and
amount of such appropriation available for the Project. No remedy granting provision of this Contract
shall obligate the Principal Representative to seek appropriations to cover costs in excess of the
amounts recited as available to pay for the Work to be performed.
ARTICLE 36.
CLAIMS
It is the intent of these General Conditions to provide procedures for speedy and timely resolution of
disagreements and disputes at the lowest level possible. In the spirit of on the job resolution of job site
issues, the parties are encouraged to use the partnering processes of Article 2D, Partnering,
Communications and Cooperation, before turning to the more formal claims processes described in this
Article 36, Claims. The use of non-binding dispute resolution, whether through the formal processes
described in Article 39, Non-Binding Dispute Resolution – Facilitated Negotiations, or through less formal
alternative processes developed as part of a partnering plan, are also encouraged. Where such process
cannot resolve the issues in dispute, the claims process that follows is intended to cause the issues to be
presented, decided and where necessary, documented in close proximity to the events from which the
issues arise. To that end, and in summary of the remedy granting process that follows commencing with the
next paragraph of this Article 36, Claims, the Contractor shall 1) first, seek a decision by the
Architect/Engineer, and 2) shall second, informally present the claim to Principal Representative as
described hereafter, and 3) failing resolution in the field, give Notice of intent to exercise statutory rights of
review of a formal contract controversy, and 4) seek resolution outside the Contract as provided by the
Procurement Code.
If the Contractor claims that any instructions, by detailed drawings, or otherwise, or any other act or omission
of the Architect/Engineer or Principal Representative affecting the scope of the Contractor’s Work, involve
extra cost, extra time or changes in the scope of the Work under this Contract, the Contractor shall have the
right to assert a claim for such costs or time, provided that before either proceeding to execute such Work
(except in an emergency endangering life or property), or filing a Notice of claim, the Contractor shall have
obtained or requested a written decision of the Architect/Engineer following the procedures as provided in
Article 6A and B, Architect/Engineer Decisions and Judgments, respectively; provided, however, that in the
case of a directed change in the Work pursuant to Article 36A4, no written judgment or decision of the
Architect/Engineer is required. If the Contractor is delayed by the lack of a response to a request for a
decision by the Architect/Engineer, the Contractor shall give Notice in accordance with Article 38, Delays
and Extensions of Time.
Unless it is the Architect/Engineer’s judgment and determination that the Work is not included in the
performance required by the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall proceed with the Work as originally
directed. Where the Contractor’s claim involves a dispute concerning the value of Work unilaterally directed
pursuant to Article 35A3 the Contractor shall also proceed with the Work as originally directed while his or
her claim is being considered.
The Contractor shall give the Principal Representative and the Architect/Engineer Notice of any claim
promptly after the receipt of the Architect/Engineer’s decision, but in no case later than three (3) business
days after receipt of the Architect/Engineer’s decision (or no later than ten (10) days from the date of the
Contractor's request for a decision when the Architect/Engineer fails to decide as provided in Article 6). The
Notice of claim shall state the grounds for the claim and the amount of the claim to the extent known in
accordance with the procedures of Article 35, Changes In The Work. The period in which Notice must be
given may be extended by the Principal Representative if requested in writing by the Contractor with good
cause shown, but any such extension to be effective shall be in writing.
The Principal Representative shall respond in writing, with a copy to the Architect/Engineer, within a
reasonable time, and except where a request for facilitation of negotiation has been made as hereafter
provided, in no case later than seven (7) business days (or at such other time as the Contractor and
Page 30 of 49
SC-6.23
Rev. 7/2015
Principal Representative agree) after receipt of the Contractor’s Notice of claim regarding such instructions
or alleged act or omission. If no response to the Contractor’s claim is received within seven (7) business
days of Contractor's Notice (or at such other time as the Contractor and Principal Representative agree) and
the instructions have not been retracted, it shall be deemed that the Principal Representative has denied the
claim.
The Principal Representative may grant or deny the claim in whole or in part, and a Change Order shall be
issued if the claim is granted. To the extent any portion of claim is granted where costs are not clearly
shown, the Principal Representative may direct that the value of that portion of the Work be determined by
any method allowed in Article 35A, The Value of Changed Work. Except in the case of a deemed denial, the
Principal Representative shall provide a written explanation regarding any portion of the Contractor's claim
that is denied.
If the Contractor disagrees with the Principal Representative’s judgment and determination on the claim and
seeks an equitable adjustment of the Contract sum or time for performance, he or she shall give Notice of
intent to exercise his or her statutory right to seek a decision on the contract controversy within ten (10) days
of receipt of the Principal Representative’s decision denying the claim. A “contract controversy," as such
term is used in the Colorado Procurement Code, § 24-109-106, C.R.S., shall not arise until the initial claim
process described above in this Article 36 has been properly exhausted by the Contractor. The Contractor's
failure to proceed with Work directed by the Architect/Engineer or to exhaust the claim process provided
above in this Article 36, shall constitute an abandonment of the claim by the Contractor and a waiver of the
right to contest the decision in any forum.
At the time of filing the Notice of intent to exercise his or her statutory right to seek a decision on the contract
controversy, the Contractor may request that the Principal Representative defer a decision on the contract
controversy until a later date or until the end of the Project. If the Principal Representative agrees, he or she
shall so advise the Contractor in writing. If no such request is made, or if the Principal Representative does
not agree to such a request, the Principal Representative shall render a written decision within twenty (20)
business days and advise the Contractor of the reasons for any denial. Unless the claim has been decided
by the Principal Representative (as opposed to delegates of the Principal Representative), the person who
renders the decision on this statutory contract controversy shall not be the same person who decided the
claim. To the extent any portion of the contract controversy is granted where costs are not clearly shown,
the Principal Representative may direct that the value of that portion of the Work be determined by any
method allowed in Article 35A, The Value of Changed Work. In the event of a denial the Principal
Representative shall give Notice to the Contractor of his or her right to administrative and judicial reviews as
provided in the Colorado Procurement Code, § 24-109-201 et seq, C.R.S., as amended. If no decision
regarding the contract controversy is issued within twenty (20) business days of the Contractor's giving
Notice (or such other date as the Contractor and Principal Representative have agreed), and the instructions
have not been retracted or the alleged act or omission have not been corrected, it shall be deemed that the
Principal Representative has ruled by denial on the contract controversy. Except in the case of a deemed
denial, the Principal Representative shall provide an explanation regarding any portion of the contract
controversy that involves denial of the Contractor’s claim.
Either the Contractor or the Principal Representative may request facilitation of negotiations concerning the
claim or the contract controversy, and if requested, the parties shall consult and negotiate before the
Principal Representative decides the issue. Any request for facilitation by the Contractor shall be made at
the time of the giving of Notice of the claim or Notice of the contract controversy. Facilitation shall extend
the time for the Principal Representative to respond by commencing the applicable period at the completion
of the facilitated negotiation, which shall be the last day of the parties’ meeting, unless otherwise agreed in
writing.
Disagreement with the decision of the Architect Engineer, or the decision of the Principal Representative to
deny any claim or denying the contract controversy, shall not be grounds for the Contractor to refuse to
perform the Work directed or to suspend or terminate performance. During the period that any claim or
contract controversy decision is pending under this Article 36, Claims, the Contractor shall proceed diligently
with the Work directed.
Page 31 of 49
SC-6.23
Rev. 7/2015
In all cases where the Contractor proceeds with the Work and seeks equitable adjustment by filing a claim
and or statutory appeal, the Contractor shall keep a correct account of the extra cost, in accordance with
Article 35B, Detailed Breakdown supported by receipts. The Principal Representative shall be entitled to
reject any claim or contract controversy whenever the foregoing procedures are not followed and such
accounts and receipts are not presented.
The payments to the Contractor in respect of such extra costs shall be limited to reimbursement for the
current additional expenditure by the Contractor made necessary by the change in the Work, plus a
reasonable amount for overhead and profit, determined in accordance with Article 35B, Detailed Breakdown,
determined solely with reference to the additional Work, if any, required by the change.
ARTICLE 37.
DIFFERING SITE CONDITIONS
A.
NOTICE IN WRITING
The Contractor shall promptly, and where possible before conditions are disturbed, give the
Architect/Engineer and the Principal Representative Notice in writing of:
1.
2.
subsurface or latent physical conditions at the site differing materially from those indicated in or
reasonably assumed from the information provided in the Contract Documents; and,
unknown physical conditions at the site, of an unusual nature, differing materially from those
ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in Work of the character provided
for in the Contract Documents.
The Architect/Engineer shall promptly investigate the conditions, and if it is found that such conditions
do materially so differ and cause an increase or decrease in the Contractor ’s costs of performance of
any part of the Work required by the Contract Documents, whether or not such Work is changed as a
result of such conditions, an equitable adjustment shall be made and the Contract sum shall be
modified in accordance with Article 35, Changes In The Work.
If the time required for completion of the Work affected by such materially differing conditions will
extend the Work on the critical path as indicated on the CPM schedule, the time for completion shall
also be equitably adjusted.
B.
LIMITATIONS
No claim of the Contractor under this clause shall be allowed unless the Contractor has given the
Notice required in Article 37A, Notice In Writing, above. The time prescribed for presentation and
adjustment in Articles 36, Claims and 38, Delays And Extensions Of Time, shall be reasonably
extended by the State to the extent required by the nature of the differing conditions; provided,
however, that even when so extended no claim by the Contractor for an equitable adjustment
hereunder shall be allowed if not quantified and presented prior to the date the Contractor requests a
final inspection pursuant to Article 41A, Notice Of Completion.
ARTICLE 38.
DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME
If the Contractor is delayed at any time in the progress of the Work by any act or neglect of the State of
Colorado or the Architect/Engineer, or of any employee or agent of either, or by any separately employed
Contractor or by strikes, lockouts, fire, unusual delay in transportation, unavoidable casualties or any other
causes beyond the Contractor’s control, including weather delays as defined below, the time of Completion
of the Work shall be extended for a period equal to such portion of the period of delays directly affecting the
completion of the Work as the Contractor shall be able to show he or she could not have avoided by the
exercise of due diligence.
The Contractor shall provide Notice in writing to the Architect/Engineer, the Principal Representative and
State Buildings Program within three (3) business days from the beginning of such delay and shall file a
written claim for an extension of time within seven (7) business days after the period of such delay has
ceased, otherwise, any claim for an extension of time is waived.
Page 32 of 49
SC-6.23
Rev. 7/2015
Provided that the Contractor has submitted reasonable schedules for approval when required by Article 12,
Requests for Information and Schedules, if no schedule is agreed to fixing the dates on which the responses
to requests for information or detail drawings will be needed, or Shop Drawings, Product Data or Samples
are to be reviewed as required or allowed by Article 12B, Schedules, no extension of time will be allowed for
the Architect/ Engineer’s failure to furnish such detail drawings as needed, or for the failure to initially review
Shop Drawings, Product Data or Samples, except in respect of that part of any delay in furnishing detail
drawings or instructions extending beyond a reasonable period after written demand for such detailed
drawings or instructions is received by the Architect/Engineer. In any event, any claim for an extension of
time for such cause will be recognized only to the extent of delay directly caused by failure to furnish detail
drawings or instructions or to review Shop Drawings, Product Data or Samples pursuant to schedule, after
such demand.
All claims for extension of time due to a delay claimed to arise or result from ordered changes in the scope
of the Work, or due to instructions claimed to increase the scope of the Work, shall be presented to the
Architect/Engineer, the Principal Representative and State Buildings Program as part of a claim for extra
cost, if any, in accordance with Article 36, Claims, and in accordance with the Change Order procedures
required by Article 35, Changes In The Work.
Except as otherwise provided in this paragraph, no extension of time shall be granted when the Contractor
has failed to utilize a CPM schedule or otherwise identify the Project’s critical path as specified in Article 12,
Requests for Information and Schedules, or has elected not to do so when allowed by the Supplementary
General Conditions or the Specifications to use less sophisticated scheduling tools, or has failed to maintain
such a schedule. Delay directly affecting the completion of the Work shall result in an extension of time only
to the extent that completion of the Work was affected by impacts to the critical path shown on Contractor’s
CPM schedule. Where the circumstances make it indisputable in the opinion of the Architect/Engineer that
the delay affected the completion of the Work so directly that the additional notice of the schedule impact by
reference to a CPM schedule was unnecessary, a reasonable extension of time may be granted.
Extension of the time for completion of the Work will be granted for delays due to weather conditions only
when the Contractor demonstrates that such conditions were more severe and extended than those
reflected by the ten-year average for the month, as evidenced by the Climatological Data, U. S. Department
of Commerce, for the Project area.
Extensions of the time for completion of the Work due to weather will be granted on the basis of one and
three tenths (1.3) calendar days for every day that the Contractor would have Worked but was unable to
Work, with each separate extension figured to the nearest whole calendar day.
For weather delays and delays caused by events, acts or omissions not within the control of the Principal
Representative or any person acting on the Principal Representative’s behalf, the Contractor shall be
entitled to an extension of time only and shall not be entitled to recovery of additional cost due to or resulting
from such delays. This Article does not, however, preclude the recovery of damages for delay by either
party under other provisions in the Contract Documents.
ARTICLE 39.
NON-BINDING DISPUTE RESOLUTION – FACILITATED NEGOTIATIONS
The Contractor and Principal Representative agree to designate one or more mutually acceptable persons
willing and able to facilitate negotiations and communications for the resolution of conflicts, disagreements
or disputes between them at the specific request of either party with regard to any Project decision of either
of them or any decision of the Architect/Engineer. The designation of such person(s) shall not carry any
obligation to use their services except that each party agrees that if the other party requests the intervention
of such person(s) with respect to any such conflict, dispute or disagreement, the non-requesting party shall
participate in good faith attempts to negotiate a resolution of the issue in dispute. If the parties cannot agree
on a mutually acceptable person to serve in this capacity one shall be so appointed; provided, however, that
either party may request the director of State Buildings Program to appoint such a person, who, if appointed,
shall be accepted for this purpose by both the Contractor and the Principal Representative.
Page 33 of 49
SC-6.23
Rev. 7/2015
The cost, if any, of the facilitative services of the person(s) so designated shall be shared if the parties so
agree in any partnering plan; or in the absence of agreement the cost shall be borne by the party requesting
the facilitation of negotiation.
Any dispute, claim, question or disagreement arising from or relating to the Contract or an alleged breach of
the Contract may be subject to a request by either party for facilitated negotiation subject to the limitations
hereafter listed, and the parties shall participate by consultation and negotiation with each other, as guided
by the facilitator and with recognition of their mutual interests, in an attempt to reach an equitable solution
satisfactory to both parties.
The obligation to participate in facilitated negotiations shall be as described above and elsewhere in these
General Conditions, as by way of example in Article 36, Claims, or Article 34, Deductions for Uncorrected
Work and to the extent not more particularly described or limited elsewhere, each party’s obligations shall be
as follows:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
a party shall not initiate communication with the facilitator regarding the issues in dispute;
except that any request for facilitation shall be made in writing with copies sent, faxed or
delivered to the other party;
a party shall prepare a brief written description of its position if so requested by the facilitator
(who may elect to first discuss the parties’ positions with each party separately in the interest of
time and expense);
a party shall respond to any reasonable request for copies of documents requested by the
facilitator, but such requests, if voluminous, may consist of an offer to allow the facilitator
access to the parties’ documents;
a party shall review any meeting agenda proposed by a facilitator and endeavor to be informed
on the subjects to be discussed;
a party shall meet with the other party and the facilitator at a mutually acceptable place and
time, or, if none can be agreed to, at the time and place designated by the facilitator for a
period not to exceed four hours unless the parties agree to a longer period;
a party shall endeavor to assure that any facilitation meeting shall be attended by any other
persons in their employ that the facilitator requests be present, if reasonably available,
including the Architect/Engineer;
each party shall participate in such facilitated face-to-face negotiations of the issues in dispute
through persons fully authorized to resolve the issue in dispute;
each party shall be obligated to participate in negotiations requested by the other party and to
perform the specific obligations described in paragraphs (1) through (10) this Article 39,
Facilitated Negotiation, no more than three times during the course of the Project;
neither party shall be under any obligation to resolve any issue by facilitated negotiation, but
each agrees to participate in good faith and the Principal Representative shall direct the
Architect/Engineer to appropriately document any resolution or agreement reached and to
execute any Amendment or Change Order to the Contract necessary to implement their
agreement; and,
any discussions and documents prepared exclusively for use in the negotiations shall be
deemed to be matters pertaining to settlement negotiations and shall not be subsequently
available in further proceedings except to the extent of any documented agreement.
In accordance with State Fiscal Rules and Article 52F, Choice of Law; No Arbitration, nothing in this Article
39 shall be deemed to call for arbitration or otherwise obligate the State to participate in any form of binding
alternative dispute resolution.
A partnering plan developed as described in Article 2D, Communications and Cooperation, may modify or
expand the requirements of this Article but may not reduce the obligation to participate in facilitated
negotiations when applicable. In the case of small projects estimated to be valued under $500,000, the
requirements of this Article may be deleted from this Contract, by modification in Article 7 (Contractor’s
Agreement SC-6.21), Optional Provisions And Elections. When so modified, the references to the parties’
right to elect facilitated negotiation elsewhere in these General Conditions shall be deleted.
Page 34 of 49
SC-6.23
Rev. 7/2015
ARTICLE 40.
RIGHT OF OCCUPANCY
The Principal Representative shall have the right to take possession of and to use any completed or partially
completed portions of the Work, even if the time for completing the entire Work or portions of the Work has
not expired and even if the Work has not been finally accepted, and the Contractor shall fully cooperate with
the Principal Representative to allow such possession and use. Such possession and use shall not
constitute an acceptance of such portions of the Work.
Prior to any occupancy of the Project, an inspection shall be made by the Principal Representative, State
Buildings Program and the Contractor. Such inspection shall be made for the purpose of ensuring that the
building is secure, protected by operation safety systems as designed, operable exits, power, lighting and
HVAC systems, and otherwise ready for the occupancy intended and the Notice of Substantial Completion
has been issued for the occupancy intended. The inspection shall also document existing finish conditions
to allow assessment of any damage by occupants. The Contractor shall assist the Principal Representative
in completing and executing State Form SBP-01, Approval of Occupancy/Use, prior to the Principal
Representative’s possession and use. Any and all areas so occupied will be subject to a final inspection
when the Contractor complies with Article 41, Completion, Final Inspection, Acceptance and Settlement.
ARTICLE 41.
COMPLETION, FINAL INSPECTION, ACCEPTANCE AND SETTLEMENT
A.
NOTICE OF COMPLETION
When the Work, or a discrete physical portion of the Work (as hereafter described) which the Principal
Representative has agreed to accept separately, is substantially complete and ready for final
inspection, the Contractor shall file a written Notice with the Architect/Engineer that the Work, or such
discrete physical portion, in the opinion of the Contractor, is substantially complete under the terms of
the Contract. The Contractor shall prepare and submit with such Notice a comprehensive list of items
to be completed or corrected prior to final payment, which shall be subject to review and additions as
the Architect/Engineer or the Principal Representative shall determine after inspection. If the
Architect/Engineer or the Principal Representative believe that any of the items on the list of items
submitted, or any other item of Work to be corrected or completed, or the cumulative number of items
of Work to be corrected or completed, will prevent a determination that the Work is substantially
complete, those items shall be completed by the Contractor and the Notice shall then be resubmitted.
B.
FINAL INSPECTION
Within ten (10) days after the Contractor files written Notice that the Work is substantially complete,
the Architect/Engineer, the Principal Representative, and the Contractor shall make a “final inspection”
of the Project to determine whether the Work is substantially complete and has been completed in
accordance with the Contract Documents. State Buildings Program shall be notified of the inspection
not less than three (3) business days in advance of the inspection. The Contractor shall provide the
Principal Representative and the Architect/Engineer an updated punch list in sufficient detail to fully
outline the following:
1.
2.
Work to be completed, if any; and
Work not in compliance with the Drawings or Specifications, if any.
A final punch list shall be made by the Architect/Engineer in sufficient detail to fully outline to the
Contractor:
1.
2.
3.
Work to be completed, if any;
Work not in compliance with the Drawings or Specifications, if any; and
unsatisfactory Work for any reason, if any.
The required number of copies of the final punch list will be countersigned by the authorized
representative of the Principal Representative and will then be transmitted by the Architect/Engineer to
the Contractor, the Principal Representative, and State Buildings Program. The Architect/Engineer's
final punch list shall control over the Contractor's preliminary punch list.
Page 35 of 49
SC-6.23
Rev. 7/2015
C.
NOTICE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION
Notice of Substantial Completion shall establish the date of substantial completion of the Project. The
Contractor acknowledges and agrees that because the departments, agencies and institutions of the
State of Colorado are generally involved with the business of the public at large, greater care must be
taken in establishing the date of substantial completion than might otherwise be the case to ensure
that a project or building or discrete physical portion of the Work is fully usable and safe for public use,
and that such care necessarily raises the standard by which the concept of substantial completion is
applied for a public building.
The Notice of Substantial Completion shall not be issued until the following have been fully
established:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
All required building code inspections have been called for and the appropriate code officials
have affixed their signatures to the Building Inspection Record indicating successful completion
of all required code inspections;
All required corrections noted on the Building Inspection Record shall have been completed
unless the Architect/Engineer, the Principal Representative and State Buildings Program, in
their complete and absolute discretion, all concur that the condition requiring the remaining
correction is not in any way life threatening, does not otherwise endanger persons or property,
and does not result in any undue inconvenience or hardship to the Principal Representative or
the public;
The building, structure or Project can be fully and comfortably used by the Principal
Representative and the public without undue interference by the Contractor’s employees and
Workers during the completion of the final punch list taking into consideration the nature of the
public uses intended and taking into consideration any stage or level of completion of HVAC
system commissioning or other system testing required by the Specifications to be completed
prior to issuance of the Notice of Substantial Completion;
The Project has been fully cleaned as required by these General Conditions, and as required
by any stricter requirements of the Specifications, and the overall state of completion is
appropriate for presentation to the public; and
The Contractor has provided a schedule for the completion of each and every item identified on
the punch list which specifies the Subcontractor or trade responsible for the Work, and the
dates the completion or correction of the item will be commenced and finished; such schedule
will show completion of all remaining final punch list items within the period indicated in the
Contract for final punch list completion prior to Final Acceptance, with the exception of only
those items which are beyond the control of the Contractor despite due diligence. The
schedule shall provide for a reasonable punch list inspection process. Unless liquidated
damages have been specified in Article 7.4 of the Contractor’s Design/Bid/Build Agreement
SC-6.21), the cost to the Principal Representative, if any, for re-inspections due to failure to
adhere to the Contractor’s proposed punch-list completion schedule shall be the responsibility
of the Contractor and may be deducted by the Principal Representative from final amounts due
to the Contractor.
Substantial completion of the entire Project shall not be conclusively established by a decision by the
Principal Representative to take possession and use of a portion, or all of the Project, where portions
of the Project cannot meet all the criteria noted above. Notice of Substantial Completion for the entire
Project shall, however, only be withheld for substantial reasons when the Principal Representative has
taken possession and uses all of the Project in accordance with the terms of Article 40, Right Of
Occupancy. Failure to furnish the required completion schedule shall constitute a substantial reason
for withholding the issuance of any Notice of Substantial Completion.
The Contractor shall have the right to request a final inspection of any discrete physical portion of the
Project when in the opinion of the Principal Representative, The Architect/Engineer and State
Buildings Program a final punch list can be reasonably prepared, without confusion as to which
portions of the Project are referred to in any subsequent Notice of Partial Final Settlement which might
be issued after such portion is finally accepted. Discrete physical portions of the Project may be, but
Page 36 of 49
SC-6.23
Rev. 7/2015
shall not necessarily be limited to, such portions of the Project as separate buildings where a Project
consists of multiple buildings. Similarly, an addition to an existing building where the Project also calls
for renovation or remodeling of the existing building may constitute a discrete physical portion of the
Project.
In such circumstances, when in the opinion of the Principal Representative, the
Architect/Engineer and State Buildings Program, the requirements for issuance of a Notice of
Substantial Completion can be satisfied with respect to the discrete portion of the Project, a partial
Notice of Substantial Completion may be issued for such discrete physical portion of the Project.
D.
NOTICE OF ACCEPTANCE
The Notice of Acceptance shall establish the completion date of the Project. It shall not be authorized
until the Contractor shall have performed all of the Work to allow completion and approval of the PreAcceptance Checklist (SBP-05).
Where partial Notices of Substantial Completion have been issued, partial Notices of Final Acceptance
may be similarly issued when appropriate for that portion of the Work. Partial Notice of Final
Acceptance may also be issued to exclude the Work described in Change Orders executed during late
stages of the Project where a later completion date for the Change Ordered Work is expressly
provided for in the Contract as amended by the Change Order, provided the Work can be adequately
described to allow partial advertisement of any Notice of Partial Final Settlement to be issued without
confusion as to the Work included for which final payment will be made.
E.
SETTLEMENT
Final payment and settlement shall be made on the date fixed and published for such payment except
as hereafter provided. The Principal Representative shall not authorize final payment until all items on
the Pre-Acceptance check list (SBP-05) have been completed, the Notice of Acceptance issued, and
the Notice of Contractors Settlement published. If the Work shall be substantially completed, but Final
Acceptance and completion thereof shall be prevented through delay in correction of minor defects, or
unavailability of materials or other causes beyond the control of the Contractor, the Principal
Representative in his or her discretion may release all amounts due to the Contractor except such
amounts as may be in excess of three times the cost of completing the unfinished Work or the cost of
correcting the defective Work, as estimated by the Architect/Engineer and approved by State Buildings
Program. Before the Principal Representative may issue the Notice of Contractor’s Settlement and
advertise the Project for final payment, the Contractor shall have corrected all items on the punch list
except those items for which delayed performance is expressly permitted, subject to withholding for
the cost thereof, and shall have:
1.
Delivered to the Principal Representative:
a.
b.
c.
d.
All guarantees and warranties;
All statements to support local sales tax refunds, if any;
Three (3) complete bound sets of required operating maintenance instructions; and,
One (1) set of hard copy as-built Contract Documents, and one (1) electronic copy
showing all job changes.
2.
Demonstrated to the operating personnel of the Principal Representative the proper operation
and maintenance of all equipment.
3.
Delivered to the State of Colorado Department of Personnel & Administration in accordance
with C.R.S. § 24-103-210:
a. A written disclosure of the five most costly goods incorporated into the project, including
iron, steel, or related manufactured goods and the total cost and country of origin of those
five goods and whether the project was subject to any existing domestic content
preferences.
Page 37 of 49
SC-6.23
Rev. 7/2015
Upon completion of the foregoing the Project shall be advertised in accordance with the Notice of
Contractor’s Settlement by two publications of Notice, the last publication appearing at least ten (10)
days prior to the time of final settlement. Publication and final settlement should not be postponed or
delayed solely by virtue of unresolved claims against the Project or the Contractor from
Subcontractors, suppliers or materialmen based on good faith disputes; the resolution of the question
of payment in such cases being directed by statute.
Except as hereafter provided, on the date of final settlement thus advertised, provided the Contractor
has submitted a written Notice to the Architect/Engineer that no claims have been filed, and further
provided the Principal Representative shall have received no claims, final payments and settlement
shall be made in full. If any unpaid claim for labor, materials, rental machinery, tools, supplies or
equipment is filed before payment in full of all sums due the Contractor, the Principal Representative
and the State Controller shall withhold from the Contractor on the date established for final settlement,
sufficient funds to insure the payment of such claim, until the same shall have been paid or withdrawn,
such payment or withdrawal to be evidenced by filing a receipt in full or an order for withdrawal signed
by the claimant or his or her duly authorized agent or assignee. The amount so withheld may be in
the amount of 125% of the claims or such other amount as the Principal Representative reasonably
deems necessary to cover expected legal expenses. Such withheld amounts shall be in addition to
any amount withheld based on the cost to compete unfinished Work or the cost to repair defective
Work. However, as provided by statute, such funds shall not be withheld longer than ninety (90) days
following the date fixed for final settlement with the Contractor, as set forth in the published Notice of
Contractor’s Settlement, unless an action at law shall be commenced within that time to enforce such
unpaid claim and a Notice of such action at law shall have been filed with the Principal Representative
and the State Controller. At the expiration of the ninety (90) day period, the Principal Representative
shall authorize the State Controller to release to the Contractor all other money not the subject of such
action at law or withheld based on the cost to compete unfinished Work or the cost to repair defective
Work.
Notices of Partial Final Settlement may be similarly advertised, provided all conditions precedent have
been satisfied as though that portion of the Work affected stood alone, a Notice of Partial Acceptance
has been issued, and the consent of surety to the partial final settlement has been obtained in writing.
Thereafter, partial final payments may be made to the Contractor subject to the same conditions
regarding unpaid claims.
ARTICLE 42.
GENERAL WARRANTY AND CORRECTION OF WORK AFTER ACCEPTANCE
The Contractor warrants that the materials used and the equipment furnished shall be new and of good
quality unless specified to the contrary. The Contractor further warrants that the Work shall, in all respects,
be free from material defects not permitted by the Specifications and shall be in accordance with the
requirements of the Contract Documents. Neither the final certificate for payment nor any provision in the
Contract Documents shall relieve the Contractor of responsibility for defects or faulty materials or
Workmanship. The Contractor shall be responsible to the Principal Representative for such warranties for
the longest period permitted by any applicable statute of limitations.
In addition to these general warranties, and without limitation of these general warranties, for a period of one
year after the date of any Notice of Substantial Completion, or any Notice of Partial Substantial Completion if
applicable, the Contractor shall remedy defects, and faulty Workmanship or materials, and Work not in
accordance with the Contract Documents which was not accepted at the time of the Notice of Final
Acceptance, all in accordance with the provisions of Article 44, One-Year Guarantee And Special
Guarantees And Warranties.
ARTICLE 43.
LIENS
Colorado statutes do not provide for any right of lien against public buildings. In lieu thereof, § 38-26-107,
C.R.S., provides adequate relief for any claimant having furnished labor, materials, rental machinery, tools,
equipment, or services toward construction of the particular public Work in that final payment may not be
made to a Contractor until all such creditors have been put on Notice by publication in the public press of
Page 38 of 49
SC-6.23
Rev. 7/2015
such pending payment and given opportunity for a period of up to ninety (90) days to stop payment to the
Contractor in the amount of such claims.
ARTICLE 44.
ONE-YEAR GUARANTEE AND SPECIAL GUARANTEES AND WARRANTIES
C.
A.
ONE-YEAR GUARANTEE OF THE WORK
The Contractor shall guarantee to remedy defects and repair or replace the Work for a period of one
year from the date of the Notice of Substantial Completion or from the dates of any partial Notices of
Substantial Completion issued for discrete physical portions of the Work. The Contractor shall remedy
any defects due to faulty materials or Workmanship and shall pay for, repair and replace any damage
to other Work resulting there from, which shall appear within a period of one year from the date of
such Notice(s) of Substantial Completion. The Contractor shall also remedy any deviation from the
requirements of the Contract Documents which shall later be discovered within a period of one year
from the date of the Notice of Substantial Completion; provided, however, that the Contractor shall not
be required to remedy deviations from the requirements of the Contract Documents where such
deviations were obvious, apparent and accepted by the Architect/Engineer or the Principal
Representative at the time of the Notice of Final Acceptance. The Principal Representative shall give
Notice of observed defects or other Work requiring correction with reasonable promptness. Such
Notice shall be in writing to the Architect/Engineer and the Contractor.
The one year guarantee of the Contractor’s Work may run separately for discrete physical portions of
the Work for which partial Notices of Substantial Completion have been issued, however, it shall run
from the last Notice of Substantial Completion with respect to all or any systems common to the Work
to which more than one Notice of Substantial Completion may apply.
This one-year guarantee shall not be construed to limit the Contractor’s general warranty described in
Article 42, General Warranty and Correction of Work After Acceptance, that all materials and
equipment are new and of good quality, unless specified to the contrary, and that the Work shall in all
respects be free from material defects not permitted by the Specifications and in accordance with the
requirements of the Contract Documents.
B.
SPECIAL GUARANTEES AND WARRANTIES
In case of Work performed for which product, manufacturers or other special warranties are required
by the Specifications, the Contractor shall secure the required warranties and deliver copies thereof to
the Principal Representative through the Architect/Engineer upon completion of the Work.
These product, manufacturers or other special warranties, as such, do not in any way lessen the
Contractor’s responsibilities under the Contract. Whenever guarantees or warranties are required by
the Specifications for a longer period than one year, such longer period shall govern.
ARTICLE 45.
GUARANTEE INSPECTIONS AFTER COMPLETION
The Architect/Engineer, the Principal Representative and the Contractor together shall make at least two (2)
complete inspections of the Work after the Work has been determined to be substantially complete and
accepted. One such inspection, the “Six-Month Guarantee Inspection,” shall be made approximately six (6)
months after date of the Notice of Substantial Completion, unless in the case of smaller projects valued
under $500,000 this inspection is declined in Article 7A (Contractor’s Agreement SC-6.21), Modification of
Article 45, in which case the inspection to occur at six months shall not be required. Another such
inspection, the “Eleven-Month Guaranty Inspection” shall be made approximately eleven (11) months after
the date of the Notice of Substantial Completion. The Contractor shall schedule and so notify all parties
concerned, and the Principal Representative shall so notify State Buildings Program, of these inspections. If
more than one Notice of Substantial Completion has been issued at the reasonable discretion of the
Principal Representative separate eleven month inspections may be required where the one year
guarantees do not run reasonably concurrent.
Written punch lists and reports of these inspections shall be made by the Architect/Engineer and forwarded
to the Contractor, the Principal Representative, State Buildings Program, and all other participants within ten
(10) days after the completion of the inspections. The punch list shall itemize all guarantee items, prior
Page 39 of 49
SC-6.23
Rev. 7/2015
punch list items still to be corrected or completed and any other requirements of the Contract Documents to
be completed which were not waived by final acceptance because they were not obvious or could not
reasonably have been previously observed. The Contractor shall immediately initiate such remedial Work
as may be necessary to correct any deficiencies or defective Work shown by this report, and shall promptly
complete all such remedial Work in a manner satisfactory to the Architect/Engineer, the Principal
Representative and State Buildings Program.
If the Contractor fails to promptly correct all deficiencies and defects shown by this report, the Principal
Representative may do so, after giving the Contractor ten (10) days written Notice of intention to do so.
The State of Colorado, acting by and through the Principal Representative, shall be entitled to collect from
the Contractor all costs and expenses incurred by it in correcting such deficiencies and defects, as well as all
damages resulting from such deficiencies and defects.
ARTICLE 46.
TIME OF COMPLETION AND LIQUIDATED DAMAGES
It is hereby understood and mutually agreed, by and between the parties hereto, that the date of beginning,
rate of progress, and the time for completion of the Work to be done hereunder are ESSENTIAL
CONDITIONS of this Agreement, and it is understood and agreed that the Work embraced in this Contract
shall be commenced at the time specified in the Notice to Proceed (SC-6.26).
It is further agreed that time is of the essence of each and every portion of this Contract, and of any portion
of the Work described on the Drawings or Specifications, wherein a definite and certain length of time is
fixed for the performance of any act whatsoever. The parties further agree that where under the Contract
additional time is allowed for the completion of the Work or any identified portion of the Work, the new time
limit or limits fixed by such extension of the time for completion shall be of the essence of this Agreement.
The Contractor acknowledges that subject to any limitations in the Advertisement for Bids, issued for the
Project, the Contractor’s bid is consistent with and considers the number of days to substantially complete
the Project and the number of days to finally complete the Project to which the parties may have stipulated
in the Agreement, which stipulation was based on the Contractor’s bid. The Contractor agrees that Work
shall be prosecuted regularly, diligently and uninterruptedly at such rate of progress as will ensure the
Project will be substantially complete, and fully and finally complete, as recognized by the issuance of all
required Notices of Substantial Completion and Notices of Final Acceptance, within any times stipulated and
specified in the Agreement, as the same may be amended by Change Order or other written modification,
and that the Principal Representative will be damaged if the times of completion are delayed.
It is expressly understood and agreed, by and between the parties hereto, that the times for the Substantial
Completion of the Work or for the final acceptance of the Work as may be stipulated in the Agreement, and
as applied here and in Article 7.4 of the Contractor’s Design/Bid/Build Agreement SC-6.21), Modifications of
Article 46, are reasonable times for these stages of completion of the Work, taking into such consideration
all factors, including the average climatic range and usual industrial conditions prevailing in the locality of the
building operations.
If the Contractor shall neglect, fail or refuse to complete the Work within the times specified in the
Agreement, such failure shall constitute a breach of the terms of the Contract and the State of Colorado,
acting by and through the Principal Representative, shall be entitled to liquidated damages for such neglect,
failure or refusal, as specified in Article 7.4 of the Contractor’s Design/Bid/Build Agreement SC-6.21,
Modification of Article 46.
The Contractor and the Contractor’s Surety shall be jointly liable for and shall pay the Principal
Representative, or the Principal Representative may withhold, the sums hereinafter stipulated as liquidated
damages for each calendar day of delay until the entire Project is 1) substantially completed, and the Notice
(or all Notices) of Substantial Completion are issued, 2) finally complete and accepted and the Notice (or all
Notices) of Acceptance are issued, or 3) both. Delay in substantial completion shall be measured from the
Date of the Notice to Proceed and delay in final completion and acceptance shall be measured from the
Date of the Notice of Substantial Completion.
Page 40 of 49
SC-6.23
Rev. 7/2015
In the first instance, specified in Article 7.4.1 of the Contractor’s Design/Bid/Build Agreement SC-6.21,
Modification of Article 46, liquidated damages, if any, shall be the amount specified therein, for each
calendar day of delay beginning after the stipulated number of days for Substantial Completion from the date
of the Notice to Proceed, until the date of the Notice of Substantial Completion. Unless otherwise specified
in any Supplementary General Conditions, in the event of any partial Notice of Substantial Completion,
liquidated damages shall accrue until all required Notices of Substantial Completion are issued.
In the second instance, specified in Article 7.4.2 of the Contractor’s Design/Bid/Build Agreement SC-6.21,
Modification of Article 46, liquidated damages, if any, shall be the amount specified in Article 7.4.2 of the
Contractor’s Design/Bid/Build Agreement SC-6.21, Modification of Article 46, for each calendar day in
excess of the number of calendar days specified in the Contractor’s bid for the Project and stipulated in the
Agreement to finally complete the Project (as defined by the issuance of the Notice of Acceptance) after the
final Notice of Substantial Completion has been issued.
In the third instance, when so specified in both Articles 7.4.1 and 7.4.2 of the Contractor’s Agreement SC6.21, both types of liquidated damages shall be separately assessed where those delays have occurred.
The parties expressly agree that said amounts are a reasonable estimate of the presumed actual damages
that would result from any of the breaches listed, and that any liquidated damages that are assessed have
been agreed to in light of the difficulty of ascertaining the actual damages that would be caused by any of
these breaches at the time this Contract was formed; the liquidated damages in the first instance
representing an estimate of damages due to the inability to use the Project; the liquidated damages in the
second instance representing an estimate of damages due to the additional administrative, technical,
supervisory and professional expenses related to and arising from the extended closeout period including
delivery of any or all guarantees and warranties, the submittals of sales and use tax payment forms, the
calling for the final inspection and the completion of the final punch list.
The parties also agree and understand that the liquidated damages to be assessed in each instance are
separate and distinct, although potentially cumulative, damages for the separate and distinct breaches of
delayed substantial completion or final acceptance. Such liquidated damages shall not be avoided by virtue
of the fact of concurrent delay caused by the Principal Representative, or anyone acting on behalf of the
Principal Representative, but in such event the period of delay for which liquidated damages are assessed
shall be equitably adjusted in accordance with Article 38, Delays And Extensions Of Time.
ARTICLE 47.
DAMAGES
If either party to this Contract shall suffer damage under this Contract in any manner because of any
wrongful act or neglect of the other party or of anyone employed by either of them, then the party suffering
damage shall be reimbursed by the other party for such damage. Except to the extent of damages
liquidated for the Contractor’s failure to achieve timely completion as set forth in Article 46, Time of
Completion and Liquidated Damages, the Principal Representative shall be responsible for, and at his or her
option may insure against, loss of use of any existing property not included in the Work, due to fire or
otherwise, however caused. Notwithstanding the foregoing, or any other provision of this Contract, to the
contrary, no term or condition of this contract shall be construed or interpreted as a waiver, express or
implied, of any of the immunities, rights, benefits, protection, or other provisions of the Colorado
Governmental Immunity Act, Section 24-10-101, et seq., CRS, as now or hereafter amended. The parties
understand and agree that liability for claims for injuries to persons arising out of negligence of the State of
Colorado, its departments, institutions, agencies, boards, officials and employees is controlled and limited by
the provisions of Section 24-101-101, et seq., CRS, as now or hereafter amended and the risk management
statutes, Section 24-30-1501, et seq., CRS, as now or hereafter amended.
Notice of intent to file a claim under this clause shall be made in writing to the party liable within a
reasonable time of the first observance of such damage and not later than the time of final payment, except
that in the case of claims by the Principal Representative involving warranties against faulty Work or
materials Notice shall be required only to the extent stipulated elsewhere in these General Conditions.
Claims made to the Principal Representative involving extra cost or extra time arising by virtue of
instructions to the Contractor to which Article 36, Claims, applies shall be made in accordance with Article
Page 41 of 49
SC-6.23
Rev. 7/2015
36. Other claims arising under the Contract involving extra cost or extra time which are made to the
Principal Representative under this clause shall also be made in accordance with the procedures of Article
36, whether or not arising by virtue of instructions to the Contractor; provided however that it shall not be
necessary to first obtain or request a written judgment of the Architect/Engineer.
Provided written Notice of intent to file a claim is provided as required in the preceding paragraph, nothing in
this Article shall limit or restrict the rights of either party to bring an action at law or to seek other relief to
which either party may be entitled, including consequential damages, if any, and shall not be construed to
limit the time during which any action might be brought. Nothing in these General Conditions shall be
deemed to limit the period of time during which any action may be brought as a matter of contract, tort,
warranty or otherwise, it being the intent of the parties to allow any and all actions at law or in equity for such
periods as the law permits. All such rights shall, however be subject to the obligation to assert claims and to
appeal denials pursuant to Article 36, Claims, where applicable.
STATE’S RIGHT TO DO THE WORK; TEMPORARY SUSPENSION OF WORK; DELAY
DAMAGES
STATE’S RIGHT TO DO THE WORK
If after receipt of Notice to do so, the Contractor should neglect to prosecute the Work properly or fail
to perform any provision of the Contract, the Principal Representative, after a second seven (7) days’
advance written Notice to the Contractor and the Surety may, without prejudice to any other remedy
the Principal Representative may have, take control of all or a portion of the Work, as the Principal
Representative deems necessary and make good such deficiencies deducting the cost thereof from
the payment then or thereafter due the Contractor, as provided in Article 30, Correction Of Work
Before Acceptance and Article 33, Payments Withheld, provided, however, that the Architect/Engineer
shall approve the amount charged to the Contractor by approval of the Change Order.
ARTICLE 48.
A.
B.
TEMPORARY SUSPENSION OF WORK
The State, acting for itself or by and through the Architect/Engineer, shall have the authority to
suspend the Work, either wholly or in part, for such period or periods as may be deemed necessary
due to:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5:
6.
Unsuitable weather;
Faulty Workmanship;
Improper superintendence or project management;
Contractor’s failure to carry out orders or to perform any provision of the Contract Documents;
Loss of, or restrictions to, appropriations;
Conditions, which may be considered unfavorable for the prosecution of the Work.
If it should become necessary to stop Work for an indefinite period, the Contractor shall store
materials in such manner that they will not become an obstruction or become damaged in any way;
and he or she shall take every precaution to prevent damage to or deterioration of the Work, provide
suitable drainage and erect temporary structures where necessary.
Notice of suspension of Work shall be provided to the Contractor in writing stating the reasons
therefore. The Contractor shall again proceed with the Work when so notified in writing.
The Contractor understands and agrees that the State of Colorado cannot predict with certainty future
revenues and could ultimately lack the revenue to fund the appropriations applicable to this Contract.
The Contractor further acknowledges and agrees that in such event that State may, upon Notice to the
Contractor, suspend the Work in anticipation of a termination of the Contract for the convenience of
the State, pursuant to Article 50, Termination For Convenience of State. If the Contract is not so
terminated the Contract sum and the Contract time shall be equitably adjusted at the time the Principal
Representative directs the Work to be recommenced and gives Notice that the revenue to fund the
appropriation is available.
Page 42 of 49
SC-6.23
Rev. 7/2015
C.
DELAY DAMAGES
The Principal Representative and the State of Colorado shall be liable to the Contractor for the
payment of any claim for extra costs, extra compensation or damages occasioned by hindrances or
delays encountered in the Work only when and to the limited extent that such hindrance or delay is
caused by an act or omission within the control of the Principal Representative, the Architect/Engineer
or other persons or entities acting on behalf of the Principal Representative. Further, the Principal
Representative and the State of Colorado shall be liable to the Contractor for the payment of such a
claim only if the Contractor has provided required Notice of the delay or impact, or has presented its
claim for an extension of time or claim of other delay or other impact due to changes ordered in the
Work before proceeding with the changed Work. Except as otherwise provided, claims for extension
of time shall be Noticed and filed in accordance with Article 38, Delays and Extensions of Time, within
three (3) business days of the beginning of the delay with any claim filed within seven (7) days after
the delay has ceased, or such claim is waived. Claims for extension of time or for other delay or other
impact resulting from changes ordered in the Work shall be presented and adjusted as provided in
Article 35, Changes in the Work.
ARTICLE 49.
STATE’S RIGHTS TO TERMINATE CONTRACT
A.
GENERAL
If the Contractor should be adjudged bankrupt, or if he or she should make a general assignment for
the benefit of his or her creditors, or if a receiver should be appointed to take over his affairs, or if he
or she should fail to prosecute his or her Work with due diligence and carry the Work forward in
accordance with the construction schedule and the time limits set forth in the Contract Documents, or
if he or she should fail to subsequently perform one or more of the provisions of the Contract
Documents to be performed by him, the Principal Representative may serve written Notice on the
Contractor and the Surety on performance and payment bonds, stating his or her intention to exercise
one of the remedies hereinafter set forth and the grounds upon which the Principal Representative
bases his or her right to exercise such remedy.
In such event, unless the matter complained of is satisfactorily cleared within ten (10) days after
delivery of such Notice, the Principal Representative may, without prejudice to any other right or
remedy, exercise one of such remedies at once, having first obtained the concurrence of the
Architect/Engineer in writing that sufficient cause exists to justify such action.
B.
CONDITIONS AND PROCEDURES
1.
The Principal Representative may terminate the services of the Contractor, which termination
shall take effect immediately upon service of Notice thereof on the Contractor and his or her
Surety, whereupon the Surety shall have the right to take over and perform the Contract. If the
Surety does not provide Notice to the Principal Representative of its intent to commence
performance of the Contract within ten (10) days after delivery of the Notice of termination, the
Principal Representative may take over the Work, take possession of and use all materials,
tools, equipment and appliances on the premises and prosecute the Work to completion by
such means as he or she shall deem best. In the event of such termination of his or her
service, the Contractor shall not be entitled to any further payment under the Contract until the
Work is completed and accepted. If the Principal Representative takes over the Work and if
the unpaid balance of the contract price exceeds the cost of completing the Work, including
compensation for any damages or expenses incurred by the Principal Representative through
the default of the Contractor, such excess shall be paid to the Contractor. If, however, the cost,
expenses and damages as certified by the Architect/Engineer exceed such unpaid balance of
the contract price, the Contractor and his or her Surety shall pay the difference to the Principal
Representative.
2.
The Principal Representative may require the Surety on the Contractor ’s bond to take control
of the Work and see to it that all the deficiencies of the Contractor are made good, with due
diligence within ten (10) days of delivery of Notice to the Surety to do so. As between the
Principal Representative and the Surety, the cost of making good such deficiencies shall all be
borne by the Surety. If the Surety takes over the Work, either by election upon termination of
the services of the Contractor pursuant to Section B(1) of this Article 49, State's Right To
Page 43 of 49
SC-6.23
Rev. 7/2015
3.
C.
Terminate Contract, or upon instructions from the Principal Representative to do so, the
provisions of the Contract Documents shall govern the Work to be done by the Surety, the
Surety being substituted for the Contractor as to such provisions, including provisions as to
payment for the Work, the times of completion and provisions of this Article as to the right of
the Principal Representative to do the Work or to take control of all or a portion of the Work.
The Principal Representative may take control of all or a portion of the Work and make good
the deficiencies of the Contractor, or the Surety if the Surety has been substituted for the
Contractor, with or without terminating the Contract, employing such additional help as the
Principal Representative deems advisable in accordance with the provisions of Article 48A,
State's Right To Do The Work; Temporary Suspension Of Work; Delay Damages. In such
event, the Principal Representative shall be entitled to collect from the Contractor and his or
her Surety, or to deduct from any payment then or thereafter due the Contractor, the costs
incurred in having such deficiencies made good and any damages or expenses incurred
through the default of Contractor, provided the Architect/Engineer approves the amount thus
charged to the Contractor. If the Contract is not terminated, a Change Order to the Contract
shall be executed, unilaterally if necessary, in accordance with the procedures of Article 35,
Changes In The Work.
ADDITIONAL CONDITIONS
If any termination by the Principal Representative for cause is later determined to have been improper,
the termination shall be automatically converted to and deemed to be a termination by the Principal
Representative for convenience and the Contractor shall be limited in recovery to the compensation
provided for in Article 50, Termination For Convenience Of State. Termination by the Contractor shall
not be subject to such conversion.
ARTICLE 50.
TERMINATION FOR CONVENIENCE OF STATE
A.
NOTICE OF TERMINATION
The performance of Work under this Contract may be terminated, in whole or from time to time in part,
by the State whenever for any reason the Principal Representative shall determine that such
termination is in the best interest of State. Termination of Work hereunder shall be effected by
delivery to the Contractor of a Notice of such termination specifying the extent to which the
performance of Work under the Contract is terminated and the date upon which such termination
becomes effective.
B.
PROCEDURES
After receipt of the Notice of termination, the Contractor shall, to the extent appropriate to the
termination, cancel outstanding commitments hereunder covering the procurement of materials,
supplies, equipment and miscellaneous items. In addition, the Contractor shall exercise all reasonable
diligence to accomplish the cancellation or diversion of all applicable outstanding commitments
covering personal performance of any Work terminated by the Notice. With respect to such canceled
commitments, the Contractor agrees to:
1.
2.
settle all outstanding liabilities and all claims arising out of such cancellation of commitments,
with approval or ratification of the Principal Representative, to the extent he or she may require,
which approval or ratification shall be final for all purposes of this clause; and,
assign to the State, in the manner, at the time, and to the extent directed by the Principal
Representative, all of the right, title, and interest of the Contractor under the orders and
subcontracts so terminated, in which case the State shall have the right, in its discretion, to
settle or pay any or all claims arising out of the termination of such orders and subcontracts.
The Contractor shall submit his or her termination claim to the Principal Representative promptly after
receipt of a Notice of termination, but in no event later than three (3) months from the effective date
thereof, unless one or more extensions in writing are granted by the Principal Representative upon
written request of the Contractor within such three month period or authorized extension thereof.
Upon failure of the Contractor to submit his or her termination claim within the time allowed, the
Principal Representative may determine, on the basis of information available to him, the amount, if
Page 44 of 49
SC-6.23
Rev. 7/2015
any, due to the Contractor by reason of the termination and shall thereupon pay to the Contractor the
amount so determined.
Costs claimed, agreed to, or determined pursuant to the preceding and following paragraph shall be in
accordance with the provisions of § 24-107-101, C.R.S., as amended and associated Cost Principles
of the Colorado Procurement Rules as in effect on the date of this Contract.
Subject to the preceding provisions, the Contractor and the Principal Representative may agree upon
the whole or any part of the amount or amounts to be paid to the Contractor by reason of the
termination under this clause, which amount or amounts may include any reasonable cancellation
charges thereby incurred by the Contractor and any reasonable loss upon outstanding commitments
for personal services which he or she is unable to cancel; provided, however, that in connection with
any outstanding commitments for personal services which the Contractor is unable to cancel, the
Contractor shall have exercised reasonable diligence to divert such commitments to other activities
and operations. Any such agreement shall be embodied in an Amendment to this Contract and the
Contractor shall be paid the agreed amount.
The State may from time to time, under such terms and conditions as it may prescribe, make partial
payments against costs incurred by the Contractor in connection with the termination portion of this
Contract, whenever, in the opinion of the Principal Representative, the aggregate of such payments is
within the amount to which the Contractor will be entitled hereunder.
The Contractor agrees to transfer title and deliver to the State, in the manner, at the time, and to the
extent, if any, directed by the Principal Representative, such information and items which, if the
Contract had been completed, would have been required to be furnished to the State, including:
a.
b.
completed or partially completed plans, Drawings and information; and,
materials or equipment produced or in process or acquired in connection with the performance
of the Work terminated by the Notice.
Other than the above, any termination inventory resulting from the termination of the Contract may,
with written approval of the Principal Representative, be sold or acquired by the Contractor under the
conditions prescribed by and at a price or prices approved by the Principal Representative. The
proceeds of any such disposition shall be applied in reduction of any payments to be made by the
State to the Contractor under this Contract or shall otherwise be credited to the price or cost of Work
covered by this Contract or paid in such other manners as the Principal Representative may direct.
Pending final disposition of property arising from the termination, the Contractor agrees to take such
action as may be necessary, or as the Principal Representative may direct, for the protection and
preservation of the property related to this Contract which is in the possession of the Contractor and in
which the State has or may acquire an interest.
Any disputes as to questions of fact, which may arise hereunder, shall be subject to the Remedies
provisions of the Colorado Procurement Code, §§ 24-109-101, et seq., C.R.S., as amended.
ARTICLE 51.
CONTRACTOR’S RIGHT TO STOP WORK AND/OR TERMINATE CONTRACT
If the Work shall be stopped under an order of any court or other public authority for a period of three (3)
months through no act or fault of the Contractor or of any one employed by him, then the Contractor may on
seven (7) days’ written Notice to the Principal Representative and the Architect/Engineer stop Work or
terminate this Contract and recover from the Principal Representative payment for all Work executed, any
losses sustained on any plant or material, and a reasonable profit only for the Work completed. If the
Architect/Engineer shall fail to issue or otherwise act in writing upon any certificate for payment within ten
(10) days after it is presented and received by the Architect/Engineer, as provided in Article 31, Applications
For Payments, or if the Principal Representative shall fail to pay the Contractor any sum certified that is not
disputed in whole or in part by the Principal Representative in writing to the Contractor and the
Architect/Engineer within thirty (30) days after the Architect/Engineer’s certification, then the Contractor may
Page 45 of 49
SC-6.23
Rev. 7/2015
on ten (10) days’ written Notice to the Principal Representative and the Architect/Engineer stop Work and/or
give written Notice of intention to terminate this Contract.
If the Principal Representative shall thereafter fail to pay the Contractor any amount certified by the
Architect/Engineer and not disputed in writing by the Principal Representative within ten (10) days after
receipt of such Notice, then the Contractor may terminate this Contract and recover from the Principal
Representative payment for all Work executed, any losses sustained upon any plant or materials, and a
reasonable profit only for the Work completed. The Principal Representative’s right to dispute an amount
certified by the Architect/Engineer shall not relieve the Principal Representative of the obligation to pay
amounts not in dispute as certified by the Architect/Engineer.
ARTICLE 52.
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
A.
CONTROLLER’S APPROVAL CRS 24-30-202(1)
This Contract shall not be deemed valid until it has been approved by the Colorado State Controller or
designee.
B.
FUND AVAILABILITY CRS 24-30-202(5.5)
Financial obligations of the State payable after the current fiscal year are contingent upon funds for
that purpose being appropriated, budgeted, and otherwise made available
C.
GOVERNMENTAL IMMUNITY
No term or condition of this contract shall be construed or interpreted as a waiver, express or implied,
of any of the immunities, rights, benefits, protections, or other provisions, of the Colorado
Governmental Immunity Act, CRS §24-10-101 et seq., or the Federal Tort Claims Act, 28 U.S.C.
§§1346(b) and 2671 et seq., as applicable now or hereafter amended.
D.
INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR 4 CCR 801-2
Contractor shall perform its duties hereunder as an independent contractor and not as an employee.
Neither Contractor nor any agent or employee of Contractor shall be deemed to be an agent or
employee of the State. Contractor and its employees and agents are not entitled to unemployment
insurance or orkers compensation benefits through the State and the State shall not pay for or
otherwise provide such coverage for Contractor or any of its agents or employees. Unemployment
insurance benefits will be available to Contractor and its employees and agents only if such coverage
is made available by Contractor or a third party. Contractor shall pay when due all applicable
employment taxes and income taxes and local head taxes incurred pursuant to this contract.
Contractor shall not have authorization, express or implied, to bind the State to any agreement, liability
or understanding, except as expressly set forth herein. Contractor shall (a) provide and keep in force
workers' compensation and unemployment compensation insurance in the amounts required by law,
(b) provide proof thereof when requested by the State, and (c) be solely responsible for its acts and
those of its employees and agents.
E.
COMPLIANCE WITH LAW
Contractor shall strictly comply with all applicable federal and State laws, rules, and regulations in
effect or hereafter established, including, without limitation, laws applicable to discrimination and unfair
employment practices.
F.
CHOICE OF LAW
Colorado law, and rules and regulations issued pursuant thereto, shall be applied in the interpretation,
execution, and enforcement of this contract. Any provision included or incorporated herein by
reference which conflicts with said laws, rules, and regulations shall be null and void. Any provision
incorporated herein by reference which purports to negate this or any other Special Provision in whole
or in part shall not be valid or enforceable or available in any action at law, whether by way of
complaint, defense, or otherwise. Any provision rendered null and void by the operation of this
provision shall not invalidate the remainder of this contract, to the extent capable of execution.
Page 46 of 49
SC-6.23
Rev. 7/2015
G.
BINDING ARBITRATION PROHIBITED
The State of Colorado does not agree to binding arbitration by any extra-judicial body or person. Any
provision to the contrary in this contract or incorporated herein by reference shall be null and void.
H.
SOFTWARE PIRACY PROHIBITION. Governor’s Executive Order D 002 00
State or other public funds payable under this contract shall not be used for the acquisition, operation,
or maintenance of computer software in violation of federal copyright laws or applicable licensing
restrictions. Contractor hereby certifies and warrants that, during the term of this contract and any
extensions, Contractor has and shall maintain in place appropriate systems and controls to prevent
such improper use of public funds. If the State determines that Contractor is in violation of this
provision, the State may exercise any remedy available at law or in equity or under this contract,
including, without limitation, immediate termination of this contract and any remedy consistent with
federal copyright laws or applicable licensing restrictions.
I.
EMPLOYEE FINANCIAL INTEREST/CONFLICT OF INTEREST CRS 24-18-201 & CRS 24-50-507
The signatories aver that to their knowledge, no employee of the State has any personal or beneficial
interest whatsoever in the service or property described in this contract. Contractor has no interest and
shall not acquire any interest, direct or indirect, that would conflict in any manner or degree with the
performance of Contractor’s services and Contractor shall not employ any person having such known
interests.
J.
VENDOR OFFSET CRS 24-30-202(1) & CRS 24-30-202.4
Subject to CRS §24-30-202.4 (3.5), the State Controller may withhold payment under the State’s
vendor offset intercept system for debts owed to State agencies for: (a) unpaid child support debts or
child support arrearages; (b) unpaid balances of tax, accrued interest, or other charges specified in
CRS §39-21-101, et seq.; (c) unpaid loans due to the Student Loan Division of the Department of
Higher Education; (d) amounts required to be paid to the Unemployment Compensation Fund; and (e)
other unpaid debts owing to the State as a result of final agency determination or judicial action.
K.
PUBLIC CONTRACTS FOR SERVICES. CRS §8-17.5-101.
[Not Applicable to agreements relating to the offer, issuance, or sale of securities, investment
advisory services or fund management services, sponsored projects, intergovernmental
agreements, or information technology services or products and services] Contractor certifies,
warrants, and agrees that it does not knowingly employ or contract with an illegal alien who will
perform Work under this contract and will confirm the employment eligibility of all employees who are
newly hired for employment in the United States to perform Work under this contract, through
participation in the E-Verify Program or the Department program established pursuant to CRS §817.5-102(5)(c), Contractor shall not knowingly employ or contract with an illegal alien to perform Work
under this contract or enter into a contract with a subcontractor that fails to certify to Contractor that
the subcontractor shall not knowingly employ or contract with an illegal alien to perform Work under
this contract. Contractor (a) shall not use E-Verify Program or Department program procedures to
undertake pre-employment screening of job applicants while this contract is being performed, (b) shall
notify the subcontractor and the contracting State agency within three days if Contractor has actual
knowledge that a subcontractor is employing or contracting with an illegal alien for Work under this
contract, (c) shall terminate the subcontract if a subcontractor does not stop employing or contracting
with the illegal alien within three days of receiving the notice, and (d) shall comply with reasonable
requests made in the course of an investigation, undertaken pursuant to CRS §8-17.5-102(5), by the
Colorado Department of Labor and Employment. If Contractor participates in the Department program,
Contractor shall deliver to the contracting State agency, Institution of Higher Education or political
subdivision a written, notarized affirmation, affirming that Contractor has examined the legal Work
status of such employee, and shall comply with all of the other requirements of the Department
program. If Contractor fails to comply with any requirement of this provision or CRS §8-17.5-101 et
seq., the contracting State agency, institution of higher education or political subdivision may terminate
this contract for breach and, if so terminated, Contractor shall be liable for damages.
Page 47 of 49
SC-6.23
Rev. 7/2015
L.
PUBLIC CONTRACTS WITH NATURAL PERSONS. CRS §24-76.5-101.
Contractor, if a natural person eighteen (18) years of age or older, hereby swears and affirms under
penalty of perjury that he or she (a) is a citizen or otherwise lawfully present in the United States
pursuant to federal law, (b) shall comply with the provisions of CRS §24-76.5-101 et seq., and (c) has
produced one form of identification required by CRS §24-76.5-103 prior to the effective date of this
contract.
ARTICLE 53.
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
A.
CONSTRUCTION OF LANGUAGE
The language used in these General Conditions shall be construed as a whole according to its plain
meaning, and not strictly for or against any party. Such construction shall, however, construe
language to interpret the intent of the parties giving due consideration to the order of precedence
noted in Article 2C, Intent of Documents.
B.
SEVERABILITY
Provided this Agreement can be executed and performance of the obligations of the Parties
accomplished within its intent, the provisions hereof are severable and any provision that is declared
invalid or becomes inoperable for any reason shall not affect the validity of any other provision hereof,
provided that the Parties can continue to perform their obligations under this Agreement in accordance
with its intent.
C.
SECTION HEADINGS
The captions and headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only, and shall not be
used to interpret, define, or limit its provisions.
D.
AUTHORITY
Each person executing the Agreement and its Exhibits in a representative capacity expressly
represents and warrants that he or she has been duly authorized by one of the parties to execute the
Agreement and has authority to bind said party to the terms and conditions hereof.
E.
INTEGRATION OF UNDERSTANDING
This Contract is intended as the complete integration of all understandings between the parties and
supersedes all prior negotiations, representations, or agreements, whether written or oral. No prior or
contemporaneous addition, deletion, or other amendment hereto shall have any force or affect
whatsoever, unless embodied herein in writing. No subsequent novation, renewal, addition, deletion,
or other amendment hereto shall have any force or effect unless embodied in a written Change Order
or Amendment to this Contract.
F.
VENUE
All suits or actions related to this Agreement shall be filed and proceedings held in the State of
Colorado and exclusive venue shall be in the City and County of Denver.
G.
NO THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARIES
Enforcement of this Agreement and all rights and obligations hereunder are reserved solely to the
Parties. Any services or benefits which third parties receive as a result of this Contract are incidental
to the Contract, and do not create any rights for such third parties.
H.
WAIVER
Waiver of any breach under a term, provision, or requirement of this Agreement, or any right or
remedy hereunder, whether explicitly or by lack of enforcement, shall not be construed or deemed as
a waiver of any subsequent breach of such term, provision or requirement, or of any other term,
provision, or requirement.
Page 48 of 49
SC-6.23
Rev. 7/2015
I.
INDEMNIFICATION
Contractor shall indemnify, save, and hold harmless the State, its employees and agents, against any
and all claims, damages, liability and court awards including costs, expenses, and attorney fees , to
the extent such claims are caused by any negligent act or omission of the Contractor, its employees,
agents, subcontractors or assignees pursuant to the terms of this Contract, but not to the extent such
claims are caused by any negligent act or omission of, or breach of contract by, the State, its
employees, agents, other contractors or assignees, or other parties not under control of or responsible
to the Contractor.
J.
STATEWIDE CONTRACT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
If the maximum amount payable to Contractor under this Contract is $100,000 or greater, either on the
Effective Date or at anytime thereafter, this section shall apply.
Contractor agrees to be governed, and to abide, by the provisions of CRS 24-102-205, 24-102-206,
24-103-601, 24-103.5-101, 24-105-101, and 24-105-102 concerning the monitoring of vendor
performance on state contracts and inclusion of contract performance information in a statewide
contract management system.
Contractor’s performance shall be subject to Evaluation and Review in accordance with the terms and
conditions of this Contract, State law, including C.R.S 24-103.5-101, and State Fiscal Rules, Policies
and Guidance. Evaluation and Review of Contractor’s performance shall be part of the normal contract
administration process and Contractor’s performance will be systematically recorded in the statewide
Contract Management System. Areas of Evaluation and Review shall include, but shall not be limited
to quality, cost and timeliness. Collection of information relevant to the performance of Contractor’s
obligations under this Contract shall be determined by the specific requirements of such obligations
and shall include factors tailored to match the requirements of Contractor’s obligations. Such
performance information shall be entered into the statewide Contract Management System at intervals
established herein and a final Evaluation, Review and Rating shall be rendered within 30 days of the
end of the Contract term. Contractor shall be notified following each performance Evaluation and
Review, and shall address or correct any identified problem in a timely manner and maintain Work
progress.
Should the final performance Evaluation and Review determine that Contractor demonstrated a gross
failure to meet the performance measures established hereunder, the Executive Director of the
Colorado Department of Personnel and Administration (Executive Director), upon request by the
Principal Representative, and showing of good cause, may debar Contractor and prohibit Contractor
from bidding on future contracts. Contractor may contest the final Evaluation, Review and Rating by:
(a) filing rebuttal statements, which may result in either removal or correction of the evaluation (CRS
24-105-102(6)), or (b) under CRS 24-105-102(6), exercising the debarment protest and appeal rights
provided in CRS 24-109-106, 107, 201 or 202, which may result in the reversal of the debarment and
reinstatement of Contractor, by the Executive Director, upon a showing of good cause.
K.
CORA DISCLOSURE
To the extent not prohibited by federal law, this Agreement and the performance measures and
standards under CRS §24-103.5-101, if any, are subject to public release through the Colorado Open
Records Act, CRS §24-72-101, et seq.
Page 49 of 49
SC-6.23
Rev. 7/2015
SECTION 01 00 00 – GENERAL CONDITIONS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A.
Division 01 - General Requirements relates to and expands upon the Conditions of the Contract,
including the General Conditions and the Supplementary Conditions, but does not supersede requirements
specified in those documents or in the Owner/Contractor Agreement.
B.
Division 01 - General Requirements governs work under all other divisions of the Specifications, including
Project Specifications issued under separate cover, and the Drawings.
1.2
PROJECT IDENTIFICATION AND PRINCIPAL ENTITIES
A.
University of Colorado Colorado Springs:
Ms. Sherry Reed
Planning, Design, and Construction
1420 Austin Bluffs Parkway
Colorado Springs, CO 80918
(719) 255-3758
sreed@uccs.edu
1.3
PROJECT CONSULTANTS
A.
Electrical Engineer:
ME Engineers
Mr. David Hoag, P.E.
3425 Austin Bluffs Parkway, Suite 201
Colorado Springs, CO 80918
(719) 536-0036
david.hoag@me-engineers.com
B.
Structural Engineer:
HCDA Engineering, Inc.
Mr. Andy Baturevich, P.E.
545 E. Pikes Peak Avenue
Colorado Springs, Colorado 80903
(719) 633-7784
abaturevich@hcdaengineering.com
C.
Geotechnical Engineer:
CTL-Thompson, Inc.
Mr. William C. Hoffmann, Jr. P.E.
5170 Mark Dabling Blvd
Colorado Springs, Colorado 80918
(719) 528-8300
whoffmann@ctlthompson.com
IT Emergency Generator
Project Number: 16-007
January 25, 2016
GENERAL CONDITIONS
01 00 00 - 1
100% CD
D.
Owner: Wherever the word “Owner” is used in this Project Manual, it shall mean:
Ms. Sherry Reed
Planning, Design, and Construction
1420 Austin Bluffs Parkway
Colorado Springs, CO 80918
(719) 255-3758
sreed@uccs.edu
E.
Owner's Representative: Wherever the word “Owner's Representative” is used in this Project Manual, it
shall mean:
ME Engineers
3425 Austin Bluffs Parkway, Suite 201
Colorado Springs, Colorado 80918
F.
1.4
General Contractor: Wherever the words “Contractor” or “General Contractor” are used in this Project
Manual, they shall mean the contractor who is party to the Owner/Contractor Agreement.
WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
A.
Single Contract: Unless otherwise indicated or specified, all Work indicated on the Drawings and
described in the Specifications is to be executed under one prime contract between Owner and General
Contractor.
B.
Summary of Work: The Work includes installing a reinforced concrete generator f9oundation and screen
wall/fence, 100KVA UPS, 1020KW Generator and 400A ATS, GW1 panel and boring of generator conduit for the
installation.
C.
The locations of all existing utilities, as indicated on the Drawings, are approximate. General Contractor shall
be responsible for verifying location of all underground and above ground utilities prior to construction.
Any damage to these utilities shall be the Contractor’s responsibility and they shall be repaired at no cost
to the Owner.
D.
Failure to Visit Site: Will not relieve Contractor from necessity of furnishing materials or performing
work that may be required to complete the Work in accordance with Drawings and Specifications without
additional cost to Owner.
1.5
WORK BY OWNER OR UNDER SEPARATE CONTRACT
A.
Coordination and Cooperation:
1.
Cooperate fully with separate contractors so work on those contracts may be carried out
smoothly, without interfering with or delaying work under this Contract. Coordinate
the Work of this Contract with work performed under separate contracts. Cooperate in the
scheduling of work and in the use of space. Coordinate with Owner's
Representative.
1.6
ACCESS TO SITE
1.
Contractor's Access to Site: Limited to access routes as directed by the Owner.
1.7
COORDINATION WITH OCCUPANTS
IT Emergency Generator
Project Number: 16-007
January 25, 2016
GENERAL CONDITIONS
01 00 00 - 2
100% CD
A.
Owner Occupancy: Owner will occupy the premises during entire construction period, with the exception
of areas under construction. Cooperate with Owner during construction operations to minimize conflicts
and facilitate Owner usage. Perform the Work so as not to interfere with Owner's operations. Maintain
existing exits, unless otherwise indicated.
1.
Maintain access to existing walkways, corridors, and other adjacent occupied or
used facilities. Do not close or obstruct walkways, corridors, or other occupied or used
facilities without written permission from Owner and authorities having
jurisdiction.
a.
Emergency Exits: Maintain all required fire exits from existing building at all times
existing building is occupied during construction process.
b.
Exit Doors, Stairways and Discharge Areas: Acceptable to local code authority.
2.
Related Requirements: See Section 01 35 16 Alteration Project Procedures.
B.
Disruptive Operations: Noisy and disruptive operations (such use of jack hammers and other noisy
equipment):
1.
Schedule and coordinate such operations with Owner.
2.
Upon notification from Owner, cease operations that are, in opinion of Owner,
disruptive. Schedule such operations as described above.
C.
Existing Utility Interruptions: Do not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied by Owner or others
unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide temporary utility
services according to requirements indicated:
1.
Notify Owner not less than two d a y s in advance of proposed utility i nterruptions.
2.
Do not proceed with utility interruptions without Owner's written permission.
3.
In general outages shall be scheduled at times coordinated with the Owner.
D.
Provide not less than 72 hours' notice to Owner of activities that will affect Owner's operations.
E.
Construction Parking: Parking for construction labor on site shall be paid by the Contractor.
F.
Owner Occupancy of Completed Areas of Construction: Owner reserves the right to occupy and to place
and install equipment in completed areas of building, before Substantial Completion, provided such
occupancy does not interfere with completion of the Work. Such placement of equipment and partial
occupancy shall not constitute acceptance of the total Work.
1.
Before partial Owner occupancy, mechanical and electrical systems shall be fully
operational, and required tests and inspections shall be successfully completed.
On occupancy, Owner will operate and maintain mechanical and electrical systems serving
occupied portions of building.
2.
On occupancy, Owner will assume responsibility for maintenance and custodial
service for occupied portions of building.
1.8
USE OF SITE
A.
General: Contractor shall have limited use of premises for construction operations as indicated on
Drawings by the Contract limits and as defined at the Pre-construction Conference.
B.
Limit use of premises to areas within the Contract limits indicated. Do not disturb portions of Project site
beyond areas in which the Work is indicated.
1.
Owner Occupancy: Restrict access to extent required to allow for on-going
occupancy of portions of the building outside the area of work.
2.
Driveways and Entrances: Keep driveways and entrances serving premises clear and available
to Owner, Owner's employees, and emergency vehicles at all times. Do not use
these areas for parking or storage of materials.
a.
Schedule deliveries to minimize use of driveways and entrances.
b.
Schedule deliveries to minimize space and time requirements for storage of materials and
equipment on-site.
IT Emergency Generator
Project Number: 16-007
January 25, 2016
GENERAL CONDITIONS
01 00 00 - 3
100% CD
C.
Use of Existing Building: Maintain existing building in a weathertight condition throughout construction
period. Repair damage caused by construction operations. Protect building and its occupants during
construction period.
1.
1. Related Requirements:
a.
Section 01 35 16 Alteration Project Procedures.
b.
Section 01 50 00 Temporary Facilities and Controls.
D.
On-Site Work Hours: Work shall be generally performed inside the existing building during normal
business working hours, Monday through Friday, unless specifically authorized by the Owner’s
Representative.
E.
Special Campus Restrictions:
1.
Areas in the vicinity of the building will be designated by Owner's Project
Manager for the purposes of Contractor's staging, stockpiling, and vehicle access.
2.
No portion of the site may be used by Contractor without prior approval by
Owner's Project Manager.
3.
Contractor personnel are prohibited from existing building interiors except as
required to execute specific work indicated on Drawings.
4.
Contractor is prohibited from utilizing the building’s computers, phones and
internet access.
5.
Contractor and associated personnel and subcontractors are not permitted to use existing and
toilet facilities and service sinks in the building for personal use, for cleaning
tools, or for disposing of construction waste materials.
6.
Building keys will not be made available to Contractor. Access into and
throughout the building will be arranged through Owner's Project Manager.
7.
Protect existing property from unauthorized access to building interiors, roofs,
etc. Temporary work or storage of materials is not permitted to compromise
building security.
8.
Temporary work must not compromise structural integrity.
9.
No construction waste materials may be disposed of in Owner's dumpsters or
other Owner containers.
10. Construction areas shall be limited to the portions of the site indicated on
Drawings.
11. Control smoke, dust, dirt, odors and other objectionable effects, and limit to the
immediate area of construction. Contractor is responsible for cleaning other areas
affected by noncompliance with this requirement, including contents of affected areas.
12. Clean work areas of debris, and " broom clean" no less frequently than at the end
of each work day. Remove all debris from exterior site areas which could be wind blown.
See Section 01 7000 for additional requirements.
F.
Special Restriction:
1.
All Contractor's personnel, including but not limited to subcontractors, suppliers,
inspectors, laborers, and any personnel under contract to or in the direct employ
of the Contractor are not permitted to interact with students of the existing college
facility in any manner.
2.
Contractor's Superintendent: Must be subject to a full background check by UCCS
authorities and may not have any prior convictions related to drug abuse, child
abuse, or similar violations of applicable law.
1.9
WORK SEQUENCE AND CONSTRUCTION PHASING
A.
Sequencing of Construction Plan: Before start of construction on site, submit three copies of construction
plan regarding access to work; use of site; and scheduling and phasing of new, demolition and renovation
work for acceptance by Owner and Architect. After acceptance of plan, construction sequencing shall
IT Emergency Generator
Project Number: 16-007
January 25, 2016
GENERAL CONDITIONS
01 00 00 - 4
100% CD
comply with accepted plan unless deviations are accepted in writing.
1.
No work may commence until Notice to Proceed is provided by the Owner.
1.10
HAZARDOUS COMMUNICATION REQUIREMENTS:
A.
All Contractors are responsible for compliance with mandatory federal rules and regulations concerning
Hazard Communication, including, but not limited to those regulations contained in 29 CFR 191 0.1200
Hazard Communication, 1910.146 Confined Space, 1910.147 Lock-out Tag-out, 1910.1101 Asbestos, and
1926.62 Lead. Contractor and all subcontractors working at sites under the control of the Owner shall
make available to the Architect, upon request, copies of the Hazard Communication Program used by
their firm. In addition to this requirement, all regulations related to Multi-employer workplaces shall be
adhered to. These regulations are found in 29 CFR 1910.1200, (e) (2) (I) through (e) (4) specifically:
B.
(e) (2) Multi-employer workplaces. Employers who produce, use, or store hazardous chemicals at
workplace in such a way that employees of other employer(s) may be exposed (for example, employees
of a construction contractor working on site) shall additionally ensure that the hazard communication
programs developed and implemented under paragraph (e) include the following:
1.
(e) (2) (i) The methods the employer will use to provide the other employer(s)
with a copy of the safety data sheet, or to make it available at a central location in
the workplace, for each hazardous chemical the other employer(s)’ employees may be
exposed to while working;
2.
(e) (2) (ii) The methods the employer will use to inform the other employer(s) of
any precautionary measures that need to be taken to protect employees during the
workplace’s normal operating conditions and in foreseeable emergencies; and, (e) (2) (iii)
The methods the employer will use to inform the other employer(s) of the labeling system used
in the workplace.
3.
(e) (3) The employer may rely on an existing hazard communication program to
comply with these requirements, provided that it meets the criteria established in
this paragraph (e).
4.
(e) (4) The employer shall make the written hazard communication program available, upon
request, to employees, their designated representatives, the Assistant Secretary and
the Director, in accordance with requirements of 29 CFR 1910.20 (e).
5.
The referenced regulations were excerpted from 29 CFR 1910.1200. This excerpt shall not be
relied upon for compliance with mandatory federal, state and local regulations. The
Contractor shall comply with all such regulations and shall be solely liable for insuring that
all requirements under applicable regulations are met.
1.11
PROJECT MANUAL FORMATS AND CONVENTIONS
A.
MasterFormat: This Project Manual is organized on the basis of the 2004 Edition of the Construction
Specifications Institute (CSI) MasterFormat.
1.
In general, Section numbers are assigned six digits. The first two digits identify
the Division (Level 1). The next two pairs of numbers, Levels 2 and 3, identify the subject
matter of the section in order of increasing hierarchical specificity. In some cases,
a Level 4 number is supplied following a decimal point, when clarity requires a
higher degree of specificity. Level 5 numbers or letters are not assigned and are reserved for
user-defined categories.
2.
The system of groups, subgroups and Divisions are listed in the Table of Contents
of this Project Manual. It consists of 50 Divisions, Division 00 though Division 49, some
of which are not used or are reserved for future expansion of the MasterFormat.
B.
Specification Language: These Specifications are of abbreviated, simplified or streamlined type and
include incomplete sentences.
1.
Omissions of words or phrases such as "the contractor shall", "in conformity
IT Emergency Generator
Project Number: 16-007
January 25, 2016
GENERAL CONDITIONS
01 00 00 - 5
100% CD
2.
3.
4.
1.12
A.
therewith", "shall be", "as noted on the Drawings", "a", "the", are intentional.
Supply omitted words or phrases by inference.
Supply words "shall be" or "shall" by inference when colon is used within
sentences or phrases.
Supply words "on the Drawings" by inference when "as indicated" is used with
sentences or phrases.
EXAMINATION OF SITE
Failure to visit the site will in no way relieve any Contractor from the necessity of furnishing materials or
performing work that may be required to complete work in accordance with the Contract Documents
without additional cost to the OWNER. Bids will be accepted from only those bidders who attend the
mandatory pre-bid conference at the job site.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS - Not Used
PART 3 - EXECUTION - Not Used
END OF SECTION 01 00 00
IT Emergency Generator
Project Number: 16-007
January 25, 2016
GENERAL CONDITIONS
01 00 00 - 6
100% CD
SECTION 01 03 00 - ADMINISTRATION AND SUPERVISION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
1.2
Drawings and general provisions of the contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
other Specification sections, apply to work of this section.
SURVEYS, LAYOUTS, AND LEVELS
A.
1.3
General: Working from lines and levels established by the existing building, and as shown in relation to
the work, establish and maintain bench marks and other dependable markers to set the lines and levels for
the work of construction as needed to properly locate every element of the work of the entire project.
Calculate and measure required dimensions as shown (within recognized tolerances if not otherwise
indicated); do not scale the drawings to determine dimensions. Continuously advise tradesmen
performing the work of the marked lines and levels provided for use in the layout of work.
SUBMITTALS
A.
1.4
Within 10 days of the Notice to Proceed, the Contractor shall submit a Schedule of Values to be used in
determining general progress of the project, and for determining percentage of work accomplished for
progress payments. As a minimum, the Schedule of Values shall indicate the value of materials and labor
for each major category of work. The value of materials and labor shall be shown separately.
PROGRESS SCHEDULE
A.
1.5
Furnish Project Schedule, as required by the General Conditions, not less than four copies in the form of:
Bar chart, showing start and completion of each activity or unit of work and overall percentage of
completion against time. Provide such details as required by the Consultant. The Contractor shall provide
a detailed construction schedule within two weeks of the award and identify all materials with a lead time
greater than 30 days. The Contractor shall provide weekly updates to the construction schedule
throughout the duration of the project.
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
A.
Maintain at job site, one copy of:
1.
Contract Drawings
2.
Specifications
3.
Addenda
4.
Reviewed Shop Drawings
5.
Change Orders
6.
Other Modifications to Contract
7.
Field Test Records
8.
As-Built Drawings
B.
Maintain documents in clean, dry, legible condition and do not use record documents for construction
purposes. Make documents available at all times for inspection by the Owner’s Representative.
IT Emergency Generator
Project Number: 16-007
January 25, 2016
ADMINISTRATOIN AND SUPERVISION
01 02 00 - 1
100% CD
C.
Label each document "Project Record" in 1" or larger printed letters.
D.
Record drawing information in colored pencil with different colors for the various systems and defined by
color legend.
E.
Record drawings and specifications shall include the following:
1.
Location of internal utilities and appurtenances concealed in construction referenced to visible and
accessible features of structure. Location of concealed valves, dampers, controls, balancing
devices, junction boxes, cleanouts, and other items requiring access or maintenance.
2.
Field changes of dimension and detail, changes made by Change Order or Field Order and details
not on original contract drawings.
F.
Submit all record drawings to the Consultant at the completion of the project.
1.6
CLEANING
A.
Cleaning and Protection Work: At the time each unit of work or element of the construction is completed
in each area of the Project, clean the unit or element to a condition suitable for occupancy and use (as
intended), and restore minor or superficial damage. Replace units and elements which are damaged
beyond successful restoration. Clean and restore adjoining surfaces and other work which was soiled or
damaged (superficially) during the installation; replace other work damaged beyond successful
restoration. Where the performance of subsequent work could possibly result in damage to the complete
unit or element, provide protective covering or other provisions to minimize possible damage. Repeat
cleaning and protection operations during remainder of construction period, wherever work might
otherwise be damaged by sustained soiling or exposure.
B.
During Construction: Oversee cleaning and ensure that building, grounds, and public properties are
maintained free from accumulation of waste materials and rubbish. At reasonable intervals during
progress of work, clean up site and access and dispose of waste materials, rubbish, and debris. Grounds
around the access areas shall be broom clean by the end of each day.
C.
Final Cleaning: Remove all discarded materials and equipment. Restore sidewalks, lawns, landscaping,
driveways, etc. to the condition prior to commencement of work.
1.7
PROJECT SIGN
A.
1.8
A project sign is not required. Do not erect any project sign or jobsite sign of any kind, except warning
signs, without written authorization of the Owner.
COORDINATION
A.
The Contractor shall coordinate the work so as not to interfere with the building custodian's normal
cleanup activities.
B.
The Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating all the work of the project. The Contractor shall
coordinate the efforts of all subcontractor(s) and the deliveries of suppliers so that the work progresses in
an orderly fashion without delay towards timely completion of a complete project in accordance with the
drawings and specifications.
IT Emergency Generator
Project Number: 16-007
January 25, 2016
ADMINISTRATOIN AND SUPERVISION
01 02 00 - 2
100% CD
C.
1.9
The Contractor shall note that concurrent with his work, other contractors, suppliers, and the Owner's's
facilities and maintenance personnel may be working in relatively close proximity. The Contractor will
be solely responsible for coordinating his work with that of other contractors and will make no claims for
failure to do so.
METHODS OF CONSTRUCTION
A.
The procedure and method of construction is the prerogative and the responsibility of the Contractor. If
professional assistance is required to safely implement method of construction, the Contractor shall, on
his own, employ professional help.
PART 2 - NOT USED
PART 3 - NOT USED
END OF SECTION 01 03 00
IT Emergency Generator
Project Number: 16-007
January 25, 2016
ADMINISTRATOIN AND SUPERVISION
01 02 00 - 3
100% CD
SECTION 01 04 00 - PROJECT COORDINATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS:
A.
1.2
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
Division 1-Specification sections, apply to work of this section.
SUMMARY:
A.
Section Includes: Requirements for coordination, supervision and administration for Project, including
but not necessarily limited to:
1.
Coordination.
2.
Administrative and supervisory personnel.
3.
General installation provisions.
4.
Cleaning and protection.
B.
Related Sections: For descriptions of the work of the entire Project within and outside of the work of this
Contract: Section 01 01 00.
1.3
SUBMITTALS:
A.
Coordination Drawings: For locations where several elements of equipment, mechanical or combined
mechanical and electrical work must be sequenced and positioned with precision in order to fit into the
available space, prepare coordination shop drawings showing the actual physical dimensions at accurate
scale required for the installation. Prepare and submit coordination drawings prior to
purchase/fabrication/installation of any of the elements involved in the coordination.
B.
Staff Names: Within 10 days of Notice to Proceed, submit a list of the Contractor's principal staff
assignments, including the Superintendent in attendance at the site. Submit addresses and telephone
numbers, including after-hours telephone numbers for emergency response.
1.4
GENERAL COORDINATION:
A.
General: Each entity involved in the performance of work for the entire Project shall cooperate in the
overall coordination of the work; promptly, when requested, furnish information concerning its portion of
the work; and respond promptly and reasonably to the decisions and requests of persons designated with
coordination, supervisory, administrative, or similar authority. Where necessary, prepare memoranda for
distribution to each party involved outlining special procedures required for coordination.
B.
Administrative Procedures: Coordinate scheduling and timing of required administrative procedures with
other construction work. Such administrative activities include, but are not limited to, the following:
1.
Preparation of schedules.
2.
Installation and removal of temporary facilities.
3.
Delivery and processing of submittals.
4.
Progress meetings.
5.
Project closeout activities.
IT Emergency Generator
Project Number: 16-007
January 25, 2016
PROJECT COORDINATOIN
01 04 00 - 1
100% CD
C.
Conservation: Coordinate construction activities to ensure that operations are carried out with
consideration given to conservation of energy, water and materials. Salvage materials and equipment
involved in performance of, but not actually incorporated in, the Work. Refer to other sections for
disposition of salvaged materials that are designated as the Owner's's property.
D.
Site Utilization: In addition to the site utilization limitations and requirements indicated in Section 01010
and indicated by the Contract Documents, administer the allocation of available space equitably among
entities needing access and space, so as to produce the best overall efficiency in the performance of the
total work of the project. Schedule deliveries so as to minimize the space and time requirements for
storage of materials and equipment on the site; but do not unduly risk delays in the work.
1.
The Contractor shall note that concurrent with his work, other contractors, suppliers, and the
Owner's facilities and maintenance personnel may be working in relatively close proximity. The
Contractor will be solely responsible for coordinating his work with that of other contractors and
will make no claims for failure to do so.
E.
Coordination Meetings: Where necessary, schedule coordination meetings for this purpose on an asneeded basis.
F.
Layout: It is recognized that the Contract Documents are diagrammatic in showing certain physical
relationships of the various elements and systems and their interfacing with other elements and systems.
Establishment and coordination of these relationships is the exclusive responsibility of the Contractor. Do
not scale the drawings. Field measure all conditions prior to fabrication and construction. Lay out and
arrange all elements to contribute to safety, efficiency and to carry the harmony of design throughout the
Work. In case of conflict or undimensioned locations, verify required positioning with the Owner’s
Representative.
G.
Substrate Examination: The Installer of each element of the work must examine the conditions of the
substrate to receive the work, dimensions and spaces adjacent, tolerances, interfacing with other elements
and services, and the conditions under which the work will be performed, and must notify the Contractor
in writing of conditions detrimental to the proper or timely completion of the work. Do not proceed with
the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Installer.
H.
Large and Heavy Equipment and Materials: Coordinate the movement of heavy items with shoring and
bracing, so that the building structure will not be overloaded during the movement and installation.
Where equipment or products to be installed on the roof are too heavy to be hand-carried, do not transport
across roof deck; position by crane or other device so as to avoid overloading the roof deck.
1.5
COMPLETE SYSTEMS:
A.
It is the intent of the Contract Documents that all systems, including mechanical and electrical, be
complete and functional to provide the intended or specified performance. The Contractor shall provide
all incidental items and parts necessary to achieve this requirement.
B.
Provide correctly sized power, utilities, piping, drains, services and their connections to equipment and
systems requiring them, whether or not specific items are listed in the schedule at the end of this section.
1.6
MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL/EQUIPMENT
A.
COORDINATION:
Sequence, coordinate and integrate the various elements of equipment, mechanical work and electrical
work so that various systems and mechanical plant will perform as indicated and be in harmony with
other work of the building. The Owner’s Representative, including the Project Architect or Engineer, will
supervise the coordination, which is the exclusive responsibility of the Contractor.
IT Emergency Generator
Project Number: 16-007
January 25, 2016
PROJECT COORDINATOIN
01 04 00 - 2
100% CD
B.
Install piping, ductwork and similar services straight and true, aligned with other work, close to walls and
overhead structure, allowing for insulation, concealed (except where indicated as exposed) in occupied
spaces, and out-of-the-way with maximum passageway and headroom remaining in each space.
C.
Install electrical work in a neat, organized manner with conduit and similar services in or parallel with
building lines, and concealed unless indicated as exposed.
D.
Arrange all work to facilitate maintenance and repair or replacement of equipment. Locate services
requiring maintenance on valves and similar units in front of services requiring less maintenance.
Connect equipment for ease of disconnecting, with minimum of interference with other work.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
GENERAL INSTALLATION PROCEDURES:
A.
Inspection of Conditions: Require the Installer of each major component to inspect both the substrate and
conditions under which work is to be performed. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have
been corrected in an acceptable manner.
B.
Inspect materials or equipment immediately upon delivery and again prior to installation. Reject damaged
and defective items.
C.
Recheck measurements and dimensions, before starting fabrication or installation.
D.
Manufacturer's Instructions: Comply with manufacturer's installation instructions and recommendations,
to the extent that those instructions and recommendations are more explicit or stringent than requirements
contained in Contract Documents.
E.
Installation: Provide attachment and connection devices and methods necessary for securing work.
Secure work true to line and level. Allow for expansion and building movement. Install each component
during weather conditions and project status that will ensure the best possible results. Isolate each part of
the completed construction from incompatible material as necessary to prevent deterioration. Coordinate
temporary enclosures with required inspections and tests, to minimize the necessity of uncovering
completed construction for that purpose.
F.
Visual Effects: Provide uniform joint widths in exposed work. Arrange joints in exposed work to obtain
the best visual effect. Refer questionable choices to the Owner’s Representative for final decision.
G.
Mounting Heights: Where mounting heights are not indicated, install individual components at standard
mounting heights recognized within the industry for the particular application indicated. Refer
questionable mounting height decisions to the Owner’s Representative for final decision.
3.2
CLEANING AND PROTECTION:
A.
During handling and installation, clean and protect construction in progress and adjoining materials in
place. Apply protective covering where required to ensure protection from damage or deterioration at
substantial completion.
IT Emergency Generator
Project Number: 16-007
January 25, 2016
PROJECT COORDINATOIN
01 04 00 - 3
100% CD
B.
Clean and maintain completed construction as frequently as necessary through the remainder of the
construction period. Adjust and lubricate operable components to ensure operability without damaging
effects.
C.
Limiting Exposures: Supervise construction activities to ensure that no part of the construction,
completed or in progress, is subject to harmful, dangerous, damaging, or otherwise deleterious exposure
during the construction period. Where applicable, such exposures include, but are not limited to, the
following:
1.
Excessive static or dynamic loading.
2.
Water or ice.
3.
Solvents.
4.
Chemicals.
5.
Puncture.
6.
Abrasion.
7.
Heavy traffic.
8.
Soiling, staining and corrosion.
9.
Unusual wear or other misuse.
10.
Contact between incompatible materials.
11.
Misalignment.
12.
Excessive weathering.
13.
Unprotected storage.
14.
Improper shipping or handling.
15.
Theft.
16.
Vandalism.
END OF SECTION 01 04 00
IT Emergency Generator
Project Number: 16-007
January 25, 2016
PROJECT COORDINATOIN
01 04 00 - 4
100% CD
SECTION 01 09 00 - REFERENCE STANDARDS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS:
A.
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
other Specification sections, apply to work of this section.
B.
Administration, Procedures, Codes.
1.2
SUMMARY:
A.
1.3
Section Includes: General information and listing of reference standards.
REFERENCE STANDARDS:
A.
Applicability of Standards: Except where Contract Documents include more explicit or stringent requirements, applicable construction industry standards have the same force and effect as if bound or
copied directly into Contract Documents. Such standards are made a part of the Contract Documents by
reference. Individual Sections indicate which codes and standards the Contractor must keep available at
the project site for reference. Referenced standards take precedence over standards that are not
referenced but generally recognized in the construction industry as applicable.
B.
Conflicting Requirements: Where compliance with two or more standards is specified, and they establish
different or conflicting requirements for minimum quantities or quality levels, the most stringent
requirement will be enforced, unless the Contract Documents indicate otherwise. Refer requirements that
are different, but apparently equal, and uncertainties as to which quality level is more stringent to the
Owner’s Representative for a decision before proceeding.
C.
Unreferenced Standards: Unreferenced standards are not directly applicable to the Work, except as a
general requirement of whether the Work complies with recognized construction industry standards.
D.
Publication Dates: Where compliance with an industry standard is required, comply with standard in
effect as of date of Contract Documents.
E.
Updated Standards: At the request of the Owner, Contractor or authority having jurisdiction, submit a
Change Order proposal where an applicable code or standard has been revised and reissued after the date
of the Contract Documents and before performance of Work affected. The Owner will decide whether to
issue a Change Order to proceed with the updated standard.
F.
Copies of Standards: Each entity engaged in construction on the Project is required to be familiar with
industry standards applicable to that entity's construction activities. Copies of applicable standards are not
bound with the Contract Documents.
G.
Where copies of standards are needed for proper performance of a recognized construction activity, the
Contractor shall obtain copies directly from the publication source.
IT Emergency Generator
Project Number: 16-007
January 25, 2016
REFERENCE STANDARDS
01 09 00 - 1
100% CD
H.
Although copies of standards needed for enforcement of requirements may be part of required submittals,
the Owner reserves the right to require the Contractor to submit additional copies as necessary for
enforcement of requirements.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not applicable)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not applicable)
END OF SECTION 01 09 00
IT Emergency Generator
Project Number: 16-007
January 25, 2016
REFERENCE STANDARDS
01 09 00 - 2
100% CD
SECTION 01 15 00 - ADMINISTRATION, PROCEDURES, CODES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS:
A.
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
other Division 1-Specification sections, apply to work of this section.
B.
Reference Standards.
1.2
SUMMARY:
A.
1.3
Section Includes: General administrative requirements and procedures and related applicable codes.
CODES:
A.
Obtain all permits, inspections, approvals, and certificates required by law. Conform to all laws,
ordinances, rules and regulations applicable to the location of the Project.
B.
Governing Regulations: In addition to the above, conform to the following standards and regulations:
1.
International Building Code, 2012 edition.
2.
International Mechanical Code, 2012 edition.
3.
International Plumbing Code, 2012 edition.
4.
International Fire Code, 2012 edition.
5.
National Electric Code, 2012 edition (NFPA No. 70).
6.
All State regulations.
C.
Publication Dates: Comply with codes and standards in effect at the date of the Contract Documents,
except where a standard of a specific date or edition is indicated.
1.4
ATTACHMENTS TO CONCRETE:
A.
No drilled inserts or powder-actuated fasteners are permitted by any trade in pre-stressed concrete except
as specifically authorized by the General Contractor and carried out under the direct supervision of his
Superintendent.
B.
Only those devices with a maximum controlled penetration of 0.75" or less will be permitted, unless
specifically indicated on the structural details in the Project Drawings. Make holes through slabs by
means of sleeves placed no closer than 2" from tensioning cables. Core drilling will not be permitted
unless unavoidable and as specified in Section 01045.
IT Emergency Generator
Project Number: 16-007
January 25, 2016
ADMINISTRATOIN, PROCEDURES AND CODES
01 15 00 - 1
100% CD
1.5
CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE:
A.
Furnish Construction Schedule, as required by General Conditions, not less than 4 copies. Prepare the
schedule on a sheet, or series of sheets, of stable transparency, or other reproducible media, of sufficient
width to show data for the entire construction period.
B.
Secure time commitments for performing critical elements of the Work from parties involved. Coordinate
each element on the schedule with other construction activities; include minor elements involved in the
sequence of the Work. Show each activity in proper sequence. Indicate graphically sequences necessary
for completion of related portions of the Work.
C.
Coordinate the Contractor's construction schedule with the schedule of values, list of subcontracts,
submittal schedule, progress reports, payment requests and other schedules.
D.
Bar Chart Schedule:
1.
Prepare a fully developed, horizontal bar chart type Contractor's construction schedule. Submit
within 30 days of the date established for "Commencement of the Work".
2.
Provide a separate time bar for each significant construction activity. Provide a continuous vertical
line to identify the first working day of each week. Use the same breakdown of units of the Work
as indicated in the "Schedule of Values".
3.
Within each time bar, indicate estimated completion percentage in 10% increments. As Work
progresses, place a contrasting mark in each bar to indicate Actual Completion.
4.
Include listing of Subcontractors, suppliers and materials men with name of contact person,
address and phone number
E.
Updating:
1.
The schedules shall be updated and reissued weekly and shall reflect actual job progress, delays or
gains of time and any rescheduling. The original schedule and each updating shall be furnished in
4 copies to the Owner’s Representative. All costs for this scheduling shall be borne by the
Contractor. Submit Owner’s Representative copies as a part of each pay request which will not be
processed without such updates.
2.
When schedule revisions affect the submittals schedule, revise that schedule and submit to
Owner’s Representative with revised Construction Schedule.
1.6
DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING:
A.
1.7
Properly carton, crate, cover and protect materials, products and equipment for shipping, handling and
storing. Use appropriate means for hoisting and loading which will prevent damage or overstress to items
being handled or shipped. Store them under roof in controlled environment whenever feasible otherwise
store off the ground under suitable coverings properly secured against wind and weather. Protect all items
from rain, snow, moisture, wind, cold, heat, frost, sun, staining, discoloration, deterioration and physical
damage from any cause. Refer to individual sections for specific requirements.
ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH AND SAFETY:
A.
Physical, Life, and Fire Safety: There will be joint contractor and Owner's responsibilities to control
physical hazards (i.e., compressed gases, welding, electrical, safety netting, cranes, scaffolding, supplies
on the roof and electrical) which may endanger the health of contractor or Owner's employees, students,
patients, and visitors as may cause property damage.
IT Emergency Generator
Project Number: 16-007
January 25, 2016
ADMINISTRATOIN, PROCEDURES AND CODES
01 15 00 - 2
100% CD
B.
During the construction phase, the Owner's Physical Plant staff will monitor all construction projects for
compliance with acceptable safety practices. The following minimum items are included:
1.
Exit corridors and exit doors will not be blocked without making prior arrangements for alternate
exit routes.
2.
Contractor will provide physical barriers with appropriate warning signage to protect public areas
from construction work.
3.
Contractor will conduct daily inspections to eliminate fire hazards and any other safety hazards
which may adversely affect Owner's employees, students, visitors, and patients.
4.
Contractor will provide signs used for proper identification of construction areas.
5.
Contractor will provide an adequate number of fire extinguishers to be available on-site for
emergency use in the construction area.
6.
Contractor and Owner will provide emergency notification phone numbers to be posted in all
construction areas.
C.
OSHA Hazard Communication Standard:
1.
Every Contractor or subcontractor performing work shall have to comply with this standard.
Compliance includes joint Owner and Contractor responsibilities for the purpose of providing
timely communications and information sharing with regard to hazardous materials and chemicals
and chemical sources which may be present on-site or brought in by the Contractor. Owner's
Physical Plant representatives will discuss right-to-know issues with the Contractor or his
representative during the pre-construction conference(s).
2.
Owner will provide Contractor with the following:
a.
Information regarding hazardous chemicals and agents to which they may be exposed
while on the job site. Medical Safety Data Sheets (MSDSs) will be provided by the Owner.
b.
Precautions that employees shall take to lessen the possibility for exposure by employment
of appropriate protective measures.
c.
Precautionary methods to take in a foreseeable emergency.
3.
The Contractor is responsible for all safety training and environmental surveillance of their
workers.
4.
The Contractor shall inform and provide designated Owner’s Representative with the following
information:
a.
Material safety data sheets for all chemicals they introduce into the workplace(s).
b.
The information regarding potential sources of pollutants which may be entrained in
Owner's's air intakes (i.e., roofing tar fumes, nuisance dusts, exhaust from internal
combustion engines, welding or cutting fumes, and asbestos - if damaged or encountered
during the course of their work.
D.
Asbestos Control: There may be asbestos containing materials within the existing building where work
will be performed under this contract.
1.
The presence of asbestos-containing materials on the job site does not mean a problem exists.
Areas where asbestos is friable and not contained are of concern.
2.
There are several Owner and Contractor responsibilities regarding asbestos. These are:
a.
The Owner Shall:
1)
Notify the Contractor of the condition and location(s) where asbestos is known to be
present or may be reasonably be encountered (i.e., insulations, ceiling tiles, floor
tiles, fire doors, wall and ceiling plasters, concrete, grouting, etc.).
2)
Request that undamaged asbestos-containing materials are not damaged.
3)
Require Contractors to report suspected asbestos problems to the Owner.
4)
Require that the Contractor train and monitor their own employees where
applicable.
5)
Coordinate with the Contractor when response action is required by either the
Owner's Asbestos Abatement Team or by a Subcontractor.
6)
Monitor areas where friable asbestos is present during construction/renovation
projects for its own records and purpose. Monitoring results can be shared with
Contractors but are in no way to be used for Contractor employee monitoring.
IT Emergency Generator
Project Number: 16-007
January 25, 2016
ADMINISTRATOIN, PROCEDURES AND CODES
01 15 00 - 3
100% CD
b.
E.
1.8
7)
Have the final word on all asbestos-related concerns and contractual arrangements.
The Contractor Shall:
1)
Notify the Owner of any suspected or existing problem involving asbestos and cease
work in that area until the Owner has assessed the situation.
2)
Be responsible for all environmental/industrial hygiene surveillance of their work
staff and subcontractors.
3)
Not create problems which can result in asbestos exposure to building occupants.
Carcinogenics: Contractor or any subcontractor shall not knowingly install or cause to be installed any
material or product containing carcinogenics.
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION (OSHA)
A.
The Contractor shall have sole responsibility for compliance on the job site to all applicable portions of the
Occupational Safety and Health Act. The Contractor is responsible for other regulatory requirements as
they relate to occupational Health and Safety requirements. For example, NIOSH, ANSI, and MSA.
B.
Protection of life, health and public welfare as it relates to the execution of the construction contract is the
responsibility of the Contractor. The Owner’s Representative may, at their discretion, observe, inspect, or
comment on plans, procedures, or actions employed at the project as they relate to safety of life, health or
public welfare. If conditions are imposed by the Owner which interfere with, or imply actions detrimental to
safety, written notice shall be returned to the Owner for action prior to affecting any unsafe conditions.
C.
Contractors shall use OSHA Lock Out / Tag Out procedures when working with energized equipment.
D.
All contractors entering confined spaces owned by CU or while conducting work under contract with CU
shall develop a written program and utilize procedures that, at a minimum, comply with all federal, state and
local confined space standards and all applicable regulatory requirements. Contractors shall, independent
of the University, monitor the space to obtain their own data to ensure a safe entry and exit. Any data
generated by a contractor’s confined space entry, should be provided to the Facilities Management confined
Space Program Manager.
E.
When contractors perform work that may involve Facilities Management controlled permit required
confined spaces, Facilities Management will:
1.
Inform contractors of permit required confined spaces and that entry is allowed only after
compliance with the confined space entry standard;
2.
Require contractors planning to enter a confined space to provide the Facilities Management Confined
Space Program Manager in charge of that space, 48-hour advance notice of such planned entry. The
contractors entry will be in accordance with the current Occupational Safety and Health Administration
confined space entry standard and a signed document stating such, shall be provided to the FM
Confined Space Program Manager prior to entry.
F.
The FM Confined Space Program Manager, following receipt of notice of contractor planned entry, will:
1.
Apprise contractor of the hazards identified in the confined space and of any prior experience that
is documented on the space;
2.
Appraise the contractor of any precautions or procedures that CU has implemented for the
protection of workers in or near the confined space.
IT Emergency Generator
Project Number: 16-007
January 25, 2016
ADMINISTRATOIN, PROCEDURES AND CODES
01 15 00 - 4
100% CD
1.9
HOT WORK PERMITS
A.
UCCS is using FM Global Hot Work Permit Program as an essential tool in preventing fires in our
buildings. The permit is just a tool and does not disclose all precautions for every hot work application.
All hot work on campus shall be strictly supervised while the work is being performed.
B.
UCCS Hot Work Permit
1.
Permits are required for all work involving open flames or producing heat and/or sparks (ie
brazing, cutting, grinding, soldering torch applied roofing and welding)
2.
Permits are required for all hot work in existing buildings. Permits are not required for ground up
construction.
3.
Contact the Department of Public Safety to obtain a Hot Work Permit 24 hours (business hours)
prior to your scheduled work. Ron Honn (255-3201 (rhonn@uccs.edu <mailto:rhonn@uccs.edu>
or Cindy Norton (255-3212) cnorton@uccs.edu <mailto:cnorton@uccs.edu>.
4.
Permits are to be picked up from the Department of Public Safety front desk, or may be dropped off
at your construction site.
5.
Review your permit precautions checklist before proceeding with your work and display the permit
in the work area.
6.
Once work is completed, complete the hot work permit process by signing off on who did the work
and that the fire watch requirement was completed.
7.
Return the completed Hot Work Permit to the Department of Public Safety for their
recordkeeping.
C.
Individuals or firms who obtain a permit shall fully read, understand and implement the requirements of
the permit.
D.
Any person or firm who conducts hot work without the full implementation of the permit requirements
shall be fined five hundred dollars ($500) the first time and one thousand dollars ($1,000) for
subsequent occurrences. When the requirements of the hot work permit are not being implemented, the
improper activities shall be stopped immediately until a hot work permit is obtained. Contractor shall be
responsible for any damages caused as a result of improper hot work activities or the work stoppage. Any
contractor who is found to be in non-compliance a third time, will not be allowed to work on campus until
further notice by Facilities Services.
E.
UCCS project managers shall have the authority to stop improper or non-permitted hot work activities.
1.10
A.
1.11
PERMITS
The contractor must post permit(s) in a prominent location at the jobsite including all inspection reports.
The contractor shall have an updated set of contract documents available at the jobsite for all inspections.
INSPECTIONS
A.
The Contractor must schedule all required inspections 48 hours in advance by calling UCCS Project
Manager or directly contacting their designated inspectors. Inspectors will complete these inspections
within 48 hours with the exception of weekends and state holidays.
B.
The contractor is required to arrange for the all inspections as required by the Building Inspection Record
and CRS 24-30-1303 including but limited to Footings/Foundations, Concrete, Framing, Lath and Gypsum
Board, Fire Resistant Penetrations, Mechanical/Energy Efficiency and Roofing.
IT Emergency Generator
Project Number: 16-007
January 25, 2016
ADMINISTRATOIN, PROCEDURES AND CODES
01 15 00 - 5
100% CD
C.
Re-inspections: A re-inspection fee may be assessed for each inspection or reinspection when such portion
of work for which inspection is called is not complete or when corrections called for are not made.
D.
The Contractor will be responsible for all cost related to re-inspections and will be billed at the testing agency
bill-out rate for re-inspections.
1.12
A.
1.13
UNIVERSITY OF COLORADO SEXUAL HARASSMENT POLICY
Contractors should be aware of and review the University of Colorado at Colorado Springs policies
that prohibit discrimination and harassment on the basis of race, color, national origin, sex, age, disability,
creed, religion, sexual orientation or veteran status. These policies are located on the web at:
http://www.uccs.edu/hr. Contractor personnel must adhere to these policies and conduct themselves in a
manner that does not discriminate or harass as a result of interacting with an around the University of
Colorado faculty, staff and students and visitors.
FIRE ALARM INTERRUPTION
A.
Contractor shall contact UCCS Public Safety at 719-255-3201 or e-mail rhonn@uccs.edu
<mailto:rhonn@uccs.edu> prior to all interruptions or shutdowns of fire alarm systems. Interruptions
or shutdowns shall be scheduled three (3) working days in advance with UCCS Department of
Public Safety and UCCS Project Manager. Contractor shall provide a fire watch as directed by UCCS
Public Safety during interruption or shutdown.
B.
The Contractor shall be responsible for preventing nuisance alarm due to activities at their work site.
Common sources of nuisance alarms are:
1.
Smoke (soldering, welding, cooking, etc.)
2.
Grinding
3.
Dust (drilling, sweeping, canister vacuums, sand blasting, etc.)
4.
Water leaking (plumbing leaks, overflows)
5.
Water sprayed on or near detectors (pressure washing or cleaning with water)
6.
Popcorn or other food burning in microwaves
7.
Static electricity (covering or uncovering detectors)
8.
Changing filters on air handling units (dust)
9.
Steam (leaks, pressure pop-offs)
10.
Broken or frozen sprinkler heads
11.
Sprinkler drain valves turned by mistake
1 2 . Va n dal i s m
C.
Precautions to prevent nuisance alarms are:
1.
1During construction projects, treat all buildings, except totally new construction, as though
they were occupied buildings with live systems.
2.
Do not assume that all detectors are in plain sight. Contact University personnel for
verification.
3.
Maintain dust control measures per UCCS Standards:
a.
Maintaining barriers
b.
Covering air returns
4.
Asking UCCS personnel to cap or disable smoke detectors (Note any capping or disabling of
fire safety devices is to be done ONLY by UCCS personnel, not contractors.)
5.
Avoiding recirculation of dust or smoke through the building air handling system.
6.
Follow campus hot work procedures.
7.
Do not expose fire alarm devices to water or extreme temperatures.
8.
Contact Alarm Systems Supervisor for any actions that affect fire detection, alarm, and suppression
systems.
IT Emergency Generator
Project Number: 16-007
January 25, 2016
ADMINISTRATOIN, PROCEDURES AND CODES
01 15 00 - 6
100% CD
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not applicable)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not applicable)
END OF SECTION 01 15 00
IT Emergency Generator
Project Number: 16-007
January 25, 2016
ADMINISTRATOIN, PROCEDURES AND CODES
01 15 00 - 7
100% CD
SECTION 01 30 00 - SUBMITTALS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS:
A.
1.2
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
other Specification sections, apply to work of this section.
SUMMARY:
A.
1.3
Section Includes: Administrative and procedural requirements for submittal and review of product data,
shop drawings, samples and similar items required by the specifications.
ADMINISTRATIVE SUBMITTALS:
A.
Refer to other Division-1 Sections and other Contract Documents for requirements for administrative
submittals. Such submittals include, but are not limited to:
1.
Schedules.
2.
Permits.
3.
Applications for payment.
4.
Performance and payment bonds.
5.
Insurance certificates.
6.
List of Subcontractors.
7.
Schedule of Values.
8.
Inspection and test results.
9.
Closeout documents.
10.
Coordination drawings.
B.
Administrative submittals are for information and record and do not require action on the part of the
Owner’s Representative except where not in conformity with the Contract Documents. If such nonconformity is observed, the Owner’s Representative will notify the Contractor within two weeks of the
Owner’s Representative's actual receipt of the non-comforming document. Failure to observe or notify by
the Owner’s Representative on any issue does not relieve Contractor of compliance with Contract
Documents.
1.4
SUBMITTAL LOG
A.
A submittal Log is included at the end of this section. The Contractor is required to submit information
pertaining to each of the listed items. the Contractor may also The Contractor shall update the Submittal
Log on a timely basis, and shall bring the log to scheduled progress meetings for coordination and review.
IT Emergency Generator
Project Number: 16-007
January 25, 2016
SUBMITTALS
01 30 00 - 1
100% CD
1.5
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES:
A.
General: the Contractor shall make submittals to the Owner’s Representative only after the Contractor
has reviewed and fully coordinated all aspects of construction regarding each submittal. the Contractor
shall indicate his action except for samples and selection submittals.
B.
Submittals which lack the Contractor's review, coordination, and action will be returned to the Contractor
without action.
C.
Coordination: Coordinate the preparation and processing of submittals with the performance of
construction activities. The Contractor shall transmit each submittal sufficiently in advance of
performance of related construction activities to avoid delay. the contractor is wholly responsible for the
submittal process, its timing, and any related delay.
1.
Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other submittals and
related activities that require sequential activity.
2.
Coordinate transmittal of different types of submittals for related elements of the Work so
processing will not be delayed by the need to review submittals concurrently for coordination.
3.
Distribute submittals to related subcontractors for comment to assure the timely coordination of
the work.
4.
The Owner’s Representative reserves the right to withhold action on a submittal requiring
coordination with other submittals until related submittals are received.
5.
If, during the Contractor's submittal review, any inconsistency, conflict, or deviation from or with
the Contract Documents becomes apparent, it is the Contractor's responsibility to inform the
Owner’s Representative immediately of all concerns in writing.
D.
Processing: To avoid the need to delay installation as a result of the time required to process submittals,
allow sufficient time for submittal review, including time for resubmittals.
1.
Allow 2 weeks from receipt of the submittal by the Owner’s Representative for initial review.
Allow additional time if processing must be delayed to permit coordination with subsequent
submittals. The Owner’s Representative will advise the Contractor when a submittal being
processed must be delayed for coordination.
2.
If an intermediate submittal is necessary, process the same as the initial submittal.
3.
Allow 2 weeks from receipt of the submittal by the Owner’s Representative for reprocessing each
submittal.
4.
No extension of Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to transmit submittals to the
Owner’s Representative sufficiently in advance of the Work to permit processing, including
resubmittals of incomplete or rejected submittal items.
E.
Submittal Preparation: Place a permanent label or title block on each submittal for identification. Indicate
the name of the entity that prepared each submittal on the label or title block.
1.
Provide a space approximately 4" x 5" on the label or beside the title block on Shop Drawings to
record the Contractor's review and approval markings and the action taken.
2.
Include the following information on the label for processing and recording action taken.
a.
Project name.
b.
Date.
c.
Name and address of Contractor.
d.
Name and address of Subcontractor.
e.
Name of manufacturer.
f.
Number and title of appropriate Specification Section.
F.
Submittal Transmittal: Package each submittal appropriately for transmittal and handling. Transmit each
submittal from Contractor to Owner’s Representative using a transmittal form. Submittals received from
sources other than the Contractor will not be returned.
IT Emergency Generator
Project Number: 16-007
January 25, 2016
SUBMITTALS
01 30 00 - 2
100% CD
1.
G.
1.6
On the transmittal, record relevant information and requests for data. On the form, or separate
sheet, record deviations from Contract Document requirements, including minor variations and
limitations. Include Contractor's certification that information complies with Contract Document
requirements.
Submittal Reviews:
1.
The Owner’s Representative will provide two submittal reviews, one initial review and one
follow up review. After the second review, if the submittals do not meet the requirements of
the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall provide compensation to the Owner’s
Representative for additional submittal reviews.
CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE
A.
Bar-Chart Schedule: Prepare a fully developed, horizontal bar-chart-type, contractor's construction
schedule. Submit within 14 days after the date established for "Commencement of the Work" or "Notice
to Proceed."
1.
Provide a separate time bar for each significant construction activity. Provide a continuous
vertical line to identify the first working day of each week. Use the same breakdown of units of
the Work as indicated in the "Schedule of Values."
2.
Within each time bar, indicate estimated completion percentage in 10 percent increments. As
Work progresses, place a contrasting mark in each bar to indicate Actual Completion.
3.
Prepare the schedule on a sheet, or series of sheets, of stable transparency, or other reproducible
media, of sufficient width to show data for the entire construction period.
4.
Secure time commitments for performing critical elements of the Work from parties involved.
Coordinate each element on the schedule with other construction activities; include minor
elements involved in the sequence of the Work. Show each activity in proper sequence. Indicate
graphically the sequences necessary for completion of related portions of the Work.
5.
Coordinate the Contractor's Construction Schedule with the Schedule of Values, list of
subcontracts, Submittal Schedule, progress reports, payment requests, and other schedules.
6.
Indicate completion in advance of the date established for Substantial Completion. Indicate
Substantial Completion on the schedule to allow time for the Owner’s Representative's procedures
necessary for certification of Substantial Completion.
B.
Schedule Updating: Revise the schedule after each meeting, event, or activity where revisions have been
recognized or made. Issue the updated schedule concurrently with the report of each meeting. Schedule
updating is required prior to the processing of all Contractor's application for payment.
1.7
SHOP DRAWINGS:
A.
Submit newly prepared information, drawn to accurate scale. Highlight, encircle, or otherwise indicate
deviations from the Contract Documents. Do not reproduce Contract Documents or copy standard
information as the basis of Shop Drawings. Standard information prepared without specific reference to
the Project is not considered Shop Drawings. Do not use Shop Drawings without an appropriate final
stamp indicating action taken.
B.
Shop Drawings include fabrication and installation drawings, setting diagrams, schedules, patterns,
templates and similar drawings. Include the following information:
1.
Dimensions.
2.
Identification of products and materials included.
3.
Compliance with specified standards.
4.
Notation of coordination requirements.
5.
Notation of dimensions established by field measurement.
IT Emergency Generator
Project Number: 16-007
January 25, 2016
SUBMITTALS
01 30 00 - 3
100% CD
C.
Initial Submittal: Submit one correctable, translucent, reproducible print and one blue- or black-line print
each for the Owner’s Representative's review. The Owner’s Representative will return the reproducible
print. The Contractor will provide prints of marked up sepia as may be required for his use and that of his
Subcontractors and suppliers.
D.
Final Submittal: Submit 6 copies for final action by the Owner’s Representative. The Owner’s
Representative shall return one copy to the Contractor. The Contractor shall be responsible for procuring
copies of the final submittal so that desired distribution can be made to the Contractor's field office, his
home office, the Record Documents, the fabricator, and any others requiring in the submittal.
E.
Where shop drawings are indicated to be submitted for "information only", submit three sets of prints to
Owner’s Representative and retain one set for Project Record Documents.
1.8
PRODUCT DATA:
A.
Collect ALL Product Data into a single submittal for each element of construction or system. Product
Data includes printed information such as manufacturer's installation instructions, catalog cuts, standard
or special color charts, rough-in diagrams and templates, standard wiring diagrams and performance
curves. Where Product Data must be specially prepared because standard printed data is not suitable for
use, submit as "Shop Drawings". Product Data Submittal shall be provided in a vinyl covered 8 ½”x11”
3-ring binder. Product Data shall be organized within the binder into sections corresponding to
specification sections. Provide a labeled tabbed divider between each section. Provide an index and a
Contractor and Owner contact page at the front of the binder page.
B.
Mark each copy to show applicable choices and options. Where printed Product Data includes
information on several products, some of which are not required, mark copies to indicate the applicable
information. Include the following information.
1.
Manufacturer's printed recommendations.
2.
Compliance with recognized trade association standards.
3.
Compliance with recognized testing agency standards.
4.
Application of testing agency labels and seals.
5.
Notation of dimensions verified by field measurement.
6.
Notation of coordination requirements.
C.
Do not submit Product Data until compliance with requirements of the Contract Documents has been
confirmed by the Contractor.
D.
Initial Submittal: Submit 6 copies for action by the Owner’s Representative. The Owner’s
Representative shall return one copy to the Contractor. The Contractor shall be responsible for procuring
copies of the final submittal so that desired distribution can be made to the Contractor's field office, his
home office, the Record Documents, the fabricator, and any others involved in the submittal.
E.
Submittal is for information and record, unless otherwise indicated; and therefore, initial submittal is final
submittal unless returned by the Owner’s Representative marked with a revise and resubmit action which
indicates an observed non-compliance.
IT Emergency Generator
Project Number: 16-007
January 25, 2016
SUBMITTALS
01 30 00 - 4
100% CD
1.9
SELECTIONS SUBMITTAL:
A.
1.10
Where selections of colors, patterns, textures are specified to be made by the Owner’s Representative,
assemble complete samples of all specified or approved products for all specification sections and submit
to Owner’s Representative. Review specifications and assemble all such samples for a combined single
submittal. Indicate on the transmittal the latest date for selections to be made for each item to permit
delivery of material in accordance with Progress Schedule. Allow a minimum of two weeks for Owner’s
Representative's action. Owner’s Representative's action is limited solely to the specified selections or
rejection of submittal items not in accordance with Specifications.
QUALITY ASSURANCE SUBMITTALS
A.
Submit quality-control submittals, including design data, certifications, manufacturer's instructions,
manufacturer's field reports, and other quality-control submittals as required under other Sections of the
Specifications.
B.
Certifications: Where other Sections of the Specifications require certification that a product, material, or
installation complies with specified requirements, submit a notarized certification from the manufacturer
certifying compliance with specified requirements.
1.
Signature: Certification shall be signed by an officer of the manufacturer or other individual
authorized to sign documents on behalf of the company.
C.
Inspection and Test Reports: Where standard tests are specified for products, including equipment, which
tests are not performed at the job site, follow procedures for Product Data. For field inspection and tests
specified to be performed by independent agencies, such agencies shall transmit directly one copy each to
the Owner’s Representative, his consulting engineer where applicable, and the Contractor with an extra
copy for Record Documents.
1.11
OWNER’S REPRESENTATIVE'S ACTION
A.
Except for submittals for the record or information, where action and return is required, the Owner’s
Representative will review each submittal, mark to indicate action taken, and return to the Contractor.
1.
Compliance with specified characteristics is the Contractor's responsibility.
B.
Action Stamp: The Owner’s Representative will stamp each submittal with a uniform, action stamp. The
Owner’s Representative will mark the stamp appropriately to indicate the action taken, as follows:
1.
Final Unrestricted Release: When the Owner’s Representative marks a submittal "No Exception
Taken," the Work covered by the submittal may proceed provided it complies with requirements
of the Contract Documents. Final payment depends on that compliance.
2.
Final-But-Restricted Release: When the Owner’s Representative marks a submittal "Make
Corrections Noted," the Work covered by the submittal may proceed provided it complies with
notations or corrections on the submittal and requirements of the Contract Documents. Final
payment depends on that compliance.
3.
Returned for Resubmittal: When the Owner’s Representative marks a submittal "Revise and
Resubmit," do not proceed with Work covered by the submittal, including purchasing, fabrication,
delivery, or other activity. Revise or prepare a new submittal according to the notations; resubmit
without delay. Repeat if necessary to obtain different action mark.
a.
Do not use, or allow others to use, submittals marked "Revise and Resubmit" at the Project
Site or elsewhere where Work is in progress.
IT Emergency Generator
Project Number: 16-007
January 25, 2016
SUBMITTALS
01 30 00 - 5
100% CD
4.
C.
Other Action: Where a submittal is for information or record purposes or special processing or
other activity, the Owner’s Representative will return the submittal marked "Action Not
Required."
Unsolicited Submittals: The Owner’s Representative will return unsolicited submittals to the sender
without action.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not applicable)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not applicable)
END OF SECTION 01 30 00
IT Emergency Generator
Project Number: 16-007
January 25, 2016
SUBMITTALS
01 30 00 - 6
100% CD
SECTION 01 45 00 - CUTTING AND PATCHING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS:
A.
1.2
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
Specification sections, apply to work of this section.
SUMMARY
A.
Work Included: This section establishes general requirements in addition to those indicated in the
General Conditions of the Contract for Construction pertaining to cutting, fitting, and patching of the
work required to:
1.
Make the several parts fit properly.
2.
Uncover work to provide for installation, inspection, or both, of ill-timed work.
3.
Remove and replace work not conforming to requirements of Contract Documents.
4.
Patch new construction into existing construction.
B.
Related Work:
1.
In addition to requirements specified, upon the Consultant's request, uncover work to provide for
inspection of covered work, and remove samples of installed materials for testing.
2.
Do not cut or alter work performed under separate contract without the Consultant's written
permission.
1.3
DEFINITION:
A.
"Cutting and patching" is hereby defined to include but is not necessarily limited to the cutting and
patching of nominally completed and previously existing work, in order to accommodate the listed
requirements. Cutting and patching is further defined to include integral cutting and patching during the
manufacturing, fabricating, erecting and installing process for individual units of work.
B.
Demolition is recognized as an example of a related but separate category of work, which may also
require cutting and patching as defined in this section; refer to Selective Demolition Section.
1.4
RESPONSIBILITIES:
A.
Contractor shall be responsible for all cutting, fitting and patching, including attendant excavation and
backfill, required to complete the Work or to:
1.
Make its several parts fit together properly.
2.
Uncover portions of the Work to provide for installation of ill-timed work.
3.
Remove and replace defective work or work not conforming to requirements of Contract
Documents.
4.
Remove samples of installed work as specified for testing.
5.
Provide routine penetrations of structural and non-structural surfaces for installation of mechanical
and electrical work.
B.
Refer to other sections of the specifications for specific cutting and patching requirements and limitations
applicable to individual units of work.
IT Emergency Generator
Project Number: 16-007
January 25, 2016
CUTTING AND PATCHING
01 45 00 - 1
100% CD
1.5
SUBMITTALS:
A.
Proposals for Cutting and Patching: Submit a written request to the Owner’s Representative well in
advance of executing any cutting or alteration which affects:
1.
Work of the Owner or any separate contractor.
2.
Structural value or integrity of any element of the Project.
3.
Integrity or effectiveness of weather exposed or moisture-resistant elements or systems.
4.
Efficiency, operational life, maintenance or safety of operational elements.
5.
Visual qualities of sight-exposed elements.
6.
Cutting new openings in existing structural concrete walls, floors and suspended slabs.
7.
Cutting new openings in existing roofs and roofing materials.
8.
Cutting exterior walls.
9.
Cutting into shafts.
B.
Include description of why cutting and patching cannot reasonably be avoided, how it will be performed,
how structural elements will be reinforced, products to be used, firms and trades to perform the work, approximate dates of the work, and anticipated results in terms of variations from the work as originally
completed (structural, operational, visual and other qualities of significance).
C.
List utilities that will be disturbed or otherwise affected by work, including those that will be relocated
and those that will be out-of- service temporarily. Indicate how long utility service will be disrupted.
D.
Where cutting and patching involves addition of reinforcement to structural elements, submit details and
engineering calculations, from a Licensed Professional Engineer, to show how reinforcement is integrated
with the original structure.
E.
Approval by Owner’s Representative to proceed with proposed cutting-and-patching does not waive his
right to later require complete removal and replacement of work found to be unsatisfactorily cut-andpatched.
1.6
QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A.
Requirements for Structural Work: Do not cut and patch structural work in a manner resulting in a reduction of load-carrying capacity or load/deflection ratio.
B.
Operational and Safety Limitations: Do not cut and patch operational elements and safety-related
components in a manner resulting in a reduction of capacities to perform in the manner intended or
resulting in decreased operational life, increased maintenance, or decreased safety.
C.
Visual Requirements: Do not cut and patch work which is exposed on the exterior or exposed in
occupied spaces of the building, in a manner resulting in a reduction of visual qualities or resulting in
substantial evidence of the cut-and-patch work, both as judged solely by the Owner’s Representative.
Remove and replace work judged by the Owner’s Representative to be cut-and-patched unsatisfactorily,
visually.
1.7
PROJECT CONDITIONS:
A.
Where cutting and patching of existing construction is required, prior to start of work, inform Owner of
existing construction to be disturbed. Owner will determine if existing construction contains asbestos. Do
not proceed with work until Owner has made an examination. Refer to Section 01105.
IT Emergency Generator
Project Number: 16-007
January 25, 2016
CUTTING AND PATCHING
01 45 00 - 2
100% CD
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
MATERIALS:
A.
Use materials that are identical to existing materials. If identical materials are not available or cannot be
used where exposed surfaces are involved, use materials that match existing adjacent surfaces to the
fullest extent possible with regard to visual effect. Use materials whose installed performance will equal
or surpass that of existing materials.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
EXAMINATION:
A.
Inspect existing conditions of Project, including elements subject to damage or to movement during
cutting and patching.
B.
After uncovering work, inspect conditions affecting installation of products, or performance of work.
C.
Report unsatisfactory or questionable conditions to the Owner’s Representative in writing; do not proceed
with work until Owner’s Representative has provided further instructions.
3.2
PREPARATION:
A.
Temporary Support: Provide adequate support for work to be cut, to prevent failure. Do not endanger
other work.
B.
Protection: Provide adequate protection of other work during cutting-and-patching, to prevent damage;
and provide protection of the work from adverse weather exposure. Avoid interference with use of
adjoining areas or interruption of free passage to adjoining areas. Take all precautions necessary to avoid
cutting existing pipe, conduit or ductwork serving the building, but scheduled to be removed or relocated
until provisions have been made to bypass them.
3.3
CUTTING AND PATCHING:
A.
General: Employ skilled workers to perform cutting and patching. Proceed with cutting-and-patching at
the earliest feasible time and complete without delay.
1.
Cutting: Cut work by methods least likely to damage work to be retained and work adjoining.
Review proposed procedure with original Installer where possible, and comply with his
recommendations. Cut holes and slots neatly to size required and temporarily cover openings
when not in use.
2.
In general, cut work with sawing and grinding tools. Do not use hammering and chopping tools.
Core drill openings through concrete work where possible.
3.
To avoid marring existing finished surfaces, cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into
concealed surfaces.
4.
Cut through concrete and masonry using a cutting machine such as a Carborundum saw or
diamond core drill.
5.
Fit work airtight to pipes, sleeves, ducts, conduit and other penetrations through surfaces.
IT Emergency Generator
Project Number: 16-007
January 25, 2016
CUTTING AND PATCHING
01 45 00 - 3
100% CD
B.
Patching: Patch with seams which are durable and as invisible as possible. Comply with specified
tolerances for the work. Where feasible, inspect and test patched areas to demonstrate integrity of the
installation.
1.
Restore exposed finishes of patched areas; and, where necessary extend finish restoration onto
retained work adjoining, in a manner which will eliminate evidence of patching. Where a patch
occurs in a smooth painted surface, extend final paint coat over the entire unbroken surface
containing the patch.
2.
Where removal of walls or partitions extends one finished area into another, patch and repair floor
and wall surfaces in the new space to provide an even surface of uniform color and appearance.
Remove existing floor and wall coverings and replace with new materials, if necessary to achieve
uniform color and appearance.
3.
Patch, repair or re-hang existing ceilings as necessary to provide an even plane surface of uniform
appearance.
END OF SECTION 01 45 00
IT Emergency Generator
Project Number: 16-007
January 25, 2016
CUTTING AND PATCHING
01 45 00 - 4
100% CD
SECTION 01 54 00 - SAFETY AND HEALTH
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
1.2
Drawings and general provisions of the contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
other Specification sections, apply to work of this section.
WORK COVERED BY THIS SECTION
A.
1.3
This section is applicable to all work covered by this contract.
APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONS
A.
The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. The publications
are referred to in the text by basic designation only.
B.
OSHA General Industry and Health Standards (29 CFR 1910), Publications V2206; OSHA Construction
Industry Standards (29 CFR 1926). One source of these regulations is OSHA Publication 2207, which
includes a combination of both Parts 1910 and 1926 as they relate to construction safety and health. It is
for sale by the Superintendent of Documents, U. S. Government Printing Office, Washington, DC 20402.
C.
National Emission Standards of Hazardous Air Pollutants (40 CFR, Part 61).
D.
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) Final Rule (40 CFR Part 761) dated July 17, 1985.
1.4
DEFINITION OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS
A.
1.5
Refer to hazardous and toxic materials/substances included in Subparts H and Z of 29 CFR 1910; and to
others as additionally defined in Fed. Std. 313. Those most commonly encountered include asbestos,
polychlorinated biphenyls (PCB'S), explosives, and radioactive material, but may include others. The
most likely products to contain asbestos are sprayed-on fireproofing, insulation, boiler lagging, pipe
covering and likely products to contain PCB'S are transformers, capacitors, voltage regulators, and oil
switches.
QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A.
Safety Meeting: Representatives of the Contractor shall be prepared to discuss, in detail, the measures
he/she intends to take in order to control any unsafe or unhealthy conditions associated with the work to
be performed under the contract. If directed by the Owner, this meeting may be held in conjunction with
other meetings which are scheduled to take place prior to start of work under this contract. The level of
detail for the safety meeting is dependent upon the nature of the work and the potential inherent hazards.
The Contractor's principal on-site representative(s), the general superintendent and his/her safety
representative(s) shall attend this meeting.
IT Emergency Generator
Project Number: 16-007
January 25, 2016
SAFETY AND HEALTH
01 54 00 - 1
100% CD
B.
Contractor Responsibility: The Contractor shall assume full responsibility and liability for compliance
with all applicable regulations pertaining to the health and safety of personnel during the execution of
work, and shall hold State of Colorado and its Consultants harmless for any action on his/her part or that
of his/her employees or subcontractors, which results in illness, injury or death.
C.
Compliance With Regulations for Hazardous Materials: All work, including contact with and handling of
hazardous materials, the disturbance or dismantling of structures containing hazardous materials and/or
the disposal of hazardous materials shall comply with the applicable requirements of 29 CFR 1926/1910
or 40 CFR 761. Work involving the disturbance, dismantling of asbestos or asbestos containing
materials; the demolition of structures containing asbestos; and/or the disposal and removal of asbestos,
shall also comply with the requirements of 40 CFR, Part 61, Subparts A and M. All work shall comply
with applicable state and municipal safety and health requirements. Where there is a conflict between
applicable regulations, the most stringent shall apply.
1.6
SUBMITTALS
A.
Accident Reporting: A copy of each accident report, which the Contractor or subcontractors submit to
their insurance carriers, shall be forwarded to the Owner's Representative as soon as possible, but in no
event later than seven (7) calendar days after the day the accident occurred.
B.
Permits: When hazardous materials (if any) are disposed of off-site, submit copies of permits from
applicable, Federal, state, or municipal authorities and necessary certificates that the material has been
disposed of as per regulations.
C.
Other Submittals: Provide a plan of action for handling work protection from the fall exposure, and
protection of the public at the ground level. Submittal shall contain the following as a minimum.
1.
Number, type, and experience of employees to be used for the work.
2.
Description of how applicable safety and health regulations and standards are to be met.
3.
Type of protective equipment and work procedures to be used.
4.
Identification of possible hazards, problems, and proposed control mechanisms.
5.
Protection of public or others not related to the operation.
6.
Interfacing and control of subcontractors, if any.
7.
Copy of the Contractor’s safety manual
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT:
A.
2.2
Special facility, devices, equipment, clothing, and similar items used by the Contractor in the execution of
work shall comply with the applicable regulations.
HAZARDOUS MATERIALS
A.
The contractor shall bring to the attention of the Owner any material suspected of being hazardous which
he/she encounters during execution of the work. A determination will be made by the Owner as to
whether the Contractor shall perform tests to determine if the material is hazardous. If the Owner directs
the Contractor to perform tests, and/or if the material is found hazardous and additional protective
measures are needed, a contract change may be required, subject to applicable provisions of this contract.
IT Emergency Generator
Project Number: 16-007
January 25, 2016
SAFETY AND HEALTH
01 54 00 - 2
100% CD
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
STOP WORK ORDERS
A.
3.2
When the Contractor or his/her subcontractors are notified by the Owner's Representative(s) of any
noncompliance with the provisions of the contract and the action(s) to be taken, the Contractor shall
immediately, if directed, or within 48 hours after receipt of a notice of violation correct the unsafe or
unhealthy condition. If the Contractor fails to comply promptly, all or any part of the work being
performed may be stopped by the Owner or Owner’s Representative with a "Stop Work Order". When,
in the opinion of the Owner or Owner’s Representative satisfactory corrective action has been taken to
correct the unsafe and unhealthy condition, a start order will be given immediately. The Contractor shall
not be allowed any extension of time or compensation for damages by reason of or in connection with
such work stoppage.
PROTECTION
A.
The Contractor shall take all necessary precautions to prevent injury to workers, the public, building
occupants, or damage to property. For the purposes of this contract, the public or building occupants
shall include all persons not employed by the Contractor or a subcontractor working under his/her
direction.
B.
Storing, positioning or use of equipment, tools, materials, scraps, and trash in a manner likely to present a
hazard to the public or building occupants by its accidental shifting, ignition, or other hazardous qualities
is prohibited.
C.
Obstructions: No corridor, aisle, stairway, door of exit shall be obstructed or used in such a manner as to
encroach upon routes of ingress or egress utilized by the public or building occupant, or to present unsafe
or unhealthy conditions to the public or building occupant.
D.
Work shall not be performed in any area occupied by the public or employees unless specifically
permitted by the Contract or the Owner's Representative, and unless adequate stops are taken for the
protection of the public or employees.
E.
Alternate Precautions: When the nature of the work prevents isolation of the work area and the public or
building occupants may be in or pass through, under or over the work area, alternate precautions such as
the posting of signs, the use of signal personal, the erection of barricades or similar protection around
particularly hazardous operations shall be used as appropriate.
F.
Public Thoroughfare: When work is to be performed over a public thoroughfare such as a sidewalk,
lobby, or corridor, the thoroughfare shall be closed, if possible, or other precautions taken such as the
installation of screens or barricades. When the exposure to heavy falling objects exists, as during
demolition, special protection of the type detailed in 29 CFR 1910/1926 shall be provided.
G.
Fall Protection: The Contractor shall comply with OSHA regulation 1926.500 in its entirety for the entire
duration of this project. Any violation of these regulations shall cause the project to be shut down until
full compliance is achieved. Repeated violations may result in termination of the Contract.
END OF SECTION 01 54 00
IT Emergency Generator
Project Number: 16-007
January 25, 2016
SAFETY AND HEALTH
01 54 00 - 3
100% CD
SECTION 01 60 00 - MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
1.2
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
other Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
A.
1.3
This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements governing the Contractor's selection of
products for use in the Project.
DEFINITIONS
A.
1.4
Definitions used in this Article are not intended to change the meaning of other terms used in the Contract
Documents, such as "specialties," "systems," "structure," "finishes," "accessories," and similar terms.
Such terms are self-explanatory and have well-recognized meanings in the construction industry.
1.
"Products" are items purchased for incorporation in the Work, whether purchased for the Project
or taken from previously purchased stock. The term "product" includes the terms "material,"
"equipment," "system," and terms of similar intent.
2.
"Named Products" are items identified by the manufacturer's product name, including make or
model number or other designation, shown or listed in the manufacturer's published product
literature that is current as of the date of the Contract Documents.
3.
"Foreign Products," as distinguished from "domestic products," are items substantially
manufactured (50 percent or more of value) outside the United States and its possessions.
Products produced or supplied by entities substantially owned (more than 50 percent) by persons
who are not citizens of, nor living within, the United States and its possessions are also considered
to be foreign products.
4.
"Materials" are products substantially shaped, cut, worked, mixed, finished, refined or otherwise
fabricated, processed, or installed to form a part of the Work.
5.
"Equipment" is a product with operational parts, whether motorized or manually operated, that
requires service connections, such as wiring or piping.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Source Limitations: To the fullest extent possible, provide products of the same kind from a single
source.
1.
When specified products are available only from sources that do not, or cannot, produce a quantity
adequate to complete project requirements in a timely manner, consult with the Owner’s
Representative to determine the most important product qualities before proceeding.
2.
Qualities may include attributes, such as visual appearance, strength, durability, or compatibility.
When a determination has been made, select products from sources producing products that
possess these qualities, to the fullest extent possible.
B.
Compatibility of Options: When the Contractor is given the option of selecting between 2 or more
products for use on the Project, the product selected shall be compatible with products previously
selected, even if previously selected products were also options.
IT Emergency Generator
Project Number: 16-007
January 25, 2016
MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
01 60 00 - 1
100% CD
1.
2.
Each prime contractor is responsible for providing products and construction methods that are
compatible with products and construction methods of other prime or separate contractors.
If a dispute arises between prime contractors over concurrently selectable, but incompatible
products, the Owner’s Representative will determine which products shall be retained and which
are incompatible and must be replaced.
C.
Foreign Product Limitations: Except under one or more of the following conditions, provide domestic
products, not foreign products, for inclusion in the Work:
1.
No available domestic product complies with the Contract Documents.
2.
Domestic products that comply with the Contract Documents are available only at prices or terms
substantially higher than foreign products that comply with the Contract Documents.
D.
Nameplates: Except for required labels and operating data, do not attach or imprint manufacturers or
producer's nameplates or trademarks on exposed surfaces of products that will be exposed to view in
occupied spaces or on the exterior.
1.
Labels: Locate required product labels and stamps on concealed surfaces or, where required for
observation after installation, on accessible surfaces that are not conspicuous.
2.
Equipment Nameplates: Provide a permanent nameplate on each item of service-connected or
power-operated equipment. Locate on an easily accessible surface that is inconspicuous in
occupied spaces. The nameplate shall contain the following information and other essential
operating data:
a.
Name of product and manufacturer.
b.
Model and serial number.
c.
Capacity.
d.
Speed.
e.
Ratings.
1.5
PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A.
Deliver, store, and handle products according to the manufacturer's recommendations, using means and
methods that will prevent damage, deterioration, and loss, including theft.
1.
Schedule delivery to minimize long-term storage at the site and to prevent overcrowding of
construction spaces.
2.
Coordinate delivery with installation time to assure minimum holding time for items that are
flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive to deterioration, theft, and other losses.
3.
Deliver products to the site in an undamaged condition in the manufacturer's original sealed
container or other packaging system, complete with labels and instructions for handling, storing,
unpacking, protecting, and installing.
4.
Inspect products upon delivery to ensure compliance with the Contract Documents and to ensure
that products are undamaged and properly protected.
5.
Store products at the site in a manner that will facilitate inspection and measurement of quantity or
counting of units.
6.
Store heavy materials away from the Project structure in a manner that will not endanger the
supporting construction.
7.
Store products subject to damage by the elements above ground, under cover in a weathertight
enclosure, with ventilation adequate to prevent condensation. Maintain temperature and humidity
within range required by manufacturer's instructions.
IT Emergency Generator
Project Number: 16-007
January 25, 2016
MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
01 60 00 - 2
100% CD
1.6
SUBSTITUTIONS:
A.
Basis: After execution of the Contract, the Owner’s Representative will consider substitutions of
products in place of those specified or approved only if the specified product or products, through no fault
of the Contractor or his Subcontractors, cannot be delivered in time to meet the construction schedule or
is no longer available.
B.
Procedure: Make written request for the substitution documenting fully the above reason. Include
complete data on the proposed substitution substantiating compliance with the Contract Documents
including product identification and description, performance and test data, references and samples where
applicable, and an itemized comparison of the proposed substitution with the products specified or
otherwise approved, with data relating to Contract time schedule, design and artistic effect where applicable, and its relationship to separate contracts. Accompany the request by accurate installed cost data on
the proposed substitution in comparison with the product specified.
C.
Consideration: Making such requests for substitutions is a representation by the Contractor that:
1.
The Contractor has personally investigated the proposed substitute product and determined that it
is equal or superior in all respects to that specified and will carry the same warranty;
2.
The cost data are complete and include all related costs under this Contract but excludes costs
under separate contracts and excludes Design Consultant’s re-design costs, and the Contractor
waives all claims for additional costs related to the substitution which subsequently become
apparent;
3.
The Contractor will coordinate the installation of the accepted substitute, making such changes as
may be required for the Work to be complete in all respects.
D.
When approved by the Owner’s Representative, such substitution will be documented by Change Order
modifying the Specifications. The Contract Sum will be changed only if the substitution results in a cost
savings to the Owner.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
PRODUCT SELECTION
A.
General Product Requirements: Provide products that comply with the Contract Documents, that are
undamaged and, unless otherwise indicated, new at the time of installation.
1.
Provide products complete with accessories, trim, finish, safety guards, and other devices and
details needed for a complete installation and the intended use and effect.
2.
Standard Products: Where available, provide standard products of types that have been produced
and used successfully in similar situations on other projects.
B.
Product Selection Procedures: The Contract Documents and governing regulations govern product
selection. Procedures governing product selection include the following:
1.
Proprietary Specification Requirements: Where Specifications name only a single product or
manufacturer, provide the product indicated. No substitutions will be permitted.
2.
Semiproprietary Specification Requirements: Where Specifications name 2 or more products or
manufacturers, provide 1 of the products indicated. No substitutions will be permitted.
a.
Where Specifications specify products or manufacturers by name, accompanied by the term
"or equal" or "or approved equal," comply with the Contract Document provisions
concerning "substitutions" to obtain approval for use of an unnamed product.
IT Emergency Generator
Project Number: 16-007
January 25, 2016
MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
01 60 00 - 3
100% CD
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Nonproprietary Specifications: When Specifications list products or manufacturers that are
available and may be incorporated in the Work, but do not restrict the Contractor to use of these
products only, the Contractor may propose any available product that complies with Contract
requirements. Comply with Contract Document provisions concerning "substitutions" to obtain
approval for use of an unnamed product.
Descriptive Specification Requirements: Where Specifications describe a product or assembly,
listing exact characteristics required, with or without use of a brand or trade name, provide a
product or assembly that provides the characteristics and otherwise complies with Contract
requirements.
Performance Specification Requirements: Where Specifications require compliance with
performance requirements, provide products that comply with these requirements and are
recommended by the manufacturer for the application indicated.
a.
Manufacturer's recommendations may be contained in published product literature or by
the manufacturer's certification of performance.
Compliance with Standards, Codes, and Regulations: Where Specifications only require
compliance with an imposed code, standard, or regulation, select a product that complies with the
standards, codes, or regulations specified.
Visual Matching: Where Specifications require matching an established Sample, the Owner’s
Representative's decision will be final on whether a proposed product matches satisfactorily.
a.
Where no product available within the specified category matches satisfactorily and
complies with other specified requirements, comply with provisions of the Contract
Documents concerning "substitutions" for selection of a matching product in another
product category.
Visual Selection: Where specified product requirements include the phrase "... as selected from
manufacturer's standard colors, patterns, textures ..." or a similar phrase, select a product and
manufacturer that complies with other specified requirements. The Owner’s Representative will
select the color, pattern, and texture from the product line selected.
Allowances: Refer to individual Specification Sections and "Allowance" provisions in Division 1
for allowances that control product selection and for procedures required for processing such
selections.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
INSTALLATION OF PRODUCTS
A.
Comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations for installation of products in the
applications indicated. Anchor each product securely in place, accurately located and aligned with other
Work.
1.
Clean exposed surfaces and protect as necessary to ensure freedom from damage and deterioration
at time of Substantial Completion.
END OF SECTION 01 60 00
IT Emergency Generator
Project Number: 16-007
January 25, 2016
MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
01 60 00 - 4
100% CD
SECTION 01 70 00 - PROJECT CLOSEOUT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
1.2
Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other
Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
A.
1.3
This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for project closeout, including but not
limited to:
1.
Inspection procedures.
2.
Project record document submittal.
3.
Operating and maintenance manual submittal.
4.
Submittal of warranties.
5.
Final cleaning.
PROJECT COMPLETION AND FINAL INSPECTION
A.
The Contractor shall file a written notice with the Owner’s Representative that the work in the opinion of
the Contractor, is complete under the terms of the contract.
B.
Within ten (10) days after the Contractor files written notice that the work is complete, the Owner’s
Representative, the Owner and the Contractor shall make a "final inspection" of the project to determine
whether the work has been completed in accordance with the contract documents. A final punch list shall
be made by the Owner’s Representative in sufficient detail to fully outline to the Contractor.
1.
Work to be completed, if any;
2.
Work not in compliance with the drawings and specifications, if any;
3.
Unsatisfactory work for any reason, if any.
C.
The required amount of copies of the punch list will be countersigned by the Owner’s Representative and
the Owner and will be transmitted by the Owner’s Representative to the Contractor and the Owner.
1.4
ADVERTISEMENT AND FINAL PAYMENT
A.
Prior to final payment to the Contractor, the Owner shall advertise the project as set forth in Article 50 of
the General Conditions of the Contract.
B.
Before the Principle Representative may advertise, the Contractor shall:
1.
Deliver to the Owner’s Representative:
a.
Closing-out Checklist and Contractor Close-out forms with all items completed.
b.
Final pay request accounting for final additional changes to the Contract Sum, including
deductions for uncorrected work and deductions for reinspection payments. The final pay
request shall reflect a reduction of the retainage to zero. The final pay request amount shall
show the total Contract Sum, as adjusted by change orders, previous payments, and the
sum remaining due.
c.
All guaranties and warranties
IT Emergency Generator
Project Number: 16-007
January 25, 2016
POJECT CLOSEOUTP
01 70 00 - 1
100% CD
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
1.5
d.
All statements to support local sales tax refunds.
e.
Three complete bound sets of required operating maintenance instructions and manuals.
f.
One set of drawings showing all job changes (as-built drawings)
Complete start-up testing of systems, and demonstrate to the operating personnel of the Principal
Representative proper operation and maintenance of all newly installed or refurbished equipment.
Deliver tools, spare parts, extra stock, and similar items.
Make final change-over of permanent locks and transmit keys to the Owner. Advise the Owner
personnel of change-over in security provisions.
Discontinue or change over and remove temporary facilities from the site, along with construction
tools, mock-ups, and similar elements.
Complete final clean up requirements, including touch-up painting. Touch-up and otherwise
repair and restore marred exposed finishes.
RECORD DOCUMENT SUBMITTALS
A.
General: Do not use record documents for construction purposes; protect from deterioration and loss in a
secure, fire-resistive location; provide access to record documents for the Owner’s Representative’s
reference during normal working hours.
B.
Record Drawings (as-built drawings): Maintain a clean, undamaged set of blue or black line white-prints
of Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings. Mark the set to show the actual installation where the
installation varies substantially from the Work as originally shown. Mark whichever drawing is most
capable of showing conditions fully and accurately; where Shop Drawings are used, record a crossreference at the corresponding location on the Contract Drawings. Give particular attention to
concealed elements that would be difficult to measure and record at a later date.
1.
Mark record sets with erasable pencil; use other colors to distinguish between variations in
separate categories of the Work. Define colors by color legend on front sheet.
2.
Mark new information that is important to the Owner, but was not shown on Contract Drawings or
Shop Drawings.
3.
Note related Change Order numbers where applicable.
4.
Organize record drawing sheets into manageable sets, bind with durable paper cover sheets, and
print suitable titles, dates and other identification on the cover of each set.
C.
Record Specifications: Maintain one complete copy of the Project Manual, including addenda, and one
copy of other written construction documents such as Change Orders and modifications issued in printed
form during construction. Mark these documents to show substantial variations in actual Work
performed in comparison with the text of the Specifications and modifications. Give particular attention
to substitutions, selection of options and similar information on elements that are concealed or cannot
otherwise be readily discerned later by direct observation. Note related record drawing information and
Product Data.
D.
Maintenance Manuals: Organize operating and maintenance data into suitable sets of manageable size.
Bind properly indexed data in individual heavy-duty 2-inch, 3-ring vinyl-covered binders, with pocket
folders for folded sheet information. Mark appropriate identification on front and spine of each binder.
Include the following types of information:
1.
Emergency instructions.
2.
Spare parts list.
3.
Copies of warranties.
4.
Wiring diagrams.
5.
Recommended "turn around" cycles.
6.
Inspection procedures.
7.
Shop Drawings and Product Data.
8.
Fixture lamping schedule.
IT Emergency Generator
Project Number: 16-007
January 25, 2016
POJECT CLOSEOUTP
01 70 00 - 2
100% CD
1.6
MISCELLANEOUS KEYS, SWITCHES, ETC.
A.
1.7
At the completion of the project, all loose keys for hose bibs; adjustment keys and wrenches for door
closers and panic hardware, and keys for electric switches, electrical panels, etc., shall be accounted for
and turned over to the Owner.
WARRANTIES
A.
The Contractor and each sub-contractor shall remedy any defects to faulty materials or workmanship and
pay for any damage to other work resulting therefrom, which shall appear in his work within a period of
one year from the date of Notice of Acceptance and in accordance with the terms of any special
warranties provided in the contract. The Owner shall give notice of observed defects with reasonable
promptness.
B.
Upon completion of his work, the Contractor shall deliver to the Consultant in duplicate, a written
warranty based on the provision of this Article properly signed and notarized. Warranty shall be
addressed to the Owner.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
A.
Operating and Maintenance Instructions: Arrange for each installer of equipment that requires regular
maintenance to meet with the Owner's personnel to provide instruction in proper operation and
maintenance. If installers are not experienced in procedures, provide instruction by manufacturer's
representatives. Include a detailed review of the following items:
1.
Maintenance manuals.
2.
Record documents.
3.
Spare parts and materials.
4.
Tools.
5.
Lubricants.
6.
Fuels.
7.
Identification systems.
8.
Control sequences.
9.
Hazards.
10.
Cleaning.
11.
Warranties and bonds.
12.
Maintenance agreements and similar continuing commitments.
IT Emergency Generator
Project Number: 16-007
January 25, 2016
POJECT CLOSEOUTP
01 70 00 - 3
100% CD
B.
3.2
As part of instruction for operating equipment, demonstrate the following procedures:
1.
Start-up.
2.
Shutdown.
3.
Emergency operations.
4.
Noise and vibration adjustments.
5.
Safety procedures.
6.
Economy and efficiency adjustments.
7.
Effective energy utilization.
FINAL CLEANING
A.
General: General cleaning during construction is required by the General Conditions and included in
Section "Temporary Facilities".
B.
Cleaning: Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning. Clean each surface or
unit to the condition expected in a normal, commercial building cleaning and maintenance program.
Comply with manufacturer's instructions.
1.
Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting final inspection:
a.
Remove labels that are not permanent labels.
b.
Clean transparent materials, including mirrors and glass in doors and windows. Remove
glazing compound and other substances that are noticeable vision-obscuring materials.
Replace chipped or broken glass and other damaged transparent materials.
c.
Clean exposed exterior and interior hard-surfaced finishes to a dust-free condition, free of
stains, films and similar foreign substances. Restore reflective surfaces to their original
reflective condition. Leave concrete floors broom clean. Vacuum carpeted surfaces.
d.
Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment. Remove excess lubrication and
other substances. Clean plumbing fixtures to a sanitary condition. Clean light fixtures and
lamps.
e.
Clean the site, including landscape development areas, of rubbish, litter and other foreign
substances. Sweep paved areas broom clean; remove stains, spills and other foreign
deposits. Rake grounds that are neither paved nor planted, to a smooth even-textured
surface.
C.
Removal of Protection: Remove temporary protection and facilities installed for protection of the Work
during construction.
D.
Compliance: Comply with regulations of authorities having jurisdiction and safety standards for
cleaning. Do not burn waste materials. Do not bury debris or excess materials on the Owner's property.
Do not discharge volatile, harmful or dangerous materials into drainage systems. Remove waste
materials from the site and dispose of in a lawful manner. Where extra materials of value remaining after
completion of associated Work have become the Owner's property, arrange for disposition of these
materials as directed.
END OF SECTION 01 70 00
IT Emergency Generator
Project Number: 16-007
January 25, 2016
POJECT CLOSEOUTP
01 70 00 - 4
100% CD
SECTION 01 71 00 - CLEANING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
CLEANING
A.
Clean-up During Construction: Each contractor shall keep the building and premises free from all surplus
material, waste material, dirt and rubbish caused by his employees or work, and at the completion of his
work he shall remove all such surplus material, waste material, dirt and rubbish, as well as his tools,
equipment and scaffolding, and shall leave his work clean and spotless, unless more exact requirements
are specified. In case of dispute, the owner may remove all such items and charge the cost of such
removal to the contractor.
1.
Each sub-contractor shall perform his clean-up daily and shall transport his rubbish to an on-site
location designated by the Contractor who will arrange for its removal.
2.
Use of College dumpsters by the Contractor or his subcontractors is prohibited.
B.
Cleaners: With the exception of clean-up of the site and cleaning specifically assigned to Contractors
under various sections of the specifications, all final clean-up of exterior and interior of the building shall
be done by professional cleaners.
C.
Final Clean-up:
1.
Exterior: In addition to items specified below, any new surfaces on exterior, concrete, metal, etc.
shall be carefully and thoroughly cleaned.
2.
Glass: Both sides of all glass in work areas shall be carefully and thoroughly cleaned by
professional window cleaners and left absolutely clean and free from paint, grease, dirt, etc.
3.
Hardware: Clean and polish all hardware and leave clean and free from paint, grease, dirt, etc.
4.
Plumbing: Clean and polish all plumbing fixtures, fittings, and exposed plated piping. Leave
clean and free from paint, grease, dirt, etc. Remove all labels.
5.
Electrical: Clean and polish all electric fixtures, including glassware, switchplates, etc., and leave
clean and free from paint, grease, dirt, etc.
6.
Equipment: Carefully and thoroughly clean all items of equipment, mechanical, electrical,
cabinets, ductwork, etc.
7.
Floors: Thoroughly clean all floors. Mop resilient floor coverings with warm water and mild
detergent as recommended by manufacturer of the tile, then thoroughly machine buff. Vacuum
and clean carpeting. Damp mop or scrub concrete floors as required to leave them thoroughly
clean when site or building is turned over to the Owner.
D.
Completion: The entire work inside and out, and the entire premises shall be in first-class, clean
condition upon completion before being accepted by the Owner and the Owner.
END OF SECTION 01 71 00
IT Emergency Generator
Project Number: 16-007
January 25, 2016
CLEANING
01 71 00 - 1
100% CD
SECTION 01 74 00 - WARRANTIES AND BONDS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS:
A.
1.2
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
other Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY:
A.
Section Includes: General administrative and procedural requirements for warranties and bonds required
by the Contract Documents, including manufacturer's standard warranties on products and special
warranties.
B.
Related Sections:
1.
Refer to the General Conditions for terms of the Contractor's special warranty of workmanship
and materials.
2.
General closeout requirements: Section 01700
3.
Specific requirements for warranties for Work, products and installations: Individual Sections of
Divisions-2 through -16
4.
Certifications and other commitments and agreements for continuing services to Owner:
Applicable portions of Contract Documents.
C.
Disclaimers and Limitations: Manufacturer's disclaimers and limitations on product warranties do not
relieve the Contractor of the warranty on the Work that incorporates the products, nor does it relieve
suppliers, manufacturers, and Subcontractors required to countersign special warranties with the
Contractor.
1.3
DEFINITIONS:
A.
Standard Product Warranties: Preprinted written warranties published by individual manufacturers for
particular products and specifically endorsed by the manufacturer to the Owner.
B.
Special Warranties: Written warranties required by or incorporated in the Contract Documents, either to
extend time limits provided by standard warranties or to provide greater rights for the Owner.
1.4
GENERAL WARRANTY REQUIREMENTS:
A.
Related Damages and Losses: When correcting warranted Work that has failed, remove and replace other
Work that has been damaged as a result of such failure or that must be removed and replaced to provide
access for correction of warranted Work.
B.
Reinstatement of Warranty: When Work covered by a warranty has failed and been corrected by replacement or rebuilding, reinstate the warranty by written endorsement. The reinstated warranty shall be
equal to the original warranty with an equitable adjustment for depreciation.
IT Emergency Generator
Project Number: 16-007
January 25, 2016
WARRANTIES AND BONDS
01 74 00 - 1
100% CD
C.
Replacement Cost: Upon determination that Work covered by a warranty has failed, replace or rebuild
the Work to an acceptable condition complying with requirements of Contract Documents. The
Contractor is responsible for the cost of replacing or rebuilding defective Work regardless of whether the
Owner has benefited from use of the Work through a portion of its anticipated useful service life.
D.
Owner's Recourse: Written warranties made to the Owner are in addition to implied warranties, and shall
not limit the duties, obligations, rights and remedies otherwise available under the law, nor shall warranty
periods be interpreted as limitations on time in which the Owner can enforce such other duties,
obligations, rights, or remedies.
E.
Rejection of Warranties: The Owner reserves the right to reject warranties and to limit selections to
products with warranties not in conflict with requirements of the Contract Documents.
F.
The Owner reserves the right to refuse to accept Work for the Project where a special warranty,
certification, or similar commitment is required on such Work or part of the Work, until evidence is
presented that entities required to countersign such commitments are willing to do so.
1.5
SUBMITTALS:
A.
Submit written warranties to the Owner prior to advertisement of the Notice of Contractor's Settlement. If
the Notice of Acceptance designates a commencement date for warranties other than the date of Notice of
Acceptance for the Work, or a designated portion of the Work, submit written warranties upon request of
the Owner.
B.
When a designated portion of the Work is completed and occupied or used by the Owner, by separate
agreement with the Contractor during the construction period, submit properly executed warranties to the
Owner within 15 days of completion of that designated portion of the Work.
C.
When a special warranty is required to be executed by the Contractor, or the Contractor and a
Subcontractor, supplier or manufacturer, prepare a written document that contains appropriate terms and
identification, ready for execution by the required parties. Submit a draft to the OWNER through the
Owner’s Representative for approval prior to final execution.
D.
Refer to individual Sections of Divisions 2 through 16 for specific content requirements, and particular
requirements for submittal of special warranties.
IT Emergency Generator
Project Number: 16-007
January 25, 2016
WARRANTIES AND BONDS
01 74 00 - 2
100% CD
E.
Form of Submittal:
1.
Prior to advertisement of Notice of Contractor's Settlement, compile 2 copies of each required
warranty and bond properly executed by the Contractor, or by the Contractor, Subcontractor,
supplier or manufacturer. Organize the warranty documents into an orderly sequence based on the
table of contents of the Project Manual.
2.
Bind warranties and bonds in heavy duty, commercial quality, durable 3-ring vinyl covered looseleaf binders, thickness as necessary to accommodate contents, and sized to receive 8.5" by 11"
paper.
3.
Provide heavy paper dividers with celluloid covered tabs for each separate warranty. Mark the tab
to identify the product or installation. Provide a typed description of the product or installation,
including the name of the product, and the name, address and telephone number of the Installer.
4.
Identify each binder on the front and the spine with the typed or printed title "WARRANTIES
AND BONDS", the Project title or name, and the name of the Contractor.
5.
When operating and maintenance manuals are required for warranted construction, provide
additional copies of each required warranty, as necessary, for inclusion in each required manual.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not applicable)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not applicable)
END OF SECTION 01 74 00
IT Emergency Generator
Project Number: 16-007
January 25, 2016
WARRANTIES AND BONDS
01 74 00 - 3
100% CD
SECTION 01 78 00 - DEFINITIONS AND EXPLANATIONS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS:
A.
1.2
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
other Specification sections, apply to work of this section.
SUMMARY:
A.
Section Includes: Definitions of certain terms used in the specifications, and explanations of the
language, abbreviations thereof, format and certain conventions used in the specifications and associated
Contract Documents.
B.
Limitations of Scope: The definitions and explanations of this section are not necessarily either complete
or exclusive, but are general for the work to the extent such definitions or explanations are not stated
more explicitly in other provisions of the Contract Documents.
1.3
DEFINITIONS:
A.
The term “Owner” shall mean University of Colorado Colorado Springs.
B.
Project Manual: The term "Project Manual" refers to a bound, printed volume or volumes, which includes
conditions of the Contract and the Specifications. It may also include bidding requirements, contract
forms, details, schedules, surveys, reports or other relevant items which may or may not be Contract
Documents.
C.
General Requirements: Provisions and requirements of other Division 1 Sections apply to the entire work
of the Contract and, where so indicated, to other elements of work which are included in the Project.
D.
Indicated: The term "indicated" is a cross reference to graphic representations, notes or schedules on the
drawings, to other paragraphs or schedules in the specifications, and to similar means of recording requirements in the Contract Documents. Where terms such as "shown", "noted", "scheduled" and
"specified" are used in lieu of "indicated", it is for the purpose of helping the reader accomplish the cross
reference, and no limitation is intended except as specifically noted.
E.
Directed, Requested, etc.: Terms such as "directed", "requested", "authorized", "selected", "approved",
"required", "accepted", and "permitted" mean "directed by the Owner’s Representative", "requested by
the Owner’s Representative", etc. However, no such implied meaning will be interpreted to extend the
Owner’s Representative responsibility into the Contractor's area of construction supervision.
F.
Installer: The entity (person or firm) engaged by the Contractor or his Subcontractor or Sub-subcontractor
for the performance of a particular element of construction at the project site, including installation,
erection, application and similar required operations. It is a general requirement that Installers be expert
in the operations they are engaged to perform.
G.
The term "experienced", when used with the term "Installer" means having completed a minimum of 5
successful previous projects similar in size and scope to this Project and means the Installer is familiar
with the precautions required and has complied with requirements of the authorities having jurisdiction.
IT Emergency Generator
Project Number: 16-007
January 25, 2016
DEFINITIONS AND EXPLANATIONS
01 78 00 - 1
100% CD
H.
Where the specifications require Installer experience or other qualifications, such requirements apply to
the firm and not to its employees or individual members. Where firm ownership has changed after the required experience occurred, the Owner reserve the right to consider the ownership change as invalidating
the experience requirements.
I.
Project Site: The space available to the Contractor for the performance of the Work, either exclusively or
in conjunction with others performing other work as part of the project. The extent of the project site is
shown on the drawings, and may or may not be identical with the description of the land upon which the
project is to be built.
J.
Testing Laboratory or Agency: An independent entity engaged to perform specific inspections or tests of
the work, either at the project site or elsewhere; and to report and (if required) interpret the results of
those inspections or tests.
K.
Approve: Where used in conjunction with the Owner’s Representative action on the Contractor's
submittals, applications and requests, is limited to the Owner’s Representative responsibilities and duties
as specified in the General and Supplementary Conditions. Such approval shall not release the Contractor
from responsibility to fulfill requirements of the Contract Documents, unless otherwise provided in the
Contract Documents.
L.
Regulation: The term "Regulations" includes laws, statutes, ordinances and lawful orders issued by
authorities having jurisdiction, as well as rules, conventions and agreements within the construction
industry that control performance of the Work, whether they are lawfully imposed by authorities having
jurisdiction or not.
M.
Contractor's Option: Where materials, products, systems or methods are specified to be at the Contractor's
option, the choice of which material, method, product or system will be used is solely the Contractor's.
There will be no change in Contract Sum or Time because of such choice.
N.
Furnish: The term "furnish" is used to mean, "supply and deliver to the project site, ready for unloading,
unpacking, assembly, installation, and similar operations".
O.
Install: The term "install" is used to describe operations at the project site including the actual "unloading,
unpacking, assembly, erection, placing, anchoring, applying, working to dimension, finishing, curing,
protecting, cleaning and similar operations".
P.
Provide: The term "provide" means "to furnish and install, complete and ready for the intended use".
Q.
Guarantee: The narrow definition of the term "warranty" is hereby established as applying to both
"warranty" and "guarantee" which terms are used interchangeably.
1.4
SPECIFICATION EXPLANATIONS:
A.
General: This article is provided to help the user of these specifications to more readily understand the
format, language, implied requirements and similar conventions of content. None of these explanations
will be interpreted to modify the substance of the requirements.
B.
Specification Format: These specifications are organized and based on the CSI 16-Division format,
including subdivision of the Divisions into Sections generally conforming to CSI "Masterformat" for
section titles and numbers.
IT Emergency Generator
Project Number: 16-007
January 25, 2016
DEFINITIONS AND EXPLANATIONS
01 78 00 - 2
100% CD
C.
1.5
Imperative Language: Imperative language is used generally in the specifications. Requirements
expressed imperatively are to be performed by the Contractor. At certain locations in the text, for clarity,
contrasting subjective language is used to describe the responsibilities which must be fulfilled either
indirectly by the Contractor or, when so noted, by others.
SPECIFICATION CONTENT CONVENTIONS:
A.
Overlapping Requirements: Where compliance with two or more industry standards or sets of
requirements is specified, and overlapping of those requirements also establishes different or conflicting
minimums or levels of quality, the more stringent requirement will be enforced unless the Contract
Documents specifically indicate otherwise.
B.
Refer apparently equal but different requirements and uncertainties as to which level of quality is required
to the Owner’s Representative for decision before proceeding.
C.
In certain circumstances language used in specifications and other Contract Documents is of the
abbreviated type. Implied words and meanings will be appropriately interpreted. Singular words will be
interpreted as plural and plural words will be interpreted as singular where applicable and where the full
context of the Contract Documents so indicates.
D.
Specialists: In certain circumstances the specification requires or implies that specific elements of the
Work be assigned to specialists or expert entities who must be engaged to perform that element of the
work. Such assignments are special requirements over which the Contractor has no choice or option.
They are intended to establish which party or entity involved in a specific element of the Work is
considered as being sufficiently experienced in the indicated construction processes or operations to be
recognized as "expert" in those processes or operations. Nevertheless, the ultimate responsibility for
fulfilling all contract requirements remains with the Contractor.
E.
These requirements should not be interpreted to conflict with the enforcement of the building codes and
similar regulations governing the Work. They are also not intended to interfere with local trade union
jurisdictional settlements and similar conventions.
F.
Trades: The use of certain titles such as "carpentry" in the specification is not intended to imply that the
work must be performed by accredited or unionized individuals of a corresponding generic name, such as
"carpenter". It also is not intended to imply that the requirements specified apply exclusively to
tradepersons of that corresponding generic name.
IT Emergency Generator
Project Number: 16-007
January 25, 2016
DEFINITIONS AND EXPLANATIONS
01 78 00 - 3
100% CD
1.6
DRAWING SYMBOLS:
A.
Graphic symbols used on the Drawings are those recognized in the construction industry for purposes
indicated. Where not otherwise noted, symbols are defined by "Architectural Graphic Standards",
published by John Wiley & Sons, Inc., seventh edition.
B.
Mechanical/Electrical Drawings: Graphic symbols used on mechanical and electrical Drawings are
generally aligned with symbols recommended by ASHRAE. Where appropriate, they are supplemented
by more specific symbols recommended by technical associations including ASME, ASPE, IEEE and
similar organizations. Refer instances of uncertainty to the Owner’s Representative for clarification
before proceeding.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable)
END OF SECTION 01 78 00
IT Emergency Generator
Project Number: 16-007
January 25, 2016
DEFINITIONS AND EXPLANATIONS
01 78 00 - 4
100% CD
SECTION 26 0510 - BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A.
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
B.
This Section supplements Division 01 - General Requirements.
C.
Where contradictions occur between this Section and Division 01, the more stringent of the two
shall apply. Engineer shall decide which is most stringent.
D.
These Basic Requirements apply to required electrical work, material and equipment specified
in Division(s) 26.
1.02 SUMMARY
A.
The contractor shall perform the following:
1. Supply all labor, transportation, materials, equipment, tools, services, permits and fees
necessary for the completion of the electrical work.
2. Install, maintain, and remove all construction equipment.
3. Be responsible for safe, lawful, and proper construction maintenance.
4. Construct, in the best and most workmanlike manner, a complete project and everything
properly incidental thereto, as shown on the Drawings, as stated in the Specifications, or
reasonably implied there from, all in accordance with the Contract Documents.
B.
Work Includes, but not limited to, the following:
1. Distribution systems for power and lighting.
2. Grounding system for equipment.
3. Excavation and backfill.
4. Precast concrete handholes.
5. Templates and coordination for installation of formed concrete for electrical work such as
concrete bases and equipment pads and curbs.
6. Shop drawings, wiring diagrams, equipment data, record drawings, and operating and
maintenance manuals.
7. Hangers, anchors, sleeves, chases, core drilling, metal supports, channels, plywood
backing, vibration isolation, seismic bracing, as required for work under this section.
8. Cleaning, patching, repairing and touch-up painting.
9. Permits and fees.
10. Testing, adjusting of completed work, inspections and instruction.
11. Emergency power system including engine generators, day tanks, and automatic transfer
switches.
12. Static Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS).
1.03 DEFINITIONS
A.
The definitions described in Division 01, and the General Conditions of the Specification, also
apply to the Division(s) 26 work.
BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
26 0510 - 1
B.
"Contract Documents" constitute the drawings, specifications, general conditions, project
manuals, etc., prepared by the Engineer (or other design professional in association with the
Engineer) for contractor’s bid or contractor’s negotiations with the Owner. The Division(s) 26
drawings and specifications prepared by the Engineer are not Construction Documents.
C.
"Construction Documents", or "Construction Drawings", and similar terms for Division(s) 26
work refer to installation diagrams, shop drawings and coordination drawings prepared by the
Contractor using the design intent indicated on the Engineer’s Contract Documents.
D.
"Furnish" means to "supply" and usually refers to an item of equipment.
E.
"Install" means to "set in place, connect and place in full operation."
F.
"Provide" means to "furnish and install."
G.
"Equal" or "Equivalent" means "meets the specifications of the referenced product or item in all
significant aspects." Significant aspects shall be as determined by the Owner’s Representative.
H.
By inference, any reference to a "contractor" or "sub-contractor" means the entity, which has
contracted with the Owner for the work of the Contract Documents.
I.
"Engineer" means the design professional firm, which has prepared these Contract Documents.
All questions, submittals, etc. regarding this division shall be routed to the Engineer through
proper contractual channels.
1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A.
All materials shall conform with the current applicable industry standards. Workmanship and
neat appearance shall be as important as electrical and mechanical operation. Defective or
damaged materials shall be replaced or repaired prior to final acceptance in a manner meeting
the approval of the Engineer and at no additional cost to the Owner.
B.
Codes and Regulations: All work and materials shall comply with latest rules, Codes and
Regulations including, but not limited to, the following:
1. All applicable Federal, State and local Laws, code amendments and Regulations
2. State and local fire regulations and requirements
3. Americans With Disabilities Act (ADA)
4. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA)
5. National Electrical Code (NEC) with city, county and state amendments
6. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)
7. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA)
8. National Electrical Safety Code (NESC, ANSI C2)
9. International Building Code (IBC) with city, county and state amendments
10. International Energy Conservation Code (IECC) with city, county and state amendments
C.
Standards: The latest editions of the following Regulations and standards are minimum
requirements:
1. American National Standards Institute (ANSI)
2. American Society for Testing and Material (ASTM)
3. Energy Policy and Conservation Act (EPCA), National Energy Conservation Amendments
(NAECA)
4. Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE)
5. Insulated Cable Engineer’s Association (ICEA)
BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
26 0510 - 2
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
National Bureau of Standards (NBS)
National Electrical Manufacturer’s Assoc. (NEMA)
International Electrical Testing Association (NETA)
International Seismic Application Technology (ISAT)
Underwriters’ Laboratories, Inc. (UL)
D.
Additional Regulations: Follow additional Regulations which appear in individual Sections of
these Specifications
E.
Code compliance is mandatory. Nothing in these drawings and specifications permits work not
conforming to these Codes.
F.
Contradictions:
1. Where Codes are contradictory, follow the most stringent. Engineer shall determine which
is most stringent.
2. Comply with the requirements of authorities and listed Standards and Codes as minimum
acceptable work. In case of conflict between the requirements, the most stringent govern.
G.
Concealment: No work shall be concealed until after inspection and approval by proper
authorities. If work is concealed without inspection and approval, the Contractor shall be
responsible for all work required to open and restore the concealed area including all required
modifications.
H.
Permits:
1. Obtain all permits and inspections, and pay fees, required by authorities and agencies
having jurisdiction for the work of this Division, unless otherwise specified. Deliver
certificates of inspection to the Owner's Representative.
2. Post permits as required.
I.
Guarding:
1. Provide protection for moving parts and hazardous conditions.
2. Provide industrial accident and warning signs per ANSI and OSHA.
3. Erect and maintain suitable barriers, protective devices, lights and warning signs for the
protection of the public and employees from the work under this Section.
4. Conform with applicable safety regulations, including those of the Owner.
1.05 REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION
A.
Procedures and guidelines for submitting Requests for Information (RFIs) are described in
Division 01 - General Requirements.
B.
Direct the RFI to the discipline who needs to provide the clarification or answer. For example, if
there is a question regarding conduit penetrations of a structural element, direct the RFI to the
Structural Engineer, not the Electrical Engineer. If the question involves electrical wiring devices
in millwork or casework that are shown on an architectural elevation, direct the RFI to the
Architect, not the Electrical Engineer.
1.06 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
A.
Drawings indicate general arrangement of circuits and locations of outlets, conduit, and other
work. Information shown on drawings is as accurate as planning can determine, but not
guaranteed and field verification of all dimensions, locations, levels, etc., to suit field conditions
is directed. Review all architectural, civil, structural and mechanical drawings, and adjust all
BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
26 0510 - 3
work to conform to all conditions shown therein. Architectural drawings shall take precedence
over all other drawings. Discrepancies between different drawings or between drawings and
specifications or Regulations and Codes governing installation shall be brought to attention of
the Engineer.
B.
Where the Drawings and Specifications do not comply with the minimum requirements of the
Codes, either notify the Engineer in writing during the Bidding Period of the revisions required to
meet Code requirements, or provide an installation which complies with the Code requirements.
After entering into contract, the Contractor will be held to complete all work necessary to meet
these requirements without additional expense to the Owner.
C.
Follow Drawings and Specifications where they are superior to Code requirements. The more
stringent of plans and drawings shall apply.
1.07 COORDINATION DRAWINGS
A.
Where equipment is located outdoors, prepare shop drawings indicating electrical equipment
locations and exterior elements in the equipment areas.
B.
Where conduit runs, 2 inches trade size and larger, are run in exposed and/or concealed
locations, prepare dimensionally accurate floor plans indicating routing, coordinated with work of
other trades and the structure. Indicate bracing locations for conduits 2-1/2 inches and larger.
C.
Indicate locations where space is limited for installation and access, and where sequencing and
coordination of installations are important to the efficient flow of the work, including (but not
necessarily limited to) the following:
1. Indicate the proposed locations of major raceway systems, and materials. Include the
following:
a. Exterior wall and foundation penetrations.
b. Fire-rated wall and floor penetrations.
c. Support details.
d. Sizes and location of required concrete pads and bases.
2. Indicate scheduling, sequencing, movement, and positioning of large equipment into the
building during construction.
3. Prepare floor plans, elevations, and details to indicate penetrations in floors, walls, and
ceilings and their relationship to other penetrations and installation.
4. Normal and emergency underground conduit and duct bank routing.
1.08 RECORD DOCUMENTS
A.
Refer to Division 01 for additional requirements.
B.
Drawings:
1. Provide and maintain, in good order, a complete legible set of blue-line Electrical Contract
Drawings in clean, undamaged condition, for mark-up of installations which vary from the
Contract Drawings. These drawings shall be a separate set of drawings, not used for
construction purposes, and shall be kept up to date as the job progresses. Keep an
accurate dimensional record of installed locations and all job changes, including source
and date of authorization. This set shall be made available for inspection by the Engineer
or Architect at all times.
2. Upon completion of the contract a set of computerized “as-builts”, capable of interfacing
with AutoCAD software, shall be delivered to the Engineer. Prepare drawings in
accordance with the requirements in Division 01 Section - Project Record Documents. In
addition to the requirements specified in Division 01, indicate installed conditions for:
BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
26 0510 - 4
a.
3.
C.
Revisions, including sketches, bulletins, change orders, written addenda and
directives, clarifications and responses generated by requests for information (RFIs),
regardless of source of the revision.
b. As installed location of equipment.
c. Physical routing of conduits 2 inches trade size and larger, underground, exposed,
and above the ceiling.
d. Location of underground conduit below building and on exterior, pull boxes, manholes,
and stub outs by elevation and dimensioned from buildings and permanent structures.
Acceptance: As a condition for acceptance of the work, deliver two (2) sets of AutoCAD
CDs in the version required by the Owner, and one set of signed and dated reproducible
drawings to the Owner’s Representative and obtain receipt.
Panel Schedules:
1. Record of Project Progress: The project panel schedules will be issued with the drawings.
Maintain a set of panel schedules available at the job site for inspections. Keep an
accurate, legible and continuously updated record of all circuit modifications, revised
schedules as may be issued with bulletins, and source and date of authorization of
modifications. Include with the other record drawings.
2. Acceptance: Provide typed panel schedules (circuit directories) installed in panels to
reflect installed condition.
1.09 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS
A.
Refer to Division 01 for additional requirements.
B.
General:
1. Submit three typed and bound copies of Operating and Maintenance Manuals prior to
scheduling systems demonstration for the Owner.
a. Bind each Maintenance Manual in one or more vinyl covered, 3-ring binders "D" style,
with pockets for folded drawings.
1) Mark the back spine of each binder with the project name, system identification,
a volume number, and the year.
b. Manuals shall have a Table of Contents and tab dividers for each submittal section
identifying all equipment and materials installed on the project including a local
supplier for replacing a specific piece of equipment.
2. Provide searchable electronic copy of manuals in format preferred by the Owner.
C.
Maintenance Instruction Manual – Include:
1. Complete record material list.
2. Catalog brochures for all components.
3. Test reports of all testing performed as specified.
4. Manufacturer’s directions and conformance certificates.
5. Guarantee and warranties.
6. Wiring and block diagrams, where applicable.
7. Detailed checkout procedures to insure operation of systems and gear.
8. Diagnostic and troubleshooting procedures for systems and major equipment.
9. Recommended preventive maintenance program, including a list of mechanical items
requiring inspection and servicing.
D.
Operation Instruction Manual - Describe
1. Start-up, checkout, and shutdown procedures.
E.
Shop Drawing Manual: Complete set of record shop drawings, cuts and brochures.
BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
26 0510 - 5
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A.
Deliver products to the project properly identified with names, model numbers, types, grades,
compliance labels, and other information needed for identification.
B.
Protection of Equipment:
1. All electrical equipment to be used in the construction shall be properly stored and
protected against the elements. All equipment shall be stored under cover, and shall not
be stored at the construction site on the ground, in mud, water, rain, sleet, snow, or dust.
Large diameter cables may be stored on reels outside; however, all cable ends shall be
waterproofed and the reels covered with weatherproof materials. Such weatherproof
materials shall be heavy-duty, securely fastened, and made impervious to the elements.
All equipment shall be protected from rodent damage to internal wires and cables.
2. Conventional electrical construction materials such as building wire, outlet and junction
boxes, wiring devices, conduit, panelboards, lighting fixtures, fittings, etc., shall be stored
in construction buildings, covered trailers, or portable covered warehouses. Any
equipment subject to damage or corrosion from excessive moisture shall be stored in dry,
heated areas. Any equipment containing plastic or material subject to damage caused by
excessive heat or sunlight shall be stored to prevent such damage. This includes, but not
limited to, plastic ducts and lenses.
3. Equipment or material damaged as a result of the above conditions shall be replaced at
the Contractor’s expense.
4. All electrical enclosures exposed to construction damage such as paint spots, spackling or
plaster spatter, grout splashes, waterproofing compound, tar spots or runs, and pipe
covering compound splashes, shall be completely covered and protected against this type
of damage.
5. In the event leakage into the building of any foreign material or fluid occurs, or may occur,
the Contractor shall take all steps as described above to protect any and all equipment and
material.
6. After connections to electrical equipment are complete and the equipment is ready for
operation, all construction debris shall be removed from all enclosures. Such debris
includes dust, dirt, wire clippings, tape and insulation removed in order to make the
connection.
1.11 SAFETY AND INDEMNITY
A.
The Contractor shall be solely and completely responsible for conditions of the job site,
including safety of all persons and property during performance of the work. This requirement
will apply continuously and not be limited to normal working hours. See also General
Conditions.
B.
No act, service, drawings review or construction review by the Architect or Engineer, is intended
to include review of the adequacy of the Contractor’s safety measures in, on, or near the
construction site.
1.12 COMPLETION
A.
Before Final Review: The work hereunder will not be reviewed for final acceptance until
Operating and Maintenance Data, Manufacturer’s Literature, Identification, Warning Signs and
Nameplates specified herein have been reviewed and/or properly posted in the building and
final cleaning has been completed.
BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
26 0510 - 6
B.
Before operating any equipment for demonstration or test, comply with manufacturer’s
preparation instructions.
C.
Demonstration of Operations: When the installation is complete and required adjustments have
been made, operate the systems for a period of one week. During this time demonstrate to the
Owner’s Representative that systems are completed and operating, and performing in
conformance with these specifications.
1.13 GUARANTEES AND WARRANTIES
A.
Comply with guarantee requirements of Division 01.
B.
Guarantee all material, equipment, and work for a period of one year (or greater where specified
elsewhere) from written acceptance of the work against defects of any kind, covering all parts
and labor.
C.
Obtain guarantees and/or warranties for factory assembled equipment and include with
Operation Instruction Manual.
D.
In the event of failure of any work, equipment, or device during the life of the guarantee, and at
no cost to Owner, repair or replace the defective work and remove, replace, or restore any parts
of the structure or building which may be damaged as the direct result of the defective work or
in the course of making the replacement of defective work or materials. Provide certificate with
O & M manual submittal which guarantees same day service response to the Owner’s call for
such warranty service.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS
A.
All equipment and materials installed shall be new, unless otherwise specified.
B.
All major equipment components shall have manufacturer’s name, address, model number and
serial number permanently attached in a conspicuous location.
C.
All equipment shall be UL listed and bear the UL label.
1. Where UL labeling is not available, provide certification by a Nationally Recognized Testing
Laboratory (NRTL).
D.
Use products of the same manufacture and type for each category of material and equipment.
2.02 GENERAL SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS
A.
Coordination and Sequencing:
1. The Contractor shall not submit any shop drawings or product data that does not comply
with the Contract Documents. Prior to submitting shop drawings, review submittal for
compliance with Contract Documents and place a stamp or other confirmation thereon
which states that submittals have been reviewed. Submittals without such verification will
be returned disapproved without review.
2. Submittals are intended to indicate compliance with the Contract Documents.
BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
26 0510 - 7
3.
4.
Condition of Acceptance with Submittals: No deviation from Contract Documents is
permitted unless specifically so noted by Contractor and accepted by Engineer in writing.
Submittal is for information and record, unless otherwise indicated, and is not a change
order request.
Contractor Responsibility:
a. Errors or omissions in submittals regardless of review status of submittals.
b. Coordination with work of other trades.
c. Space coordination and maintenance of code required aisle and working space.
d. Erection and installation techniques, including structural adequacy and bracing
suitable for stability and/or seismic conditions.
e. Maintenance of installation safety.
f.
Satisfactory performance of all work.
B.
Preparation of Submittals:
1. Refer to Division 01 requirements.
2. The Contractor shall submit for review, manufacturer’s data for materials and equipment to
be incorporated in the work. Submittals shall be supported by descriptive material, catalog
cuts, diagrams, performance curves, and charts published by the manufacturer to show
conformance to specification and drawing requirements; model numbers alone will not be
acceptable. Provide complete electrical characteristics for all equipment. Submit product
submittals on items as outlined in sections hereinafter.
3. Product submittals shall be made by specification section. All items of a section, requiring
submission, shall be submitted together at one time in a tabbed binder. If two or more
sections require inter-coordination (e.g., emergency generator and transfer switch; short
circuit study, electrical room layouts, switchboards and panelboards), they shall be
submitted at the same time.
a. Binders shall be report cover type with solid cover and 3 metal fasteners. Binders
shall also have a tab indicating submittal number and specification section number. If
product submittals for section exceed the capacity of one binder, two or more binders
shall be used. In addition, a notation cover shall indicate the number of binders for
the section and number of that binder (i.e., 2 of 3).
b. Provide permanent marking on each binder identifying project name, contractor,
subcontractor, submittal name, and number, date of submission, specification
section(s), and information to distinguish it from other submittals.
c. Each individual submittal item within a binder shall be marked to show section number
which pertains to the item.
4. Submittals not presented in a bound, neat, and legible fashion will be returned disapproved
without review.
5. Submittals shall show contractor’s executed review and approval marking. Submittals,
which are received from sources other than through the contractor’s office will be returned
disapproved without review.
C.
Quantities: Unless otherwise indicated in Division 01, submit six (6) copies.
1. Refer to Division 01 requirements.
2. If submittals are to be distributed electronically as indicated in Division 01, provide
minimum one (1) hard copy for Engineer's review with General Contractor executed review
and approval marking.
D.
Response to Submittals: Where standard product data has been submitted, it is recognized:
1. That the Contractor has determined that the products fulfill the specified requirements.
2. That the submittal is for the Engineer information only, but will be returned with appropriate
action where observed to be not in compliance with the requirements.
E.
Re-submittals
BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
26 0510 - 8
1.
If re-submittals are necessary, they shall be made as specified above for submittals.
Re-submittals shall highlight all revisions made and cover shall include the phrase
“RE-SUBMITTAL NO
.” Coordinate this procedure with the Engineer.
a. Re-submittal requirements do not entitle the Contractor to additional time and are not
a cause for delay of the project.
2. Re-submittals will be reviewed for compliance with comments made on the original
submittal only. Clearly identify replied-to comments with a re-submittal number and date.
If any other changes are made that are not in reply to comments, clearly identify the
changes.
3. If more than two submittals (either for shop drawings, as-built drawings, or test reports) are
made by the Contractor due to the incompletion, non-compliance, errors, omissions, etc.
the Owner reserves the right to charge the Contractor for subsequent reviews by their
consultants.
F.
Review of shop drawings and product data by the Engineer, including any review annotations or
stamp notations, does not relieve the Contractor from the required compliance with the contract
documents.
2.03 EQUIVALENTS AND SUBSTITUTIONS
A.
Refer to Division 01 for additional requirements.
B.
Basis of Design:
1. The manufacturer’s name and product listed on the drawings, or listed first of several
names in these Specifications if not listed on the drawings, is used as a basis of design to
establish space requirements, a standard of quality and performance, and equipment
clearances required by the National Electrical Code.
C.
Equivalents:
1. Products of one or more other manufacturer’s names listed in these Specifications may be
selected, subject to paragraph below titled “Contractor’s Responsibility for Equivalents and
Substitutions.”
D.
Other Options:
1. For products specified by naming only one manufacturer, refer to paragraph below under
“Substitutions”.
2. For products specified only by performance characteristics or reference standards, select
any manufacturer meeting the requirements.
E.
Substitutions:
1. Requests for acceptance of a product from a manufacturer not listed in these
Specifications will be considered if any one of the following conditions is met:
a. The named product is not available because of strikes or discontinuance of
manufacture and the proposed product is equivalent to the named product.
b. The proposed product is superior to the named product, in the opinion of the
Engineer.
c. The proposed product is equivalent to the named product and its use will be to the
advantage of the Owner, by the Owner receiving an equitable credit or cost savings.
The Engineer reserves the right to reject any substitution.
2. Submit proposed substitutions with bid along with alternate price, complete descriptive
data and a comparison of the substitute manufacturer’s product with specified product.
Request for acceptance of a product from a manufacturer not listed in these
Specifications, is subject to the paragraph titled “Contractor’s Responsibility for
Equivalents and Substitutions”.
BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
26 0510 - 9
F.
Contractor’s Responsibility for Equivalents and Substitutions:
1. Items submitted as a substitution to the basis of design or listed general equivalents shall
be identified as such and shall include a written request for substitution indicating the
following:
a. The reason for requesting the substitutions.
b. Contract price adjustment.
c. Contract time adjustment.
d. Item by item breakdown of differences between the basis of design and the
substituted item.
e. Operation, maintenance and energy cost difference.
2. Products of manufacturer must match the features, construction, performance and size of
those selected for design. Standard catalogued products may require certain
modifications to meet specified requirements.
3. The responsibility for proving that specified requirements have been met remains with the
manufacturer and Contractor. Should the substituted item fail to perform in accordance
with the Specifications, replace same with the originally specified item without extra cost to
the contract.
4. When requesting review of an equivalent or substituted product, submit a comparison
chart listing features, construction, performance and sizes of named product versus
equivalent product.
5. Submittals for review of an equivalent or substituted product will be reviewed for
acceptability when all the above requirements have been met. Contractor shall be
responsible for all costs incurred by the Architect and Engineer for review of equivalency
beyond initial review.
6. Coordinate the installation of the product with all trades.
7. Contractor shall be responsible for changes in electric wiring, materials and for all other
additional costs of construction by all trades involved to accommodate the product to
perform the same as the product used for the ”Basis of Design”.
8. Coordination of General Equivalents and Substitutions:
a. Where Contract Documents permit selection from general equivalents, or where
substitutions are authorized, coordinate clearance and other interface requirements
with electrical and other work.
9. Provide necessary additional items so that selected or substituted item operates equivalent
to the Basis of Design and properly fits in the available space allocated for the Basis of
Design.
10. Contractor is responsible for assuring that piping, conduit and other service locations for
general equivalents or substitutions do not cause access, service or operational difficulties
any greater than would be encountered with the Basis of Design.
11. Failure to comply with these requirements will result in immediate rejection of the request
for substitution.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 SITE CONDITIONS
A.
Visit to site is required of all bidders prior to submission of bid. All bidders will be held to have
familiarized themselves with all discernible conditions, and no extra payment will be allowed for
work required because of these conditions, whether specifically mentioned or not.
B.
Examine the drawings of all trades, and specification sections, survey the existing conditions,
and include necessary allowances in bid proposal.
BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
26 0510 - 10
C.
Resolve conflicts with Code requirements, site conditions and the work of other trades.
D.
Verify the locations of existing utilities prior to construction and protect them from damage.
E.
Lines of other services, and/or equipment that are damaged as a result of this work shall
promptly be repaired at no expense to the Owner.
3.02 LOCATIONS
A.
Drawings are essentially diagrammatic, and although the size and locations of equipment are
generally shown to scale, make use of data in Contract Documents, and informational
documents, including shop drawings, and verify this information against field conditions.
B.
Drawings indicate the required size and points of termination of conduits, and the number and
size of wires and suggest proper routing of conduit. Install conduit with necessary offsets,
junction boxes, and fittings to conform to the structure, avoid obstructions, preserve headroom,
maintain required accessibility, and satisfy the requirements of the governing Codes and the
standards of good practice.
C.
When changes in indicated locations or arrangements are necessary due to conditions in
building construction, rearrangement of furnishings or equipment, or conflict in location, make
such changes at no cost to Owner, provided that the change is ordered before conduit is
installed and that length of conduit run is not revised by more than 10 feet.
D.
Bring discrepancies between different drawings, between drawings and actual field conditions,
or between drawings and specifications, promptly to the attention of the Engineer for decision,
and stop pertinent work subject to resolution of the conflict.
E.
Provide clarifying details where required by inspecting authority and obtain Architect’s and
Inspector’s approval prior to installation.
3.03 RESPONSIBILITY
A.
Provide complete functioning systems and include labor, material and associated tools and
transportation required for the system to operate safely and satisfactorily. Provide empty
conduit systems where specified, complete, clear, and with pull wires, ready to accept
conductors and allow for equipment installation.
B.
Provide work indicated on the drawings whether or not specifically mentioned in the
specifications.
C.
Coordinate the installation of electrical items with the schedules for work of other trades to
prevent delays in total work. Assume responsibility for cooperative work, which must be altered
due to lack of proper supervision or failure to make proper provision in time. Perform alterations
and pay costs.
D.
Resolve code conflicts prior to installation. Remove and replace work conflicting with Codes or,
not meeting specified requirements and pay costs.
BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
26 0510 - 11
3.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Provide an experienced superintendent in charge of erection of the work, together with all
necessary journeymen, helpers and laborers required to properly unload, erect, connect, adjust,
operate and test the work involved to provide a neat, workmanlike installation. Latest industry
standards are considered minimum.
B.
For the actual fabrication, installation and testing of the work of this section use only thoroughly
trained and experienced personnel who are completely familiar with the requirements for this
work and with the installation recommendations of the manufacturers of the specified items.
Where specified, provide factory personnel for testing and adjusting. Submit quality assurance
program and detailed testing procedures for review.
C.
For major equipment such as transformers, switchgear, switchboards, panelboards, transfer
switches, motor control centers, circuit breakers, and control devices, submit letters from
principals of the equipment manufacturing company, with bid proposal, specifying the location of
factory authorized parts and service organizations intended to serve the subject project.
3.05 EXISTING FACILITIES
A.
Examine the drawings and specifications of the complete work, and inspect the site to establish
the scope of demolition work and new work to be provided under this section and clarification of
the phasing of the work.
B.
Based on project phasing and scheduling, demolition work will be taking place in and around
existing areas that are to remain in service. Where the work under this section affects or
interferes with the operation of existing areas to remain in service, or portions of the work
already in operation, provide necessary work and material, including premium pay, required to
avoid shutdown of these areas during normal operations. Obtain Owner’s approval for
shutdown, in writing, no fewer than 48 hours prior to shutdown, and provide temporary service.
C.
Existing electrical and signal facilities outside of the demolition area to remain in place and in
service during demolition.
D.
Unless specifically noted or otherwise indicated or directed, remove existing electrical
equipment from the areas to be demolished. Deliver equipment removed, including lighting
fixtures, to the Owner’s representative.
3.06 CUTTING AND PATCHING
A.
General: Perform cutting and patching in accordance with Division 01. In addition to the
requirements specified in Division 01, the following requirements apply:
1. Perform cutting, fitting, and patching of electrical equipment and materials required to:
a. Uncover work to provide for installation of ill-timed work.
b. Remove and replace defective work.
c. Remove and replace work not conforming to requirements of the Contract
documents.
d. Remove samples of installed work as specified for testing.
e. Install equipment and materials in newly installed structures.
BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
26 0510 - 12
3.07 CAULKING
A.
Provide as specified herein, and in Division 07.
B.
Conduit Penetration: Through exterior walls, caulk conduit penetrations for full wall thickness
for waterproofing. At fire rated floors and partitions, provide firestopping and caulking in
conformance with Division 07.
C.
Conductor Penetration: Where sleeves or openings in fire rated floors and partitions contain
conductors not enclosed in a raceway, provide UL approved seal of the sleeve or opening in
conformance with Division 07.
D.
Compound Characteristics: Putty like; workable with hands down to 35 degrees F; firm up to
300 degrees F; remain pliable when exposed to air; adhere to metal, plastic, concrete, masonry
and cable insulation; harmless to hands; seal without causing deterioration of material sealed.
E.
Fire Rated Walls, Partitions or Floors: Refer to Division 07.
3.08 PROTECTION AND CLEANING
A.
Materials and Equipment: Cover all transformers, panelboards, and etc., stored or installed on
the site, with polyethylene sheets or approved equal, to protect equipment from moisture,
plaster, cement, paint, or other work of other trades. Cover outlet boxes with cardboard or
plastic closures. Plug or cap conduit ends until final connection. Protect conduit stubs,
stub-ups and risers from construction equipment.
B.
Storage: Provide proper and adequate storage facilities. Store conductors, raceways and
fittings, in dry, protected locations.
C.
Damage: Replace damaged or defective work, materials or equipment. Install sensitive or
delicate equipment after major construction work is completed.
D.
Parts: Store and protect all portable and detachable parts or portions of the installation such as
spare parts, fittings, fuses, keys, locks, adapters, locking clips and inserts until completion of the
work. As a precondition for acceptance of the work, deliver to the Owner’s representative and
obtain itemized receipt. Include receipts with the Operating and Maintenance Instruction
Manual(s) required under other paragraphs of the specifications.
E.
Site Cleaning: Periodically remove waste and rubbish and maintain order.
F.
Equipment Finish: Clean and polish finished metal surfaces. Clean and prepare prime coated
gear for painting.
G.
Electrical Equipment: Clean exterior and interior of equipment. Vacuum interiors--do not blow
out. Apply permanent identification and remove temporary and unauthorized notations.
H.
Acceptance: Remove debris, dirt, grease and oil from building surfaces, caused by work under
this section. Clean out and vacuum electric rooms.
I.
Remove all materials, scrap, etc., relative to electrical installations and leave premises in a
clean, orderly condition. Any costs to the Owner for cleanup of site will be charged to the
Contractor. At completion, all equipment, raceways, etc., shall be thoroughly cleaned and all
residue removed from the inside and outside surfaces. Defaced finish shall be refinished.
BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
26 0510 - 13
3.09 PAINTING
A.
In Equipment and Utility Areas: Provide factory finished equipment including prime coat and
medium dark gray finish over rust-inhibitor.
B.
Outdoors and in Wet Locations: Provide additional factory coat of exterior lacquer for a two mils
finish thickness. Indicate finish on shop drawings.
C.
In Public Areas: Provide shop prime coat for equipment installed flush in painted walls. Finish
painting is under Division 09.
D.
Touchup: Use factory supplied paint for touchup of rusty or scratched surfaces. Replace
marred or scratched plated finishes.
E.
Supports: Field paint all conduit hangers, racks and structural supports for electrical material
and equipment if not galvanized or factory finished. Perform this work in conformance with
Division 09.
3.10 LICENSES, FEES AND PERMITS:
A.
Arrange for required inspections and pay all license, permit and inspection fees. Furnish a
certificate of final inspections and approvals from local authority having jurisdiction over
electrical installation.
3.11 WORKMANSHIP AND CONTRACTOR’S QUALIFICATIONS
A.
Only professional quality workmanship will be accepted. Haphazard or poor installation practice
will be the cause for rejection of work.
B.
Provide foreman in charge of this work at all times. Foreman for this work shall have had
experience in installing not less than 5 such electrical systems of equal or greater complexity.
C.
Where specifications call for an installation to be made in accordance with manufacturer’s
recommendations, a copy of such recommendations shall at all times be kept in job
superintendent’s office.
3.12 RELATION WITH OTHER TRADES
A.
Contractor shall coordinate work of this Division with other trades to avoid conflict and to provide
rough-ins and other connections for equipment furnished under other divisions that require
electrical connections. Inform other trades of required clearances or accessibility for or around
electrical equipment to maintain serviceability and code compliance.
B.
Verify equipment dimensions and rough-in requirements for all related Specification Divisions
with provisions specified under this Section of work, and report discrepancies to the Engineer in
ample time to prevent delays or unwarranted changes of work.
BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
26 0510 - 14
3.13 TESTING
A.
Provide all labor, materials, and equipment necessary to make required tests. Tests shall be
complete and results approved before final inspection is begun.
3.14 PROGRESS OF WORK
A.
Order progress of electrical work so as to conform to progress of work of other trades, and
complete entire installation as soon as the condition of the building will permit. Assume any
cost resulting from defective or ill-timed work performed under this Division.
3.15 MINOR CHANGES
A.
The Owner reserves the right to make minor changes in the locations of outlets and equipment
up to the time of electrical rough-in without any cost to the Owner.
3.16 ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS OPERATIONAL TESTS, CERTIFICATION, AND DESIGN AUTHORITY
ASSISTANCE
A.
Testing
1. Refer to the individual specification sections for test requirements.
2. Prior to the final inspection, the systems or equipment shall be tested and reported as
herein specified. Six (6) typewritten copies of the tests shall be submitted to the Engineer
for approval.
3. All electrical systems shall be tested for compliance with the specifications.
B.
Manufacturers’ Certifications
1. The electrical systems specified herein shall be reviewed for compliance with these
specifications, installation in accordance with the manufacturers’ recommendations and
system operation by a representative of the manufacturer. The manufacturer shall submit
certification that the system has been installed in accordance with the manufacturers’
recommendations and is operating as specified in the contract documents.
2. Provide manufacturers’ certification for the emergency generator set/automatic transfer
system.
C.
Design Authority Assistance
1. The Contractor shall provide personnel to assist the Engineer or his representative during
all construction review visits. The Contractor shall provide all necessary tools and
equipment to demonstrate the system operation and provide access to equipment,
including screwdrivers, wrenches, ladders, flashlights, circuit testing devices, meters, keys,
etc.
2. Remove equipment covers (i.e., switchgear, switchboards, panelboard trims, panelboards,
motor controls, device plates, and junction box covers) as directed for inspection of
internal wiring. Accessible ceiling shall be removed as directed for inspection of
equipment installed above ceilings. Reinstall all covers or ceilings after inspection.
3. Energize and de-energize circuits and equipment as directed. Demonstrate operation of
equipment as directed by the Engineer.
BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
26 0510 - 15
D.
The Contractor shall provide authorized representatives of the manufacturers to demonstrate to
the Engineer compliance with the specifications of their respective system during or prior to the
final inspection at a time designated by the Engineer. Refer to the appropriate specification
section for additional testing requirements. Representatives of the emergency
generator/automatic transfer switch system(s) are required for demonstrations.
END OF SECTION
BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
26 0510 - 16
SECTION 26 0519 - LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A.
Single conductor building wire.
B.
Wiring connectors.
C.
Electrical tape.
D.
Wire pulling lubricant.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A.
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions, apply to this Section.
B.
Section 07 8400 - Firestopping.
C.
Section 26 0510 - Basic Electrical Requirements.
D.
Section 26 0526 - Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems: Additional requirements for
grounding conductors and grounding connectors.
E.
Section 26 0553 - Identification for Electrical Systems: Identification products and
requirements.
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A.
ASTM B3 - Standard Specification for Soft or Annealed Copper Wire; 2013.
B.
ASTM B8 - Standard Specification for Concentric-Lay-Stranded Copper Conductors, Hard,
Medium-Hard, or Soft; 2011.
C.
ASTM B33 - Standard Specification for Tin-Coated Soft or Annealed Copper Wire for Electrical
Purposes; 2010 (Reapproved 2014).
D.
ASTM B787/B787M - Standard Specification for 19 Wire Combination Unilay-Stranded Copper
Conductors for Subsequent Insulation; 2004 (Reapproved 2014).
E.
ASTM D3005 - Standard Specification for Low-Temperature Resistant Vinyl Chloride Plastic
Pressure-Sensitive Electrical Insulating Tape; 2010.
F.
ASTM D4388 - Standard Specification for Nonmetallic Semi-Conducting and Electrically
Insulating Rubber Tapes; 2013.
G.
NECA 1 - Standard for Good Workmanship in Electrical Construction; National Electrical
Contractors Association; 2010.
LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
26 0519 - 1
H.
NEMA WC 70 - Power Cables Rated 2000 Volts or Less for the Distribution of Electrical Energy;
National Electrical Manufacturers Association; 2009 (ANSI/NEMA WC 70/ICEA S-95-658).
I.
NETA ATS - Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Equipment and Systems;
International Electrical Testing Association; 2013 (ANSI/NETA ATS).
J.
NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code; National Fire Protection Association; Most Recent Edition
Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and
Supplements.
K.
UL 44 - Thermoset-Insulated Wires and Cables; Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
L.
UL 83 - Thermoplastic-Insulated Wires and Cables; Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
M. UL 486A-486B - Wire Connectors; Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
N.
UL 486C - Splicing Wire Connectors; Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
O.
UL 486D - Sealed Wire Connector Systems; Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
P.
UL 510 - Polyvinyl Chloride, Polyethylene, and Rubber Insulating Tape; Current Edition,
Including All Revisions.
1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A.
Coordination:
1. Coordinate sizes of raceways, boxes, and equipment enclosures installed under other
sections with the actual conductors to be installed, including adjustments for conductor
sizes increased for voltage drop.
2. Coordinate with electrical equipment installed under other sections to provide terminations
suitable for use with the conductors to be installed.
3. Notify Engineer of any conflicts with or deviations from the contract documents. Obtain
direction before proceeding with work.
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A.
See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.
B.
Product Data: Provide manufacturer's standard catalog pages and data sheets for conductors
and cables, including detailed information on materials, construction, ratings, listings, and
available sizes, configurations, and stranding.
C.
Field Quality Control Test Reports.
1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Conform to requirements of NFPA 70.
B.
Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in
this section with minimum five years documented experience.
LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
26 0519 - 2
C.
Product Listing Organization Qualifications: An organization recognized by OSHA as a
Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL) and acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction.
1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A.
Receive, inspect, handle, and store products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
1.08 FIELD CONDITIONS
A.
Do not install or otherwise handle thermoplastic-insulated conductors at temperatures lower
than 14 degrees F, unless otherwise permitted by manufacturer's instructions. When installation
below this temperature is unavoidable, notify Engineer and obtain direction before proceeding
with work.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 CONDUCTOR AND CABLE APPLICATIONS
A.
Do not use conductors and cables for applications other than as permitted by NFPA 70 and
product listing.
B.
Provide single conductor building wire installed in suitable raceway unless otherwise indicated
or permitted in these Contract Documents.
2.02 CONDUCTOR AND CABLE GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A.
Provide products that comply with requirements of NFPA 70.
B.
Provide products listed, classified, and labeled as suitable for the purpose intended.
C.
Provide new conductors and cables manufactured not more than eight months prior to
installation, delivered to the site in original unbroken packages or reels.
D.
Unless specifically indicated to be excluded, provide all required conduit, boxes, wiring,
connectors, etc. as required for a complete operating system.
E.
Comply with NEMA WC 70.
F.
Thermoplastic-Insulated Conductors and Cables: Listed and labeled as complying with UL 83.
G.
Thermoset-Insulated Conductors and Cables: Listed and labeled as complying with UL 44.
H.
Conductors for Grounding and Bonding: Also comply with Section 26 0526.
I.
Conductor Material:
1. Provide copper conductors only. Aluminum conductors are not acceptable for this project.
Conductor sizes indicated are based on copper.
LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
26 0519 - 3
2.
3.
Copper Conductors: Soft drawn annealed, 98 percent conductivity, uncoated copper
conductors complying with ASTM B3, ASTM B8, or ASTM B787/B 787M unless otherwise
indicated.
Tinned Copper Conductors: Comply with ASTM B33.
J.
Minimum Conductor Size:
1. Branch Circuits: 12 AWG.
a. Exceptions:
1) 20 A, 120 V circuits longer than 75 feet: 10 AWG, for voltage drop.
2) 20 A, 120 V circuits longer than 150 feet: 8 AWG, for voltage drop.
3) 20 A, 277 V circuits longer than 125 feet: 10 AWG, for voltage drop.
2. Control Circuits: 14 AWG.
K.
Where conductor size is not indicated, size to comply with NFPA 70 but not less than applicable
minimum size requirements specified.
L.
Conductor Color Coding:
1. Color code conductors as indicated unless otherwise required by the authority having
jurisdiction. Maintain consistent color coding throughout project.
2. Color Coding Method: Integrally colored insulation.
a. Exception: Conductors size 4 AWG and larger may have black insulation color coded
using vinyl color coding electrical tape.
3. Color Code:
a. 480Y/277 V, 3 Phase, 4 Wire System:
1) Phase A: Brown.
2) Phase B: Orange.
3) Phase C: Yellow.
4) Neutral/Grounded: Gray.
b. 208Y/120 V, 3 Phase, 4 Wire System:
1) Phase A: Black.
2) Phase B: Red.
3) Phase C: Blue.
4) Neutral/Grounded: White.
c. Equipment Ground, All Systems: Green.
d. For control circuits, comply with manufacturer's recommended color code.
2.03 SINGLE CONDUCTOR BUILDING WIRE
A.
Manufacturers:
1. Copper Building Wire:
a. Cerro Wire LLC: www.cerrowire.com.
b. Encore Wire Corporation: www.encorewire.com.
c. General Cable Technologies Corporation: www.generalcable.com.
d. Southwire Company: www.southwire.com.
B.
Description: Single conductor insulated wire.
C.
Conductor Stranding:
1. Feeders and Branch Circuits:
a. Size 10 AWG and Smaller: Solid.
b. Size 8 AWG and Larger: Stranded.
2. Control Circuits: Stranded.
D.
Insulation Voltage Rating: 600 V.
LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
26 0519 - 4
E.
Insulation:
1. Copper Building Wire: Type THHN/THWN, except as indicated below.
a. Feeders Installed Underground: Type XHHW-2 or THHN-2/THWN-2.
b. Branch Circuits Installed Underground: Type XHHW or THHN/THWN.
2.04 WIRING CONNECTORS
A.
Description: Wiring connectors appropriate for the application, suitable for use with the
conductors to be connected, and listed as complying with UL 486A-486B or UL 486C as
applicable.
B.
Connectors for Grounding and Bonding: Comply with Section 26 0526.
C.
Wiring Connectors for Splices and Taps:
1. Copper Conductors Size 8 AWG and Smaller: Use twist-on insulated spring connectors.
2. Copper Conductors Size 6 AWG and Larger: Use insulated mechanical connectors.
D.
Wiring Connectors for Terminations:
1. Provide terminal lugs for connecting conductors to equipment furnished with terminations
designed for terminal lugs.
2. Where over-sized conductors are larger than the equipment terminations can
accommodate, provide connectors suitable for reducing to appropriate size, but not less
than required for the rating of the overcurrent protective device.
3. Copper Conductors: Use mechanical connectors for all connections.
4. Conductors for Control Circuits: Use crimped terminals for all connections.
E.
Do not use insulation-piercing or insulation-displacement connectors designed for use with
conductors without stripping insulation.
F.
Do not use push-in wire connectors as a substitute for twist-on insulated spring connectors.
G.
Twist-on Insulated Spring Connectors: Rated 600 V, 221 degrees F for standard applications
and 302 degrees F for high temperature applications; pre-filled with sealant and listed as
complying with UL 486D for damp and wet locations.
1. Manufacturers:
a. 3M: www.3m.com.
b. Ideal Industries, Inc: www.idealindustries.com.
c. NSI Industries LLC: www.nsiindustries.com.
H.
Insulated Mechanical Connectors: Provide bolted type or set-screw type.
1. Manufacturers:
a. Burndy: www.burndy.com.
b. Ilsco: www.ilsco.com.
c. Thomas & Betts Corporation: www.tnb.com.
I.
Crimped Terminals: Nylon-insulated, with insulation grip and terminal configuration suitable for
connection to be made.
1. Manufacturers:
a. 3M: www.3m.com.
b. Burndy: www.burndy.com.
c. Ideal Industries, Inc: www.idealindustries.com.
d. Ilsco: www.ilsco.com.
e. Thomas & Betts Corporation: www.tnb.com.
LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
26 0519 - 5
2.05 WIRING ACCESSORIES
A.
Electrical Tape:
1. Manufacturers:
a. 3M: www.3m.com.
2. Vinyl Color Coding Electrical Tape: Integrally colored to match color code indicated; listed
as complying with UL 510; minimum thickness of 7 mil; resistant to abrasion, corrosion,
and sunlight; suitable for continuous temperature environment up to 221 degrees F.
3. Vinyl Insulating Electrical Tape: Complying with ASTM D3005 and listed as complying with
UL 510; minimum thickness of 7 mil; resistant to abrasion, corrosion, and sunlight;
conformable for application down to 0 degrees F and suitable for continuous temperature
environment up to 221 degrees F.
4. Rubber Splicing Electrical Tape: Ethylene Propylene Rubber (EPR) tape, complying with
ASTM D4388; minimum thickness of 30 mil; suitable for continuous temperature
environment up to 194 degrees F and short-term 266 degrees F overload service.
5. Electrical Filler Tape: Rubber-based insulating moldable putty, minimum thickness of 125
mil; suitable for continuous temperature environment up to 176 degrees F.
6. Moisture Sealing Electrical Tape: Insulating mastic compound laminated to flexible,
all-weather vinyl backing; minimum thickness of 90 mil.
B.
Wire Pulling Lubricant: Listed; suitable for use with the conductors or cables to be installed and
suitable for use at the installation temperature.
1. Manufacturers:
a. 3M: www.3m.com.
b. American Polywater Corporation: www.polywater.com.
c. Ideal Industries, Inc: www.idealindustries.com.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A.
Verify that interior of building has been protected from weather.
B.
Verify that work likely to damage wire and cable has been completed.
C.
Verify that raceways, boxes, and equipment enclosures are installed and are properly sized to
accommodate conductors and cables in accordance with NFPA 70.
D.
Verify that conditions are satisfactory for installation prior to starting work.
3.02 PREPARATION
A.
Clean raceways thoroughly to remove foreign materials before installing conductors and cables.
B.
Store conductors where continuously protected from sunlight, heat and weather.
3.03 INSTALLATION
A.
Circuiting Requirements:
LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
26 0519 - 6
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Unless dimensioned, circuit routing indicated is diagrammatic.
When circuit destination is indicated and routing is not shown, determine exact routing
required.
Arrange circuiting to minimize splices.
Include circuit lengths required to install connected devices within 10 ft of location shown.
Maintain separation of Class 1, Class 2, and Class 3 remote-control, signaling, and
power-limited circuits in accordance with NFPA 70.
Maintain separation of wiring for emergency systems in accordance with NFPA 70.
Circuiting Adjustments: Unless otherwise indicated, when branch circuits are shown as
separate, combining them together in a single raceway is permitted, under the following
conditions:
a. Provide no more than six current-carrying conductors in a single raceway. Dedicated
neutral conductors are considered current-carrying conductors.
b. Increase size of conductors as required to account for ampacity derating.
c. Size raceways, boxes, etc. to accommodate conductors.
Common Neutrals: Unless otherwise indicated, sharing of neutral/grounded conductors
among up to three single phase branch circuits of different phases installed in the same
raceway is permitted where not otherwise prohibited, except for the following:
a. Branch circuits fed from ground fault circuit interrupter (GFCI) circuit breakers.
b. Branch circuits for equipment shown as individual homeruns.
Where multiple circuits share a common neutral conductor, provide breaker tie bars as
required so overload on one pole will trip all poles simultaneously.
B.
Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
C.
Install conductors and cable in a neat and workmanlike manner in accordance with NECA 1.
D.
Installation in Raceway:
1. Tape ends of conductors and cables to prevent infiltration of moisture and other
contaminants.
2. Pull all conductors and cables together into raceway at same time.
3. Do not damage conductors and cables or exceed manufacturer's recommended maximum
pulling tension and sidewall pressure.
4. Use suitable wire pulling lubricant where necessary, except when lubricant is not
recommended by the manufacturer.
a. No lubricant is to be used on branch circuit conductors connected to ground
fault-interrupting circuit breakers.
5. Use pulling means, including fish tape with ball type heads, cable, rope, and basket-weave
wire/cable grips, that will not damage cables or raceways. Do not use rope hitches for
pulling attachment to wire or cable.
E.
Paralleled Conductors: Install conductors of the same length and terminate in the same
manner.
F.
Secure and support conductors and cables in accordance with NFPA 70 using suitable supports
and methods approved by the authority having jurisdiction. Provide independent support from
building structure. Do not provide support from raceways, piping, ductwork, or other systems.
1. Installation Above Suspended Ceilings: Do not provide support from ceiling support
system. Do not provide support from ceiling grid or allow conductors and cables to lay on
ceiling tiles.
2. Installation in Vertical Raceways: Provide supports where vertical rise exceeds
permissible limits.
a. Provide split wedge or cable clamp conductor supports in equipment or intermediate
junction or pull boxes, or provide code approved equivalent. Spacing not to exceed
the following:
LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
26 0519 - 7
Conductor AWG Size
1/0 and Smaller
2/0 through 4/0
250 kcmil through 350 kcmil
500 kcmil
750 kcmil
Support Spacing (Feet)
100
80
60
50
40
G.
Neatly train and bundle conductors inside boxes, wireways, panelboards and other equipment
enclosures.
1. Secure with nylon tye wraps suitable for conductor size, on approximately 12 inch centers.
H.
Group or otherwise identify neutral/grounded conductors with associated ungrounded
conductors inside enclosures in accordance with NFPA 70.
I.
Make wiring connections using specified wiring connectors.
1. Make splices and taps only in junction boxes and other enclosures. Do not pull splices into
raceways or make splices in conduit bodies, switchboards, panelboards, enclosed
switches, or motor control enclosures.
2. Remove appropriate amount of conductor insulation for making connections without
cutting, nicking or damaging conductors.
3. Do not remove conductor strands to facilitate insertion into connector.
4. Clean contact surfaces on conductors and connectors to suitable remove corrosion,
oxides, and other contaminates. Do not use wire brush on plated connector surfaces.
5. Mechanical Connectors: Secure connections according to manufacturer's recommended
torque settings.
J.
Insulate splices and taps that are made with uninsulated connectors using methods suitable for
the application, with insulation and mechanical strength at least equivalent to unspliced
conductors.
1. Dry Locations: Use insulating covers specifically designed for the connectors or electrical
tape.
a. For taped connections, first apply adequate amount of rubber splicing electrical tape
or electrical filler tape, followed by outer covering of vinyl insulating electrical tape to
provide insulation equal to 150 percent of the conductors insulation, but in no case
less than 3 layers.
2. Damp Locations: Use insulating covers specifically designed for the connectors or
electrical tape.
a. For connections with insulating covers, apply outer covering of moisture sealing
electrical tape.
b. For taped connections, follow same procedure as for dry locations but apply outer
covering of moisture sealing electrical tape.
3. Wet Locations: Use insulating covers specifically designed for the connectors or electrical
tape.
a. For connections with insulating covers, apply outer covering of two half lapped layers
of moisture sealing electrical tape.
b. For taped connections, follow same procedure as for dry locations but apply outer
covering of two half lapped layers of moisture sealing electrical tape.
c. Form conductors into drip loops so that water does not collect on connections. Blow
out conduit to remove moisture and seal conduit ends with waterproof compound.
K.
Tighten electrical connectors and terminals, including screws and bolts, in accordance with
manufacturers' published torque tightening values. Where manufacturers' torque requirements
LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
26 0519 - 8
are not indicated, tighten connectors and terminals to comply with tightening torque values
specified in UL 486A-486B.
L.
Field-Applied Color Coding: Where vinyl color coding electrical tape is used in lieu of integrally
colored insulation as permitted in Part 2 under "Color Coding", apply half overlapping turns of
tape for a minimum distance of 6 inches at each termination and at each location conductors
are accessible.
M. Identify conductors and cables in accordance with Section 26 0553.
N.
Install firestopping to preserve fire resistance rating of partitions and other elements, using
materials and methods specified in Section 07 8400.
O.
Unless specifically indicated to be excluded, provide final connections to all equipment and
devices, including those furnished by others, as required for a complete operating system.
3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.
See Section 01 4000 - Quality Requirements, for additional requirements.
B.
Inspect and test in accordance with NETA ATS, except Section 4.
C.
Perform inspections and tests listed in NETA ATS, Section 7.3.2. The insulation resistance test
is only required for services and feeders. The resistance test for parallel conductors listed as
optional is not required.
1. Disconnect surge protective devices (SPDs) prior to performing any high potential testing.
Replace SPDs damaged by performing high potential testing with SPDs connected.
D.
Correct deficiencies and replace damaged or defective conductors and cables.
END OF SECTION
LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
26 0519 - 9
SECTION 26 0526 - GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A.
Grounding and bonding requirements.
B.
Conductors for grounding and bonding.
C.
Connectors for grounding and bonding.
D.
Ground rod electrodes.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A.
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions, apply to this Section.
B.
Section 26 0510 - Basic Electrical Requirements.
C.
Section 26 0519 - Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables: Additional
requirements for conductors for grounding and bonding, including conductor color coding.
D.
Section 26 0553 - Identification for Electrical Systems: Identification products and
requirements.
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A.
IEEE 81 - Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance, and Earth Surface
Potentials of a Ground System; Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers; 2012.
B.
NECA 1 - Standard for Good Workmanship in Electrical Construction; National Electrical
Contractors Association; 2010.
C.
NEMA GR 1 - Grounding Rod Electrodes and Grounding Rod Electrode Couplings; National
Electrical Manufacturers Association; 2007.
D.
NETA ATS - Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Equipment and Systems;
International Electrical Testing Association; 2013 (ANSI/NETA ATS).
E.
NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code; National Fire Protection Association; Most Recent Edition
Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and
Supplements.
F.
UL 467 - Grounding and Bonding Equipment; Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A.
Coordination:
GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
26 0526 - 1
1.
B.
Notify Engineer of any conflicts with or deviations from the contract documents. Obtain
direction before proceeding with work.
Sequencing:
1. Do not install ground rod electrodes until final backfill and compaction is complete.
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A.
See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements for submittals procedures.
B.
Product Data: Provide manufacturer's standard catalog pages and data sheets for grounding
and bonding system components.
C.
Field quality control test reports.
1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Conform to requirements of NFPA 70.
B.
Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in
this section with minimum five years documented experience.
C.
Product Listing Organization Qualifications: An organization recognized by OSHA as a
Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL) and acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction.
1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A.
Receive, inspect, handle, and store products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 GROUNDING AND BONDING REQUIREMENTS
A.
Existing Work: Where existing grounding and bonding system components are indicated to be
reused, they may be reused only where they are free from corrosion, integrity and continuity are
verified, and where acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction.
B.
Do not use products for applications other than as permitted by NFPA 70 and product listing.
C.
Unless specifically indicated to be excluded, provide all required components, conductors,
connectors, conduit, boxes, fittings, supports, accessories, etc. as necessary for a complete
grounding and bonding system.
D.
Where conductor size is not indicated, size to comply with NFPA 70 but not less than applicable
minimum size requirements specified.
E.
Grounding System Resistance:
1. Achieve specified grounding system resistance under normally dry conditions unless
otherwise approved by Engineer. Precipitation within the previous 48 hours does not
constitute normally dry conditions.
GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
26 0526 - 2
2.
3.
Grounding Electrode System: Not greater than 5 ohms to ground, when tested according
to IEEE 81 using "fall-of-potential" method.
Between Grounding Electrode System and Major Electrical Equipment Frames, System
Neutral, and Derived Neutral Points: Not greater than 0.5 ohms, when tested using
"point-to-point" methods.
F.
Grounding Electrode System:
1. Provide connection to required and supplemental grounding electrodes indicated to form
grounding electrode system.
a. Provide continuous grounding electrode conductors without splice or joint.
b. Install grounding electrode conductors in raceway where exposed to physical
damage. Bond grounding electrode conductor to metallic raceways at each end with
bonding jumper.
2. Ground Rod Electrode(s):
a. Provide three electrodes in an equilateral triangle configuration unless otherwise
indicated or required.
b. Space electrodes not less than 10 feet from each other and any other ground
electrode.
c. Where location is not indicated, locate electrode(s) at least 5 feet outside existing
building perimeter foundation as near as possible to generator; where possible, locate
in softscape (uncovered) area.
3. Provide additional ground electrode(s) as required to achieve specified grounding
electrode system resistance.
G.
Separately Derived System Grounding:
1. Separately derived systems include, but are not limited to:
a. Transformers (except autotransformers such as buck-boost transformers).
b. Uninterruptible power supplies (UPS), when configured as separately derived
systems.
c. Generators, when neutral is switched in the transfer switch.
2. Provide grounding electrode conductor to connect derived system grounded conductor to
nearest effectively grounded metal building frame. Unless otherwise indicated, make
connection at neutral (grounded) bus in source enclosure.
3. Provide bonding jumper to connect derived system grounded conductor to nearest metal
building frame and nearest metal water piping in the area served by the derived system,
where not already used as a grounding electrode for the derived system. Make connection
at same location as grounding electrode conductor connection.
4. Outdoor Source: Where the source of the separately derived system is located outside the
building or structure supplied, provide connection to grounding electrode at source in
accordance with NFPA 70.
5. Provide system bonding jumper to connect system grounded conductor to equipment
ground bus. Make connection at same location as grounding electrode conductor
connection. Do not make any other connections between neutral (grounded) conductors
and ground on load side of separately derived system disconnect.
6. Where the source and first disconnecting means are in separate enclosures, provide
supply-side bonding jumper between source and first disconnecting means.
H.
Bonding and Equipment Grounding:
1. Provide bonding for equipment grounding conductors, equipment ground busses, metallic
equipment enclosures, metallic raceways and boxes, device grounding terminals, and
other normally non-current-carrying conductive materials enclosing electrical
conductors/equipment or likely to become energized as indicated and in accordance with
NFPA 70.
2. Provide insulated equipment grounding conductor in each feeder and branch circuit
raceway. Do not use raceways as sole equipment grounding conductor.
GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
26 0526 - 3
a.
3.
4.
5.
6.
For parallel feeders or circuits, run ground in each conduit. refer to schedule on
drawings.
Where circuit conductor sizes are increased for voltage drop, increase size of equipment
grounding conductor proportionally in accordance with NFPA 70.
Unless otherwise indicated, connect wiring device grounding terminal to branch circuit
equipment grounding conductor and to outlet box with bonding jumper.
Terminate branch circuit equipment grounding conductors on solidly bonded equipment
ground bus only. Do not terminate on neutral (grounded) or isolated/insulated ground bus.
Provide bonding jumper across expansion or expansion/deflection fittings provided to
accommodate conduit movement.
2.02 GROUNDING AND BONDING COMPONENTS
A.
General Requirements:
1. Provide products listed, classified, and labeled as suitable for the purpose intended.
2. Provide products listed and labeled as complying with UL 467 where applicable.
B.
Conductors for Grounding and Bonding, in Addition to Requirements of Section 26 0526:
1. Use insulated copper conductors unless otherwise indicated.
a. Exceptions:
1) Use bare tinned copper conductors where installed underground in direct contact
with earth.
2. Factory Pre-fabricated Bonding Jumpers: Furnished with factory-installed ferrules; size
braided cables to provide equivalent gauge of specified conductors.
C.
Connectors for Grounding and Bonding:
1. Description: Connectors appropriate for the application and suitable for the conductors
and items to be connected; listed and labeled as complying with UL 467.
2. Unless otherwise indicated, use exothermic welded connections for underground,
concealed and other inaccessible connections.
3. Unless otherwise indicated, use mechanical connectors for accessible connections.
a. Provide cast bronze heavy-duty ground clamps with bronze nuts and bolts, copper two
hole heavy duty lugs and heavy-duty connectors.
4. Manufacturers - Mechanical and Compression Connectors:
a. Erico International Corporation: www.erico.com.
b. Burndy: www.burndy.com.
c. Ideal Industries, Inc: www.idealindustries.com.
d. Thomas & Betts Corporation: www.tnb.com.
5. Manufacturers - Exothermic Welded Connections:
a. Cadweld, a brand of Erico International Corporation: www.erico.com.
b. Burndy: www.burndy.com.
c. ThermOweld, a brand of Continental Industries, Inc: www.thermoweld.com.
D.
Ground Rod Electrodes:
1. Comply with NEMA GR 1.
2. Material: Copper-bonded (copper-clad) steel.
3. Size: 3/4 inch diameter by 10 feet length, unless otherwise indicated.
4. Manufacturers:
a. Erico International Corporation: www.erico.com.
b. Thomas & Betts Corporation: www.tnb.com.
GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
26 0526 - 4
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A.
Verify that work likely to damage grounding and bonding system components has been
completed.
B.
Verify that conditions are satisfactory for installation prior to starting work.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A.
Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B.
Install grounding and bonding system components in a neat and workmanlike manner in
accordance with NECA 1.
C.
Ground Rod Electrodes: Unless otherwise indicated, install ground rod electrodes vertically.
Where encountered rock prohibits vertical installation, install at 45 degree angle or bury
horizontally in trench at least 30 inches (750 mm) deep in accordance with NFPA 70.
1. Outdoor Installations: Unless otherwise indicated, install with top of rod 6 inches below
finished grade.
D.
Make grounding and bonding connections using specified connectors.
1. Remove appropriate amount of conductor insulation for making connections without
cutting, nicking or damaging conductors. Do not remove conductor strands to facilitate
insertion into connector.
2. Remove nonconductive paint, enamel, or similar coating at threads, contact points, and
contact surfaces.
3. Exothermic Welds: Make connections using molds and weld material suitable for the
items to be connected in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.
4. Mechanical Connectors: Secure connections according to manufacturer's recommended
torque settings.
E.
Identify grounding and bonding system components in accordance with Section 26 0553.
3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.
See Section 01 4000 - Quality Requirements, for additional requirements.
B.
Inspect and test in accordance with NETA ATS except Section 4.
C.
Perform inspections and tests listed in NETA ATS, Section 7.13.
D.
Perform ground electrode resistance tests under normally dry conditions. Precipitation within the
previous 48 hours does not constitute normally dry conditions.
E.
Investigate and correct deficiencies where measured ground resistances do not comply with
specified requirements.
F.
Submit detailed reports indicating inspection and testing results and corrective actions taken.
END OF SECTION
GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
26 0526 - 5
GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
26 0526 - 6
SECTION 26 0529 - HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A.
Support and attachment components for equipment, conduit, cable, boxes, and other electrical
work.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A.
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions, apply to this Section.
B.
Section 26 0510 - Basic Electrical Requirements.
C.
Section 26 05 33 - Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems: Additional support and
attachment requirements for conduits and boxes.
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A.
ASTM A123/A123M - Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and
Steel Products; 2013.
B.
ASTM A153/A153M - Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel
Hardware; 2009.
C.
ASTM B633 - Standard Specification for Electrodeposited Coatings of Zinc on Iron and Steel;
2013.
D.
MFMA-4 - Metal Framing Standards Publication; Metal Framing Manufacturers Association;
2004.
E.
NECA 1 - Standard for Good Workmanship in Electrical Construction; National Electrical
Contractors Association; 2010.
F.
NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code; National Fire Protection Association; Most Recent Edition
Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and
Supplements.
1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A.
Coordination:
1. Coordinate sizes and arrangement of supports and bases with the actual equipment and
components to be installed.
2. Coordinate compatibility of support and attachment components with mounting surfaces at
the installed locations.
3. Notify Engineer of any conflicts with or deviations from the contract documents. Obtain
direction before proceeding with work.
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
26 0529 - 1
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A.
See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.
B.
Product Data: Provide manufacturer's standard catalog pages and data sheets for metal
channel (strut) framing systems, post-installed concrete and masonry anchors, and hanger
rods.
1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Conform to requirements of NFPA 70.
B.
Comply with applicable building code.
C.
Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in
this section with minimum five years documented experience.
D.
Product Listing Organization Qualifications: An organization recognized by OSHA as a
Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL) and acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction.
1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A.
Receive, inspect, handle, and store products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 SUPPORT AND ATTACHMENT COMPONENTS
A.
General Requirements:
1. Provide all required hangers, supports, anchors, fasteners, fittings, accessories, and
hardware as necessary for the complete installation of electrical work.
2. Provide products listed, classified, and labeled as suitable for the purpose intended, where
applicable.
3. Where support and attachment component types and sizes are not indicated, select in
accordance with manufacturer's application criteria as required for the load to be
supported with a minimum safety factor of 4. Include consideration for vibration, equipment
operation, and shock loads where applicable.
4. Do not use products for applications other than as permitted by NFPA 70 and product
listing.
5. Do not use wire, chain, perforated pipe strap, or wood for permanent supports unless
specifically indicated or permitted in these Contract Documents.
6. Steel Components: Use corrosion resistant materials suitable for the environment where
installed.
a. Indoor Dry Locations: Use zinc-plated steel or approved equivalent unless otherwise
indicated.
b. Outdoor and Damp or Wet Indoor Locations: Use galvanized steel unless otherwise
indicated.
c. Zinc-Plated Steel: Electroplated in accordance with ASTM B633.
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
26 0529 - 2
d.
Galvanized Steel: Hot-dip galvanized after fabrication in accordance with ASTM
A123/A123M or ASTM A153/A153M.
B.
Conduit and Cable Supports: Straps, clamps, etc. suitable for the conduit or cable to be
supported.
1. Conduit Straps: One-hole or two-hole type; steel or malleable iron.
2. Conduit Clamps: Bolted type unless otherwise indicated.
3. Manufacturers:
a. Cooper Crouse-Hinds, a division of Eaton Corporation: www.cooperindustries.com.
b. Erico International Corporation: www.erico.com.
c. O-Z/Gedney, a brand of Emerson Industrial Automation:
www.emersonindustrial.com.
d. Thomas & Betts Corporation: www.tnb.com.
C.
Metal Channel (Strut) Framing Systems: Factory-fabricated continuous-slot metal channel
(strut) and associated fittings, accessories, and hardware required for field-assembly of
supports.
1. Comply with MFMA-4.
2. Channel Material:
a. Indoor Dry Locations: Use painted steel or zinc-plated steel.
b. Outdoor and Damp or Wet Indoor Locations: Use galvanized steel.
3. Minimum Channel Thickness: Steel sheet, 14 gage, 0.0747 inch.
4. Minimum Channel Dimensions: 1-5/8 inch width by 1-5/8 inch height.
5. Minimum Hole Dimensions: 9/16 inch diameter spaced at a minimum of 8 inches on
center.
6. Manufacturers:
a. Cooper B-Line, a division of Eaton Corporation: www.cooperindustries.com.
b. Thomas & Betts Corporation: www.tnb.com.
c. Unistrut, a brand of Atkore International Inc: www.unistrut.com.
d. Source Limitations: Furnish channels (struts) and associated fittings, accessories,
and hardware produced by a single manufacturer.
D.
Hanger Rods: Threaded zinc-plated steel unless otherwise indicated.
1. Minimum Size, Unless Otherwise Indicated or Required:
a. Equipment Supports: 1/2 inch diameter.
b. Single Conduitup to 1-1/4 inch trade size: 1/4 inch diameter.
c. Single Conduitup to 2 inch trade size: 3/8 inch diameter.
d. Single Conduit larger than 2 inch trade size: 1/2 inch diameter.
e. Trapeze Support for Multiple Conduits: 3/8 inch diameter.
E.
Anchors and Fasteners:
1. Unless otherwise indicated and where not otherwise restricted, use the anchor and
fastener types indicated for the specified applications.
2. Concrete: Use expansion anchors or concrete inserts.
3. Solid or Grout-Filled Masonry: Use expansion anchors or concrete inserts.
4. Hollow Masonry: Use toggle bolts.
5. Hollow Stud Walls: Use toggle bolts.
6. Steel: Use beam clamps, machine bolts, or welded threaded studs.
7. Sheet Metal: Use sheet metal screws.
8. Wood: Use wood screws.
9. Post-Installed Concrete and Masonry Anchors: Evaluated and recognized by ICC
Evaluation Service, LLC (ICC-ES) for compliance with applicable building code.
10. Manufacturers - Mechanical Anchors:
a. Hilti, Inc: www.us.hilti.com.
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
26 0529 - 3
b.
c.
ITW Red Head, a division of Illinois Tool Works, Inc: www.itwredhead.com.
Simpson Strong-Tie Company Inc: www.strongtie.com.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A.
Verify that mounting surfaces are ready to receive support and attachment components.
B.
Verify that conditions are satisfactory for installation prior to starting work.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A.
Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B.
Install support and attachment components in a neat and workmanlike manner in accordance
with NECA 1.
C.
Install anchors and fasteners in accordance with ICC Evaluation Services, LLC (ICC-ES)
evaluation report conditions of use where applicable.
D.
Provide independent support from building structure. Do not provide support from piping,
ductwork, or other systems.
E.
Unless specifically indicated or approved by Engineer, do not provide support from suspended
ceiling support system or ceiling grid.
F.
Do not penetrate or otherwise notch or cut structural members without approval of Structural
Engineer.
G.
Equipment Support and Attachment:
1. Use supports assembled from metal channel (strut) to support equipment as required.
2. Use metal channel (strut) secured to studs to support equipment surface-mounted on
hollow stud walls when wall strength is not sufficient to resist pull-out.
3. Use metal channel (strut) to support surface-mounted equipment in wet or damp locations
to provide space between equipment and mounting surface.
4. Unless otherwise indicated, mount floor-mounted equipment on properly sized 4 inch high
concrete pad.
5. Securely fasten floor-mounted equipment. Do not install equipment such that it relies on its
own weight for support.
H.
Secure fasteners according to manufacturer's recommended torque settings.
I.
Remove temporary supports.
3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.
See Section 01 4000 - Quality Requirements, for additional requirements.
B.
Inspect support and attachment components for damage and defects.
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
26 0529 - 4
C.
Repair cuts and abrasions in galvanized finishes using zinc-rich paint recommended by
manufacturer. Replace components that exhibit signs of corrosion.
D.
Correct deficiencies and replace damaged or defective support and attachment components.
END OF SECTION
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
26 0529 - 5
SECTION 26 0533 - RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
B.
Requirements of the following Specification Sections apply to this Section:
1. Section 260510, Basic Electrical Requirements
2. Section 260526, Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems
3. Section 260529, Hangars and Supports for Electrical Systems
4. Section 260553, Identification for Electrical Systems
1.02 SUMMARY
A.
Section Includes:
1. Metal conduits, tubing, and fittings.
2. Boxes, enclosures, and cabinets.
B.
Related Requirements:
1. Section 260543, Underground Ducts and Raceways for Electrical Systems
1.03 DEFINITIONS
A.
EMT: Electrical metallic tubing.
B.
FMC: Flexible Metal Conduit.
C.
GRC: Galvanized rigid steel conduit.
D.
IMC: Intermediate metal conduit.
E.
LFMC: Liquid-tight Flexible Metal Conduit.
F.
PVC: Polyvinyl Chloride.
1.04 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: For wireways and fittings, pull boxes, hinged-cover enclosures, cabinets, fittings
and accessories.
1.05 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A.
Submit accurately scaled layout drawings of electrical pull boxes, indicating their relationship to
associated equipment and building features.
B.
Source quality-control reports.
RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
26 0533 - 1
1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Manufacturers: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of electrical raceways, boxes and
fittings, of types, sizes, and capacities required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in
similar service for not less than five years.
B.
Code Compliance: Components and installation shall comply with NFPA 70 “National Electrical
Code.”
C.
NEMA Compliance: Comply with applicable requirements of NEMA standards pertaining to
electrical raceways, boxes and fittings.
D.
UL Compliance and Labeling: Comply with applicable requirements of UL standards pertaining
to electrical raceway systems, boxes and fittings. Provide raceway products and components
listed and labeled by UL.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 METAL CONDUITS, TUBING, AND FITTINGS
A.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
1. AFC Cable Systems, Inc.
2. Allied Tube & Conduit; a Tyco International Ltd. Co.
3. EGS/Appleton Electric.
4. Anaconda.
5. O-Z/Gedney; a brand of EGS Electrical Group.
6. Thomas & Betts Corporation.
7. Western Tube and Conduit Corporation.
8. Wheatland Tube Company; a division of John Maneely Company.
B.
Listing and Labeling: Metal conduits, tubing, and fittings shall be listed and labeled as defined in
NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application.
C.
GRC: Comply with ANSI C80.1 and UL 6. Steel, hot-dipped galvanized inside and out after
threading. Deliver with plastic thread protectors on exposed conduit threads.
D.
IMC: Comply with ANSI C80.6 and UL 1242. Steel, hot process galvanized outside, lacquered
or enameled inside, galvanized threads. Deliver with plastic thread protectors on exposed
conduit threads.
E.
EMT: Comply with ANSI C80.3 and UL 797. Galvanized steel, lacquered or enameled interior.
F.
FMC: Comply with UL 1; zinc-coated steel. Manufactured from single steel strip, galvanized on
all four sides prior to fabrication. Aluminum or reduced wall flexible conduit is not acceptable.
G.
LFMC: Flexible steel conduit with PVC jacket and complying with UL 360. Flexible galvanized
steel core, with extruded polyvinyl chloride cover.
H.
Fittings for Metal Conduit: Comply with NEMA FB 1 and UL 514B.
1. Conduit Fittings for Hazardous (Classified) Locations: Comply with UL 886 and NFPA 70.
RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
26 0533 - 2
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
I.
EMT Fittings: Comply with NEMA FB 2.10. Raintight gland ring compression type fittings;
insulated throat connectors. Indenture, or set screw, fittings are unacceptable.
GRS and IMC Fittings: Comply with NEMA FB 2.10. Galvanized, threaded steel fittings;
notched locknuts with gripping teeth.
FMC Fittings: Comply with NEMA FB 2.20. Use only fittings listed for use with flexible
conduit. Die cast twist-in connectors, UL listed for ground continuity.
LFMC Fittings: With threaded grounding cone, a steel, nylon or equal plastic compression
ring, and a gland for tightening. Either steel or malleable iron only with insulated throats
and male thread and locknut or male bushing with or without O-ring seal. Each connector
shall provide a low resistance ground connection between the flexible conduit and the
outlet box, conduit or other equipment to which it is connected.
Expansion Fittings: PVC-Coated or steel to match conduit type, complying with UL 651,
rated for environmental conditions where installed, and including flexible external bonding
jumper.
Bushings: Insulated type, designed to prevent abrasion of wires without impairing the
continuity of the conduit grounding system, for GRC, IMC and EMT, larger than 1- inch
size.
Joint Compound for IMC, GRC, or ARC: Approved, as defined in NFPA 70, by authorities
having jurisdiction for use in conduit assemblies, and compounded for use to lubricate and
protect threaded conduit joints from corrosion and to enhance their conductivity.
2.02 CONDUIT BODIES
A.
General: Types, shapes, and sizes as required to suit individual applications and NEC
requirements. Provide matching gasketed covers secured with corrosion-resistant screws.
B.
GRC and IMC Conduit: Use metallic conduit bodies with threaded hubs for threaded raceways.
C.
EMT Conduit: Use metallic conduit bodies with threaded hubs for steel compression gland
connectors and couplings.
2.03 BOXES, ENCLOSURES, AND CABINETS
A.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
1. EGS/Appleton Electric.
2. Cooper Technologies Company; Cooper Crouse-Hinds.
3. RACO; a Hubbell Company.
4. O-Z/Gedney; a brand of EGS Electrical Group.
5. Thomas & Betts Corporation.
6. Steel City.
7. Bowers.
8. Hoffman; a Pentair Company.
B.
General Requirements for Boxes, Enclosures, and Cabinets: Provide bright and new stock,
stored where continuously protected from the weather. Boxes, enclosures, and cabinets
installed in wet locations shall be listed for use in wet locations.
C.
Small Sheet Metal Pull and Junction Boxes: NEMA OS 1. Galvanized Code gauge sheet steel
construction, with welded seams and full access screwed on covers and stainless steel nuts,
bolts, washers and screws, minimum size per the governing electrical code.
RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
26 0533 - 3
D.
Cast-Metal Access, Pull, and Junction Boxes: Comply with NEMA FB 1 and UL 1773,
galvanized, cast iron with gasketed cover.
E.
Hinged-Cover Enclosures: Comply with UL 50 and NEMA 250, Type 1 for indoor dry locations
and Type 3R for damp, wet and outdoor locations, unless otherwise noted on the drawings, with
continuous-hinge cover with flush latch unless otherwise indicated.
1. Metal Enclosures: Steel, finished inside and out with manufacturer's standard enamel.
2. Interior Panels: Steel; all sides finished with manufacturer's standard enamel.
F.
Bushings, Knockout Closures and Locknuts: Provide corrosion-resistant box knockout
closures, conduit locknuts and malleable iron conduit bushings, offset connectors, of types and
sizes, to suit respective installation requirements and applications.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 RACEWAY APPLICATION
A.
Outdoors: Apply raceway products as specified below unless otherwise indicated:
1. Exposed Conduit: GRC.
2. Concealed Conduit, Aboveground: GRC or IMC.
3. Underground Conduit: RNC, Refer to Specification 260543, Underground Ducts and
Raceways for Electrical Systems.
4. Connection to Vibrating Equipment (Including Transformers and Hydraulic, Pneumatic,
Electric Solenoid, or Motor-Driven Equipment): LFMC.
5. Boxes and Enclosures, Aboveground: NEMA 250, Type 3R.
B.
Indoors: Apply raceway products as specified below unless otherwise indicated:
1. Exposed, Not Subject to Physical Damage: EMT.
2. Concealed in Ceilings and Interior Walls and Partitions: EMT.
3. Connection to Vibrating Equipment (Including Transformers and Hydraulic, Pneumatic,
Electric Solenoid, or Motor-Driven Equipment): FMC, except use LFMC in damp or wet
locations.
4. Damp or Wet Locations: GRC or IMC.
5. Boxes and Enclosures: NEMA 250, Type 1, except use Type 3R in damp or wet locations.
C.
Minimum Raceway Size: 1/2-inch trade size.
3.02 INSTALLATION OF RACEWAYS
A.
Comply with NECA 1 and NECA 101 for installation requirements except where requirements
on Drawings or in this article are stricter. Comply with NFPA 70 limitations for types of raceways
allowed in specific occupancies and number of floors.
B.
Deliver raceways and wireways to the site in standard lengths, and store where continuously
protected from moisture and weather.
C.
Conduit sizes on the drawings are minimum, sized for THHN copper conductors. Increase
sizes where required by physical conditions, or conductor insulation. Do not combine runs
without written approval. Allow for grounding conductor.
D.
Complete raceway installation before starting conductor installation.
RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
26 0533 - 4
E.
Comply with requirements in Section 260529 "Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems" for
hangers and supports.
F.
Prevent foreign matter from entering raceways by using temporary closure protection. Cap open
ends of conduits with approved manufactured conduit seals until ready to pull in conductors.
G.
Keep raceways at least 6 inches away from parallel runs of flues and steam or hot-water pipes.
Install horizontal raceway runs above water and steam piping.
H.
Route raceways and wireways so as to prevent insulated conductors from being subjected to
high ambient temperature conditions. Maintain the Following Minimum Clearances:
1. Crossing noninsulated pipe or duct
- 3 inches
2. Crossing insulated pipes or ducts
- 1 inch
3. Parallel to noninsulated pipes or ducts - 3 feet
4. Parallel to insulted pipes or ducts
- 6 inches
I.
Install no more than the equivalent of three 90-degree bends in any conduit run except for
control wiring conduits, for which fewer bends are allowed. Support within 12 inches of changes
in direction.
J.
Conceal conduit and EMT within finished walls, ceilings, and floors unless otherwise indicated.
Install conduits parallel or perpendicular to building lines. Coordinate with Architectural Sections
and Details. Run concealed raceways with a minimum of bends in the shortest practical
distance considering the type of building construction and obstructions except as otherwise
indicated.
K.
Conduit may be exposed to view in shop and utility areas and where indicated. Install all
conduit runs parallel with or perpendicular to nearby surfaces and structural members, and
follow the surface contours as much as practical. Surmount obstructions by use of bends,
offsets, and where necessary with junction and pull boxes.
L.
Run exposed, parallel, or banked raceways together. Make bends in parallel or banked runs
from the same center line so that the bends are parallel. Factory elbows may be used in
banked runs only where they can be installed parallel. This requires that there be a change in
the plane of the run such as from wall to ceiling and that the raceways be of the same size. In
other cases, provide field bends for parallel raceways. All exposed conduit routing shall be
approved by the Engineer prior to installing.
M. For bends and offsets in conduit, use large radius factory fittings, or bend with a hydraulic
bender meeting the NEC requirements. Hand bending offsets and bends in EMT conduit up to
1-1/4” using the corresponding size conduit bender is allowed. Replace all flattened, deformed
or kinked conduit.
N.
Flexible Conduit Connections: Comply with NEMA RV 3. Use a maximum of 72 inches of
flexible conduit, slack connected, for recessed and semirecessed luminaires, equipment subject
to vibration, noise transmission, or movement; and for transformers and motors.
O.
Provide bend radius for flexible conduit not less than 5 times the trade size.
P.
Threaded Conduit Joints, Exposed to Wet, Damp, Corrosive, or Outdoor Conditions: Apply
listed compound to threads of raceway and fittings before making up joints. Follow compound
manufacturer's written instructions.
Q.
Field thread GRS and IMC conduit to conform to American Standard Pipe Threads tapered for
the entire length at 3/4-inch/foot. Treat threads with protective coating to prevent corrosion, but
RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
26 0533 - 5
maintain electrical continuity. Coat field-cut threads on PVC-coated raceway with a
corrosion-preventing conductive compound prior to assembly.
R.
Cut conduit perpendicular to the length. For conduits 2-inch trade size and larger, use roll cutter
or a guide to make cut straight and perpendicular to the length. Cut conduits and raceways
square and free of burrs. Ream conduit ends and clean conduits before pulling conductors.
S.
Secure GRC or IMC conduits to panelboards, pull boxes, wireways, signal cabinets, boxes and
enclosures with locknuts, inside and out, and provide impact resistant plastic, or malleable iron,
insulated throat bushings at terminations in pull boxes, wireways, and enclosures. Zinc insulated
throat hubs with “O” ring gaskets may be used in lieu of double locknut and bushing. For feeder
conductors No. 4 AWG and larger, provide steel or malleable iron insulating bushings with
plastic liner. For EMT, provide insulated throat connectors secured with locknut on interior of
box or enclosure. For flex conduit, provide insulated throat die cast twist-in connectors with
plastic bushing, and locknut. At switchboards and bottomless gear and equipment, terminate
conduits with malleable iron, insulated throat, grounding bushing with copper setscrew lug,
bonded to ground bus with code size conductor, No. 8 AWG minimum. Use approved
couplings or unions. Running thread, threadless coupling, or split coupling connections are not
permitted.
T.
Stub conduit into the bottom of dry type transformers where possible, and bond to case.
U.
Do not rely on locknuts to penetrate nonconductive coatings on enclosures. Remove coatings
in the locknut area prior to assembling conduit to enclosure to assure a continuous ground path.
V.
Install pull wires in empty raceways over 10 feet in length. Use No. 14 black iron pull wire or
monofilament plastic line with not less than 240-lb tensile strength for up to 1-1/2 inch conduit
and 800-lb tensile strength for larger conduit. Leave at least 12 inches of slack at each end of
pull wire. Cap underground raceways designated as spare above grade alongside raceways in
use.
W. Install raceway sealing fittings at accessible locations according to NFPA 70 and fill them with
UL-listed sealing compound. For concealed raceways, install each fitting in a flush steel box
with a blank cover plate having a finish similar to that of adjacent plates or surfaces. Install
raceway sealing fittings according to NFPA 70. Install raceway sealing fittings and seal the
interior of all raceways at the following points and elsewhere as indicated:
1. Where conduits pass from warm to cold locations, on the warmer side of the wall.
2. Where an underground raceway enters a building or structure.
3. Where otherwise required by NFPA 70.
X.
Expansion-Joint Fittings:
1. Install in each run of aboveground GRC and EMT conduit that is located where
environmental temperature change may exceed 100 deg F and that has straight-run length
that exceeds 100 feet.
2. Install type and quantity of fittings that accommodate temperature change listed for each of
the following locations:
a. Outdoor Locations Not Exposed to Direct Sunlight: 125 deg F temperature change.
b. Outdoor Locations Exposed to Direct Sunlight: 155 deg F.
c. Indoor Spaces Connected with Outdoors without Physical Separation: 125 deg F
temperature change.
d. Attics: 135 deg F temperature change.
3. Install combination expansion/deflection fittings at all locations where conduits cross
building or structure expansion joints. Provide approved expansion fittings which allow
deflection in directions equivalent to twice the movement allowed in the structural design.
RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
26 0533 - 6
4.
Install each expansion-joint fitting with position, mounting, and piston setting selected
according to manufacturer's written instructions for conditions at specific location at time of
installation. Install conduit supports to allow for expansion movement.
3.03 INSTALLATION OF BOXES AND FITTINGS
A.
General: Install electrical boxes and fittings in accordance with manufacturer’s written
instructions, applicable requirements of the Code and NECA’s “Standard of Installation,” and in
accordance with recognized industry practices to fulfill project requirements.
B.
Coordinate installation of electrical boxes and fittings with conductors, wiring devices, and
raceway installation work.
C.
Install boxes in readily accessible locations.
D.
Installing boxes back-to-back in walls is not permitted. Provide a minimum of 12 inches of
separation and so they are not in the same vertical channel. In fire rated walls, provide a
minimum of 24 inches of separation.
E.
Avoid using round boxes where conduit must enter box through side of box, which would result
in difficult and insecure connections when fastened with locknut or bushing on rounded
surfaces.
F.
Taps and splices, where permitted by these specifications within exterior junction boxes, shall
be performed with an encapsulating watertight splice or tap kit which insulates and moisture
seals the connection. Kit shall consist of the appropriate size and type mold, encapsulating
resin and end sealing tape.
G.
Subsequent to installation of boxes, protect boxes from construction debris and damage.
H.
Provide additional pull or junction boxes as required to meet code requirements or to facilitate
pulling of wires. Locate in utility areas or above accessible ceilings.
I.
Size boxes for devices contained and the number of wires passing through or terminating
therein. Use pull and junction boxes of adequate size for splices and terminations contained
therein.
J.
Recess boxes, except in unfinished areas such as in utility tunnels, mechanical, and electrical
spaces. Provide extension rings and/or plaster rings to finish flush with finished surfaces,
including the inside face of the backs of casework. Install approved factory made knockout
seals where knockouts are not intact, and close all openings.
K.
Provide boxes for all devices. For devices not specified or scheduled, use boxes as approved,
adequate for device to be installed.
L.
Mount boxes at heights indicated on Drawings. If mounting heights of boxes are not individually
indicated, give priority to ADA requirements. Install boxes with height measured to center of
box unless otherwise indicated.
M. Install boxes in a rigid manner, with box hangers, expansion shields in masonry, and machine
screws on metal work. Do not nail to structure. Use plated or galvanized screws throughout.
N.
Recessed Boxes in Masonry Walls: Saw-cut opening for box in center of cell of masonry block,
and install box flush with surface of wall. Prepare block surfaces to provide a flat surface for a
raintight connection between box and cover plate or supported equipment and box.
RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
26 0533 - 7
O.
Fasten junction and pull boxes to support from building structure. Do not support boxes by
conduits.
P.
Locate boxes so that cover or plate will not span different building finishes.
3.04 SLEEVE AND SLEEVE-SEAL INSTALLATION FOR ELECTRICAL PENETRATIONS
A.
Install sleeves and sleeve seals at penetrations of exterior floor and wall assemblies. Comply
with requirements in Section 260544 "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Electrical Raceways and
Cabling."
3.05 FIRESTOPPING
A.
Install firestopping at penetrations of fire-rated floor and wall assemblies.
3.06 PROTECTION
A.
Protect coatings, finishes, and cabinets from damage and deterioration.
1. Repair damage to galvanized finishes with zinc-rich paint recommended by manufacturer.
2. Repair damage to PVC coatings or paint finishes with matching touchup coating
recommended by manufacturer.
3.07 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING
A.
Upon completion of installation of raceways, inspect interiors of raceways; clear all blockages
and remove burrs, dirt, and construction debris.
END OF SECTION
RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
26 0533 - 8
SECTION 26 0543 - UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND RACEWAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions, apply to this Section.
B.
Requirements of the following Specification Sections apply to this Section:
1. Section 260510, Basic Electrical Requirements
2. Section 260533, Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems
3. Section 260553, Identification for Electrical Systems
1.02 SUMMARY
A.
This Section includes the following:
1. Conduit, ducts, and duct accessories for direct-buried and in single duct runs.
2. Handholes and Boxes.
1.03 DEFINITION
A.
GRC: Galvanized rigid steel conduit.
B.
RNC: Rigid nonmetallic conduit.
1.04 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: For the following:
1. Ductbank materials, including separators and miscellaneous components.
2. Ducts and conduits and their accessories, including elbows, end bells, bends, fittings, and
solvent cement.
B.
Shop Drawings for Factory-Fabricated Handholes and Boxes: Include dimensioned plans,
sections, and elevations, and fabrication and installation details, including the following:
1. Duct entry provisions, including locations and duct sizes.
2. Cover design.
1.05 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A.
Ductbank Coordination Drawings: Show duct profiles and coordination with other utilities and
underground structures.
B.
Source quality-control test reports.
C.
Field quality-control test reports.
UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND RACEWAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
26 0543 - 1
1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Comply with ANSI C2.
B.
Comply with NFPA 70.
C.
Compaction density test: ASTM D1557.
D.
Comply with all aspects of “Safety Rules & Regulations for Excavation” as promulgated by the
state in which excavation will occur.
E.
Comply with code requirements of the authority having jurisdiction, as applicable to the
installation and construction of underground electrical work.
1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A.
Deliver ducts to Project site with ends capped. Store ducts with supports to prevent bending,
warping, and deforming.
B.
Store non-metallic ducts and fittings on a flat surface in an area that is protected from direct
sunlight.
C.
Store precast concrete and other factory-fabricated underground utility structures at Project site
as recommended by manufacturer to prevent physical damage. Arrange so identification
markings are visible.
D.
Lift and support precast concrete units only at designated lifting or supporting points.
1.08 COORDINATION
A.
Coordinate layout and installation of ducts, handholes, and boxes with final arrangement of
other utilities, site grading, and surface features as determined in the field.
B.
Coordinate elevations of ducts and ductbank entrances into handholes with final locations and
profiles of ducts and ductbanks as determined by coordination with other utilities, underground
obstructions, and surface features. Revise locations and elevations from those indicated as
required to suit field conditions and to ensure that duct runs drain to handholes, and as
approved by Engineer.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 CONDUIT
A.
GRC: Comply with ANSI C80.1 and UL6. Steel, hot-dipped galvanized inside and out after
threading. Deliver with plastic thread protectors on exposed conduit threads.
B.
RNC: NEMA TC 2, Type EPC-40-PVC and Type EPC-80-PVC, UL 651, with matching fittings
by same manufacturer as the conduit, complying with NEMA TC 3 and UL 514B. High impact
90°C polyvinyl chloride, extruded to iron pipe sizes with factory spacers, couplings, bends and
offsets. Plastic to plastic connections, tightly fitted and butted, cement welded utilizing tinted
UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND RACEWAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
26 0543 - 2
primer per ASTM F656 and heavy body, medium set cement per ASTM D2564, in accordance
with manufacturer’s directions. Plastic to metal connection with UL listed adapters.
2.02 NONMETALLIC DUCTS AND DUCT ACCESSORIES
A.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
1. CANTEX Inc.
2. Lamson & Sessions; Carlon Electrical Products.
3. CertainTeed Corp.
4. Kraloy.
5. RACO; a Hubbell company.
B.
Duct Accessories:
1. Duct Separators: Factory-fabricated rigid PVC interlocking spacers, sized for type and
sizes of ducts with which used, and selected to provide minimum duct spacings indicated
while supporting ducts during concreting or backfilling.
2.03 PRECAST CONCRETE HANDHOLES AND BOXES
A.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
1. Oldcastle Precast Group
2. Jensen Precast.
3. Brooks Products.
4. Utility Concrete Products, LLC.
B.
Comply with ASTM C 858 for design and manufacturing processes.
C.
Description: Factory-fabricated, reinforced-concrete, monolithically poured walls. 13 inches by
19 inches by 12 inches deep minimum outside dimensions, unless noted otherwise on the
drawings. Frame and cover shall form top of enclosure and shall have load rating consistent
with that of handhole or box.
1. Configuration: Units shall be designed for flush burial and have open bottom, unless
otherwise indicated.
2. Frame and Cover: Weatherproof steel frame, with steel cover with recessed cover hook
eyes and tamper-resistant, captive, cover-securing bolts.
3. Cover Finish: Nonskid finish shall have a minimum coefficient of friction of 0.50.
4. Cover Legend: Molded lettering, "ELECTRIC" or as indicated on the drawings.
5. Handholes 12 inches wide by 24 inches long and larger shall have inserts for cable racks
and pulling-in irons installed before concrete is poured.
2.04 HANDHOLES AND BOXES OTHER THAN PRECAST CONCRETE
A.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
1. Oldcastle Precast Group.
2. Jensen Precast.
3. Brooks Products.
4. Armorcast Products Company.
5. Carson Industries LLC.
6. CDR Systems Corporation.
UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND RACEWAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
26 0543 - 3
7.
NewBasis.
B.
Comply with SCTE 77.
C.
Description: Polymer Concrete Handholes and Boxes with Polymer Concrete Cover. Molded of
sand and aggregate, bound together with a polymer resin, and reinforced with steel or fiberglass
or a combination of the two. 13 inches by 19 inches by 12 inches deep minimum outside
dimensions, unless noted otherwise on the drawings.
1. Color: Gray.
2. Configuration: Units shall be designed for flush burial and have open bottom, unless
otherwise indicated.
3. Cover: Weatherproof, secured by tamper-resistant locking devices and having structural
load rating consistent with enclosure.
4. Cover Finish: Nonskid finish shall have a minimum coefficient of friction of 0.50.
5. Cover Legend: Molded lettering, "ELECTRIC", or as indicated on the drawings.
6. Handholes 12 inches wide by 24 inches long and larger shall have factory-installed inserts
for cable racks and pulling-in irons.
2.05 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A.
Test and inspect precast concrete utility structures according to ASTM C 1037.
B.
Handhole Prototype Test: Test prototypes of handholes for compliance with SCTE 77.
Strength tests shall be for specified tier ratings of products supplied.
1. Strength tests of complete boxes and covers shall be by either an independent testing
agency or the manufacturer. A qualified registered professional engineer shall certify tests
by manufacturer.
2. Testing machine pressure gages shall have current calibration certification complying with
ISO 9000 and ISO 10012, and traceable to NIST standards.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 UNDERGROUND DUCT APPLICATION
A.
Ducts for Electrical Feeders 600 V and Less: RNC, NEMA Type EPC-80-PVC, in direct-buried
ductbank, unless otherwise indicated.
B.
Ducts for Electrical Branch Circuits: RNC, NEMA Type EPC-40-PVC, unless otherwise
indicated.
C.
Underground Ducts Crossing Driveways, Roadways, and Walkways:
1. Directional Boring Method: Utilize a steerable drill system to bore under the pavement
surface at a minimum depth of 48 inches. Pull High density polyethylene electrical conduit
(HDPE), schedule 80, through the bore and connect to the ductbank via electrofusion
coupling means.
3.02 UNDERGROUND ENCLOSURE APPLICATION
A.
Handholes and Boxes:
1. Units in Roadways and Other Deliberate Traffic Paths: Precast concrete. AASHTO HB
17, H-20 structural load rating.
UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND RACEWAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
26 0543 - 4
2.
3.
Units in Driveway, Parking Lot, and Off-Roadway Locations, Subject to Occasional,
Nondeliberate Loading by Heavy Vehicles: Precast concrete, AASHTO HB 17, H-20
structural load rating.
Units in Sidewalk and Similar Applications with a Safety Factor for Nondeliberate Loading
by Vehicles: Polymer concrete units, SCTE 77, Tier 8 structural load rating.
3.03 EARTHWORK
A.
Provide excavation, backfilling, and pumping required for work under this section, but do not
use heavy-duty, hydraulic-operated, compaction equipment. Remove surplus materials as
directed.
B.
Perform all excavation to install conduit and ductbanks indicated on the drawings or specified
herein. During excavation, pile material for backfilling back from the banks of the trench to
avoid overloading and to prevent slides and cave-ins. Remove and dispose of all excavated
materials not to be used for backfill. Grade to prevent surface water from flowing into trenches
and excavation. Remove any water accumulating therein by pumping. Do all excavation by
open cut. No tunneling shall be done unless indicated on the drawings or unless written
permission is received from the Architect.
C.
Cut trenches to bottom of conduit and make cuts as narrow as possible. In rock, excavate
6-inches below conduit or ductbank and backfill with gravel. Grade the bottom of trenches to
provide uniform bearing and support for conduits or ductbank on undisturbed soil at every point
along its entire length. Tamp over depths with loose, granular, moist earth. Remove unstable
soil that is not capable of supporting equipment or installation and replace with specified
material for a minimum of 12-inches below invert of equipment or installation.
D.
Backfill the trenches with excavated materials approved for backfilling, consisting of earth, loam,
sandy clay, sand and gravel or soft shale. These materials should be free from large clods of
earth and stones, deposited in 6-inch layers and rammed until the installation has cover of not
less than the adjacent ground but not greater than 2-inches above existing ground. Backfilling
shall be carried on simultaneously on both sides of the trench so that injurious pressures do not
occur. Compaction of the filled trench shall be at least equal to that of the surrounding
undisturbed material. Do not settle backfill with water. Reopen any trenches not meeting
compaction requirements or where settlement occurs, refill, compact, and restore surface to
grade and compaction indicated on the drawings, mounded over and smoothed off.
E.
Restore surface features at areas disturbed by excavation and reestablish original grades,
unless otherwise indicated. Replace removed sod immediately after backfilling is completed.
F.
Restore areas disturbed by trenching, storing of dirt, cable laying, and other work. Restore
vegetation and include necessary topsoiling, fertilizing, liming, seeding, sodding, sprigging, and
mulching.
G.
Cut and patch existing pavement in the path of underground ducts and utility structures
Resurface, after installation, to match existing, using accredited journeymen of respective
trades.
3.04 INSTALLATION OF UNDERGROUND DUCTS
A.
After installing ducts, backfill and compact. Start at tie-in point, and work toward end of conduit
run, leaving conduit at end of run free to move with expansion and contraction as temperature
changes during this process. After placing controlled backfill to within 12 inches of finished
UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND RACEWAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
26 0543 - 5
grade, make final conduit connection at end of run and complete backfilling with normal
compaction.
B.
Depth: Install top of conduit at least 18 inches below finished grade, unless otherwise indicated.
3.05 DUCT INSTALLATION
A.
Slope: Pitch ducts a minimum slope of 3 inches per 100 feet down toward handholes, and away
from buildings and equipment. Slope ducts from a high point in runs between two handholes to
drain in both directions.
B.
Curves and Bends: Use 5-degree angle couplings for small changes in direction. Use
manufactured long sweep bends with a minimum radius of 48 inches, or ten times the diameter
of the conduit whichever is greater, both horizontally and vertically, at other locations, unless
otherwise indicated.
C.
Joints: Use solvent-cemented joints in ducts and fittings and make watertight according to
manufacturer's written instructions. Stagger joints so those of adjacent ducts do not lie in same
plane by a minimum of 6 inches.
D.
Duct Entrances to Handholes: Use end bells, spaced approximately 10 inches o.c. for 5 inch
ducts, and vary proportionately for other duct sizes.
1. Begin change from regular spacing to end-bell spacing 10 feet from the end bell without
reducing duct line slope and without forming a trap in the line.
2. Direct-Buried Ductbanks: Install an expansion and deflection fitting in each conduit in the
area of disturbed earth adjacent to handhole.
3. Grout end bells into structure walls from both sides to provide watertight entrances.
E.
Building Wall Penetrations: Make a transition from underground duct to rigid steel conduit at
least 10 feet outside the building wall without reducing duct line slope away from the building,
and without forming a trap in the line. Use fittings manufactured for duct-to-conduit transition.
Install conduit penetrations of building walls as specified in Division 26 Section "Sleeves and
Sleeve Seals for Electrical Raceways and Cabling."
F.
Sealing: Provide temporary closure at terminations of ducts that have cables pulled. Seal
spare ducts at terminations. Use sealing compound and plugs to withstand at least 15 psig
hydrostatic pressure.
G.
Pulling Cord: Install No. 14 black iron pull wire or monofilament plastic line with not less than
240 lb tensile strength for up to 1-1/2 inch conduit and 800 lb tensile strength for larger conduit.
H.
Direct-Buried Ductbanks:
1. Support ducts on duct separators coordinated with duct size, duct spacing, and outdoor
temperature.
2. Space separators close enough to prevent sagging and deforming of ducts, with not less
than 5 spacers per 20 feet of duct. Secure separators to earth and to ducts to prevent
displacement during backfill and yet permit linear duct movement due to expansion and
contraction as temperature changes.
3. After installing first tier of ducts, backfill and compact. Start at tie-in point and work toward
end of duct run, leaving ducts at end of run free to move with expansion and contraction as
temperature changes during this process. Repeat procedure after placing each tier. After
placing last tier, hand-place backfill to 4 inches over ducts and hand tamp. Firmly tamp
backfill around ducts to provide maximum supporting strength. Use hand tamper only.
After placing controlled backfill over final tier, make final duct connections at end of run
and complete backfilling with normal compaction.
UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND RACEWAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
26 0543 - 6
4.
5.
Space Between Ducts: 3 inches between ducts for like services, or 7-1/2 inches center to
center whichever is greater, and a minimum of 12 inches between power and signal ducts.
Depth: Install top of ductbank at least 24 inches below finished grade, unless otherwise
indicated.
3.06 INSTALLATION OF UNDERGROUND HANDHOLES AND BOXES
A.
Install handholes and boxes level and plumb and with orientation and depth coordinated with
connecting conduits to minimize bends and deflections required for proper entrances. Use box
extension if required to match depths of ducts, and seal joint between box and extension as
recommended by the manufacturer.
B.
Unless otherwise indicated, support units on a level bed of crushed stone or gravel, graded from
1/2 inch sieve to No. 4 sieve and compacted to same density as adjacent undisturbed earth to a
minimum of 6 inches deep.
C.
Elevation: In paved areas, set so cover surface will be flush with finished grade, with paving
sloping away. Set covers of other enclosures 2 inches above finished grade.
D.
Field-cut openings for conduits according to enclosure manufacturer's written instructions. Cut
wall of enclosure with a tool designed for material to be cut. Size holes for terminating fittings to
be used, and seal around penetrations after fittings are installed.
3.07 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.
Perform the following tests and inspections and prepare test reports:
1. Demonstrate capability and compliance with requirements on completion of installation of
underground ducts and utility structures.
2. Pull aluminum or wood test mandrel through conduit and duct to prove joint integrity and
test for out-of-round conduit or duct. Provide mandrel equal to 80 percent fill of duct. If
obstructions are indicated, remove obstructions and retest.
3. Test handhole and box grounding to ensure electrical continuity of grounding and bonding
connections. Measure and report ground resistance as specified in Division 26 Section
"Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems."
B.
Correct deficiencies and retest as specified above to demonstrate compliance.
3.08 CLEANING
A.
Pull leather-washer-type duct cleaner, with graduated washer sizes, through full length of ducts.
Follow with rubber duct swab for final cleaning and to assist in spreading lubricant throughout
ducts.
END OF SECTION
UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND RACEWAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
26 0543 - 7
SECTION 26 0544 - SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR ELECTRICAL RACEWAYS AND CABLING
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions, apply to this Section.
B.
Requirements of the following Specification Sections apply to this Section:
1. Section 260510, Basic Electrical Requirements
2. Section 260533, Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems
3. Section 260543, Underground Ducts and Raceways for Electrical Systems
1.02 SUMMARY
A.
Section Includes:
1. Sleeve-seal systems.
2. Grout.
B.
Related Requirements:
1. Section 078413, Penetration Firestopping
1.03 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: For each type of product.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 SLEEVE-SEAL SYSTEMS
A.
Description: Modular sealing device, designed for field assembly, to fill annular space between
sleeve and raceway or cable.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
a. Metraflex Company (The).
b. Pipeline Seal and Insulator, Inc.
c. Advance Products & Systems, Inc.
d. CALPICO, Inc.
2. Sealing Elements: EPDM rubber interlocking links shaped to fit surface of pipe. Include
type and number required for pipe material and size of pipe.
3. Pressure Plates: Composite, glass reinforced plastic.
4. Connecting Bolts and Nuts: Stainless steel of length required to secure pressure plates to
sealing elements.
SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR ELECTRICAL RACEWAYS AND CABLING
26 0544 - 1
2.02 GROUT
A.
Description: Nonshrink; recommended for interior and exterior sealing openings in
non-fire-rated walls or floors.
B.
Standard: ASTM C 1107/C 1107M, Grade B, post-hardening and volume-adjusting, dry,
hydraulic-cement grout.
C.
Design Mix: 5000-psi, 28-day compressive strength.
D.
Packaging: Premixed and factory packaged.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 SLEEVE-SEAL-SYSTEM INSTALLATION
A.
Install sleeve-seal systems in sleeves in exterior concrete walls and slabs-on-grade at raceway
entries into building.
B.
Install type and number of sealing elements recommended by manufacturer for raceway or
cable material and size. Position raceway or cable in center of sleeve. Assemble mechanical
sleeve seals and install in annular space between raceway or cable and sleeve. Tighten bolts
against pressure plates that cause sealing elements to expand and make watertight seal.
END OF SECTION
SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR ELECTRICAL RACEWAYS AND CABLING
26 0544 - 2
SECTION 26 0553 - IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions, apply to this Section.
1. Requirements of the following Specification Sections apply to this section.
a. Section 260510, Basic Electrical Requirements
1.02 SUMMARY
A.
Section Includes:
1. Identification for raceways.
2. Identification for conductors.
3. Warning labels and signs.
4. Equipment identification labels.
5. Miscellaneous identification products.
B.
Refer to other Division 26 Sections for additional specific electrical identification associated with
specific items.
1.03 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: For each electrical identification product indicated.
B.
Identification Schedule: An index of nomenclature of electrical equipment and system
components used in identification signs and labels.
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Comply with ANSI A13.1.
B.
Comply with NFPA 70.
C.
Comply with 29 CFR 1910.144 and 29 CFR 1910.145.
D.
Comply with ANSI Z535.4 for safety signs and labels.
E.
Adhesive-attached labeling materials, including label stocks, laminating adhesives, and inks
used by label printers, shall comply with UL 969.
F.
COORDINATION
1. Coordinate identification names, abbreviations, colors, and other features with
requirements in other Sections requiring identification applications, Drawings, Shop
Drawings, manufacturer's wiring diagrams, and the Operation and Maintenance Manual;
and with those required by codes, standards, and 29 CFR 1910.145. Use consistent
designations throughout Project.
IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
26 0553 - 1
2.
3.
4.
Coordinate installation of identifying devices with completion of covering and painting of
surfaces where devices are to be applied.
Coordinate installation of identifying devices with location of access panels and doors.
Where the requirements of the specifications can be met, CO2 laser engraving is
acceptable.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 POWER RACEWAY IDENTIFICATION MATERIALS
A.
Comply with ANSI A13.1 for minimum size of letters for legend and for minimum length of color
field for each raceway size.
B.
Self-Adhesive Vinyl Labels for Raceways, Junction and Pull Boxes: Preprinted, flexible label
laminated with a clear, weather- and chemical-resistant coating and matching wraparound
adhesive tape for securing ends of legend label.
2.02 CONDUCTOR IDENTIFICATION MATERIALS
A.
Color-Coding Conductor Tape: Colored, self-adhesive vinyl tape not less than 7 mils thick by
3/4 inches wide.
B.
Marker Tapes: Vinyl or vinyl-cloth, self-adhesive wraparound type, with circuit identification
legend machine printed by thermal transfer or equivalent process.
C.
Write-On Tags: Polyester tag, 0.015 inch thick, with corrosion-resistant grommet and cable tie
for attachment to conductor or cable.
1. Marker for Tags: Machine-printed, permanent, waterproof, black ink marker
recommended by printer manufacturer.
2.03 WARNING LABELS AND SIGNS
A.
Comply with NFPA 70 and 29 CFR 1910.145.
B.
Self-Adhesive Warning Labels: Factory-printed, multicolor, pressure-sensitive adhesive labels,
configured for display on front cover, door, or other access to equipment unless otherwise
indicated.
C.
Baked-Enamel Warning Signs:
1. Preprinted aluminum signs, punched or drilled for fasteners, with colors, legend, and size
required for application.
2. 1/4-inch grommets in corners for mounting.
3. Nominal size, 7 by 10 inches.
D.
Warning label and sign shall include, but are not limited to, the following legends with 1 inch
high red letters on a white background:
1. Multiple Power Source Warning: "DANGER - ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD EQUIPMENT HAS MULTIPLE POWER SOURCES."
2. Arc Flash Protection Warning: “WARNING – POTENTIAL ELECTRICAL ARC FLASH
HAZARD WHEN EQUIPMENT IS ENERGIZED.”
IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
26 0553 - 2
2.04 EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION LABELS
A.
Engraved, Laminated Acrylic or Melamine Label: Punched or drilled for screw mounting.
Unless otherwise indicated, letter height shall be 3/8 inch for all equipment. Unless otherwise
indicated, provide a single line of text on 1-1/2-inch high label.
2.05 CABLE TIES
A.
General-Purpose Cable Ties: Fungus inert, self extinguishing, one piece, self locking, Type 6/6
nylon.
1. Minimum Width: 3/16 inch.
2. Tensile Strength at 73 deg F, According to ASTM D 638: 12,000 psi.
3. Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus 185 deg F.
4. Color: Black except where used for color-coding.
B.
Plenum-Rated Cable Ties: Self extinguishing, UV stabilized, one piece, self locking.
1. Minimum Width: 3/16 inch.
2. Tensile Strength at 73 deg F, According to ASTM D 638: 7000 psi.
3. UL 94 Flame Rating: 94V-0.
4. Temperature Range: Minus 50 to plus 284 deg F.
5. Color: White.
2.06 MISCELLANEOUS IDENTIFICATION PRODUCTS
A.
Paint: Comply with requirements in painting Sections for paint materials and application
requirements. Select paint system applicable for surface material and location (exterior or
interior).
B.
Fasteners for Labels and Signs: Self-tapping, stainless-steel screws or stainless-steel machine
screws with nuts and flat lock washers.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A.
Verify identity of each item before installing identification products.
B.
Location: Install identification materials and devices at locations for most convenient viewing
without interference with operation and maintenance of equipment.
C.
Apply identification devices to surfaces that require finish after completing finish work.
D.
Self-Adhesive Identification Products: Clean surfaces before application, using materials and
methods recommended by manufacturer of identification device.
E.
Attach signs and plastic labels that are not self-adhesive type with mechanical fasteners
appropriate to the location and substrate.
F.
Cable Ties: For attaching tags. Use general-purpose type, except as listed below:
IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
26 0553 - 3
1.
In Spaces Handling Environmental Air: Plenum rated.
3.02 IDENTIFICATION SCHEDULE
A.
Exposed or Accessible Raceways within Buildings: Identify the covers of each junction and pull
box of all systems with self-adhesive vinyl labels with the voltage, system and circuit designation
contained.
B.
Power-Circuit Conductor Identification, 600 V or Less: For conductors in vaults, pull and
junction boxes, and handholes, use color-coding to identify the phase.
1. Color-Coding for Phase and Voltage Level Identification, 600 V or Less: Use colors listed
below for feeder and branch-circuit conductors.
a. Color shall be factory applied for the entire length of the conductors, or field applied
for sizes larger than No. 8 AWG.
b. Colors for 208/120-V Circuits:
1) Phase A: Black.
2) Phase B: Red.
3) Phase C: Blue.
4) Neutral: White.
5) Ground: Green.
c. Colors for 480/277-V Circuits:
1) Phase A: Brown.
2) Phase B: Orange.
3) Phase C: Yellow.
4) Neutral: Gray.
5) Ground: Green.
d. Field-Applied, Color-Coding Conductor Tape: Apply in half-lapped turns for a
minimum distance of 6 inches from terminal points and in boxes where splices or taps
are made. Apply last two turns of tape with no tension to prevent possible unwinding.
Use 1 inch wide tape in colors specified. Locate bands to avoid obscuring factory
cable markings; tape locations may be adjusted slightly to prevent such obscuring.
2. Identify all branch circuit system conductors with marker tape indicating source and circuit
number.
3. Tag feeders at panels, switchboards, pullboxes, manholes and other accessible
enclosures, indicating source, voltage, circuit number, and conductor ampere rating. Tag
to be readily readable after installation.
C.
Auxiliary Electrical Systems Conductor Identification: Identify field-installed alarm, control, and
signal connections.
1. Identify conductors, cables, and terminals in enclosures and at junctions, terminals, and
pull points. Identify by system and circuit designation.
2. Use system of marker tape designations that is uniform and consistent with system used
by manufacturer for factory-installed connections.
3. Coordinate identification with Project Drawings, manufacturer's wiring diagrams, and the
Operation and Maintenance Manual.
D.
Warning Signs for Indoor Cabinets, Boxes, and Enclosures for Power: Baked-enamel warning
signs for indoor use and Metal-Backed, Butyrate warning signs for exterior use.
1. Comply with 29 CFR 1910.145 and the NEC.
2. Apply to exterior of door, cover, or other access.
3. For equipment with multiple power or control sources, apply to door or cover of equipment
including, but not limited to, the following:
a. Power transfer switches.
b. Controls with external control power connections.
IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
26 0553 - 4
E.
Equipment Identification Labels: On each unit of equipment, install unique designation label
that is consistent with wiring diagrams, schedules, and the Operation and Maintenance Manual.
Apply labels to disconnect switches and protection equipment, central or master units, control
panels, control stations, terminal cabinets, and racks of each system. Systems include power,
lighting, control, communication, signal, monitoring, and alarm systems.
1. Labeling Instructions:
a. Engraved, laminated acrylic or melamine label.
b. Elevated Components: Increase sizes of labels and letters to those appropriate for
viewing from the floor.
c. Fasten labels with appropriate mechanical fasteners that do not change the NEMA or
NRTL rating of the enclosure.
2. Equipment to Be Labeled:
a. Panelboards.
b. Individually mounted circuit breakers on switchboards and panelboards.
c. Transformers.
d. Enclosed switches.
e. Power transfer equipment.
f.
Power-generating units.
g. UPS equipment.
3. Typical Label for Transfer Switches:
a. Line 1: Equipment designation.
b. Line 2: Voltage, phase, number of wires, and switch amperes.
c. Line 3: Normal and emergency sources.
d. Line 4: Secondary feed.
1) Switch Example:
(a) AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH - ATS-EQ1
(b) 480Y/277V, 3PH-4W, 800A
(c) NORMAL SOURCE MSS, EMERGENCY SOURCE EMSS
(d) SECONDARY FEED EMSBB
4. Typical Label for Transformers:
a. Line 1: Equipment designation.
b. Line 2: Primary voltage, secondary voltage, phase, number of wires, and KVA rating.
c. Line 3: Primary source.
d. Line 4: Secondary feed.
1) Example:
(a) TRANSFORMER - T-1
(b) 480V-208Y/120V, 3PH-4W, 150 KVA
(c) PRIMARY SOURCE MSAA
(d) SECONDARY FEED 3AA
5. Typical Label for Panelboards:
a. Line 1: Equipment designation.
b. Line 2: Voltage, phase, number of wires, and bus or MCB amperes.
c. Line 3: Primary source.
d. Line 4: AIC rating.
1) Example:
(a) MAIN SWITCHBOARD - MSAA
(b) 480Y/277V, 3PH-4W, 1200A
(c) FED FROM MSA
(d) 14K AIC
6. Typical Label for Enclosed Switches, Enclosed Circuit Breakers, Enclosed Controllers, and
Variable Speed Controllers:
a. Line 1: Equipment designation
b. Line 2: Primary source
IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
26 0553 - 5
1)
7.
8.
Example:
(a) EF-1
(b) FED FROM 3AA
Indicate equipment and/or equipment controlled and designation on component label.
a. Switchboard or Panelboard Individual Breaker: 3AA
Label Color Schedule:
a. Black letters on white label.
b. Standby Power Systems: Letter color as above except on red label.
F.
Panel Schedules: Provide typewritten panel schedules on inside of panel doors behind clear
plastic. Indicate as-built quantity and type of outlets or fixtures served and general location of
outlets or fixtures and/or item of equipment served. Where modifying existing panels, provide
new typewritten schedules reflecting all modifications provided under this work.
G.
Install instructional adhesive film label including the color-code for grounded and ungrounded
conductors using adhesive-film-type labels.
H.
Provide adhesive film label, in addition to UL label, for each transfer switch, and panelboard
indicating the short circuit rating of the gear as constructed and the minimum rating of devices
allowable.
I.
At all fusible devices, either individually mounted of part of gear, provide a label, as supplied by
fuse manufacturer, or an adhesive film label inside each switch cover, indicating specific type
and ampere of fuse required for replacement.
END OF SECTION
IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
26 0553 - 6
SECTION 26 2416 - PANELBOARDS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions, apply to this Section.
1.02 SUMMARY
A.
Section Includes:
1. Lighting and appliance branch-circuit panelboards.
1.03 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: For each type of panelboard, switching and overcurrent protective device,
transient voltage suppression device, accessory, and component indicated. Include dimensions
and manufacturers' technical data on features, performance, electrical characteristics, ratings,
and finishes.
B.
Shop Drawings: For each panelboard and related equipment.
1. Include dimensioned plans, elevations, sections, and details. Show tabulations of installed
devices, equipment features, and ratings.
2. Detail enclosure types and details for types other than NEMA 250, Type 1.
3. Detail bus configuration, current, and voltage ratings.
4. Short-circuit current rating of panelboards and overcurrent protective devices.
5. Detail features, characteristics, ratings, and factory settings of individual overcurrent
protective devices and auxiliary components.
6. Include time-current coordination curves for each type and rating of overcurrent protective
device included in panelboards. Include selectable ranges for each type of overcurrent
protective device.
1.04 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A.
Qualification Data: For qualified testing agency.
B.
Field Quality-Control Reports:
1. Test procedures used.
2. Test results that comply with requirements.
3. Results of failed tests and corrective action taken to achieve test results that comply with
requirements.
C.
Panelboard Schedules: For installation in panelboards.
PANELBOARDS
26 2416 - 1
1.05 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A.
Operation and Maintenance Data: For panelboards and components to include in emergency,
operation, and maintenance manuals. In addition to items specified in Section 017823
"Operation and Maintenance Data," include the following:
1. Manufacturer's written instructions for testing and adjusting overcurrent protective devices.
2. Time-current curves, including selectable ranges for each type of overcurrent protective
device that allows adjustments.
1.06 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS
A.
Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective
covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents.
1. Keys: Two spares for each type of panelboard cabinet lock.
2. Circuit Breakers Including GFCI and Ground Fault Equipment Protection (GFEP) Types:
Two spares for each panelboard.
1.07 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Source Limitations: Obtain panelboards, overcurrent protective devices, components, and
accessories from single source from single manufacturer.
B.
Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,
by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application.
C.
Comply with NEMA PB 1.
D.
Comply with NFPA 70.
1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A.
Remove loose packing and flammable materials from inside panelboards.
B.
Handle and prepare panelboards for installation according to NEMA PB 1.
1.09 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A.
Environmental Limitations:
1. Do not deliver or install panelboards until spaces are enclosed and weathertight, wet work
in spaces is complete and dry, work above panelboards is complete, and temporary HVAC
system is operating and maintaining ambient temperature and humidity conditions at
occupancy levels during the remainder of the construction period.
2. Rate equipment for continuous operation under the following conditions unless otherwise
indicated:
a. Ambient Temperature: Not exceeding 23 deg F to plus 104 deg F.
b. Altitude: Not exceeding 6600 feet.
B.
Service Conditions: NEMA PB 1, usual service conditions, as follows:
1. Ambient temperatures within limits specified.
PANELBOARDS
26 2416 - 2
2.
C.
Altitude not exceeding 6600 feet.
Interruption of Existing Electric Service: Do not interrupt electric service to facilities occupied by
Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to
provide temporary electric service according to requirements indicated:
1. Notify Owner no fewer than two days in advance of proposed interruption of electric
service.
2. Do not proceed with interruption of electric service without Owner's written permission.
3. Comply with NFPA 70E.
1.10 COORDINATION
A.
Coordinate layout and installation of panelboards and components with other construction that
penetrates walls or is supported by them, including electrical and other types of equipment,
raceways, piping, encumbrances to workspace clearance requirements, and adjacent surfaces.
Maintain required workspace clearances and required clearances for equipment access doors
and panels.
1.11 WARRANTY
A.
Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or
replace transient voltage suppression devices that fail in materials or workmanship within
specified warranty period.
1. Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR PANELBOARDS
A.
Fabricate and test panelboards according to IEEE 344 to withstand seismic forces defined in
Section 260548 "Vibration and Seismic Controls for Electrical Systems."
B.
Enclosures: Surface-mounted cabinets.
1. Rated for environmental conditions at installed location.
a. Indoor Dry and Clean Locations: NEMA 250, Type 1.
2. Front: Secured to box with concealed trim clamps. For surface-mounted fronts, match
box dimensions; for flush-mounted fronts, overlap box.
3. Hinged Front Cover: Entire front trim screwed to box and with standard hinged door.
4. Finishes:
a. Panels and Trim: Steel and galvanized steel, factory finished immediately after
cleaning and pretreating with manufacturer's standard two-coat, baked-on finish
consisting of prime coat and thermosetting topcoat.
b. Back Boxes: Same finish as panels and trim.
5. Directory Card: Inside panelboard door, mounted in transparent card holder.
C.
Incoming Mains Location: Top or bottom.
D.
Phase, Neutral, and Ground Buses:
1. Material: Hard-drawn copper, 98 percent conductivity.
2. Equipment Ground Bus: Adequate for feeder and branch-circuit equipment grounding
conductors; bonded to box.
PANELBOARDS
26 2416 - 3
E.
Conductor Connectors: Suitable for use with conductor material and sizes.
1. Material: Hard-drawn copper, 98 percent conductivity.
2. Main and Neutral Lugs: Mechanical type.
3. Ground Lugs and Bus-Configured Terminators: Mechanical type.
F.
Future Devices: Mounting brackets, bus connections, filler plates, and necessary
appurtenances required for future installation of devices.
G.
Panelboard Short-Circuit Current Rating: Fully rated to interrupt symmetrical short-circuit
current available at terminals.
2.02 LIGHTING AND APPLIANCE BRANCH-CIRCUIT PANELBOARDS
A.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following:
1. Square D; a brand of Schneider Electric.
B.
Panelboards: NEMA PB 1, lighting and appliance branch-circuit type.
C.
Mains: As indicated on the drawings.
D.
Branch Overcurrent Protective Devices: Bolt-on circuit breakers, replaceable without disturbing
adjacent units.
E.
Doors: Concealed hinges; secured with flush latch with tumbler lock; keyed alike.
2.03 DISCONNECTING AND OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES
A.
Molded-Case Circuit Breaker (MCCB): Comply with UL 489, with interrupting capacity to meet
available fault currents.
1. Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers: Inverse time-current element for low-level overloads,
and instantaneous magnetic trip element for short circuits. Adjustable magnetic trip setting
for circuit-breaker sizes 150 A to 400 A. Electronic trip settings for circuit-breaker sizes
400 A and larger.
2. Adjustable Instantaneous-Trip Circuit Breakers: Magnetic trip element with front-mounted,
field-adjustable trip setting.
3. Electronic trip circuit breakers with rms sensing; field-replaceable rating plug or
field-replicable electronic trip; and the following field-adjustable settings:
a. Instantaneous trip.
b. Long- and short-time pickup levels.
c. Long- and short-time time adjustments.
4. Molded-Case Circuit-Breaker (MCCB) Features and Accessories:
a. Standard frame sizes, trip ratings, and number of poles.
b. Lugs: Mechanical style, suitable for number, size, trip ratings, and conductor
materials.
c. Application Listing: Appropriate for application; Type SWD for switching fluorescent
lighting loads; Type HID for feeding fluorescent and high-intensity discharge (HID)
lighting circuits.
d. Multipole units enclosed in a single housing or factory assembled to operate as a
single unit.
PANELBOARDS
26 2416 - 4
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A.
Receive, inspect, handle, and store panelboards according to NEMA PB 1.1.
B.
Examine panelboards before installation. Reject panelboards that are damaged or rusted or
have been subjected to water saturation.
C.
Examine elements and surfaces to receive panelboards for compliance with installation
tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work.
D.
Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A.
Install panelboards and accessories according to NEMA PB 1.1.
B.
Temporary Lifting Provisions: Remove temporary lifting eyes, channels, and brackets and
temporary blocking of moving parts from panelboards.
C.
Mount panelboard cabinet plumb and rigid without distortion of box. Mount recessed
panelboards with fronts uniformly flush with wall finish and mating with back box.
D.
Install overcurrent protective devices and controllers not already factory installed.
1. Set field-adjustable, circuit-breaker trip ranges.
E.
Install filler plates in unused spaces.
F.
Arrange conductors in gutters into groups and bundle and wrap with wire ties.
G.
Comply with NECA 1.
3.03 IDENTIFICATION
A.
Identify field-installed conductors, interconnecting wiring, and components; provide warning
signs complying with Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems."
B.
Create a directory to indicate installed circuit loads; incorporate Owner's final room
designations. Obtain approval before installing. Use a computer or typewriter to create
directory; handwritten directories are not acceptable.
C.
Panelboard Nameplates: Label each panelboard with a nameplate complying with requirements
for identification specified in Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems."
3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.
Acceptance Testing Preparation:
1. Test insulation resistance for each panelboard bus, component, connecting supply, feeder,
and control circuit.
PANELBOARDS
26 2416 - 5
2.
Test continuity of each circuit.
B.
Tests and Inspections:
1. Perform each visual and mechanical inspection and electrical test stated in NETA
Acceptance Testing Specification. Certify compliance with test parameters.
2. Correct malfunctioning units on-site, where possible, and retest to demonstrate
compliance; otherwise, replace with new units and retest.
C.
Panelboards will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections.
D.
Prepare test and inspection reports, including a certified report that identifies panelboards
included and that describes results. Include notation of deficiencies detected, remedial action
taken, and observations after remedial action.
3.05 ADJUSTING
A.
Adjust moving parts and operable component to function smoothly, and lubricate as
recommended by manufacturer.
END OF SECTION
PANELBOARDS
26 2416 - 6
SECTION 26 2813 - FUSES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions, apply to this Section.
1.02 SUMMARY
A.
Section Includes:
1. Cartridge fuses rated 600-V ac and less for use in switchboards.
1.03 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include construction details, material,
dimensions, descriptions of individual components, and finishes for spare-fuse cabinets. Include
the following for each fuse type indicated:
1. Dimensions and manufacturer's technical data on features, performance, electrical
characteristics, and ratings.
2. Current-limitation curves for fuses with current-limiting characteristics.
3. Time-current coordination curves (average melt) and current-limitation curves
(instantaneous peak let-through current) for each type and rating of fuse.
1.04 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A.
Operation and Maintenance Data: For fuses to include in emergency, operation, and
maintenance manuals. In addition to items specified in Section 017823 "Operation and
Maintenance Data," include the following:
1. Current-limitation curves for fuses with current-limiting characteristics.
2. Time-current coordination curves (average melt) and current-limitation curves
(instantaneous peak let-through current) for each type and rating of fuse.
1.05 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS
A.
Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective
covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents.
1. Fuses: Equal to 10 percent of quantity installed for each size and type, but no fewer than
two of each size and type.
1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Source Limitations: Obtain fuses, for use within a specific product or circuit, from single source
from single manufacturer.
B.
Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,
by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application.
FUSES
26 2813 - 1
C.
Comply with NEMA FU 1 for cartridge fuses.
D.
Comply with NFPA 70.
1.07 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A.
Where ambient temperature to which fuses are directly exposed is less than 40 deg F or more
than 100 deg F, apply manufacturer's ambient temperature adjustment factors to fuse ratings.
1.08 COORDINATION
A.
Coordinate fuse ratings with utilization equipment nameplate limitations of maximum fuse size
and with system short-circuit current levels.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
1. Cooper Bussmann, Inc.
2. Edison Fuse, Inc.
3. Merden.
4. Littelfuse, Inc.
2.02 CARTRIDGE FUSES
A.
Characteristics: NEMA FU 1, nonrenewable cartridge fuses with voltage ratings consistent with
circuit voltages.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A.
Examine fuses before installation. Reject fuses that are moisture damaged or physically
damaged.
B.
Examine holders to receive fuses for compliance with installation tolerances and other
conditions affecting performance, such as rejection features.
C.
Examine utilization equipment nameplates and installation instructions. Install fuses of sizes
and with characteristics appropriate for each piece of equipment.
D.
Evaluate ambient temperatures to determine if fuse rating adjustment factors must be applied to
fuse ratings.
E.
Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
FUSES
26 2813 - 2
3.02 FUSE APPLICATIONS
A.
Cartridge Fuses:
1. Feeders: Class RK5, time delay.
2. Motor Branch Circuits: Class RK5, time delay.
3. Other Branch Circuits: Class RK5, time delay.
4. Control Circuits: Class CC, fast acting.
3.03 INSTALLATION
A.
Install fuses in fusible devices. Arrange fuses so rating information is readable without
removing fuse.
3.04 IDENTIFICATION
A.
Install labels complying with requirements for identification specified in Section 260553
"Identification for Electrical Systems" and indicating fuse replacement information on inside door
of each fused switch and adjacent to each fuse block, socket, and holder.
END OF SECTION
FUSES
26 2813 - 3
SECTION 26 3213 - ENGINE GENERATORS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions, apply to this Section.
1.02 SUMMARY
A.
This Section includes packaged engine-generator sets for standby power supply with the
following features:
1. Diesel engine.
2. Unit-mounted cooling system.
3. Unit-mounted control and monitoring.
4. Outdoor enclosure.
B.
Related Sections include the following:
1. Section 263600 "Transfer Switches" for transfer switches including sensors and relays to
initiate automatic-starting and -stopping signals for engine-generator sets.
1.03 DEFINITIONS
A.
Operational Bandwidth: The total variation from the lowest to highest value of a parameter over
the range of conditions indicated, expressed as a percentage of the nominal value of the
parameter.
1.04 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: For each type of packaged engine generator indicated. Include rated capacities,
operating characteristics, and furnished specialties and accessories. In addition, include the
following:
1. Thermal damage curve for generator.
2. Time-current characteristic curves for generator protective device.
B.
Shop Drawings: Detail equipment assemblies and indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required
clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field
connection.
1. Dimensioned outline plan and elevation drawings of engine-generator set and other
components specified.
2. Wiring Diagrams: Power, signal, and control wiring.
1.05 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A.
Qualification Data: For installer and manufacturer.
B.
Source quality-control test reports.
1. Certified summary of prototype-unit test report.
ENGINE GENERATORS
26 3213 - 1
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Certified Test Reports: For components and accessories that are equivalent, but not
identical, to those tested on prototype unit.
Certified Summary of Performance Tests: Certify compliance with specified requirement
to meet performance criteria for sensitive loads.
Report of factory test on units to be shipped for this Project, showing evidence of
compliance with specified requirements.
Report of sound generation.
Report of exhaust emissions showing compliance with applicable regulations.
C.
Field quality-control test reports.
D.
Warranty: Special warranty specified in this Section.
1.06 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A.
Operation and Maintenance Data: For packaged engine generators to include in emergency,
operation, and maintenance manuals. In addition to items specified in Section 260510 "Basic
Electrical Requirements," include the following:
1. List of tools and replacement items recommended to be stored at Project for ready access.
Include part and drawing numbers, current unit prices, and source of supply.
1.07 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS
A.
Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed and that are packaged
with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents.
1. Fuses: One for every 10 of each type and rating, but no fewer than one of each.
2. Indicator Lamps: Two for every six of each type used, but no fewer than two of each.
3. Filters: One set each of lubricating oil, fuel, and combustion-air filters.
1.08 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Installer Qualifications: Manufacturer's authorized representative who is trained and approved
for installation of units required for this Project.
1. Maintenance Proximity: Not more than four hours' normal travel time from Installer's place
of business to Project site.
2. Engineering Responsibility: Preparation of data for vibration isolators and seismic
restraints of engine skid mounts, including Shop Drawings, based on testing and
engineering analysis of manufacturer's standard units in assemblies similar to those
indicated for this Project.
B.
Manufacturer Qualifications: A qualified manufacturer. Maintain, within 200 miles of Project
site, a service center capable of providing training, parts, and emergency maintenance repairs.
C.
Source Limitations: Obtain packaged generator sets and auxiliary components through one
source from a single manufacturer.
D.
Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,
Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for
intended use.
E.
Comply with ASME B15.1.
ENGINE GENERATORS
26 3213 - 2
F.
Comply with NFPA 37.
G.
Comply with NFPA 70.
H.
Comply with NFPA 99.
I.
Comply with NFPA 110 requirements for Level 2 emergency power supply system.
J.
Comply with UL 2200.
K.
Engine Exhaust Emissions: Comply with applicable state and local government requirements.
L.
Noise Emission: Comply with applicable state and local government requirements for maximum
noise level at adjacent property boundaries due to sound emitted by generator set including
engine, engine exhaust, engine cooling-air intake and discharge, and other components of
installation.
1.09 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A.
Interruption of Existing Electrical Service: Do not interrupt electrical service to facilities occupied
by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after
arranging to provide temporary electrical service according to requirements indicated:
1. Notify Owner no fewer than two days in advance of proposed interruption of electrical
service.
2. Do not proceed with interruption of electrical service without Owner's written permission.
B.
Environmental Conditions: Engine-generator system shall withstand the following
environmental conditions without mechanical or electrical damage or degradation of
performance capability:
1. Ambient Temperature: Minus 15 to plus 40 deg C.
2. Relative Humidity: 0 to 95 percent.
3. Altitude: Sea level to 6600 feet.
1.10 COORDINATION
A.
Coordinate size and location of concrete bases for package engine generators. Cast
anchor-bolt inserts into bases. Concrete, reinforcement, and formwork requirements are
specified with concrete.
1.11 WARRANTY
A.
Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or
replace components of packaged engine generators and associated auxiliary components that
fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period.
1. Warranty Period: 5 years from date of Substantial Completion.
ENGINE GENERATORS
26 3213 - 3
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following:
1. Onan/Cummins Power Generation; Industrial Business Group.
2.02 ENGINE-GENERATOR SET
A.
Factory-assembled and -tested, engine-generator set.
B.
Mounting Frame: Maintain alignment of mounted components without depending on concrete
foundation; and have lifting attachments.
1. Rigging Diagram: Inscribed on metal plate permanently attached to mounting frame to
indicate location and lifting capacity of each lifting attachment and generator-set center of
gravity.
C.
Capacities and Characteristics:
1. Power Output Ratings: Nominal ratings as indicated.
2. Output Connections: Three-phase, four wire.
3. Nameplates: For each major system component to identify manufacturer's name and
address, and model and serial number of component.
D.
Generator-Set Performance:
1. Steady-State Voltage Operational Bandwidth: 3 percent of rated output voltage from no
load to full load.
2. Transient Voltage Performance: Not more than 10 percent variation for 50 percent
step-load increase or decrease. Voltage shall recover and remain within the steady-state
operating band within three seconds.
3. Steady-State Frequency Operational Bandwidth: 0.5 percent of rated frequency from no
load to full load.
4. Steady-State Frequency Stability: When system is operating at any constant load within
the rated load, there shall be no random speed variations outside the steady-state
operational band and no hunting or surging of speed.
5. Transient Frequency Performance: Less than 5 percent variation for 50 percent step-load
increase or decrease. Frequency shall recover and remain within the steady-state
operating band within five seconds.
6. Output Waveform: At no load, harmonic content measured line to line or line to neutral
shall not exceed 5 percent total and 3 percent for single harmonics. Telephone influence
factor, determined according to NEMA MG 1, shall not exceed 50 percent.
7. Sustained Short-Circuit Current: For a 3-phase, bolted short circuit at system output
terminals, system shall supply a minimum of 250 percent of rated full-load current for not
less than 10 seconds and then clear the fault automatically, without damage to generator
system components.
8. Start Time: Comply with NFPA 110, Type 10, system requirements.
2.03 ENGINE
A.
Fuel: Fuel oil, Grade DF-2.
ENGINE GENERATORS
26 3213 - 4
B.
Rated Engine Speed: 1800 rpm.
C.
Maximum Piston Speed for Four-Cycle Engines: 2250 fpm.
D.
Lubrication System: The following items are mounted on engine or skid:
1. Filter and Strainer: Rated to remove 90 percent of particles 5 micrometers and smaller
while passing full flow.
2. Thermostatic Control Valve: Control flow in system to maintain optimum oil temperature.
Unit shall be capable of full flow and is designed to be fail-safe.
3. Crankcase Drain: Arranged for complete gravity drainage to an easily removable
container with no disassembly and without use of pumps, siphons, special tools, or
appliances.
E.
Engine Fuel System:
1. Main Fuel Pump: Mounted on engine. Pump ensures adequate primary fuel flow under
starting and load conditions.
2. Relief-Bypass Valve: Automatically regulates pressure in fuel line and returns excess fuel
to source.
F.
Coolant Jacket Heater: Electric-immersion type, factory installed in coolant jacket system.
Comply with NFPA 110 requirements for Level 2 equipment for heater capacity.
G.
Governor: Adjustable isochronous, with speed sensing.
H.
Cooling System: Closed loop, liquid cooled, with radiator factory mounted on
engine-generator-set mounting frame and integral engine-driven coolant pump.
1. Coolant: Solution of 50 percent ethylene-glycol-based antifreeze and 50 percent water,
with anticorrosion additives as recommended by engine manufacturer.
2. Size of Radiator: Adequate to contain expansion of total system coolant from cold start to
110 percent load condition.
3. Expansion Tank: Constructed of welded steel plate and rated to withstand maximum
closed-loop coolant system pressure for engine used. Equip with gage glass and petcock.
4. Temperature Control: Self-contained, thermostatic-control valve modulates coolant flow
automatically to maintain optimum constant coolant temperature as recommended by
engine manufacturer.
5. Coolant Hose: Flexible assembly with inside surface of nonporous rubber and outer
covering of aging-, ultraviolet-, and abrasion-resistant fabric.
a. Rating: 50-psig maximum working pressure with coolant at 180 deg F, and
noncollapsible under vacuum.
b. End Fittings: Flanges or steel pipe nipples with clamps to suit piping and equipment
connections.
I.
Muffler/Silencer: Critical type, sized as recommended by engine manufacturer and selected
with exhaust piping system to not exceed engine manufacturer's engine backpressure
requirements.
1. Minimum sound attenuation of 25 dB at 500 Hz.
2. Sound level measured at a distance of 10 feet from exhaust discharge after installation is
complete shall be 85 dBA or less.
J.
Air-Intake Filter: Standard-duty, engine-mounted air cleaner with replaceable dry-filter element
and "blocked filter" indicator.
K.
Starting System: 12-V electric, with negative ground.
ENGINE GENERATORS
26 3213 - 5
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Components: Sized so they will not be damaged during a full engine-cranking cycle with
ambient temperature at maximum specified in Part 1 "Project Conditions" Article.
Cranking Motor: Heavy-duty unit that automatically engages and releases from engine
flywheel without binding.
Cranking Cycle: As required by NFPA 110 for system level specified.
Battery: Adequate capacity within ambient temperature range specified in Part 1 "Project
Conditions" Article to provide specified cranking cycle at least twice without recharging.
Battery Cable: Size as recommended by engine manufacturer for cable length indicated.
Include required interconnecting conductors and connection accessories.
Battery Compartment: Factory fabricated of metal with acid-resistant finish and thermal
insulation. Thermostatically controlled heater shall be arranged to maintain battery above
10 deg C regardless of external ambient temperature within range specified in Part 1
"Project Conditions" Article. Include accessories required to support and fasten batteries
in place.
Battery-Charging Alternator: Factory mounted on engine with solid-state voltage regulation
and 35-A minimum continuous rating.
Battery Charger: Current-limiting, automatic-equalizing and float-charging type. Unit shall
comply with UL 1236 and include the following features:
a. Operation: Equalizing-charging rate of 10 A shall be initiated automatically after
battery has lost charge until an adjustable equalizing voltage is achieved at battery
terminals. Unit shall then be automatically switched to a lower float-charging mode
and shall continue to operate in that mode until battery is discharged again.
b. Automatic Temperature Compensation: Adjust float and equalize voltages for
variations in ambient temperature from minus 40 deg C to plus 60 deg C to prevent
overcharging at high temperatures and undercharging at low temperatures.
c. Automatic Voltage Regulation: Maintain constant output voltage regardless of input
voltage variations up to plus or minus 10 percent.
d. Ammeter and Voltmeter: Flush mounted in door. Meters shall indicate charging
rates.
e. Safety Functions: Sense abnormally low battery voltage and close contacts providing
low battery voltage indication on control and monitoring panel. Sense high battery
voltage and loss of ac input or dc output of battery charger. Either condition shall
close contacts that provide a battery-charger malfunction indication at system control
and monitoring panel.
f.
Enclosure and Mounting: NEMA 250, Type 1, wall-mounted cabinet.
2.04 FUEL OIL STORAGE
A.
Comply with NFPA 30.
B.
Base-Mounted Fuel Oil Tank: Factory installed and piped, complying with UL 142 fuel oil tank.
Features include the following:
1. Tank level indicator.
2. Capacity: Fuel for 12 hours' continuous operation at 100 percent rated power output.
3. Vandal-resistant fill cap.
4. Containment Provisions: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.
2.05 CONTROL AND MONITORING
A.
Automatic Starting System Sequence of Operation: When mode-selector switch on the control
and monitoring panel is in the automatic position, remote-control contacts in one or more
separate automatic transfer switches initiate starting and stopping of generator set. When
mode-selector switch is switched to the on position, generator set starts. The off position of
ENGINE GENERATORS
26 3213 - 6
same switch initiates generator-set shutdown. When generator set is running, specified system
or equipment failures or derangements automatically shut down generator set and initiate
alarms. Operation of a remote emergency-stop switch also shuts down generator set.
B.
Manual Starting System Sequence of Operation: Switching on-off switch on the generator
control panel to the on position starts generator set. The off position of same switch initiates
generator-set shutdown. When generator set is running, specified system or equipment failures
or derangements automatically shut down generator set and initiate alarms. Operation of a
remote emergency-stop switch also shuts down generator set.
C.
Configuration: Operating and safety indications, protective devices, basic system controls, and
engine gages shall be grouped in a common control and monitoring panel mounted on the
generator set. Mounting method shall isolate the control panel from generator-set vibration.
D.
Indicating and Protective Devices and Controls: As required by NFPA 110 for Level 2 system,
and the following:
1. AC voltmeter.
2. AC ammeter.
3. AC frequency meter.
4. DC voltmeter (alternator battery charging).
5. Engine-coolant temperature gage.
6. Engine lubricating-oil pressure gage.
7. Running-time meter.
8. Ammeter-voltmeter, phase-selector switch(es).
9. Generator-voltage adjusting rheostat.
10. Fuel tank derangement alarm.
11. Fuel tank high-level shutdown of fuel supply alarm.
12. Generator overload.
E.
Indicating and Protective Devices and Controls:
1. AC voltmeter.
2. AC ammeter.
3. AC frequency meter.
4. DC voltmeter (alternator battery charging).
5. Engine-coolant temperature gage.
6. Engine lubricating-oil pressure gage.
7. Running-time meter.
8. Ammeter-voltmeter, phase-selector switch(es).
9. Generator-voltage adjusting rheostat.
10. Start-stop switch.
11. Overspeed shutdown device.
12. Coolant high-temperature shutdown device.
13. Coolant low-level shutdown device.
14. Oil low-pressure shutdown device.
15. Fuel tank derangement alarm.
16. Fuel tank high-level shutdown of fuel supply alarm.
17. Generator overload.
F.
Supporting Items: Include sensors, transducers, terminals, relays, and other devices and
include wiring required to support specified items. Locate sensors and other supporting items
on engine or generator, unless otherwise indicated.
G.
Remote Alarm Annunciator: Comply with NFPA 99. An LED labeled with proper alarm
conditions shall identify each alarm event and a common audible signal shall sound for each
alarm condition. Silencing switch in face of panel shall silence signal without altering visual
ENGINE GENERATORS
26 3213 - 7
indication. Connect so that after an alarm is silenced, clearing of initiating condition will
reactivate alarm until silencing switch is reset. Cabinet and faceplate are surface- or
flush-mounting type to suit mounting conditions indicated.
2.06 GENERATOR OVERCURRENT AND FAULT PROTECTION
A.
Generator Circuit Breaker: Molded-case, electronic-trip type; 100 percent rated; complying with
UL 489.
1. Tripping Characteristics: Adjustable long-time and short-time delay and instantaneous.
2. Trip Settings: Selected to coordinate with generator thermal damage curve.
3. Shunt Trip: Connected to trip breaker when generator set is shut down by other protective
devices.
4. Mounting: Adjacent to or integrated with control and monitoring panel.
B.
Generator Protector: Microprocessor-based unit shall continuously monitor current level in each
phase of generator output, integrate generator heating effect over time, and predict when
thermal damage of alternator will occur. When signaled by generator protector or other
generator-set protective devices, a shunt-trip device in the generator disconnect switch shall
open the switch to disconnect the generator from load circuits. Protector shall perform the
following functions:
1. Initiates a generator overload alarm when generator has operated at an overload
equivalent to 110 percent of full-rated load for 60 seconds. Indication for this alarm is
integrated with other generator-set malfunction alarms.
2. Under single or three-phase fault conditions, regulates generator to 300 percent of rated
full-load current for up to 10 seconds.
3. As overcurrent heating effect on the generator approaches the thermal damage point of
the unit, protector switches the excitation system off, opens the generator disconnect
device, and shuts down the generator set.
4. Senses clearing of a fault by other overcurrent devices and controls recovery of rated
voltage to avoid overshoot.
C.
Ground-Fault Indication: Comply with NFPA 70, "Emergency System" signals for ground-fault.
Integrate ground-fault alarm indication with other generator-set alarm indications.
2.07 GENERATOR, EXCITER, AND VOLTAGE REGULATOR
A.
Comply with NEMA MG 1.
B.
Drive: Generator shaft shall be directly connected to engine shaft. Exciter shall be rotated
integrally with generator rotor.
C.
Electrical Insulation: Class H or Class F.
D.
Stator-Winding Leads: Brought out to terminal box to permit future reconnection for other
voltages if required.
E.
Construction shall prevent mechanical, electrical, and thermal damage due to vibration,
overspeed up to 125 percent of rating, and heat during operation at 110 percent of rated
capacity.
F.
Enclosure: Dripproof.
G.
Instrument Transformers: Mounted within generator enclosure.
ENGINE GENERATORS
26 3213 - 8
H.
Voltage Regulator: Solid-state type, separate from exciter, providing performance as specified.
1. Adjusting rheostat on control and monitoring panel shall provide plus or minus 5 percent
adjustment of output-voltage operating band.
I.
Strip Heater: Thermostatically controlled unit arranged to maintain stator windings above dew
point.
J.
Windings: Two-thirds pitch stator winding and fully linked amortisseur winding.
K.
Subtransient Reactance: 12 percent, maximum.
2.08 OUTDOOR GENERATOR-SET ENCLOSURE
A.
Description: Vandal-resistant, weatherproof steel housing, wind resistant up to 100 mph.
Multiple panels shall be lockable and provide adequate access to components requiring
maintenance. Panels shall be removable by one person without tools. Instruments and control
shall be mounted within enclosure.
B.
Description: Prefabricated or preengineered walk-in enclosure with the following features:
1. Construction: Galvanized-steel, metal-clad, integral structural-steel-framed building
erected on concrete foundation.
2. Structural Design and Anchorage: Comply with ASCE 7 for wind loads.
3. Space Heater: Thermostatically controlled and sized to prevent condensation.
4. Louvers: Equipped with bird screen and filter arranged to permit air circulation when
engine is not running while excluding exterior dust, birds, and rodents.
5. Hinged Doors: With padlocking provisions.
6. Ventilation: Louvers equipped with bird screen and filter arranged to permit air circulation
while excluding exterior dust, birds, and rodents.
7. Thermal Insulation: Manufacturer's standard materials and thickness selected in
coordination with space heater to maintain winter interior temperature within operating
limits required by engine-generator-set components.
8. Muffler Location: Within enclosure.
C.
Engine Cooling Airflow through Enclosure: Maintain temperature rise of system components
within required limits when unit operates at 110 percent of rated load for 2 hours with ambient
temperature at top of range specified in system service conditions.
1. Louvers: Fixed-engine, cooling-air inlet and discharge. Storm-proof and drainable louvers
prevent entry of rain and snow.
2. Automatic Dampers: At engine cooling-air inlet and discharge. Dampers shall be closed
to reduce enclosure heat loss in cold weather when unit is not operating.
2.09 MOTORS
A.
General requirements for motors:
1. Motor Sizes: Minimum size as indicated. If not indicated, large enough so driven load will
not require motor to operate in service factor range above 1.0.
2. Controllers, Electrical Devices, and Wiring: Electrical devices and connections are
specified in electrical Sections.
ENGINE GENERATORS
26 3213 - 9
2.10 VIBRATION ISOLATION DEVICES
A.
Elastomeric Isolator Pads: Oil- and water-resistant elastomer or natural rubber, arranged in
single or multiple layers, molded with a nonslip pattern and galvanized-steel baseplates of
sufficient stiffness for uniform loading over pad area, and factory cut to sizes that match
requirements of supported equipment.
1. Material: Standard neoprene.
2. Durometer Rating: 30.
3. Number of Layers: One.
2.11 FINISHES
A.
Indoor and Outdoor Enclosures and Components: Manufacturer's standard finish over
corrosion-resistant pretreatment and compatible primer.
2.12 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A.
Prototype Testing: Factory test engine-generator set using same engine model, constructed of
identical or equivalent components and equipped with identical or equivalent accessories.
1. Tests: Comply with NFPA 110, Level 1 Energy Converters and with IEEE 115.
B.
Project-Specific Equipment Tests: Before shipment, factory test engine-generator set and other
system components and accessories manufactured specifically for this Project. Perform tests
at rated load and power factor. Include the following tests:
1. Test components and accessories furnished with installed unit that are not identical to
those on tested prototype to demonstrate compatibility and reliability.
2. Full load run.
3. Maximum power.
4. Voltage regulation.
5. Transient and steady-state governing.
6. Single-step load pickup.
7. Safety shutdown.
8. Provide 14 days' advance notice of tests and opportunity for observation of tests by
Owner's representative.
9. Report factory test results within 10 days of completion of test.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A.
Examine areas, equipment bases, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with
requirements for installation and other conditions affecting packaged engine-generator
performance.
B.
Examine roughing-in of piping systems and electrical connections. Verify actual locations of
connections before packaged engine-generator installation.
C.
Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
ENGINE GENERATORS
26 3213 - 10
3.02 INSTALLATION
A.
Comply with packaged engine-generator manufacturers' written installation and alignment
instructions and with NFPA 110.
B.
Install packaged engine generator to provide access, without removing connections or
accessories, for periodic maintenance.
C.
Install packaged engine generator with elastomeric isolator pads having a minimum deflection
of 1 inch on 4-inch- high concrete base. Secure sets to anchor bolts installed in concrete
bases.
D.
Electrical Wiring: Install electrical devices furnished by equipment manufacturers but not
specified to be factory mounted.
3.03 CONNECTIONS
A.
Connect fuel, cooling-system, and exhaust-system piping adjacent to packaged engine
generator to allow service and maintenance.
B.
Connect cooling-system water piping to engine-generator set and heat exchanger with flexible
connectors.
C.
Connect engine exhaust pipe to engine with flexible connector.
D.
Connect fuel piping to engines with a gate valve and union and flexible connector.
E.
Ground equipment according to Section 260526 "Grounding and Bonding for Electrical
Systems."
F.
Connect wiring according to Section 260519 "Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and
Cables."
3.04 IDENTIFICATION
A.
Identify system components according to Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems."
3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.
Perform tests and inspections and prepare test reports.
1. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to
inspect components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections, and
to assist in testing.
B.
Tests and Inspections:
1. Perform tests recommended by manufacturer and each electrical test and visual and
mechanical inspection, except those indicated to be optional, for "AC Generators and for
Emergency Systems" specified in NETA Acceptance Testing Specification. Certify
compliance with test parameters.
2. Battery Tests: Equalize charging of battery cells according to manufacturer's written
instructions. Record individual cell voltages.
ENGINE GENERATORS
26 3213 - 11
a.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Measure charging voltage and voltages between available battery terminals for
full-charging and float-charging conditions. Check electrolyte level and specific gravity
under both conditions.
b. Test for contact integrity of all connectors. Perform an integrity load test and a
capacity load test for the battery.
c. Verify acceptance of charge for each element of the battery after discharge.
d. Verify that measurements are within manufacturer's specifications.
Battery-Charger Tests: Verify specified rates of charge for both equalizing and
float-charging conditions.
System Integrity Tests: Methodically verify proper installation, connection, and integrity of
each element of engine-generator system before and during system operation. Check for
air, exhaust, and fluid leaks.
Exhaust Emissions Test: Comply with applicable government test criteria.
Voltage and Frequency Transient Stability Tests: Use recording oscilloscope to measure
voltage and frequency transients for 50 and 100 percent step-load increases and
decreases, and verify that performance is as specified.
Harmonic-Content Tests: Measure harmonic content of output voltage under 25 percent
and at 100 percent of rated linear load. Verify that harmonic content is within specified
limits.
Noise Level Tests: Measure A-weighted level of noise emanating from generator-set
installation, including engine exhaust and cooling-air intake and discharge, at four
locations on the property line, and compare measured levels with required values.
C.
Coordinate tests with tests for transfer switches and run them concurrently.
D.
Test instruments shall have been calibrated within the last 12 months, traceable to standards of
NIST, and adequate for making positive observation of test results. Make calibration records
available for examination on request.
E.
Leak Test: After installation, charge system and test for leaks. Repair leaks and retest until no
leaks exist.
F.
Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to confirm proper
motor rotation and unit operation.
G.
Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and
equipment.
H.
Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest as specified above.
I.
Retest: Correct deficiencies identified by tests and observations and retest until specified
requirements are met.
J.
Report results of tests and inspections in writing. Record adjustable relay settings and
measured insulation resistances, time delays, and other values and observations. Attach a
label or tag to each tested component indicating satisfactory completion of tests.
3.06 DEMONSTRATION
A.
Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to
adjust, operate, and maintain packaged engine generators.
END OF SECTION
ENGINE GENERATORS
26 3213 - 12
SECTION 26 3353 - STATIC UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.02 SUMMARY
A.
Section Includes:
1. Three-phase, on-line, double-conversion, static-type, UPS units with the following features:
a. Surge suppression.
b. Input harmonics reduction.
c. Rectifier-charger.
d. Inverter.
e. Static bypass transfer switch.
f.
Battery and battery disconnect device.
g. External maintenance bypass/isolation switch.
h. Output isolation transformer.
i.
Remote UPS monitoring provisions.
j.
Battery monitoring.
k. Remote monitoring.
1.03 DEFINITIONS
A.
EMI: Electromagnetic interference.
B.
LCD: Liquid-crystal display.
C.
LED: Light-emitting diode.
D.
PC: Personal computer.
E.
THD: Total harmonic distortion.
F.
UPS: Uninterruptible power supply.
1.04 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include data on features, components,
ratings, and performance.
B.
Shop Drawings: For UPS. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other
work.
1. Detail equipment assemblies and indicate dimensions, weights, components, and location
and identification of each field connection. Show access, workspace, and clearance
requirements; details of control panels; and battery arrangement.
2. Wiring Diagrams: For power, signal, and control wiring.
STATIC UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY
26 3353 - 1
1.05 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A.
Factory Test Reports: Comply with specified requirements.
B.
Field quality-control reports.
C.
Warranties: Sample of special warranties.
1.06 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A.
Operation and Maintenance Data: For UPS units to include in emergency, operation, and
maintenance manuals.
1.07 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS
A.
Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective
covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents.
1. Cabinet Ventilation Filters: One complete set.
1.08 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,
by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application.
B.
UL Compliance: Listed and labeled under UL 1778 by an NRTL.
C.
NFPA Compliance: Mark UPS components as suitable for installation in computer rooms
according to NFPA 75.
1.09 WARRANTY
A.
Special UPS Warranties: Specified form in which manufacturer and Installer agree to repair or
replace components that fail in materials or workmanship within special warranty period.
1. Special Warranty Period: One year from date of Substantial Completion.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 OPERATIONAL REQUIREMENTS
A.
Automatic operation includes the following:
1. Normal Conditions: Load is supplied with power flowing from the normal power input
terminals, through the rectifier-charger and inverter, with the battery connected in parallel
with the rectifier-charger output.
2. Abnormal Supply Conditions: If normal supply deviates from specified and adjustable
voltage, voltage waveform, or frequency limits, the battery supplies energy to maintain
constant, regulated inverter power output to the load without switching or disturbance.
STATIC UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY
26 3353 - 2
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
If normal power fails, energy supplied by the battery through the inverter continues
supply-regulated power to the load without switching or disturbance.
When power is restored at the normal supply terminals of the system, controls
automatically synchronize the inverter with the external source before transferring the load.
The rectifier-charger then supplies power to the load through the inverter and
simultaneously recharges the battery.
If the battery becomes discharged and normal supply is available, the rectifier-charger
charges the battery. On reaching full charge, the rectifier-charger automatically shifts to
float-charge mode.
If any element of the UPS system fails and power is available at the normal supply
terminals of the system, the static bypass transfer switch switches the load to the normal
ac supply circuit without disturbance or interruption.
If a fault occurs in the system supplied by the UPS, and current flows in excess of the
overload rating of the UPS system, the static bypass transfer switch operates to bypass
the fault current to the normal ac supply circuit for fault clearing.
When the fault has cleared, the static bypass transfer switch returns the load to the UPS
system.
If the battery is disconnected, the UPS continues to supply power to the load with no
degradation of its regulation of voltage and frequency of the output bus.
B.
Manual operation includes the following:
1. Turning the inverter off causes the static bypass transfer switch to transfer the load directly
to the normal ac supply circuit without disturbance or interruption.
2. Turning the inverter on causes the static bypass transfer switch to transfer the load to the
inverter.
C.
Maintenance Bypass/Isolation Switch Operation: Switch is interlocked so it cannot be operated
unless the static bypass transfer switch is in the bypass mode. Device provides manual
selection among the three conditions in subparagraphs below without interrupting supply to the
load during switching:
1. Full Isolation: Load is supplied, bypassing the UPS. Normal UPS ac input circuit, static
bypass transfer switch, and UPS load terminals are completely disconnected from external
circuits.
2. Maintenance Bypass: Load is supplied, bypassing the UPS. UPS ac supply terminals are
energized to permit operational checking, but system load terminals are isolated from the
load.
3. Normal: Normal UPS ac supply terminals are energized and the load is supplied through
either the static bypass transfer switch and the UPS rectifier-charger and inverter, or the
battery and the inverter.
D.
Environmental Conditions: The UPS shall be capable of operating continuously in the following
environmental conditions without mechanical or electrical damage or degradation of operating
capability, except battery performance.
1. Ambient Temperature for Electronic Components: 32 to 104 deg F.
2. Ambient Temperature for Battery: 41 to 95 deg F.
3. Relative Humidity: 0 to 95 percent, noncondensing.
4. Altitude: Sea level to 6500 feet.
2.02 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A.
The UPS shall perform as specified in this article while supplying rated full-load current,
composed of any combination of linear and nonlinear load, up to 100 percent nonlinear load
with a load crest factor of 3.0, under the following conditions or combinations of the following
conditions:
STATIC UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY
26 3353 - 3
1.
2.
3.
4.
Inverter is switched to battery source.
Steady-state ac input voltage deviates up to plus or minus 10 percent from nominal
voltage.
Steady-state input frequency deviates up to plus or minus 5 percent from nominal
frequency.
THD of input voltage is 15 percent or more with a minimum crest factor of 3.0, and the
largest single harmonic component is a minimum of 5 percent of the fundamental value.
B.
Minimum Duration of Supply: If battery is sole energy source supplying rated full UPS load
current at 80 percent power factor, duration of supply is 10 minutes.
C.
Input Voltage Tolerance: System steady-state and transient output performance remains within
specified tolerances when steady-state ac input voltage varies plus 10, minus 15 percent from
nominal voltage.
D.
Overall UPS Efficiency: Equal to or greater than 94 percent at 100 percent load.
E.
Maximum Energizing Inrush Current: Six times the full-load current.
F.
Maximum AC Output-Voltage Regulation for Loads up to 50 Percent Unbalanced: Plus or
minus 2 percent over the full range of battery voltage.
G.
Output Frequency: 60 Hz, plus or minus 0.5 percent over the full range of input voltage, load,
and battery voltage.
H.
Limitation of harmonic distortion of input current to the UPS shall be as follows:
1. Description: Either a tuned harmonic filter or an arrangement of rectifier-charger circuits
shall limit THD to 5 percent, maximum, at rated full UPS load current, for power sources
with X/R ratio between 2 and 30.
2. Description: THD is limited to a maximum of 32 percent, at rated full UPS load current, for
power sources with X/R ratio between 2 and 30.
I.
Maximum Harmonic Content of Output-Voltage Waveform: 5 percent rms total and 3 percent
rms for any single harmonic, for rated full load with THD up to 50 percent, with a load crest
factor of 3.0.
J.
Minimum Overload Capacity of UPS at Rated Voltage: 125 percent of rated full load for 10
minutes, and 150 percent for 30 seconds in all operating modes.
K.
Maximum Output-Voltage Transient Excursions from Rated Value: For the following
instantaneous load changes, stated as percentages of rated full UPS load, voltage shall remain
within stated percentages of rated value and recover to, and remain within, plus or minus 2
percent of that value within 100 ms:
1. 50 Percent: Plus or minus 5 percent.
2. 100 Percent: Plus or minus 5 percent.
3. Loss of AC Input Power: Plus or minus 1 percent.
4. Restoration of AC Input Power: Plus or minus 1 percent.
L.
Input Power Factor: A minimum of 0.85 lagging when supply voltage and current are at nominal
rated values and the UPS is supplying rated full-load current.
M. EMI Emissions: Comply with FCC Rules and Regulations and with 47 CFR 15 for Class A
equipment.
STATIC UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY
26 3353 - 4
2.03 UPS SYSTEMS
A.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following:
1. APC by Schneider Electric.
B.
Electronic Equipment: Solid-state devices using hermetically sealed, semiconductor elements.
Devices include rectifier-charger, inverter, static bypass transfer switch, and system controls.
C.
Enclosures: Comply with NEMA 250, Type 1, unless otherwise indicated.
D.
Control Assemblies: Mount on modular plug-ins, readily accessible for maintenance.
E.
Maintainability Features: Mount rectifier-charger and inverter sections and the static bypass
transfer switch on modular plug-ins, readily accessible for maintenance.
F.
UPS Cabinet Ventilation: Redundant fans or blowers draw in ambient air near the bottom of
cabinet and discharge it near the top rear.
G.
Output Circuit Neutral Bus, Conductor, and Terminal Ampacity: Rated phase current times a
multiple of 1.73, minimum.
2.04 RECTIFIER-CHARGER
A.
Capacity: Adequate to supply the inverter during rated full output load conditions and
simultaneously recharge the battery from fully discharged condition to 95 percent of full charge
within 10 times the rated discharge time for duration of supply under battery power at full load.
B.
Output Ripple: Limited by output filtration to less than 0.5 percent of rated current, peak to
peak.
C.
Control Circuits: Immune to frequency variations within rated frequency ranges of normal and
emergency power sources.
1. Response Time: Field adjustable for maximum compatibility with local generator-set
power source.
D.
Battery Float-Charging Conditions: Comply with battery manufacturer's written instructions for
battery terminal voltage and charging current required for maximum battery life.
2.05 INVERTER
A.
Description: Pulse-width modulated, with sinusoidal output.
B.
Description: Pulse-width modulated, with sinusoidal output. Include a bypass phase
synchronization window adjustment to optimize compatibility with local engine-generator-set
power source.
2.06 STATIC BYPASS TRANSFER SWITCH
A.
Description: Solid-state switching device providing uninterrupted transfer. A contactor or
electrically operated circuit breaker automatically provides electrical isolation for the switch.
STATIC UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY
26 3353 - 5
B.
Switch Rating: Continuous duty at the rated full UPS load current, minimum.
2.07 CONTROLS AND INDICATIONS
A.
Description: Group displays, indications, and basic system controls on a common control panel
on front of UPS enclosure.
B.
Minimum displays, indicating devices, and controls include those in lists below. Provide
sensors, transducers, terminals, relays, and wiring required to support listed items. Alarms
include audible signals and visual displays.
C.
Indications: Plain-language messages on a digital LCD or LED.
1. Quantitative indications shall include the following:
a. Input voltage, each phase, line to line.
b. Input current, each phase, line to line.
c. Bypass input voltage, each phase, line to line.
d. Bypass input frequency.
e. System output voltage, each phase, line to line.
f.
System output current, each phase.
g. System output frequency.
h. DC bus voltage.
i.
Battery current and direction (charge/discharge).
j.
Elapsed time discharging battery.
2. Basic status condition indications shall include the following:
a. Normal operation.
b. Load-on bypass.
c. Load-on battery.
d. Inverter off.
e. Alarm condition.
3. Alarm indications shall include the following:
a. Bypass ac input overvoltage or undervoltage.
b. Bypass ac input overfrequency or underfrequency.
c. Bypass ac input and inverter out of synchronization.
d. Bypass ac input wrong-phase rotation.
e. Bypass ac input single-phase condition.
f.
Bypass ac input filter fuse blown.
g. Internal frequency standard in use.
h. Battery system alarm.
i.
Control power failure.
j.
Fan failure.
k. UPS overload.
l.
Battery-charging control faulty.
m. Input overvoltage or undervoltage.
n. Input transformer overtemperature.
o. Input circuit breaker tripped.
p. Input wrong-phase rotation.
q. Input single-phase condition.
r. Approaching end of battery operation.
s. Battery undervoltage shutdown.
t.
Maximum battery voltage.
u. Inverter fuse blown.
v. Inverter transformer overtemperature.
STATIC UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY
26 3353 - 6
4.
w. Inverter overtemperature.
x. Static bypass transfer switch overtemperature.
y. Inverter power supply fault.
z. Inverter transistors out of saturation.
aa. Identification of faulty inverter section/leg.
ab. Inverter output overvoltage or undervoltage.
ac. UPS overload shutdown.
ad. Inverter current sensor fault.
ae. Inverter output contactor open.
af. Inverter current limit.
Controls shall include the following:
a. Inverter on-off.
b. UPS start.
c. Battery test.
d. Alarm silence/reset.
e. Output-voltage adjustment.
D.
Dry-form "C" contacts shall be available for remote indication of the following conditions:
1. UPS on battery.
2. UPS on-line.
3. UPS load-on bypass.
4. UPS in alarm condition.
5. UPS off (maintenance bypass closed).
E.
Emergency Power Off Switch: Capable of local operation and operation by means of activation
by external dry contacts.
2.08 MAINTENANCE BYPASS/ISOLATION SWITCH
A.
Description: Manually operated switch or arrangement of switching devices with mechanically
actuated contact mechanism arranged to route the flow of power to the load around the
rectifier-charger, inverter, and static bypass transfer switch.
1. Switch shall be electrically and mechanically interlocked to prevent interrupting power to
the load when switching to bypass mode.
2. Switch shall electrically isolate other UPS components to permit safe servicing.
B.
Comply with NEMA PB 2 and UL 891.
C.
Switch Rating: Continuous duty at rated full UPS load current.
D.
Mounting Provisions: Separate floor-mounted unit.
E.
Key interlock requires unlocking maintenance bypass/isolation switch before switching from
normal position with key that is released only when the UPS is bypassed by the static bypass
transfer switch. Lock is designed specifically for mechanical and electrical component
interlocking.
2.09 OUTPUT TRANSFORMER
A.
Description: Unit with low forward transfer impedance up to 3 kHz, minimum. Include the
following features:
1. Comply with applicable portions of UL 1561, including requirements for nonlinear load
current-handling capability for a K-factor of approximately 4.
STATIC UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY
26 3353 - 7
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Output Impedance at Fundamental Frequency: Between 3 and 4 percent.
Regulation: 5 percent, maximum, at rated nonlinear load current.
Full-Load Efficiency at Rated Nonlinear Load Current: 96 percent, minimum.
Electrostatic Shielding of Windings: Independent for each winding.
Coil Leads: Physically arranged for minimum interlead capacitance.
Shield Grounding Terminal: Separately mounted; labeled "Shield Ground."
Capacitive Coupling between Primary and Secondary: 33 picofarads, maximum, over a
frequency range of 20 Hz to 1 MHz.
2.10 MONITORING BY REMOTE COMPUTER
A.
Description: Communication module in unit control panel provides capability for remote
monitoring of status, parameters, and alarms specified in "Controls and Indications" Article. The
remote computer and the connecting signal wiring are not included in this Section. Include the
following features:
1. Connectors and network interface units or modems for data transmission via SNMP over
Ethernet.
2. Web based software designed for control and monitoring of UPS functions and to provide
on-screen explanations, interpretations, diagnosis, action guidance, and instructions for
use of monitoring indications and development of meaningful reports. Permit storage and
analysis of power-line transient records. Designs for Windows applications, software, and
computer are not included in this Section.
2.11 BASIC BATTERY MONITORING
A.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, match UPS manufacturer:
B.
Battery Ground-Fault Detector: Initiates alarm when resistance to ground of positive or negative
bus of battery is less than 5000 ohms.
C.
Battery compartment smoke/high-temperature detector initiates an alarm when smoke or a
temperature greater than 75 deg C occurs within the compartment.
D.
Annunciation of Alarms: At UPS control panel.
2.12 BATTERY-CYCLE WARRANTY MONITORING
A.
Description: Electronic device, acceptable to battery manufacturer as a basis for warranty
action, for monitoring of charge-discharge cycle history of batteries covered by cycle-life
warranties.
B.
Performance: Automatically measures and records each discharge event, classifies it
according to duration category, and totals discharges according to warranty criteria, displaying
remaining warranted battery life on front panel display.
C.
Additional monitoring functions and features shall include the following:
1. Measuring and Recording: Total voltage at battery terminals; initiates alarm for excursions
outside the proper float-voltage level.
2. Monitors: Ambient temperature at battery; initiates alarm if temperature deviates from
normally acceptable range.
3. Keypad on Device Front Panel: Provides access to monitored data using front panel
display.
STATIC UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY
26 3353 - 8
4.
5.
6.
7.
Alarm Contacts: Arranged to initiate remote alarm for battery discharge events, abnormal
temperature, and abnormal battery voltage or temperature.
Memory: Stores recorded data in nonvolatile electronic memory.
RS-232 Port: Permits downloading of data to a portable PC.
Modem: Makes measurements and recorded data accessible to a remote PC via
telephone line. Computer is not specified in this Section.
2.13 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A.
Factory test complete UPS system before shipment. Use actual batteries that are part of final
installation. Include the following:
1. Test and demonstration of all functions, controls, indicators, sensors, and protective
devices.
2. Full-load test.
3. Transient-load response test.
4. Overload test.
5. Power failure test.
B.
Observation of Test: Give 14 days' advance notice of tests and provide opportunity for Owner's
representative to observe tests at Owner's choice.
C.
Report test results. Include the following data:
1. Description of input source and output loads used. Describe actions required to simulate
source load variation and various operating conditions and malfunctions.
2. List of indications, parameter values, and system responses considered satisfactory for
each test action. Include tabulation of actual observations during test.
3. List of instruments and equipment used in factory tests.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A.
Examine areas and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for
conditions affecting performance of the UPS.
B.
Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A.
Equipment Mounting: Install UPS on concrete base. Comply with requirements for concrete
base specified.
1. Install dowel rods to connect concrete base to concrete floor. Unless otherwise indicated,
install dowel rods on 18-inch centers around the full perimeter of concrete base.
2. For supported equipment, install epoxy-coated anchor bolts that extend through concrete
base and anchor into structural concrete floor.
3. Place and secure anchorage devices. Use setting drawings, templates, diagrams,
instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded.
4. Install anchor bolts to elevations required for proper attachment to supported equipment.
B.
Maintain minimum clearances and workspace at equipment according to manufacturer's written
instructions and NFPA 70.
STATIC UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY
26 3353 - 9
C.
Connections: Interconnect system components. Make connections to supply and load circuits
according to manufacturer's wiring diagrams unless otherwise indicated.
3.03 GROUNDING
A.
Separately Derived Systems: If not part of a listed power supply for a data-processing room,
comply with NFPA 70 requirements for connecting to grounding electrodes and for bonding to
metallic piping near transformer.
3.04 IDENTIFICATION
A.
Identify components and wiring according to Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical
Systems."
3.05 BATTERY EQUALIZATION
A.
Equalize charging of battery cells according to manufacturer's written instructions. Record
individual-cell voltages.
3.06 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.
Perform tests and inspections.
1. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to
inspect components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections, and
to assist in testing.
B.
Tests and Inspections:
1. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions.
2. Inspect interiors of enclosures, including the following:
a. Integrity of mechanical and electrical connections.
b. Component type and labeling verification.
c. Ratings of installed components.
3. Inspect batteries and chargers according to requirements in NETA Acceptance Testing
Specifications.
4. Test manual and automatic operational features and system protective and alarm
functions.
5. Test communication of status and alarms to remote monitoring equipment.
C.
The UPS system will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections.
D.
Record of Tests and Inspections: Maintain and submit documentation of tests and inspections,
including references to manufacturers' written instructions and other test and inspection criteria.
Include results of tests, inspections, and retests.
E.
Prepare test and inspection reports.
STATIC UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY
26 3353 - 10
3.07 DEMONSTRATION
A.
Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to
adjust, operate, and maintain the UPS.
END OF SECTION
STATIC UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY
26 3353 - 11
SECTION 26 3600 - TRANSFER SWITCHES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions, apply to this Section.
1.02 SUMMARY
A.
This Section includes transfer switches rated 600 V and less, including the following:
1. Automatic transfer switches.
2. Bypass/isolation switches.
1.03 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include rated capacities, weights, operating
characteristics, furnished specialties, and accessories.
B.
Shop Drawings: Dimensioned plans, elevations, sections, and details showing minimum
clearances, conductor entry provisions, gutter space, installed features and devices, and
material lists for each switch specified.
1. Single-Line Diagram: Show connections between transfer switch, bypass/isolation switch,
power sources, and load; and show interlocking provisions for each combined transfer
switch and bypass/isolation switch.
1.04 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A.
Field quality-control test reports.
1.05 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A.
Operation and Maintenance Data: For each type of product to include in emergency, operation,
and maintenance manuals. In addition to items specified in Section 260510 "Basic Electrical
Requirements", include the following:
1. Features and operating sequences, both automatic and manual.
2. List of all factory settings of relays; provide relay-setting and calibration instructions,
including software, where applicable.
1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Manufacturer Qualifications: Maintain a service center capable of providing training, parts, and
emergency maintenance repairs within a response period of less than eight hours from time of
notification.
B.
Source Limitations: Obtain automatic transfer switches, bypass/isolation switches and remote
annunciators through one source from a single manufacturer.
TRANSFER SWITCHES
26 3600 - 1
C.
Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,
Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for
intended use.
D.
Comply with NEMA ICS 1.
E.
Comply with NFPA 70.
F.
Comply with NFPA 99.
G.
Comply with NFPA 110.
H.
Comply with UL 1008 unless requirements of these Specifications are stricter.
1.07 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A.
Interruption of Existing Electrical Service: Do not interrupt electrical service to facilities occupied
by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after
arranging to provide temporary electrical service:
1. Notify Owner no fewer than two days in advance of proposed interruption of electrical
service.
2. Do not proceed with interruption of electrical service without Owner's written permission.
1.08 COORDINATION
A.
Coordinate size and location of concrete bases. Cast anchor-bolt inserts into bases.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following:
1. Onan/Cummins Power Generation; Industrial Business Group.
2.02 GENERAL TRANSFER-SWITCH PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
A.
Indicated Current Ratings: Apply as defined in UL 1008 for continuous loading and total system
transfer, including tungsten filament lamp loads not exceeding 30 percent of switch ampere
rating, unless otherwise indicated.
B.
Tested Fault-Current Closing and Withstand Ratings: Adequate for duty imposed by protective
devices at installation locations in Project under the fault conditions indicated, based on testing
according to UL 1008.
1. Where transfer switch includes internal fault-current protection, rating of switch and trip
unit combination shall exceed indicated fault-current value at installation location.
C.
Solid-State Controls: Repetitive accuracy of all settings shall be plus or minus 2 percent or
better over an operating temperature range of minus 20 to plus 70 deg C.
TRANSFER SWITCHES
26 3600 - 2
D.
Resistance to Damage by Voltage Transients: Components shall meet or exceed voltage-surge
withstand capability requirements when tested according to IEEE C62.41. Components shall
meet or exceed voltage-impulse withstand test of NEMA ICS 1.
E.
Electrical Operation: Accomplish by a nonfused, momentarily energized solenoid or
electric-motor-operated mechanism, mechanically and electrically interlocked in both directions.
F.
Switch Characteristics: Designed for continuous-duty repetitive transfer of full-rated current
between active power sources.
1. Limitation: Switches using molded-case switches or circuit breakers or insulated-case
circuit-breaker components are not acceptable.
2. Switch Action: Double throw; mechanically held in both directions.
3. Contacts: Silver composition or silver alloy for load-current switching. Conventional
automatic transfer-switch units, rated 225 A and higher, shall have separate arcing
contacts.
G.
Neutral Switching. Where four-pole switches are indicated, provide neutral pole switched
simultaneously with phase poles.
H.
Neutral Terminal: Solid and fully rated, unless otherwise indicated.
I.
Annunciation, Control, and Programming Interface Components: Devices at transfer switches
for communicating with remote programming devices, annunciators, or annunciator and control
panels shall have communication capability matched with remote device.
J.
Factory Wiring: Train and bundle factory wiring and label, consistent with Shop Drawings, either
by color-code or by numbered or lettered wire and cable tape markers at terminations.
Color-coding and wire and cable tape markers are specified in Section 260553 "Identification for
Electrical Systems."
1. Designated Terminals: Pressure type, suitable for types and sizes of field wiring indicated.
2. Power-Terminal Arrangement and Field-Wiring Space: Suitable for top, side, or bottom
entrance of feeder conductors as indicated.
3. Control Wiring: Equipped with lugs suitable for connection to terminal strips.
K.
Enclosures: General-purpose NEMA 250, Type 1, complying with NEMA ICS 6 and UL 508,
unless otherwise indicated.
2.03 AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCHES
A.
Comply with Level 1 equipment according to NFPA 110.
B.
Switching Arrangement: Double-throw type, incapable of pauses or intermediate position stops
during normal functioning, unless otherwise indicated.
C.
Manual Switch Operation: Under load, with door closed and with either or both sources
energized. Transfer time is same as for electrical operation. Control circuit automatically
disconnects from electrical operator during manual operation.
D.
Manual Switch Operation: Unloaded. Control circuit automatically disconnects from electrical
operator during manual operation.
E.
Signal-Before-Transfer Contacts: A set of normally open/normally closed dry contacts operates
in advance of retransfer to normal source. Interval is adjustable from 1 to 30 seconds.
TRANSFER SWITCHES
26 3600 - 3
F.
Digital Communication Interface: Matched to capability of remote annunciator or annunciator
and control panel.
G.
Automatic Transfer-Switch Features:
1. Undervoltage Sensing for Each Phase of Normal Source: Sense low phase-to-ground
voltage on each phase. Pickup voltage shall be adjustable from 85 to 100 percent of
nominal, and dropout voltage is adjustable from 75 to 98 percent of pickup value. Factory
set for pickup at 90 percent and dropout at 85 percent.
2. Adjustable Time Delay: For override of normal-source voltage sensing to delay transfer
and engine start signals. Adjustable from zero to six seconds, and factory set for one
second.
3. Voltage/Frequency Lockout Relay: Prevent premature transfer to generator. Pickup
voltage shall be adjustable from 85 to 100 percent of nominal. Factory set for pickup at 90
percent. Pickup frequency shall be adjustable from 90 to 100 percent of nominal. Factory
set for pickup at 95 percent.
4. Time Delay for Retransfer to Normal Source: Adjustable from 0 to 30 minutes, and factory
set for 10 minutes to automatically defeat delay on loss of voltage or sustained
undervoltage of emergency source, provided normal supply has been restored.
5. Test Switch: Simulate normal-source failure.
6. Switch-Position Pilot Lights: Indicate source to which load is connected.
7. Source-Available Indicating Lights: Supervise sources via transfer-switch normal- and
emergency-source sensing circuits.
a. Normal Power Supervision: Green light with nameplate engraved "Normal Source
Available."
b. Emergency Power Supervision: Red light with nameplate engraved "Emergency
Source Available."
8. Unassigned Auxiliary Contacts: Two normally open, single-pole, double-throw contacts for
each switch position, rated 10 A at 240-V ac.
9. Transfer Override Switch: Overrides automatic retransfer control so automatic transfer
switch will remain connected to emergency power source regardless of condition of normal
source. Pilot light indicates override status.
10. Engine Starting Contacts: One isolated and normally closed, and one isolated and
normally open; rated 10 A at 32-V dc minimum.
11. Engine Shutdown Contacts: Time delay adjustable from zero to five minutes, and factory
set for five minutes. Contacts shall initiate shutdown at remote engine-generator controls
after retransfer of load to normal source.
12. Engine-Generator Exerciser: Solid-state, programmable-time switch starts engine
generator and transfers load to it from normal source for a preset time, then retransfers
and shuts down engine after a preset cool-down period. Initiates exercise cycle at preset
intervals adjustable from 7 to 30 days. Running periods are adjustable from 10 to 30
minutes. Factory settings are for 7-day exercise cycle, 20-minute running period, and
5-minute cool-down period. Exerciser features include the following:
a. Exerciser Transfer Selector Switch: Permits selection of exercise with and without
load transfer.
b. Push-button programming control with digital display of settings.
c. Integral battery operation of time switch when normal control power is not available.
2.04 BYPASS/ISOLATION SWITCHES
A.
Comply with requirements for Level 1 equipment according to NFPA 110.
TRANSFER SWITCHES
26 3600 - 4
B.
Description: Manual type, arranged to select and connect either source of power directly to
load, isolating transfer switch from load and from both power sources. Include the following
features for each combined automatic transfer switch and bypass/isolation switch:
1. Means to lock bypass/isolation switch in the position that isolates transfer switch with an
arrangement that permits complete electrical testing of transfer switch while isolated.
While isolated, interlocks prevent transfer-switch operation, except for testing or
maintenance.
2. Drawout Arrangement for Transfer Switch: Provide physical separation from live parts and
accessibility for testing and maintenance operations.
3. Bypass/Isolation Switch Current, Voltage, Closing, and Short-Circuit Withstand Ratings:
Equal to or greater than those of associated automatic transfer switch, and with same
phase arrangement and number of poles.
4. Contact temperatures of bypass/isolation switches shall not exceed those of automatic
transfer-switch contacts when they are carrying rated load.
5. Operability: Constructed so load bypass and transfer-switch isolation can be performed by
1 person in no more than 2 operations in 15 seconds or less.
6. Legend: Manufacturer's standard legend for control labels and instruction signs shall
describe operating instructions.
7. Maintainability: Fabricate to allow convenient removal of major components from front
without removing other parts or main power conductors.
C.
Interconnection of Bypass/Isolation Switches with Automatic Transfer Switches:
Factory-installed copper bus bars; plated at connection points and braced for the indicated
available short-circuit current.
2.05 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A.
Factory test and inspect components, assembled switches, and associated equipment. Ensure
proper operation. Check transfer time and voltage, frequency, and time-delay settings for
compliance with specified requirements. Perform dielectric strength test complying with NEMA
ICS 1.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A.
Floor-Mounting Switch: Anchor to floor by bolting.
B.
Identify components according to Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems."
C.
Set field-adjustable intervals and delays, relays, and engine exerciser clock.
3.02 CONNECTIONS
A.
Wiring to Remote Components: Match type and number of cables and conductors to control
and communication requirements of transfer switches as recommended by manufacturer.
Increase raceway sizes at no additional cost to Owner if necessary to accommodate required
wiring.
B.
Ground equipment according to Section 260526 "Grounding and Bonding for Electrical
Systems."
TRANSFER SWITCHES
26 3600 - 5
C.
Connect wiring according to Section 260519 "Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and
Cables."
3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.
Perform tests and inspections and prepare test reports.
1. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to
inspect components, assemblies, and equipment installation, including connections, and to
assist in testing.
2. After installing equipment and after electrical circuitry has been energized, test for
compliance with requirements.
3. Perform each visual and mechanical inspection and electrical test stated in NETA
Acceptance Testing Specification. Certify compliance with test parameters.
4. Measure insulation resistance phase-to-phase and phase-to-ground with
insulation-resistance tester. Include external annunciation and control circuits. Use test
voltages and procedure recommended by manufacturer. Comply with manufacturer's
specified minimum resistance.
a. Check for electrical continuity of circuits and for short circuits.
b. Inspect for physical damage, proper installation and connection, and integrity of
barriers, covers, and safety features.
c. Verify that manual transfer warnings are properly placed.
d. Perform manual transfer operation.
5. After energizing circuits, demonstrate interlocking sequence and operational function for
each switch at least three times.
a. Simulate power failures of normal source to automatic transfer switches and of
emergency source with normal source available.
b. Simulate loss of phase-to-ground voltage for each phase of normal source.
c. Verify time-delay settings.
d. Verify pickup and dropout voltages by data readout or inspection of control settings.
e. Test bypass/isolation unit functional modes and related automatic transfer-switch
operations.
f.
Perform contact-resistance test across main contacts and correct values exceeding
500 microhms and values for 1 pole deviating by more than 50 percent from other
poles.
g. Verify proper sequence and correct timing of automatic engine starting, transfer time
delay, retransfer time delay on restoration of normal power, and engine cool-down
and shutdown.
B.
Coordinate tests with tests of generator and run them concurrently.
C.
Report results of tests and inspections in writing. Record adjustable relay settings and
measured insulation and contact resistances and time delays. Attach a label or tag to each
tested component indicating satisfactory completion of tests.
D.
Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest as specified above.
3.04 DEMONSTRATION
A.
Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to
adjust, operate, and maintain transfer switches and related equipment as specified below.
TRANSFER SWITCHES
26 3600 - 6
B.
Coordinate this training with that for generator equipment.
END OF SECTION
TRANSFER SWITCHES
26 3600 - 7